PREFACE

This is the second pocket edition of the Constitution of

India in the diglot form. In this edition, the text of the Constitution
of India has been brought up-to-date by incorporating therein all
the amendments up to and including the Constitution (Ninety-
second Amendment) Act, 2003.

2. The Constitution applies to the State of Jammu and

Kashmir with certain exceptions and modifications as provided in
article 370 and the Constitution (Application to Jammu and
Kashmir) Order, 1954. This Order has been included in Appendix I
for facility of reference. Appendix II contains a restatement of the
exceptions and modifications. Appendix III relates to extracts
from the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978. The
text of the constitutional amendments relating to the Constitution
(Eighty-sixth Amendment) Act, 2002 and the Constitution (Eighty-
eighth Amendment) Act, 2002, which have not come in force,
have been provided in Appendix IV and Appendix V.

New Delhi; T.K. VISWANATHAN

6th June, 2004. Secretary to the Government of India.
 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
_______
C ON TE NT S
_______
P RE AMB LE
PA RT I
T HE UN IO N A ND I TS TE RR ITORY
A RT IC LE
1 N am e and te rri tory of the Un ion.
2 Ad mi ss ion or es ta bli sh me nt of new St at es .
2A [ Rep eal ed. ]
3 Fo rm at ion of n ew S ta te s a nd al te ra tion of ar ea s, bound ari es or
na me s of exi st ing S ta te s.
4 L aw s ma de under a rti cl es 2 and 3 to provid e for the
am en dm en t of th e Fir st and th e Four th Sch edul es and
suppl em en ta l, in cide nt al and con se quen tia l ma tt er s.
PART I I
CI TIZ EN SH IP
5 C iti ze nsh ip at the co mm en ce me nt of the Con sti tution .
6 R ights of c iti ze ns hip of c er ta in per sons who h ave mig ra te d to
Ind ia f rom P aki st an.
7 R ights of c iti ze ns hip of c er ta in m igr ant s to P aki st an.
8 R ights of c iti ze ns hip of c er ta in pe rson s of India n or igin
re si ding out sid e Indi a.
9 P er sons volunt ar ily a cqu iring ci tiz en ship of a fo re ign St at e
not to be ci ti ze ns .
10 Con tinua nc e of the righ ts of ci ti ze nsh ip.
11 P ar lia me nt to re gul at e the righ t of c iti ze ns hip by la w.
PA RT II I
FU ND AM EN TA L RI GH TS
Ge ne ral
12 D ef ini tion.
13 L aw s in con si st ent w ith or in de roga tion of th e fund am en ta l
r ights .

Right to Equality
14 Equality before law.

15 Prohibition of discrimination on grounds of religion, race, caste, sex or place of

birth.
16 Equality of opportunity in matters of public employment.
17 Abolition of Untouchability.
18 Abolition of titles.
Right to Freedom
19 Protection of certain rights regarding freedom of speech, etc.
20 Protection in respect of conviction for offences.
21 Protection of life and personal liberty.
22 Protection against arrest and detention in certain cases.
Right against Exploitation
23 Prohibition of traffic in human beings and forced labour.
24 Prohibition of employment of children in factories, etc.
Right to Freedom of Religion
25 Freedom of conscience and free profession, practice and propagation of religion.
26 Freedom to manage religious affairs.
27 Freedom as to payment of taxes for promotion of any particular religion.
28 Freedom as to attendance at religious instruction or religious worship in certain
educational institutions.
Cultural and Educational Rights
29 Protection of interests of minorities.
30 Right of minorities to establish and administer educational institutions.
31 [Repealed.]
Saving of Certain Laws
31A Saving of Laws providing for acquisition of estates, etc.
31B Validation of certain Acts and Regulations.
31C Saving of laws giving effect to certain directive principles.
31D [Repealed.]
Right to Constitutional Remedies
32 Remedies for enforcement of rights conferred by this Part.
32A [Repealed.]
33 Power of Parliament to modify the rights conferred by this Part in their
application to Forces, etc.
34 Restriction on rights conferred by this Part while martial law is in force in any
area.
35 Legislation to give effect to the provisions of this Part.
PART IV
DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES OF STATE POLICY
36 Definition.
37 Application of the principles contained in this Part.
38 State to secure a social order for the promotion of welfare of the people.
39 Certain principles of policy to be followed by the State.
39A Equal justice and free legal aid.
40 Organisation of village panchayats.
41 Right to work, to education and to public assistance in certain cases.
42 Provision for just and humane conditions of work and maternity relief.
43 Living wage, etc., for workers.
43A Participation of workers in management of industries.
44 Uniform civil code for the citizens.
45 Provision for free and compulsory education for children.
46 Promotion of educational and economic interests of Scheduled Castes,
Scheduled Tribes and other weaker sections.
47 Duty of the State to raise the level of nutrition and the standard of living and to
improve public health.
48 Organisation of agriculture and animal husbandry.
48A Protection and improvement of environment and safeguarding of forests and
wild life.
49 Protection of monuments and places and objects of national importance.
50 Separation of judiciary from executive.
51 Promotion of international peace and security.
PART IVA
FUNDAMENTAL DUTIES

51A Fundamental duties.

PART V
THE UNION
CHAPTER I.-THE EXECUTIVE
The President and Vice-President
52 The President of India.
53 Executive power of the Union.
54 Election of President.
55 Manner of election of President.
56 Term of office of President.
57 Eligibility for re-election.
58 Qualifications for election as President.
59 Conditions of President’s office.
60 Oath or affirmation by the President.
61 Procedure for impeachment of the President.
62 Time of holding election to fill vacancy in the office of President and the term
of office of person elected to fill casual vacancy.
63 The Vice-President of India.
64 The Vice-President to be ex officio Chairman of the Council of States.
65 The Vice-President to act as President or to discharge his functions during
 casual vacancies in the office, or during the absence, of President.
66 Election of Vice-President.
67 Term of office of Vice-President.
68 Time of holding election to fill vacancy in the office of Vice-President and the
term of office of person elected to fill casual vacancy.
69 Oath or affirmation by the Vice-President.
70 Discharge of President’s functions in other contingencies.
71 Matters relating to, or connected with, the election of a President or Vice-
President.
72 Power of President to grant pardons, etc., and to suspend, remit or commute
sentences in certain cases.
73 Extent of executive power of the Union.
Council of Ministers
74 Council of Ministers to aid and advise President.
75 Other provisions as to Ministers.
The Attorney-General for India
76 Attorney-General for India.
Conduct of Government Business
77 Conduct of business of the Government of India.
78 Duties of Prime Minister as respects the furnishing of information to the
President, etc.
CHAPTER II.-PARLIAMENT
General
79 Constitution of Parliament.
80 Composition of the Council of States.
81 Composition of the House of the People.
82 Readjustment after each census.
83 Duration of Houses of Parliament.
84 Qualification for membership of Parliament.
85 Sessions of Parliament, prorogation and dissolution.
86 Right of President to address and send messages to Houses.
87 Special address by the President.
88 Rights of Ministers and Attorney-General as respects Houses.
Officers of Parliament
89 The Chairman and Deputy Chairman of the Council of States.
90 Vacation and resignation of, and removal from, the office of Deputy Chairman.
91 Power of the Deputy Chairman or other person to perform the duties of the
office of, or to act as, Chairman.
92 The Chairman or the Deputy Chairman not to preside while a resolution for his
 removal from office is under consideration.
93 The Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the House of the People .
94 Vacation and resignation of, and removal from, the offices of Speaker and
Deputy Speaker.
95 Power of the Deputy Speaker or other person to perform the duties of the office
of, or to act as, Speaker.
96 The Speaker or the Deputy Speaker not to preside while a resolution for his
removal from office is under consideration.
97 Salaries and allowances of the Chairman and Deputy Chairman and the Speaker
and Deputy Speaker.
98 Secretariat of Parliament.
Conduct of Business
99 Oath or affirmation by members.
100 Voting in Houses, power of Houses to act notwithstanding vacancies and
quorum.
Disqualifications of Members
101 Vacation of seats.
102 Disqualifications for membership.
103 Decision on questions as to disqualifications of members.
104 Penalty for sitting and voting before making oath or affirmation under article
99 or when not qualified or when disqualified.
Powers, Privileges and Immunities of Parliament and its Members
105 Powers, privileges, etc., of the Houses of Parliament and of the members and
committees thereof.
106 Salaries and allowances of members.
Legislative Procedure
107 Provisions as to introduction and passing of Bills.
108 Joint sitting of both Houses in certain cases.
109 Special procedure in respect of Money Bills.
110 Definition of “Money Bills”.
111 Assent to Bills.
Procedure in Financial Matters
112 Annual financial statement.
113 Procedure in Parliament with respect to estimates.
114 Appropriation Bills.
115 Supplementary, additional or excess grants.
116 Votes on account, votes of credit and exceptional grants.
117 Special provisions as to financial Bills.
Procedure Generally
118 Rules of procedure.
119 Regulation by law of procedure in Parliament in relation to financial business.
120 Language to be used in Parliament.
121 Restriction on discussion in Parliament.
122 Courts not to inquire into proceedings of Parliament.
CHAPTER III.LEGISLATIVE POWERS OF THE PRESIDENT
123 Power of President to promulgate Ordinances during recess of Parliament.
CHAPTER IV. THE UNION JUDICIARY
124 Establishment and constitution of Supreme Court.
125 Salaries, etc., of Judges.
126 Appointment of acting Chief Justice.
127 Appointment of ad hoc judges.
128 Attendance of retired Judges at sittings of the Supreme Court.
129 Supreme Court to be a court of record.
130 Seat of Supreme Court.
131 Original jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.
131A [Repealed.]
132 Appellate jurisdiction of Supreme Court in appeals from High Courts in certain
cases.
133 Appellate jurisdiction of Supreme Court in appeals from High Courts in regard
to Civil matters.
134 Appellate jurisdiction of Supreme Court in regard to criminal matters.
134A Certificate for appeal to the Supreme Court.
135 Jurisdiction and powers of the Federal Court under existing law to be
exercisable by the Supreme Court.
136 Special leave to appeal by the Supreme Court.
137 Review of judgments or orders by the Supreme Court.
138 Enlargement of the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.
139 Conferment on the Supreme Court of powers to issue certain writs.
139A Transfer of certain cases.
140 Ancillary powers of Supreme Court.
141 Law declared by Supreme Court to be binding on all courts.

142 Enforcement of decrees and orders of Supreme Court and orders as to discovery,
etc.
143 Power of President to consult Supreme Court.
144 Civil and judicial authorities to act in aid of the Supreme Court.
144A [Repealed.]
145 Rules of Court, etc.
146 Officers and servants and the expenses of the Supreme Court.
147 Interpretation.

CHAPTER V. COMPTROLLER AND AUDITOR-GENERAL OF INDIA

148 Comptroller and Auditor-General of India.
149 Duties and powers of the Comptroller and Auditor-General.
150 Form of accounts of the Union and of the States.
151 Audit reports.
PART VI
THE STATES
CHAPTER I. GENERAL
152 Definition.
CHAPTER II. THE EXECUTIVE
The Governor
153 Governors of States.
154 Executive power of State.
155 Appointment of Governor.
156 Term of office of Governor.
157 Qualifications for appointment as Governor.
158 Conditions of Governor’s office
159 Oath or affirmation by the Governor.
160 Discharge of the functions of the Governor in certain contingencies.
161 Power of Governor to grant pardons, etc., and to suspend, remit or commute
sentences in certain cases.
162 Extent of executive power of State.

Council of Ministers
163 Council of Ministers to aid and advise Governor.
164 Other provisions as to Ministers.
The Advocate-General for the State
165 Advocate-General for the State.
Conduct of Government Business
166 Conduct of business of the Government of a State.
167 Duties of Chief Minister as respects the furnishing of information to Governor,
etc.
CHAPTER III.THE STATE LEGISLATURE
General
168 Constitution of Legislatures in States.
169 Abolition or creation of Legislative Councils in States.
170 Composition of the Legislative Assemblies.
171 Composition of the Legislative Councils.
172 Duration of State Legislatures.
173 Qualification for membership of the State Legislature.
174 Sessions of the State Legislature, prorogation and dissolution.
175 Right of Governor to address and send messages to the House or Houses.
176 Special address by the Governor.
177 Rights of Ministers and Advocate-General as respects the Houses.
Officers of the State Legislature
178 The Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the Legislative Assembly.
179 Vacation and resignation of, and removal from, the offices of Speaker and
Deputy Speaker.
180 Power of the Deputy Speaker or other person to perform the duties of the office
of, or to act as, Speaker.
181 The Speaker or the Deputy Speaker not to preside while a resolution for his
removal from office is under consideration.
182 The Chairman and Deputy Chairman of the Legislative Council.
183 Vacation and resignation of, and removal from, the offices of Chairman and
Deputy Chairman.
184 Power of the Deputy Chairman or other person to perform the duties of the
office of, or to act as, Chairman.
185 The Chairman or the Deputy Chairman not to preside while a resolution for his
removal from office is under consideration.
186 Salaries and allowances of the Speaker and Deputy Speaker and the Chairman
and Deputy Chairman.
187 Secretariat of State Legislature.
Conduct of Business
188 Oath or affirmation by members.
189 Voting in Houses, power of Houses to act notwithstanding vacancies and
quorum.
Disqualifications of Members
190 Vacation of seats.
191 Disqualifications for membership.
192 Decision on questions as to disqualifications of members.
193 Penalty for sitting and voting before making oath or affirmation under article
188 or when not qualified or when disqualified.
Powers, privileges and immunities of State Legislatures and their Members
194 Powers, privileges, etc., of the Houses of Legislatures and of the members and
committees thereof.
195 Salaries and allowances of members.
Legislative Procedure
196 Provisions as to introduction and passing of Bills.
197 Restriction on powers of Legislative Council as to Bills other than Money Bills.
198 Special procedure in respect of Money Bills.
199 Definition of “Money Bills”.
200 Assent to Bills.
201 Bills reserved for consideration.
Procedure in Financial Matters
202 Annual financial statement.
203 Procedure in Legislature with respect to estimates.
204 Appropriation Bills.
205 Supplementary, additional or excess grants.
206 Votes on account, votes of credit and exceptional grants.
207 Special provisions as to financial Bills.
Procedure Generally
208 Rules of procedure.
209 Regulation by law of procedure in the Legislature of the State in relation to
financial business.
210 Language to be used in the Legislature.
211 Restriction on discussion in the Legislature.
212 Courts not to inquire into proceedings of the Legislature.
CHAPTER IV.- LEGISLATIVE POWER OF THE GOVERNOR
213 Power of Governor to promulgate Ordinances during recess of Legislature.
CHAPTER V---THE HIGH COURTS IN THE STATES
214 High Courts for States.
215 High Courts to be courts of record.
216 Constitution of High Courts.
217 Appointment and conditions of the office of a Judge of a High Court.
218 Application of certain provisions relating to Supreme Court to High Courts.
219 Oath or affirmation by Judges of High Courts.
220 Restriction on practice after being a permanent Judge.
221 Salaries, etc., of Judges.
222 Transfer of a Judge from one High Court to another.
223 Appointment of acting Chief Justice.
224 Appointment of additional and acting Judges.
224A Appointment of retired Judges at sittings of High Courts.
225 Jurisdiction of existing High Courts.
226 Power of High Courts to issue certain writs.
226A [Repealed..]
227 Power of superintendence over all courts by the High Court.
 228 Transfer of certain cases to High Court.
228A [Repealed.]
229 Officers and servants and the expenses of High Courts.
230 Extension of jurisdiction of High Courts to Union territories.
231 Establishment of a common High Court for two or more States.
CHAPTER VISUBORDINATE COURTS
233 Appointment of district judges.
233A Validation of appointments of, and judgments, etc., delivered by, certain district
judges.
234 Recruitment of persons other than district judges to the judicial service.
235 Control over subordinate courts.
236 Interpretation.
237 Application of the provisions of this Chapter to certain class or classes of
magistrates.
PART VII
THE STATES IN PART B OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE
238 [Repealed.]
PART VIII
THE UNION TERRITORIES
239 Administration of Union territories.
239A Creation of local Legislatures or Council of Ministers or both for certain Union
territories.
239A Special provisions with respect to Delhi.
239AA Provision in case of failure of constitutional machinery.
239AB Power of administrator to promulgate Ordinances during recess of Legislature.
240 Power of President to make regulations for certain Union territories.
241 High Courts for Union territories.
242 [Repealed.]
PART IX
THE PANCHAYATS
243 Definitions.
243A Gram Sabha.
243B Constitution of Panchayats.
243C Composition of Panchayats.
243D Reservation of seats.
243E Duration of Panchayats, etc.
243F Disqualifications for membership.
243G Powers, authority and responsibilities of Panchayats.
243H Powers to impose taxes by, and Funds of, the Panchayats.
243-I Constitution of Finance Commission to review financial position.
243J Audit of accounts of Pachayats.
243K Elections to the Panchayats.
243L Application to Union territories.
243M Part not to apply to certain areas.
243N Continuance of existing laws and Panchayats.
243-O Bar to interference by courts in electoral matters.
PART IXA
THE MUNICIPALITIES
243P Definitions.
243Q Constitution of Municipalities.
243R Composition of Municipalities.
243S Constitution and composition of Wards Committees, etc.
243T Reservation of seats.
243U Duration of Municipalities, etc.
243V Disqualifications for membership.
243W Powers, authority and responsibilities of Municipalities, etc.
243X. Power to impose taxes by, and Funds of, the Municipalities.
243 Finance Commission.
243Z Audit of accounts of Municipalities.
243ZA Elections to the Municipalities.
243ZB Application to Union territories.
243ZC Part not to apply to certain areas.
243ZD Committee for district planning.
243ZE Committee for Metropolitan planning.
243ZF Continuance of existing laws and Municipalities.
243ZG Bar to interference by Courts in electoral matters.

PART X
THE SCHEDULED AND TRIBAL AREAS
244 Administration of Scheduled Areas and Tribal Areas.
244A Formation of an autonomous State comprising certain tribal areas in Assam and
creation of local Legislature or Council of Ministers or both therefor.
PART XI
RELATIONS BETWEEN THE UNION AND THE STATES
CHAPTER I.LEGISLATIVE RELATIONS
Distribution of Legislative Powers
245 Extent of laws made by Parliament and by the Legislatures of States.
246 Subject-matter of laws made by Parliament and by the Legislatures of States.
247 Power of Parliament to provide for the establishment of certain additional
courts.
248 Residuary powers of legislation.
249 Power of Parliament to legislate with respect to a matter in the State List in the
national interest.
250 Power of Parliament to legislate with respect to any matter in the State List if a
Proclamation of Emergency is in operation.
251 Inconsistency between laws made by Parliament under articles 249 and 250 and
laws made by the Legislatures of States.
252 Power of Parliament to legislate for two or more States by consent and adoption
of such legislation by any other State.
253 Legislation for giving effect to international agreements.
254 Inconsistency between laws made by Parliament and laws made by the
Legislatures of States.
255 Requirements as to recommendations and previous sanctions to be regarded as
matters of procedure only.
CHAPTER II. ADMINISTRATIVE RELATIONS
General
256 Obligation of States and the Union.
257 Control of the Union over States in certain cases.
257A [Repealed.]
258 Power of the Union to confer powers, etc., on States in certain cases.
258A Power of the States to entrust functions to the Union.
259 [Repealed.]
260 Jurisdiction of the Union in relation to territories outside India.
261 Public acts, records and judicial proceedings.
Disputes relating to Waters
262 Adjudication of disputes relating to waters of inter-State rivers or river valleys.
Co-ordination between States
263 Provisions with respect to an inter-State Council.
PART XII
FINANCE, PROPERTY, CONTRACTS AND SUITS
CHAPTER I.FINANCE
General
264 Interpretation.
265 Taxes not to be imposed save by authority of law.
266 Consolidated Funds and public accounts of India and of the States.
267 Contingency Fund.
Distribution of Revenues between the Union and the States
268 Duties levied by the Union but collected and appropriated by the State.
269 Taxes levied and collected by the Union but assigned to the States.
270 Taxes levied and distributed between the Union and the States.
271 Surcharge on certain duties and taxes for purposes of the Union.
272 [Repealed.]
273 Grants in lieu of export duty on jute and jute products.
274 Prior recommendation of President required to Bills affecting taxation in which
States are interested.
275 Grants from the Union to certain States.
276 Taxes on professions, trades, callings and employments.
277 Savings.
278 [Repealed.]
279 Calculation of “net proceeds”, etc.
280 Finance Commission.
281 Recommendations of the Finance Commission.
Miscellaneous financial provisions
282 Expenditure defrayable by the Union or a State out of its revenues.
283 Custody, etc., of Consolidated Funds, Contingency Funds and moneys credited
to the public accounts.
284 Custody of suitors’ deposits and other moneys received by public servants and
courts.
285 Exemption of property of the Union from State taxation.
286 Restrictions as to imposition of tax on the sale or purchase of goods.
287 Exemption from taxes on electricity.
288 Exemption from taxation by States in respect of water or electricity in certain
cases.
289 Exemption of property and income of a State from Union taxation.
290 Adjustment in respect of certain expenses and pensions.
290A Annual payment to certain Devaswom Funds.
291 [Repealed.]
CHAPTER II. BORROWING
292 Borrowing by the Government of India.
293 Borrowing by States.
CHAPTER III. PROPERTY, CONTRACTS, RIGHTS, LIABILITIES,
OBLIGATIONS AND SUITS
294 Succession to property, assets, rights, liabilities and obligations in certain cases.
295 Succession to property, assets, rights, liabilities and obligations in other cases.
296 Property accruing by escheat or laps or as bona vacantia.
297 Things of value within territorial waters or continental shelf and resources of the
exclusive economic zone to vest in the Union.
 298 Power to carry on trade, etc.
299 Contracts.
300 Suits and proceedings.
CHAPTER IV. RIGHT TO PROPERTY
300A Persons not to be deprived of property save by authority of law.
PART XIII
TRADE, COMMERCE AND INTERCOURSE WITHIN
THE TERRITORY OF INDIA
301 Freedom of trade, commerce and intercourse.
302 Power of Parliament to impose restrictions on trade, commerce and intercourse.
303 Restrictions on the legislative powers of the Union and of the States with regard
to trade and commerce.
304 Restrictions on trade, commerce and intercourse among States.
305 Saving of existing laws and laws providing for State monopolies.
306 [Repealed.]
307 Appointment of authority for carrying out the purposes of articles 301 to 304.
PART XIV
SERVICES UNDER THE UNION AND THE STATES
CHAPTER I. SERVICES
308 Interpretation.
309 Recruitment and conditions of service of persons serving the Union or a State.
310 Tenure of office of persons serving the Union or a State.
311 Dismissal, removal or reduction in rank of persons employed in civil capacities
under the Union or a State.
312 All-India services.
312A Power of Parliament to vary or revoke conditions of service of officers of
certain services.
313 Transitional provisions.
314 [Repeated.]
CHAPTER II.—PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSIONS
315 Public Service Commissions for the Union and for the States.
316 Appointment and term of office of members.
317 Removal and suspension of a member of a Public Service Commission.
318 Power to make regulations as to conditions of service of members and staff of
the Commission.
319 Prohibition as to the holding of offices by members of Commission on ceasing
to be such members.
320 Functions of Public Service Commissions.
321 Power to extend functions of Public Service Commissions.
322 Expenses of Public Service Commissions.
323 Reports of Public Service Commissions.

PART XIVA
TRIBUNALS
323A Administrative tribunals.
323B Tribunals for other matters.
PART XV
ELECTIONS
324 Superintendence, direction and control of elections to be vested in an Election
Commission.
325 No person to be ineligible for inclusion in, or to claim to be included in a
special, electoral roll on grounds of religion, race, caste or sex.
326 Elections to the House of the People and to the Legislative Assemblies of States
to be on the basis of adult suffrage.
327 Power of Parliament to make provision with respect to elections to Legislatures.
328 Power of Legislature of a State to make provision with respect to elections to
such Legislature.
329 Bar to interference by courts in electoral matters.
329A [Repealed.]
PART XVI
SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO CERTAIN CLASSES
330 Reservation of seats for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the House of
the People.
331 Representation of the Anglo-Indian community in the House of the People.
332 Reservation of seats for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the
Legislative Assemblies of the States.
333 Representation of the Anglo-Indian community in the Legislative Assemblies of
the States.
334 Reservation of seats and special representation to cease after sixty years.
335 Claims of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes to services and posts.
336 Special provision for Anglo-Indian community in certain services.
337 Special provision with respect to educational grants for the benefit of Anglo-
Indian Community.
338 National Commission for Scheduled Castes.
338A National Commission for Scheduled Tribes.
339 Control of the Union over the Administration of Scheduled Areas and the
welfare of Scheduled Tribes.
340 Appointment of a Commission to investigate the conditions of backward
classes.
341 Scheduled Castes.
342 Scheduled Tribes.
 PART XVII
OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
CHAPTER I.—LANGUAGE OF THE UNION
343 Official language of the Union.
344 Commission and Committee of Parliament on official language.
CHAPTER II. REGIONAL LANGUAGES
345 Official language or languages of a State.
346 Official language for communication between one State and another or between
a State and the Union.
347 Special provision relating to language spoken by a section of the population of a
State.
CHAPTER III.LANGUAGE OF THE SUPREME COURT,
HIGH COURTS, ETC.
348 Language to be used in the Supreme Court and in the High Courts and for Acts,
Bills, etc.
349 Special procedure for enactment of certain laws relating to language.
CHAPTER IV.-SPECIAL DIRECTIVES
350 Language to be used in representations for redress of grievances.
350A Facilities for instruction in mother-tongue at primary stage.
350B Special Officer for linguistic minorities.
351 Directive for development of the Hindi language.
PART XVIII
EMERGENCY PROVISIONS
352 Proclamation of Emergency.
353 Effect of Proclamation of Emergency.
354 Application of provisions relating to distribution of revenues while a
Proclamation of Emergency is in operation.
355 Duty of the Union to protect States against external aggression and internal
disturbance.
356 Provisions in case of failure of constitutional machinery in States.
357 Exercise of legislative powers under Proclamation issued under article 356.
358 Suspension of provisions of article 19 during emergencies.
359 Suspension of the enforcement of the rights conferred by Part III during
emergencies.
359A [Repealed.]
360 Provisions as to financial emergency.
PART XIX
MISCELLANEOUS
361 Protection of President and Governors and Rajprakukhs.
361A Protection of publication of proceedings of Parliament and State Legislatures.
361B Disqualification for appointment on remunerative political post.
362 [Repealed.]
363 Bar to interference by courts in disputes arising out of certain treaties,
agreements, etc.
363A Recognition granted to Rulers of Indian States to cease and privy purses to be
abolished.
364 Special provisions as to major ports and aerodromes.
365 Effect of failure to comply with, or to give effect to, directions given by the
Union.
366 Definitions.
367 Interpretation.
PART XX
AMENDMENT OF THE CONSTITUTION
368 Power of Parliament to amend the Constitution and procedure therefor.
PART XXI
TEMPORARY, TRANSITIONAL AND
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
369 Temporary power to Parliament to make laws with respect to certain matters in
the State List as if they were matters in the Concurrent List.
370 Temporary provisions with respect to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
371 Special provision with respect to the States of Maharashtra and Gujarat.
371A Special provision with respect to the State of Nagaland.
371B Special provision with respect to the State of Assam.
371C Special provision with respect to the State of Manipur.
371D Special provisions with respect to the State of Andhra Pradesh.
371E Establishment of Central University in Andhra Pradesh.
371F Special provisions with respect to the State of Sikkim.
371G Special provision with respect to the State of Mizoram.
371H Special provision with respect to the State of Arunachal Pradesh.
371-I Special provision with respect to the State of Goa.
372 Continuance in force of existing laws and their adaptation.
372A Power of the President to adapt laws.
373 Power of President to make order in respect of persons under preventive
detention in certain cases.
374 Provisions as to Judges of the Federal Court and proceedings pending in the
Federal Court or before His Majesty in Council.
375 Courts, authorities and officers to continue to function subject to the provisions
of the Constitution.
376 Provisions as to Judges of High Courts.
377 Provisions as to Comptroller and Auditor-General of India.
378 Provisions as to Public Service Commissions.
 378A Special provision as to duration of Andhra Pradesh Legislative Assembly.
379-391 [Repealed.]
392 Power of the President to remove difficulties.
PART XXII
SHORT TITLE, COMMENCEMENT, AUTHORITATIVE TEXT
IN HINDI AND REPEALS
393 Short title.
394 Commencement.
394A Authoritative text in the Hindi language.
395 Repeals.

SCHEDULES

FIRST SCHEDULE
I. —The States.
II. —The Union territories.
SECOND SCHEDULE
PART A—- Provisions as to the President and the Governors of States.
PART B—[Repealed.]
PART C—Provisions as to the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the House of the
People and the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman of the Council of
States and the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the Legislative
Assembly and the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman of the Legislative
Council of a State.
PART D— Provisions as to the Judges of the Supreme Court and of the High Courts.
PART E— Provisions as to the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India.
THIRD SCHEDULE— Forms of Oaths or Affirmations.
FOURTH SCHEDULE—Allocation of seats in the Council of States.
FIFTH SCHEDULE— Provisions as to the Administration and Control of Scheduled
Areas and Scheduled Tribes
PART A—General.
PART B—Administration and Control of Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes.
PART C— Scheduled Areas.
PART D—Amendment of the Schedule.
SIXTH SCHEDULE—Provisions as to the Administration of Tribal Areas in the States of
Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura and Mizoram.
SEVENTH SCHEDULE—
List I — Union List.
List II— State List.
List III— Concurrent List.
EIGHTH SCHEDULE— Languages.
NINTH SCHEDULE—Validation of certain Acts and Regulations.
TENTH SCHEDULE— Provisions as to disqualification on ground of defection.
ELEVENTH SCHEDULE— Powers, authority and responsibilities of Panchayats.
TWELFTH SCHEDULE— Powers, authority and responsibilities of Municipalities, etc.

APPENDIX

APPENDIX I—The Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954.

APPENDIX II— Re-statement, with reference to the present text of the Constitution, of the
exceptions and modifications subject to which the Constitution applies
to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
APPENDIX III—Extracts from the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978
APPENDIX IV—The Constitution (Eighty-sixth Amendment) Act, 2002.
APPENDIX V—The Constitution (Eighty-eighth Amendment) Act, 2003.

INDEX

***************************************************************************
 INDEX

**********************************************************************
 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PREAMBLE

WE , T HE PEO PLE O F I ND IA , hav ing sol em nly re solv ed to

c ons titu te Indi a into a SO VE RE IG N SO CI AL IST S EC UL AR
D EMO CR AT IC RE PU BL IC and to s ec ur e to al l i ts ci ti ze ns :

JU ST IC E, soc ia l, ec onom ic and politi ca l;

LI BERTY of thought, expr es si on, bel ie f, f aith and wo rs hip;

EQ UA LI TY of s ta tus and of opportun ity;

a nd to prom ot e am ong th em all

FR AT ER NI TY a ss ur ing the dignity of the ind ividua l a nd the

unity and int eg rity of the N at ion;

IN OU R C ON ST IT UE NT ASS EMB LY thi s t we nty- six th day of

Nov em be r, 1949, do H ER EB Y A DO PT, E NA CT AN D GI VE TO
O UR SE LV ES T HIS C ON ST ITU TI ON .
 PART I
THE UNION AND ITS TERRITORY
1. Na me and te rr it or y of th e Un ion. — (1) Indi a, th at is Bh ar at , s ha ll
b e a Un ion of St at es .
(2) The St at es a nd th e te rr itor ie s the re of sh al l b e a s sp ec if ie d in the
Fi rs t Sch edul e.
(3) The te rr ito ry of Ind ia sh al l c omp ri se —
(a ) the te rr ito rie s of the St at es ;
(b ) the Union t er rito ri es s pe ci fi ed in th e Fir st Sch edu le ; a nd
( c) such oth er t er rito ri es a s ma y be ac qui red .
2. Ad mi ss ion or es tab lis hmen t of ne w S tat es . — Pa rli am en t m ay by
l aw ad mi t into th e Un ion, or e st ab lis h, ne w St at es on su ch t er ms and
c ondit ions as it thinks fi t.
2A. [ Sik ki m to b e a sso cia ted w ith the Union .] R ep. by the
Con st itut ion (Thi rt y- si xt h A me ndm ent ) Ac t, 1975, s. 5 ( w. e. f. 26-4-
1975) .
3. For ma tion of ne w S tat es and alt er at ion of a re as , boun dar ie s o r
na me s of ex is ting Sta te s. —P ar lia me nt m ay by l aw —
(a ) for m a new St at e by s ep ar at ion of t er ri tory fro m any Sta te or
by unit ing two or mo re Sta te s or par ts of St at es or by uniting any
t er ri tory to a p art of any St at e;
(b ) inc re as e th e ar ea of a ny St at e;
( c) dim inis h th e ar ea of a ny St at e;
(d ) alt er th e bounda rie s of any Sta te ;
( e) alt er th e na me of any St at e:
Provid ed th at no B ill for th e purpo se sha ll be int roduc ed in ei the r
Hou se of P ar li am en t e xc ep t on the re co mm en da tion of the Pr es id ent
a nd unl es s, wh er e th e propo sa l con ta ined in the Bi ll affe ct s the a re a,
bound ari es or n am e of any of th e St at es , th e Bi ll h as bee n re fe rr ed by
th e Pr es id ent to the L egi sl atu re of th at St at e fo r exp re ss ing its vie ws
th er eon wi thin suc h p er iod a s ma y be spe ci fi ed in the r ef er en ce or
w ithin suc h fur the r pe riod as the Pre si den t ma y a llo w and the p eriod so
sp ec if ie d or a llo we d h as exp ir ed.
Exp lanation I. —In thi s ar ti cl e, in c la us es (a ) to (e ) , “ St at e’’ includ es
a Un ion te rri tory, but in the provi so, “S ta te ’’ doe s not in clud e a Union
t er ri tory.
Exp lanation II. —Th e pow er con fe rr ed on P arl ia me nt by c la us e (a )
in clud es th e powe r to fo rm a new St at e or Union te rr ito ry by uniting a
p art of any St at e or Union te rri tory to any oth er S ta te or Union
t er ri tory.
4. La ws mad e unde r art ic le s 2 and 3 to p rovi de fo r t he
a me nd me nt of th e Fi rs t and th e Fou rt h Sc he dul es and s uppl emen ta l,
in ci de nta l and co ns equ en tia l mat te rs . —(1 ) Any l aw r ef er re d to in
a rt ic le 2 or a rt ic le 3 sha ll cont ai n su ch provi sion s for the a me nd me nt of
th e Fi rs t Sch edu le and th e Fourth Sch edul e a s m ay be n ec es sa ry to give
e ff ec t to th e provi sion s of the l aw and m ay al so c onta in su ch
supp le me nt al , in cide nt al a nd con se2quen tia l prov is ions (inc luding
prov is ions a s to r ep re se nt ation in Pa rli am en t and in th e Leg is la tur e or
L egi sl atu re s of the St at e or S ta te s affe ct ed by su ch la w) a s P arl ia me nt
m ay de em nec es sa ry.
(2) No su ch la w as a fo re sa id sha ll be de em ed to be an a me ndm en t of
thi s Cons ti tution for th e purpos es of a rt ic le 368.
 PART II
CITIZENSHIP
5. Ci ti ze ns hip at th e co mmen ce me nt of th e Co ns ti tut ion. —A t th e
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution , ev ery per son who has his domi ci le
in the t er rito ry of Ind ia a nd—
(a ) who w as born in th e t er ri tory of Indi a; or
(b ) eith er of who se par ent s wa s born in th e te rr ito ry of Indi a; or
( c) who h as bee n ordin ar ily r es id ent in the t er ri tory of India for
not le ss than fiv e yea rs im me di at ely pr ec ed ing s uch co mm en ce me nt ,
sh al l be a ci tiz en of Indi a.
6. R igh ts of ci ti ze ns hip of ce rt ai n p er so ns who hav e mig ra te d to
I ndia f ro m Pak is tan. —No tw ith st anding any thing in a rt ic le 5, a per son
who ha s mi gr at ed to th e te rri tory of Indi a fro m the t er rito ry now
in clud ed in P aki st an sha ll be de em ed to be a ci ti ze n of Indi a at th e
c om me nc em en t of thi s Con st itut ion if—
(a ) he or ei the r of hi s pa re nt s or any of his grandp ar en ts wa s
born in India a s de fin ed in th e Gove rn me nt of Ind ia A ct , 1935 (a s
or igina lly en ac te d) ; and
(b )( i) in the c as e wh er e such per son h as so mi gr at ed be for e th e
nin et ee nth day of July, 1948, he has b een ordin ar ily r es ide nt in th e
t er ri tory of India s inc e th e d at e of hi s mig ra tion, or
( ii) in the c as e wh er e such per son h as so mi gr at ed on or a ft er the
nin et ee nth d ay of Ju ly, 1948, he has be en r egi st er ed a s a c iti ze n of
Ind ia by a n o ff ic er appoint ed in that beh al f by th e G ove rnm en t of
th e Do min ion of Ind ia on a n appl ic at ion m ad e by hi m the re fo r to
su ch o ff ic er be for e th e co mm en ce me nt of this Cons ti tution in the
fo rm a nd m ann er pr es cr ib ed by th at Gov ern me nt :

P rovide d th at no p er son s ha ll be so reg is te re d unle ss he ha s be en

r es id ent in th e t er ri tory of India for at l ea st s ix month s i mm ed ia te ly
pr ec ed ing the da te of his app lic at ion.

7. Rig ht s of c it iz en sh ip of c er ta in mig ran ts to Paki st an. —

No tw ith st anding any thing in a rt ic le s 5 and 6, a per son who has a ft er
th e fir st day of Ma rc h, 1947, m igr at ed fro m the t er ri tory of India to the
t er ri tory now inc luded in Pak is tan sha ll not b e de em ed to be a ci ti ze n
of Indi a:
Provid ed th at nothing in thi s a rt ic le sha ll a pply to a pe rson who,
a ft er having so m igr at ed to th e t er ri tory now inc luded in Pak is tan , ha s
r etu rne d to the t er ri tory of India und er a pe rm it for r es et tl em en t or
p er ma nen t re tu rn is sue d by or unde r the autho ri ty of any la w and eve ry
su ch p er son sh al l for the purpos es of c lau se ( b) of a rt ic le 6 be de em ed
to h ave mig ra te d to the te rr ito ry of Indi 4 a a ft er the nine te en th day of
Ju ly, 1948.
8. Rig ht s of c it iz en sh ip of c er ta in p er so ns of Ind ian o rigin
res id in g ou ts ide I ndia .— Not with st anding any thing in a rt ic le 5, any
p er son w ho or e ith er of whos e pa re nts or any of who se gr andpa re nt s
w as born in Ind ia as de fin ed in th e Gov ern me nt of Indi a Ac t, 1935 ( as
or igina lly en ac te d) , a nd w ho i s ordina ri ly re sid ing in any coun try
out sid e India a s so de fin ed sha ll be de em ed to be a ci ti ze n of Indi a if
h e ha s be en r egi st er ed as a c iti ze n of Ind ia by the dip lom at ic or
c onsu la r rep re se nt at ive of Indi a in th e count ry whe re h e i s for the ti me
b eing re sid ing on an appl ic at ion ma de by hi m the re fo r to su ch
diplo ma ti c or con sul ar rep re se nt at ive , wh eth er be for e or a ft er the
c om me nc em en t of thi s Con st itut ion, in th e for m and ma nne r pre sc ri be d
by th e Gov ern me nt of the Dom inion of Indi a or th e Gov er nm ent of
Ind ia .
9. P er so ns volun tar ily acq ui ring c it iz en sh ip of a forei gn Sta te not
to b e c it iz en s. — No p er son sha ll be a ci ti ze n of Ind ia by vi rtue of
a rt ic le 5, or be dee me d to b e a c it iz en of Indi a by virtu e of ar ti cl e 6 or
a rt ic le 8, if h e ha s volunt ar ily a cqu ir ed th e c iti ze nsh ip of a ny for eign
St at e.
10. Con tin uanc e of th e r ight s of ci tiz en sh ip. —Ev ery per son who is
or is d ee me d to be a c iti ze n of Ind ia unde r any of the fo re going
prov is ions of this P ar t s ha ll, sub je ct to the provi sion s of any la w that
m ay be m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt , c ontinu e to b e su ch ci ti ze n.
11. Pa rlia me nt to reg ul at e the r igh t of c it iz en sh ip by la w. —
No thing in th e fo re going provi sion s of this Pa rt sh al l de roga te fro m the
pow er of P ar lia me nt to ma ke a ny prov is ion with r es pe ct to the
a cqu is ition and t er min at ion of c iti ze ns hip and al l oth er m at te rs re la ting
to ci ti ze nsh ip.
 PART III
FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS
G en er al
12. De fi ni tion. —In this Pa rt, unl es s the c ont ext oth er wi se r equi re s,
“ the St at e’’ inc lude s the Gov er nm en t a nd P ar li am en t of Ind ia and th e
Gov er nm en t a nd th e Leg is la tur e of e ac h of the St at es a nd a ll lo ca l or
oth er au thor iti es w ith in th e te rr itory of Indi a or und er the c ontro l of
th e Gove rn me nt of Ind ia .
13. Law s in con si st en t w it h or in d eroga tion of the fun damen ta l
r igh ts . — (1) Al l l aw s in for ce in th e t er ri tory of India i mm ed ia te ly
b efo re the c om me nc em en t of thi s Con sti tution , in so f ar as th ey ar e
in cons is te nt wi th th e provis ions of thi s Pa rt, sh al l, to th e ext ent of suc h
in cons is te ncy, b e void .
(2) Th e St at e sh al l not m ak e any la w wh ich tak es aw ay or ab ridg es
th e righ ts conf er re d by thi s P art and any la w m ad e in c ontr av ent ion of
thi s cl au se s ha ll, to the ext en t of th e c ontr av ent ion, be void.
(3) In this a rt ic le , unle ss th e cont ext oth er wi se r equi re s, —
(a ) “l aw ” in clude s any O rdin anc e, ord er, bye- la w, rul e,
r egul at ion, noti fi ca tion , cu sto m or usag e h aving in th e t er rito ry of
Ind ia th e fo rc e of la w;
(b ) “l aw s in for ce ” in clude s l aw s pa ss ed or ma de by a
L egi sl atu re or oth er c omp et en t autho ri ty in the te rr ito ry of Indi a
b efo re the c om me nc em en t of thi s Con sti tution and not pr eviou sly
r ep ea le d, notwi ths ta nding tha t a ny su ch la w or any par t the reo f ma y
not be then in ope ra tion ei the r at al l or in pa rti cul ar a re as .
(4 ) Nothing in this a rt ic le sh al l apply to any am end me nt of this
Con st itut ion m ad e unde r a rt ic le 368.
Righ t to Equal ity
14. Equa lity be fore la w. —Th e St at e sh al l not deny to any p er son
e qua lity be for e the l aw or the equ al pro te ct ion of th e la ws w ithin th e
t er ri tory of India .
15. Prohi bit ion of d is cr imin atio n on groun ds of re li gio n, rac e,
c as te , se x o r pla ce of bi rt h. — (1) Th e St at e sh al l not di sc ri min at e
a ga ins t any c it iz en on ground s only of r el igion, ra ce , c as te , se x, pl ac e
of bir th or any of the m.
(2) No ci ti ze n s ha ll, on ground s only of r elig ion, ra ce , c as te , se x,
pl ac e of bir th or any of the m, be sub je ct to any dis abi lit y, liab ili ty,
r es tr ic tion or condi tion wi th r eg ard to—
(a ) ac ce ss to shops , public r es ta ur ant s, hote ls a nd pl ac es of
publi c en te rt ain me nt; or
(b ) the us e of w el ls , tank s, bath
6 ing gh at s, road s and pla ce s of
publi c r es or t ma in ta ine d whol ly or pa rt ly out of St at e fund s or
d edic at ed to the us e of the gen er al publi c.
(3) No thing in thi s ar ti cl e sha ll pr eve nt the St at e fro m ma king any
sp ec ia l provi sion fo r w om en and ch ildr en.
(4) No thing in thi s ar ti cl e or in c lau se (2) of ar ti cl e 29 sh all pr eve nt
th e Sta te f rom m ak ing any spe ci al prov is ion fo r the adv an ce me nt of any
so ci al ly and educ at ion al ly ba ckw ar d cl as se s of cit iz en s or fo r th e
S che dule d C as te s a nd th e Sch edul ed Trib es .
 16. Equa lity of oppor tu ni ty in mat te rs of pu bli c e mp loy me nt . — (1)
Th er e s ha ll be equa li ty of oppor tunity fo r a ll c it iz en s in m at te rs
r el at ing to e mp loym ent or appo intm en t to any o ff ic e unde r th e Sta te .
(2) No ci ti ze n s ha ll, on ground s only of r elig ion, ra ce , c as te , se x,
d es ce nt, pl ac e of birth , r es id enc e or any of the m, be ine lig ible fo r, or
di sc ri mi na ted ag ain st in re sp ec t of, any e mploy me nt or offi ce under
th e Sta te .
(3) No thing in thi s ar ti cl e sha ll pr eve nt Pa rli am en t fro m ma king any
l aw pr es cr ib ing, in r ega rd to a cl as s or cl as se s of e mp loym en t or
a ppoint me nt to a n o ff ic e unde r the Gov ern me nt of, or any loc al or othe r
a uthor ity w ithin , a S ta te or Union te rr itory, any r equ ir em en t as to
r es id enc e w ithin tha t Sta te or Un ion t er ri tory prio r to su ch em ploy me nt
or appo intm en t.
(4) No thing in thi s ar ti cl e sha ll pr eve nt the St at e fro m ma king any
prov is ion fo r the re se rv at ion of appoint me nt s or post s in f avour of any
b ack wa rd cl as s of c iti ze ns wh ic h, in th e opin ion of th e S ta te , i s not
a dequ at ely r epr es en te d in th e s er vi ce s unde r the Sta te .
(4A ) No thing in th is a rt ic le sh al l pre ven t the Sta te fro m m ak ing any
prov is ion for re se rv at ion in m at te rs of pro mot ion, w ith c ons eque nti al
s en iori ty, to a ny c la ss or cl as se s of pos ts in the se rv ic es under th e S ta te
in fa vour of the Sch edu led C as te s and the S che dule d Tr ibe s wh ich , in
th e opinion of the Sta te , a re not ad equa te ly r ep re se nt ed in th e se rv ic es
und er the St at e.
(4B ) Nothing in this a rt ic le sh al l prev ent th e Sta te f rom c ons ide ring
a ny unf ill ed va ca nc ie s of a yea r whi ch ar e r es er ved fo r b eing fil le d up
in th at yea r in a cc or dan ce w ith any provi sion fo r r es er va tion m ad e
und er c la us e (4 ) or c la us e (4 A) as a s ep ar at e cl as s of va ca nc ie s to b e
f ill ed up in any suc ce ed ing ye ar or ye ar s and suc h c la ss of vac an ci es
sh al l not be cons ide re d tog eth er with the vac an ci es of th e ye ar in whi ch
th ey ar e being f ill ed up for de te rm in ing th e ce il ing of fi fty pe r ce nt.
r es er va tion on to ta l nu mbe r of v ac an ci es of th at ye ar.
(5) No thing in thi s ar ti cl e sha ll a ff ec t the ope ra tion of any la w whi ch
prov ide s th at th e in cum ben t of a n offi ce in conn ec tion wi th the affa ir s
of any r elig ious or deno min at iona l inst itut ion or a ny m em be r of the
gov erning body th er eo f s ha ll be a pe rson prof es si ng a par ti cul ar
r el igion or belonging to a pa rti cul ar d enom ina tion.
17. A boli tion of Un touc hab ili ty. —“ Un touch abi lity ’’ is abo li she d
a nd its pra ct ic e in any fo rm is forb idden . Th e en for ce me nt of a ny
di sa bil ity a ri sing out of “U ntou cha bil ity’’ sh al l be a n offe nc e
puni sha ble in ac co rd anc e w ith la w.
18. Abol it ion of t itl es . —(1 ) No t itl e, not being a mi li ta ry or
a ca de mi c di st inc tion, sh al l b e c onf er re d by the St at e.
(2) No ci ti ze n of Ind ia sh al l a cc ep t any tit le f rom a ny fo re ign Sta te .
(3) No pe rson who i s not a ci ti ze n of Indi a sh al l, whil e he holds any
o ff ic e of prof it or t rus t unde r the Sta te , a cc ep t w ithout the cons en t of
th e Pre si den t a ny t itl e fro m any for eign St at e.
(4) No pe rson holding any offic e of prof it or trus t unde r th e St at e
sh al l, wi thout the con se nt of the Pr es ide nt, a cc ep t any pre se nt,
e mo lum en t, or o ff ic e of any kind f rom or unde r any for eign St at e.
Righ t to F re edo m
19. Prot ec ti on of ce rt ain righ ts re ga rd ing f re ed om of sp ee ch , e tc .
— (1) Al l c it iz en s sha ll hav e the righ t—
 (a ) to f re edo m of spe ec h and exp re ss ion;
(b ) to a ss em bl e p ea ce ab ly and wi thout ar ms ;
( c) to for m as so ci at ion s or union s;
(d ) to m ove f re el y th roughout the t er rito ry of Ind ia ;
( e) to re si de and s et tl e in any pa rt of the t er rito ry of Ind ia ; a nd
* * * * *
(g ) to pr ac ti se any prof es si on, or to ca rr y on any oc cupa tion ,
t rad e or busin es s.
(2) No thing in sub -c la us e ( a) of c la us e (1) sh al l a ff ec t the ope ra tion
of any ex is ting la w, or pre ven t th e Sta te f rom m ak ing any la w, in so f ar
a s s uch la w i mpos es r ea son abl e r es tr ic tion s on th e ex er ci se of th e r ight
c onf er re d by the s ai d sub -c lau se in th e int er es ts of th e sov er ei gnty and
int eg rity of Indi a, th e s ec ur ity of the S ta te , fr iend ly r el at ions w ith
fo re ign Sta te s, publi c orde r, de ce nc y or mo ra li ty, or in r el at ion to
c onte mp t of c ourt , d ef am at ion or inc ite me nt to an offe nc e.
(3) No thing in sub -c la us e ( b) of th e sa id cl aus e sh al l a ff ec t the
op er ation of any ex is ting la w in so f ar a s it impo se s, or pr eve nt the
St at e fro m m aking any l aw i mpos ing, in th e inte re st s of th e s ove re ignty
a nd inte gr ity of Ind ia or publi c ord er, re as ona bl e r es tr ic tion s on the
e xe rc is e of the righ t conf er re d by the s aid sub -c la us e.
(4) Nothing in sub- cl au se ( c ) of the sa id c lau se sh al l affe ct the
op er ation of any ex is ting la w in so f ar a s it impo se s, or pr eve nt the
St at e fro m ma king any la w impo sing , in the int er es ts of
th e sove re ignty and int eg rity of Indi a or publ ic ord er or mo ra lity,
r ea son ab le r es tr ic tion s on the ex er ci se of the righ t c onf er re d by the
s ai d sub -c la us e.
(5) Nothing in sub- cl au se s ( d) and ( e ) of the sa id c lau se sh al l affe ct
th e oper at ion of a ny e xis ting la w in so f ar a s it i mpos es , or prev ent th e
St at e fro m m aking any l aw i mpos ing, re as on abl e re st ri ct ions on th e
e xe rc is e of any of the righ ts con fe rr ed by th e sa id sub- cl au se s ei the r in
th e int er es ts of th e g ene ra l publi c or for th e prot ec ti on of th e int er es ts
of any S chedu led Tr ibe .
(6) No thing in sub -c la us e ( g) of th e sa id cl aus e sh al l a ff ec t the
op er ation of any ex is ting la w in so f ar a s it impo se s, or pr eve nt the
St at e f rom m aking any l aw impo sing , in the inte re st s of th e gen er al
publi c, re as ona ble re st ri ct ions on the e xe rc is e of the right conf er re d by
th e s aid sub- cl au se , and , in pa rti cul ar, nothing in the s ai d sub -c lau se
sh al l affe ct th e op er at ion of any ex is ting la w in so f ar a s it re la te s to,
or pr eve nt the St at e fro m ma king any la w re la ting to, —
( i) the pro fe ss ion al or te chn ic al qual ifi ca ti ons n ec es sa ry fo r
pr ac ti sing any pro fe ss ion or ca rr ying on any oc cupa tion , t rad e or
bus ine ss , or
( ii) th e c ar ry ing on by the St at e, or by a co rpor at ion owne d or
c ontro ll ed by the Sta te , of a ny tr ade , bus ine ss , indu st ry or s erv ic e,
wh et he r to th e ex clu sion , co mpl et e or par tia l, of ci ti ze ns or
oth er wi se .
20. P ro te ct io n in res pe ct of co nvic ti on for off en ce s. — (1 ) No
p er son sh al l be c onvic te d of any offe nc e e xc ept for vio la tion of a la w
in fo rc e at th e ti me of the c om mi ss ion of the A ct ch arge d a s an offe nc e,
nor be sub je ct ed to a pen al ty gre at er th an th at wh ich migh t hav e be en
in fli ct ed unde r th e la w in fo rc e a t th e tim e of the c om mi ss ion of the
o ff en ce .
 (2) No pe rson sh al l b e pro se cu te d a nd puni she d fo r the s am e o ff en ce
m or e than onc e.
(3) No pe rson ac cu se d of a ny offe nc e s ha ll be com pe ll ed to b e a
w itn es s ag ain st hi ms el f.
21. Prot ec ti on of lif e and p er so nal li be rt y. — No pe rs on sh all be
d epriv ed of his l if e or p er sona l lib er ty ex ce pt a cc or ding to pro ce dur e
e st ab lis hed by l aw.
1
22. P ro te ct io n agains t a rres t and d et en tion in ce rt ai n ca se s. —(1 )
No pe rs on w ho i s ar re st ed sh al l b e d eta in ed in cu stody w ithout be ing
in for me d, a s s oon as ma y b e, of th e ground s fo r suc h ar re st nor s ha ll h e
b e d enie d th e right to cons ult , a nd to be de fend ed by, a l eg al
pr ac ti tion er of his cho ic e.
(2) Ev ery pe rson who is a rr es te d and det ain ed in c us tody s ha ll be
produ ce d be for e th e ne ar es t ma gi st ra te with in a per iod of t wen ty- four
hour s of s uch ar re st ex clud ing the tim e nec es sa ry fo r the journ ey f rom
th e pla ce of a rr es t to the cou rt of th e ma gi st ra te a nd no such pe rs on
sh al l be det ain ed in c us tody beyond th e s aid per iod w ithout th e
_______________________________________________
a uthor ity of a ma gis tr at e.
1.On(3)the No
commencement
thing in of s. us
c la 3 ofesthe(1Constitution
) and (2)(Forty-fourth
sh all appAmendment)
ly— Act, 1978, art. 22 shall stand
amended as directed in s. 3 of that Act. For the text of s. 3 of that Act, see Appendix III.
( a) to any pe rs on who fo r th e tim e b eing is an en em y a li en; or
( b) to any per son who is a rr es te d or det ain ed und er a ny la w
prov iding for pre ven tiv e det ent ion.
(4) No la w provid ing fo r prev ent ive d ete ntion sh al l a uthor is e the
d ete ntion of a pe rson for a long er pe riod than th re e month s unle ss —
( a) an A dvis ory Bo ar d con si sting of pe rson s who ar e, or hav e
b een , or a re qu ali fi ed to be appo int ed as , J udge s of a High Cour t h as
r epo rte d b efo re th e e xpi ra tion of th e sa id pe riod of th re e mon ths th at
th er e is in its opinion su ff ic ie nt c au se fo r suc h d ete ntion :
P rovide d tha t nothing in this sub- cl au se sha ll autho ri se the
d ete ntion of any p er son beyond th e m ax im um per iod pre sc ri be d by
a ny l aw m ad e by P arl ia me nt unde r sub- cl au se ( b) of c la us e (7) ; or
( b) su ch pe rs on is det ain ed in a cc or dan ce w ith th e provi sion s of
a ny la w m ad e by P arl ia me nt under sub- cl au se s ( a) and ( b) of c la us e
(7 ).
(5) Wh en any p er son i s det ain ed in pursu anc e of an ord er ma de unde r
a ny la w prov iding fo r pre ven tiv e de ten tion, the a utho rity m ak ing th e
ord er sh al l, as soon a s m ay be, co mm uni ca te to s uch pe rson th e grounds
on wh ich the ord er ha s be en m ad e a nd sh all affo rd hi m th e e ar li es t
oppor tunity of ma king a re pr es en ta tion ag ain st the ord er.
(6) Nothing in cl au se (5) s ha ll r equi re the autho rity ma king a ny su ch
ord er a s is r ef er re d to in tha t cl aus e to dis clo se f ac ts whi ch suc h
a uthor ity con sid er s to b e a ga ins t th e public in te re st to dis clo se .
(7) P arl ia me nt m ay by l aw pr es cr ib e—
( a) the ci rc um st an ce s unde r whi ch, and the c la ss or c la ss es of
c as es in whi ch, a pe rson m ay be de ta ined fo r a p eriod long er th an
th re e mon ths unde r a ny l aw prov iding for pr eve ntiv e det ent ion
w ithout obta ining th e opinion of an Adv iso ry Boa rd in ac co rda nc e
w ith the prov is ions of sub- cl au se ( a) of c la us e (4) ;
( b) the ma xi mu m per iod for whi ch any pe rson ma y in a ny c la ss
or c la ss es of ca se s b e d et ain ed under any l aw provid ing for
pr ev entiv e de ten tion; and
 ( c ) the proc edu re to be fol low ed by an Advi so ry Bo ar d in an
inqui ry under sub -c la us e ( a) of cl au se (4 ).
Right again st Exp loita tion
23. P ro hib itio n of t raf fi c in human b eing s and fo rc ed labou r. —(1 )
Tra ff ic in hum an be ings and b egar and oth er s im il ar for ms of fo rc ed
l abour a re proh ibit ed and any cont ra ven tion of this prov is ion sh al l be
a n o ff en ce puni sha ble in a cc ord an ce w ith la w.
(2) No thing in thi s ar ti cl e sha ll pr eve nt the St at e fro m impo sing
c ompu lso ry se rvi ce for publi c purpos es , and in i mpos ing suc h s er vi ce
th e Sta te sh al l not m ak e any dis cr im in ation on ground s only of
r el igion, r ac e, c as te or cl as s or any of th em .
24. Proh ibi tion of empl oymen t of chi ldren in fac to ri es , e tc . — No
c hild b elo w the ag e of fou rt ee n ye ar s sh al l be em ploy ed to wo rk in any
f ac to ry or m ine or eng ag ed in any oth er ha za rdou s em ploy me nt.

Righ t to F re edo m of R el igion

25. F re ed om of con sc ie nc e and free prof es si on, pra ct ic e and
p ro pagatio n of rel ig ion. —(1 ) Subje ct to public ord er, mor al ity and
h ea lth and to the othe r provi sion s of th is Pa rt, a ll per sons ar e equa lly
e nti tle d to fr ee dom of c ons ci en ce a nd th e right f re ely to prof es s,
pr ac ti se and propag at e re lig ion.
(2) Nothing in this ar ti cl e sh al l a ff ec t th e ope ra tion of any ex is ting
l aw or pr eve nt the St at e fro m ma king any la w—
( a) r egul at ing or r es tr ic ting a ny ec onom ic , f inan ci al , polit ic al or
oth er s ec ul ar a ct ivity wh ich m ay be a ss oc ia te d w ith re lig ious
pr ac ti ce ;
( b) providing for so ci al w el fa re and re fo rm or the th row ing op en
of H indu r el igiou s in st itut ions of a public c ha ra ct er to a ll c la ss es
a nd s ec ti ons of Hindu s.
Exp lanation I.— The we ar ing a nd ca rr ying of k ir pans sha ll b e de em ed
to be inc lude d in the pro fe ss ion of the Sikh re lig ion.
Exp lanation II. — In sub- cl au se ( b) of c la us e (2 ), th e r ef er en ce to
H indus sh al l be cons tru ed as in clud ing a r ef er en ce to per sons
pro fe ss ing the Sikh , J ai na or Buddhi st re lig ion, and the r ef er en ce to
H indu re ligiou s ins titu tions sh al l be cons tru ed ac co rding ly.
26. F re ed om to manag e re li gi ous af fai rs .— Subje ct to publi c orde r,
m or al ity and hea lth , e ve ry re ligiou s denom in at ion or any s ec tion
th er eo f s ha ll have th e right —
( a) to e st abl ish and m ai nta in in sti tution s fo r r el igious and
c ha rit ab le purpo se s;
( b) to m an age i ts own affa ir s in m at te rs of re ligion ;
( c ) to own and a cqui re m ovab le a nd i mm ova ble prop er ty; and
( d) to ad mi nis te r su ch prope rty in a cc or dan ce wi th l aw.
27. Free do m as to paymen t of tax es fo r promot ion of any
pa rt ic ular re li gion .— No pe rs on sh all be co mp el led to pay a ny tax es ,
th e proc ee ds of wh ich a re sp ec if ic al ly app ropr ia ted in pay me nt of
e xpen se s fo r th e prom otion or ma int en anc e of any pa rti cul ar r el igion or
r el igiou s d enom ina tion .
28. F re ed om as to att enda nc e at re li giou s ins tr uc ti on or rel ig iou s
wo rs hi p in c er ta in e du cat ional ins ti tut ions .— (1) No re lig ious
in st ruc tion sh al l be provide d in any educ at iona l in sti tution whol ly
m ai nt ain ed out of St at e funds .
(2) No thing in c la us e (1) sh al l a pply to an edu ca ti ona l in st itut ion
wh ic h i s adm ini st er ed by th e Sta te but ha s bee n e st ab lis hed unde r any
e ndow me nt or trus t whi ch requ ir es th at r el igious in st ruc tion sha ll be
i mpa rt ed in suc h in sti tution .
(3) No pe rson at tend ing any e duc at iona l in sti tution re cogni se d by the
St at e or re ce iv ing aid out of St at e fund s sh al l be r equ ir ed to t ake par t
in a ny re lig ious inst ruc tion that ma y be imp ar te d in su ch in sti tution or
to a tt end a ny re lig ious w or ship th at ma y be c onduc ted in suc h
in sti tution or in any pre mi se s at ta ch ed th er eto unle ss suc h pe rson or, if
su ch pe rson i s a m inor, hi s guard ia n h as give n hi s cons en t th er eto .
Cu ltur al and Educ ationa l Righ ts
29. Prot ec ti on of int eres ts of mino ri ti es .— (1 ) Any s ec ti on of th e
c it iz en s re si ding in th e t er rito ry of Ind ia or any par t the re of h aving a
di stin ct l angua ge , s cr ipt or cu ltur e of its own sh al l h ave th e right to
c ons erv e the s am e.
(2) No ci ti ze n s ha ll be deni ed ad mi ss ion into any educ at ion al
in sti tution m ai nta in ed by the St at e or re ce iving a id out of Sta te funds
on grounds only of r el igion, r ac e, c as te , l anguag e or any of th em .
30. R igh t of mino ri ti es to es ta bli sh and admini st er e du cat ional
in st it utio ns . — (1 ) All mino ri tie s, whe th er bas ed on r el igion or
l angua ge , s ha ll have th e right to es ta bli sh and ad min is te r educ at ion al
in sti tution s of the ir choi ce .
(1A ) In m ak ing any la w providing fo r th e com pul sory ac qui si tion of
a ny prop er ty of a n e duc at iona l inst itut ion es ta bli she d a nd a dm ini st er ed
by a mino rity, re fe rr ed to in c lau se (1 ), th e St at e sh al l en sur e th at the
a moun t fix ed by or d ete rm in ed und er su ch l aw for the ac quis it ion of
su ch prope rt y i s such a s would not re st ri ct or ab roga te th e right
gu ar ant ee d und er tha t cl aus e.
(2) Th e St at e sh al l not, in gr ant ing a id to edu ca tion al ins titu tions ,
di sc ri mi na te ag ain st any edu ca ti ona l in st itut ion on the ground tha t i t i s
und er th e m an age me nt of a mino rit y, wh eth er ba sed on r el igion or
l angua ge .

* * *
31. [ Com puls or y acqui si tion of p rope rt y. ] Rep . b y th e Cons titu tion
( For ty -fou rth Am endm en t) A ct , 1978, s. 6 ( w. e. f. 20- 6-1979).
Saving of Ce rta in Laws
31A. Saving of law s provid ing for acq uis it ion of e st at es , et c. —
(1 ) No tw iths ta nding any thing c onta in ed in a rt ic le 13, no l aw provid ing
fo r—
( a) the ac qui si tion by the St at e of any es ta te or of any righ ts
th er ein or the e xtingu ish me nt or modi fi ca tion of any suc h r ight s, or
 ( b) the tak ing over of the m an age me nt of any prop er ty by the
St at e for a li mi te d p eriod e ith er in the publi c inte re st or in orde r to
s ec ur e the prop er m an ag em en t of th e prope rty, or
(c) the amalgamation of two or more corporations either in the public interest or in order to secure the
proper management of any of the corporations, or
( d) the ext ingui shm en t or m odif ic at ion of a ny r ight s of m an aging
a gen ts , se cr et ar ie s a nd tr ea su re rs , m an aging dire ct or s, di re ct or s or
m an ag er s of corpo ra tion s, or of a ny vot ing r ights of sh ar eho lde rs
th er eo f, or
( e ) th e ext ingui shm en t or m odif ic at ion of a ny righ ts a cc ru ing by
vi rtue of any agr ee me nt , l ea se or lic en ce fo r the purpos e of
s ea rc hi ng fo r, or w inning , a ny m ine ra l or min er al oil, or th e
pr em at ur e te rm in at ion or c an ce ll at ion of any su ch ag re em en t, l ea se
or li ce nc e,
sh al l be dee me d to be void on th e ground th at it i s in cons is te nt wi th, or
t ake s aw ay or abr idge s a ny of th e righ ts conf er re d by ar ti cl e 14 or
a rt ic le 19:
P rovide d tha t wh er e s uch la w i s a l aw ma de by the Legi sl at ur e of a
St at e, th e provis ions of thi s ar ti cl e sha ll not apply the re to unle ss s uch
l aw, having be en re se rv ed for th e c ons ide ra tion of the Pr es id ent , h as
r ec ei ve d hi s as se nt :
Provid ed fur the r tha t w he re a ny l aw m ak es any provis ion for the
a cqu is ition by th e Sta te of any e st at e and wh er e any land co mp ri sed
th er ein i s h eld by a pe rson unde r his pe rson al cu ltiv at ion, it sha ll not
b e l aw ful fo r th e Sta te to ac qui re a ny por tion of s uch l and a s i s w ith in
th e ce il ing l im it appl ic ab le to him unde r any la w for the ti me being in
fo rc e or any build ing or s tru ctu re st anding the re on or appu rt ena nt
th er eto , unle ss th e la w r el at ing to th e a cqui si tion of suc h land , building
or st ruc tur e, prov ide s fo r pay me nt of co mpe ns at ion at a r at e w hic h
sh al l not be l es s than th e ma rk et va lue th er eof .
(2) In this a rt ic le ,—
( a) the exp re ss ion ‘‘ es ta te ’’ sh all , in r el at ion to any loc al a re a,
h ave th e s am e me an ing as th at exp re ss ion or its lo ca l equiv al ent ha s
in the ex is ting la w re la ting to land t enur es in for ce in th at ar ea and
sh al l al so inc lude —
( i) any jagi r, inam or mua fi or othe r s im il ar gr ant and in the
St at es of Ta mi l Nadu and K er al a, a ny jan mam r ight;
( ii) any l and h eld under ryo tw ar i se ttl em en t;
( iii ) any land held or le t for purpos es of a gr icu ltur e or for
purpo se s anc il la ry th er eto , inc luding w as te l and, fo re st land ,
l and fo r pa stu re or si te s of building s and othe r st ruc tur es
o ccup ied by c ult iva tor s of l and, ag ri cultu ra l labou re rs and
vil la ge a rti sa ns ;
( b) the exp re ss ion ‘‘ ri ghts ’’ , in re la tion to a n e st at e, s ha ll
in clud e any right s ve sting in a propr ie tor, sub -prop ri eto r, under-
prop ri eto r, tenu re -hold er, rai yat , und er- rai yat or othe r in te rm ed ia ry
a nd a ny r ights or priv il ege s in re sp ec t of l and rev enu e.
31B. Vali datio n of c er ta in Ac ts and R egu latio ns . —Wi thout
pr ejud ic e to the gen er al ity of the provi sion s cont ain ed in a rt ic le 31 A,
non e of th e Ac ts and R egul at ions spe ci fi ed in the Ninth Sch edul e nor
a ny of th e prov is ions th er eof sh al l be dee me d to b e void , or ev er to
h ave bec om e void, on th e ground that suc h Ac t, R egu la tion or prov is ion
i s incon si st ent wi th, or tak es a wa y or a br idge s any of th e right s
c onf er re d by, any prov is ions of thi s Pa rt , and not with st and ing any
judg me nt, de cr ee or orde r of a ny c ourt or Tribun al to the con tr ar y, ea ch
of th e s ai d A ct s and Re gula tion s sha ll , s ubje ct to th e po we r of a ny
c omp et en t L egi sl atu re to re pe al or am en d it, cont inue in for ce .
31C. Saving of law s giving ef fe ct to ce rt ain di re ct iv e p ri nc ipl es . —
No tw ith st anding a nything cont ain ed in a rt ic le 13, no la w giving effe ct
to the poli cy of the St at e tow ard s se cu ring 1 [ al l or any of the pr inc ipl es
l aid down in P ar t IV ] s ha ll be de em ed to be void on the ground tha t it
i s incon si st ent wi th, or tak es a wa y or a br idge s any of th e right s
c onf er re d by ar tic le 14 or a rti cl e 19; 2 and no law c ontain ing a
d ec lara tion that it is for gi ving ef fe ct to suc h pol ic y shal l b e c all ed in
qu es tion in any cou rt on th e ground that it does not giv e e ffe ct to su ch
poli cy :
Provid ed th at whe re su ch l aw is m ad e by th e L egis la tu re of a St at e,
th e provi sion s of this ar ti cl e sh al l not app ly the re to unl es s such la w,
h aving bee n r es er ve d for the con sid er at ion of the Pr es ide nt, ha s
r ec ei ve d hi s as se nt .
31D . [ Saving of law s in res pe ct of anti -nationa l a cti vi ti es . ] R ep. by
th e Cons titu tion (Fo rt y- third A mend me nt ) Ac t, 1977 , s.2 (w.e .f . 13- 4-
1978 ) .
Righ t to Con sti tutiona l Re me die s
32. Re me di es for e nfo rc e me nt of r ight s c onf er re d by t hi s Par t . —
(1 ) Th e r ight to m ove th e Supre me Cour t by app ropri at e proc ee di ngs
fo r the en for ce me nt of th e r ight s c onf er re d by this P ar t i s guar ant ee d.
(2) Th e Supr em e Cour t sh all have pow er to is sue dir ec tion s or orde rs
____________________________________________
or w rit s, in cluding w rit s in th e natu re of habea s c orpu s, manda mus ,
proh ibit ion, quo war ranto and c er ti ora ri , whi che ve r ma y b e
1. Subs. by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976, s. 4, for “the principles specified in clause
a pprop
(b) or ria te ,(c)fo
clause ofrarticle
the 39”
en for ce3.1.1977).
(w.e.f. me nt ofSection
any 4 of
has the right s invalid
been declared con febyrr the
ed Supreme
by th isCourt
P arint.Minerva Mills Ltd. and others vs. Union of India and others (1980) s. 2, S.C.C. 591.
2. In Kesavananda Bharati vs. the State of Kerala (1973),Supp. S.C.R.1., the Supreme Court held the
(3) Without pr ejudi ce to th e powe rs c onf er re d on the Supr em e Cou rt
provisions in italics to be invalid.
by c lau se s (1) a nd (2) , Pa rl ia me nt ma y by la w e mpo we r a ny othe r cou rt
to ex er ci se with in the loc al li mi ts of it s juri sdi ct ion all or any of the
pow er s ex er ci sa bl e by th e Supre me Cour t und er cl au se (2 ).
(4) Th e righ t gua ran te ed by thi s a rt ic le sha ll not be su sp ende d ex ce pt
a s othe rw is e prov ided fo r by this Con sti tution .
32A. [ Cons titu tional val idit y of Sta te laws not to be c ons ide re d in
p roc ee ding s unde r ar ti cl e 32.] Rep . by th e Con st itut ion (Fo rt y- thi rd
A me ndm ent ) A ct, 1977, s. 3 (w.e .f. 13- 4-1978).
33. Pow er of Par lia me nt to modi fy th e r igh ts c onf er red by thi s
Pa rt in th ei r appl ica tion to Force s, et c. — Pa rli am en t m ay, by la w,
d ete rm in e to w ha t ext en t any of the r ight s con fe rr ed by thi s P ar t sh all ,
in the ir app lic at ion to,—
(a) th e m em be rs of the Ar me d For ce s; or
(b ) the me mb er s of th e Forc es cha rg ed w ith the m ai nte nan ce of
publi c orde r; or
( c) per sons e mp loye d in any bure au or othe r org ani sa tion
e st ab lis hed by th e St at e fo r purpo se s of inte ll igen ce or c ounte r
int el lig enc e; or
(d ) p er sons em ploy ed in, or in conne ct ion w ith, the
t el ec om mun ic at ion sys te ms se t up fo r th e purpos es of any For ce ,
bur ea u or o rga nis at ion re fe rr ed to in c la us es (a) to (c ) ,
b e r es tr ic te d or ab roga te d so a s to ens ur e the prope r dis ch arge of th ei r
duti es and the ma in ten an ce of di sc iplin e am ong the m
34. Re st ri ct io n on r ight s c onf er re d by t his Par t w hil e mar tia l
la w is in force in any area. — Not wi ths tand ing a nything in the
fo re going provis ions of thi s Pa rt, P arl ia me nt m ay by l aw ind em nify any
p er son in th e se rv ic e of the U nion or of a St at e or any oth er p er son in
r es pe ct of any ac t done by hi m in c onne ct ion w ith th e ma in ten an ce or
r es to ra tion of ord er in any a re a w ithin the t er ri tory of India w he re
m ar ti al l aw w as in fo rc e or val ida te a ny s en ten ce pas se d, punish me nt
in fli ct ed, for fe itu re orde re d or oth er a ct done und er m ar ti al l aw in suc h
a re a.
35. Le gis lat ion to giv e e ff ec t to th e p rov is ions of th is Par t. —
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion, —
( a) Pa rli am en t sha ll hav e, and the L egi sl atu re of a St at e sha ll
not hav e, pow er to ma ke l aw s—
( i) with re sp ec t to any of the ma tt er s whi ch unde r c la us e (3 )
of a rti cl e 16, cl aus e (3 ) of a rti cl e 32, ar tic le 33 and ar ti cl e 34
m ay be provid ed for by l aw m ad e by P ar lia me nt ; and
( ii) fo r pr es cr ib ing puni shm en t for thos e ac ts whi ch ar e
d ec la re d to be offe nc es under thi s Pa rt;
a nd Pa rli am en t s ha ll, a s soon a s m ay be a ft er the c om me nc em en t of
thi s Cons ti tution, m ak e la ws fo r pre sc ri bing punish me nt for th e ac ts
r ef er re d to in sub -c lau se ( ii );
( b) any la w in fo rc e im me di at el y b efo re th e c om me nc em en t of
thi s Cons ti tution in the te rr ito ry of Indi a wi th re spe ct to any of the
m at te rs re fe rr ed to in s ub- cl aus e ( i) of cl au se ( a) or prov iding for
puni shm en t fo r any ac t re fe rr ed to in s ub- cl aus e ( ii) of tha t c la us e
sh al l, s ubje ct to th e te rm s the re of a nd to any a dap ta tion s and
m odif ic at ions tha t m ay b e ma de the re in und er a rt ic le 372, cont inue
in for ce until al te re d or r ep ea le d or a me nde d by Pa rli am en t.
Exp lanation . — In this a rt ic le , th e expr es si on "la w in fo rc e'' ha s the
s am e me an ing a s in ar ti cl e 372.
 PART IV
DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES OF STATE POLICY
36. De fi ni tion. —In this Pa rt, unl es s the c ont ext oth er wi se r equi re s,
‘‘t he St at e’’ has th e sa me me an ing as in Pa rt I II.
37. A ppli ca tion of th e pri nc ipl es c onta in ed in thi s Par t. — The
prov is ions cont ain ed in thi s P ar t sh al l not be e nfo rc ea bl e by any c our t,
but th e pr inc iple s the re in l aid down ar e n eve rth el es s funda me nt al in the
gov ern anc e of the coun try and it sh all be th e duty of the St at e to a pply
th es e prin cip le s in ma king la ws .
38. Sta te to se cu re a soc ial ord er fo r th e p ro mo tion of we lf are of
t he p eopl e. —(1 ) Th e S ta te sh al l s tr ive to prom ot e the we lf ar e of th e
p eople by se cu ring a nd prot ec ting as effe ct iv el y a s it ma y a soc ia l
ord er in whi ch jus ti ce , soc ia l, ec onom ic and politi ca l, sh al l infor m al l
th e inst itut ions of the n ation al li fe .
(2) The St at e sha ll, in pa rti cul ar, s tr ive to mi nim is e th e inequ al iti es
in inco me , and end ea vour to el im ina te in equa li tie s in st atu s, fa ci li ti es
a nd oppor tunit ie s, not only a mong st indiv idua ls but al so am ongs t
group s of p eopl e r es iding in di ff er en t a re as or eng age d in diffe re nt
vo ca tions .
39. C er ta in pr inc ip le s of po lic y to b e fo llo we d by th e Stat e. — The
St at e sh al l, in pa rt icu la r, dir ec t its poli cy tow ar ds s ec ur ing—
(a ) th at th e c iti ze ns , me n a nd wom en equ all y, hav e th e righ t to
a n a dequ at e me an s of liv elihood ;
(b ) th at th e own er sh ip and c ont rol of th e m at er ia l re sour ce s of
th e com mu nity ar e so di str ibut ed as b es t to sub se rve th e co mm on
good;
( c) that th e oper at ion of th e ec onom ic sy st em does not re su lt in
th e con ce nt ra tion of we al th and me an s of produc tion to th e c om mon
d etr im en t;
(d ) th at th er e i s equ al pay fo r equ al w ork fo r both m en and
wo me n;
( e) th at th e he al th and s tr eng th of wo rke rs , m en a nd wo me n, and
th e tend er ag e of chi ldr en ar e not a bus ed and tha t cit iz en s ar e not
fo rc ed by e cono mi c ne ce ss it y to en te r avoc at ion s un suit ed to th ei r
a ge or st re ngth;
( f) that chi ldr en a re given opportuni ti es and f ac il iti es to dev elop
in a he al thy ma nne r a nd in cond ition s of f re edo m a nd dignity and
th at c hildhood and youth a re prot ec te d ag ain st explo ita tion and
a ga ins t m or al and m at er ia l ab andonm en t.
39A. E qual jus ti ce and f re e l egal aid. —Th e St at e sh al l s ec ur e th at
th e oper at ion of th e leg al sy st em promo te s jus ti ce , on a ba si s of equ al
oppor tunity, and s ha ll, in par tic ul ar, provid e f re e l ega l a id, by su ita ble
l egi sl at ion or s ch em es or in any oth er w ay, to en sur e th at opportuni tie s
fo r s ec ur ing jus tic e ar e not deni ed to any ci tiz en by r ea so n of e cono mi c
17
or oth er dis abi lit ie s.
 40. Or gani sa tion of villag e pan chaya ts . — The Sta te sha ll tak e s tep s
to o rga ni se vill age pan cha ya ts and endo w th em w ith su ch pow er s and
a uthor ity as m ay b e n ec es sa ry to en abl e the m to func tion as uni ts of
s el f- gove rnm en t.
41. Rig ht to wor k, to e du cat ion and to publ ic ass is tan ce in c er ta in
c as es . — The Sta te sha ll , wi thin th e li mi ts of it s e cono mi c c ap ac ity and
d eve lopm en t, m ak e e ff ec ti ve provi sion for s ec ur ing th e righ t to wo rk,
to edu ca tion and to public a ss is ta nc e in ca se s of un emp loym en t, old
a ge , s ic kne ss a nd di sa ble me nt , and in oth er c as es of undes er ve d w an t.
42. Provi sio n for j us t and hu ma ne cond itio ns of wo rk and
mat er ni ty re li ef . —Th e Sta te sh al l ma ke prov is ion fo r se cu ring jus t a nd
hu man e condi tion s of wo rk and for ma te rn ity r eli ef .
43. L iving wag e, et c. , for wor ke rs . —Th e Sta te sh al l ende avou r to
s ec ur e, by s uit abl e l egi sl at ion or e cono mi c o rga ni sa tion or in any oth er
w ay, to al l wo rke rs , ag ri cul tur al, indus tri al or othe rw is e, wo rk, a living
w ag e, c ondit ions of wo rk en sur ing a d ec ent st anda rd of lif e a nd full
e njoym en t of l ei sur e a nd so ci al a nd cu ltur al opportuni ti es and, in
p art icu la r, the St at e sh al l e nde avou r to prom ot e cott ag e indus tri es on
a n indiv idua l or c o- oper at ive b as is in rur al ar ea s.
43A. Par ti ci pat ion of wo rk er s in manage me nt of indu st ri es . —Th e
St at e sh al l t ake s te ps , by suit abl e le gis la tion or in a ny oth er w ay, to
s ec ur e the p art ic ipa tion of work er s in the ma na ge me nt of unde rt aking s,
e st ab lis hm en ts or othe r org ani sa tion s enga ged in any indus try.
44. Un ifo rm c ivil cod e fo r the ci ti ze ns . — The Sta te sha ll ende avou r
to s ec ur e for th e c iti ze ns a uni for m c ivil code throughou t the te rr itory
of Indi a.
45. P rov is ion for free and co mp ul sor y e du cat ion for ch ild re n. —
Th e St at e sh al l end ea vour to provid e, w ithin a pe riod of ten yea rs f rom
th e com me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion, fo r f re e and co mpu lso ry
e duc at ion fo r al l c hild re n unti l they co mpl et e the ag e of four te en ye ar s.
46. P ro mo tio n of e duc atio nal and e co nomic int eres ts of S ch edu le d
Ca st es , Sch ed ule d Tr ib es and ot he r we ak er s ec ti on s. — The Sta te sha ll
pro mot e wi th spe ci al c ar e th e educ at ion al and ec onom ic inte re st s of the
w ea ke r s ec ti ons of the peopl e, and, in p ar tic ula r, of the Sch edul ed
C as te s and th e S chedu led Trib es , and sha ll pro te ct the m fro m so ci al
inju st ic e and a ll for ms of exp loit at ion.
47. D uty of the S tat e to r ai se th e le ve l of nu tr it ion and t he
s tanda rd of livi ng and to improv e publ ic h eal th. —Th e Sta te sh al l
r eg ard th e r ai sing of the l eve l of nut rit ion and the st and ard of living of
it s p eople and th e i mprov em en t of public he alth as am ong it s pr im ar y
duti es and , in pa rti cul ar, th e St at e sh al l end ea vour to bring abou t
proh ibit ion of th e con sum ption exc ep t for me di cin al purpos es of
intox ic at ing drink s a nd of drug s whi ch ar e inju rious to he al th.
48. O rga nis atio n of agr ic ul ture and an imal hus band ry. —Th e Sta te
sh al l ende avou r to o rga nis e ag ri cul tur e and ani ma l husba ndry on
m ode rn and sc ie nti fi c lin es and s ha ll, in par ti cul ar, tak e s te ps for
pr es er ving and i mprov ing the bre ed s, a nd prohibi ting th e s laugh te r, of
c ow s and ca lve s and oth er mi lc h a nd dr augh t c at tl e.
48A. P ro te ct io n and i mp ro ve me nt of e nvi ro nmen t and
sa fe guar di ng of fo re st s and w il d li fe . — The St at e sha ll end ea vour to
pro te ct and i mprov e th e env iron me nt a nd to s af egu ard the for es ts and
w ild li fe of the coun try.
 49. Prot ec ti on of mon umen ts and pla ce s and obj ec ts of na tiona l
i mpo rt anc e. — It sh all be th e obliga tion of the St at e to pro te ct ev er y
m onum en t or pl ac e or obje ct of ar ti st ic or his tori c in te re st , de cl ar ed by
or under la w m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt to be of n ation al impo rt anc e, fro m
spo li at ion, di sfigu re me nt , de st ruc tion, re mov al , dispo sa l or expor t, a s
th e ca se ma y be.
50. S epa rat ion of j udi cia ry from ex ec ut ive . —Th e Sta te sh al l tak e
s te ps to sep ar at e th e judic ia ry fro m the e xe cut ive in the publi c se rv ic es
of th e St at e.
51. Promot ion of int er nat ional pea ce and s ec ur it y. — The Sta te
sh al l ende avou r to—
(a ) promo te int er na tion al pe ac e and s ec ur ity;
(b ) ma in ta in ju st and honora bl e re la tion s b et we en na tions ;
( c) fos te r re spe ct for inte rn at iona l l aw a nd t re at y obl iga tions in
th e dea ling s of o rg ani ze d p eople s w ith one anoth er ; and
(d ) enc our age s et tl em en t of in te rna tion al di spute s by a rbi tr at ion.

PART IVA
PART IVA
FUNDAMENTAL DUTIES
51A. F unda me nt al du tie s. — It s ha ll be the duty of ev ery ci tiz en of
Ind ia —
(a ) to ab ide by th e Con st itut ion and r es pe ct it s ide al s and
in sti tution s, th e N at ion al Fla g a nd th e Na tion al An the m;
(b ) to ch er is h a nd fo llo w th e noble id ea ls wh ich in spi red our
n ation al s truggl e for f re edo m;
( c) to uphold and prot ec t the sov er eign ty, unity and inte gr ity of
Ind ia ;
(d ) to de fe nd the count ry and rend er nat iona l s erv ic e when
c al le d upon to do so;
( e) to pro mot e h ar mony and the s pir it of com mo n broth erhood
a mong st a ll the peop le of Indi a tr ans ce nding r el igious , lingui sti c and
r egion al or se ct ion al dive rs iti es ; to r enoun ce pra ct ic es derog ato ry to
th e dignity of wom en ;
( f) to valu e and pre se rv e th e r ich her ita ge of our co mpo si te
c ultu re ;
 (g ) to prot ec t and i mprov e th e na tur al e nvi ronm ent inc luding
fo re st s, l ake s, r ive rs and w ild lif e, and to hav e com pa ss ion for
liv ing cr ea tu re s;
(h ) to dev elop the sc ie nti fi c t emp er, hum an is m a nd the spi rit of
inqui ry and re for m;
( i) to sa fe gua rd public prop er ty and to a bjur e viol enc e;
( j) to st rive to wa rd s exc el le nc e in al l sph er es of individu al and
c oll ec tiv e ac ti vity so tha t the nat ion cons ta ntly ri se s to highe r lev el s
of end ea vour and a chi ev em en t.

20

PART V
THE UNION
C H A P T E R I.—T H E E X E C U T I V E
The P re sid en t and Vi ce - Pres id ent
52. Th e Pres id en t of Ind ia. — Th er e sh all be a Pr es id ent of Indi a.
53. Ex ec ut ive po we r of t he U nion. —(1 ) Th e e xe cu tive po we r of th e
Un ion sh al l be v es ted in the Pre si den t and s ha ll be exe rc is ed by him
e ith er dir ec tly or through o ff ic er s subord ina te to him in ac co rd anc e
w ith thi s Con st itut ion.
(2) Withou t pr ejudi ce to th e gen er al ity of the for egoing provis ion,
th e supr em e c om ma nd of the De fe nc e Fo rc es of th e Union sha ll be
v es ted in the P re sid en t and th e ex er ci se th er eo f sh al l be r egul at ed by
l aw.
(3) No thing in thi s ar ti cl e sha ll —
(a ) be dee me d to t ra ns fe r to th e Pr es id ent a ny func tion s
c onf er re d by any ex is ting l aw on th e Gov er nm en t of any Sta te or
oth er au thor ity; or
(b ) pr eve nt P arl ia me nt fro m c onf er ring by l aw func tion s on
a uthor iti es othe r th an the Pr es id ent.
54. E le ct ion of Pres id en t. — Th e Pre si den t s ha ll be el ec te d by the
m em be rs of an el ec to ra l c oll eg e cons is ting of—
(a ) the el ec te d me mb er s of both Hous es of P ar li am en t; and
(b ) the el ec te d me mb er s of th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bl ie s of the
St at es .
 Exp lanation .— In thi s ar ti cl e and in a rt ic le 55, ‘‘ St at e’’ inc lude s the
N at iona l C api ta l Te rr it ory of De lhi a nd the Union t er ri tory of
Pondi ch er ry.
55. Man ne r of e le ct ion of Pres id en t. —(1 ) A s fa r as pra ct ic ab le ,
th er e sh all be uni for mi ty in the s ca le of r ep re se nt at ion of th e di ff er en t
St at es at the e le ct ion of the Pr es ide nt.
(2) For th e purpo se of s ec ur ing such uni for mi ty a mong th e S ta te s
int er se a s we ll a s pa rity be tw ee n the St at es a s a whol e and the Un ion,
th e numbe r of vote s whi ch ea ch e le ct ed m em be r of Pa rli am en t and of
th e Leg is la tive A ss em bl y of e ac h Sta te i s ent itl ed to c as t a t s uch
e le ct ion sha ll be de te rm in ed in th e follo wing ma nn er :—
(a ) ev er y el ec te d m em be r of the Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly of a St at e
sh al l have a s m any vote s as the re a re m ult ipl es of one thous and in
th e quoti ent obta ined by divid ing th e popula tion of the S ta te by th e
tot al nu mbe r of th e el ec te d me mb er s of the A ss em bl y;
(b ) if, af te r ta king the sa id mu ltip le s of one thous and, the
r em ai nde r is not le ss th an fiv21 e hundred , th en the vot e of e ac h
m em be r r ef er re d to in sub -c lau se (a) sh al l be furth er in cr ea se d by
on e;
( c) ea ch e le ct ed member of either House of Parliament shall have such
number of votes as may be obtained by dividing the total number of votes assigned to
the members of the Legislative Assemblies of the States under sub-clauses (a) and
(b) by the total number of the elected members of both Houses of Parliament,
fractions exceeding one-half being counted as one and other fractions being
disregarded.
(3) The election of the President shall be held in accordance with the system of
proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote and the voting at
such election shall be by secret ballot.
Explanation.— In this article, the expression ‘‘population’’ means the population as
ascertained at the last preceding census of which the relevant figures have been
published:
Provided that the reference in this Explanation to the last preceding census of which
the relevant figures have been published shall, until the relevant figures for the first
census taken after the year 2026 have been published, be construed as a reference to the
1971 census.
56. Term of office of President.—(1) The President shall hold office for a term of
five years from the date on which he enters upon his office:
Provided that—
(a ) the Pr es ide nt ma y, by w rit ing under hi s h and a ddr es se d to th e
Vic e- Pre si den t, re si gn hi s offic e;
(b ) th e Pr es ide nt m ay, for viola tion of the Cons titu tion, b e
r em ove d fro m o ff ic e by i mp ea ch me nt in the m ann er provid ed in
a rt ic le 61;
( c) th e Pr es ide nt sh al l, not with st and ing the expi ra tion of his
t er m, con tinu e to hold offi ce unt il his su cc es so r en te rs upon hi s
o ff ic e.
(2) Any resignation addressed to the Vice-President under clause (a) of the proviso to
clause (1) shall forthwith be communicated by him to the Speaker of the House of the
People.
57. Eligibility for re-election.—A person who holds, or who has held, office as
President shall, subject to the other provisions of this Constitution, be eligible for re-
election to that office.
 58. Qualifications for election as President.—(1) No person shall be eligible for
election as President unless he—
(a ) is a ci ti ze n of Indi a,
(b ) has co mp le ted th e age of thi rty -fiv e ye ar s, and
( c) i s qual if ied for e le ct ion a s a me mb er of the H ous e of the
P eopl e.
(2) A per son sh al l not be el igibl e fo r e le ct ion a s Pr es id ent if he
hold s any offic e of prof it unde r th e Gove rn me nt of India or th e
Gov er nm en t of any Sta te or unde r any loc al or othe r au thori ty sub je ct
to the con tro l of any of the s aid Gov er nm en ts.
Exp lanation .— Fo r the purpos es of thi s a rt ic le , a per son sh al l not be
d ee me d to hold a ny offi ce of pro fit by r ea so n only tha t he is th e
P re sid ent or Vic e- Pre si den t of th e Un ion or th e Gov erno r of a ny Sta te
or i s a Min is te r ei the r for the Un ion or fo r a ny St at e.
59. Co ndi tion s of Pres id en t' s off ic e. —(1 ) Th e P re sid en t sh al l not be
a me mb er of e ith er Hou se of Pa rl ia me nt or of a Hous e of the
L egi sl atu re of any St at e, and if a m em be r of ei the r Hous e of Pa rli am en t
or of a Hous e of the L egi sl atu re of any St at e be el ec te d Pre si den t, he
sh al l be dee me d to have v ac at ed his s ea t in th at Hou se on the da te on
wh ic h h e e nte rs upon his o ffi ce as P re sid ent .
(2) The Pr es ide nt sha ll not hold a ny oth er o ff ic e of profi t.
(3) The Pr es ide nt sha ll be en tit led w ithout pay me nt of re nt to th e use
of hi s o ff ic ia l re sid en ce s and sh al l b e a ls o e nti tle d to su ch em olu me nt s,
a llo wa nc es and privi leg es a s m ay be de te rm ine d by Pa rli am en t by l aw
a nd, unti l provi sion in th at beha lf is s o ma de , su ch e mo lum en ts ,
a llo wa nc es and privi leg es a s a re s pe ci fi ed in th e Se cond Sch edul e.
(4) Th e em olu me nt s and al low an ce s of the Pre si den t sh all not be
di min ish ed during his t er m of offic e.
60. Oa th o r af fi rmat ion by th e P re si de nt . —Ev ery Pre si den t and
e ve ry pe rson ac ting as Pr es ide nt or di sc ha rg ing th e func tion s of th e
P re sid ent sh al l, befo re e nt er ing upon his offi ce , ma ke a nd s ubs cr ibe in
th e pr es en ce of th e Chi ef Ju sti ce of Ind ia or, in hi s ab se nc e, the sen ior-
m os t Judg e of th e Supr em e Cour t av ai lab le , an oath or affi rm at io n in
th e follo wing fo rm , th at i s to sa y—
"I, A .B. , do s w e a r i n t h e n a m e o f G o d t h a t I w ill fa ith fully exe cu te
s o l e m n l y a ff i r m
th e o ff ic e of President (or discharge the functions of the President) of India and will to the best of my ability
preserve, protect and defend the Constitution and the law and that I will devote myself to the service and well-
being of the people of India.".
61. Proc ed ure fo r impe ac hmen t of the Pres id en t. — (1) Wh en a
P re sid ent is to b e im pe ac he d for viola tion of the Cons titu tion, th e
c ha rg e sh all be pr ef er re d by ei the r Hou se of Pa rl ia me nt .
(2) No su ch cha rg e sh al l be pre fe rr ed unl es s—
(a ) th e propos al to pre fe r suc h ch arge is cont ain ed in a
r es olut ion w hic h h as be en mov ed af te r at l ea st fou rt ee n d ays' noti ce
in w ri ting s igne d by not le ss than one- four th of th e tot al numbe r of
m em be rs of the Hou se h as be en given of the ir int ent ion to mov e the
r es olut ion, and
(b ) such r es olut ion h as be en pa ss ed by a m aj ori ty of not le ss
th an two -thi rds of the tot al m em be rs hip of the Hou se .
(3) When a ch arge h as be en so pre fe rr ed by eith er H ous e of
P ar lia me nt , th e othe r Hou se sh al l inve st iga te the ch arge or c au se the
c ha rg e to b e inve st iga te d and th e P re sid ent sha ll h ave the right to
a ppe ar a nd to be re pr es en ted a t s uch inv es tig ation .
(4) If as a result of the investigation a resolution is passed by a majority of not less
than two-thirds of the total membership of the House by which the charge was
investigated or caused to be investigated, declaring that the charge preferred against the
President has been sustained, such resolution shall have the effect of removing the
President from his office as from the date on which the resolution is so passed.
62. Time of holding election to fill vacancy in the office of President and the term of office of person elected
to fill casual vacancy. —(1) An election to fill a vacancy caused by the expiration of the term of office of President
shall be completed before the expiration of the term.
(2) An election to fill a vacancy in the office of President occurring by reason of his
death, resignation or removal, or otherwise shall be held as soon as possible after, and in
no case later than six months from, the date of occurrence of the vacancy; and the person
elected to fill the vacancy shall, subject to the provisions of article 56, be entitled to hold
office for the full term of five years from the date on which he enters upon his office.
63. The Vice-President of India.—There shall be a Vice-President of India.
64. The Vice-President to be ex officio Chairman of the Council of States.—The
Vice-President shall be ex officio Chairman of the Council of States and shall not hold
any other office of profit:
Provided that during any period when the Vice-President acts as President or
discharges the functions of the President under article 65, he shall not perform the duties
of the office of Chairman of the Council of States and shall not be entitled to any salary
or allowance payable to the Chairman of the Council of States under article 97.
65. TheVice-President to act as President orto discharge his functions during casual vacancies in the
office, orduring the absence, of President.— (1) In the event of the occurrence of any vacancy in the office of the
President by reason of his death, resignation or removal, or otherwise, the Vice-President shall act as President until the
date on which a new President elected in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter to fill such vacancy enters
upon his office.
(2) When the President is unable to discharge his functions owing to absence, illness
or any other cause, the Vice-President shall discharge his functions until the date on
which the President resumes his duties.
(3) The Vice-President shall, during, and in respect of, the period while he is so acting
as, or discharging the functions of, President, have all the powers and immunities of the
President and be entitled to such emoluments, allowances and privileges as may be
determined by Parliament by law and, until provision in that behalf is so made, such
emoluments, allowances and privileges as are specified in the Second Schedule.
66. Election of Vice-President.—(1) The Vice-President shall be elected by the
members of an electoral college consisting of the members of both Houses of Parliament
in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single
transferable vote and the voting at such election shall be by secret ballot.
(2) The Vi ce - Pr es ide nt sha ll not be a me mb er of e ith er Hou se of
P ar lia me nt or of a Hou se of the L egi sl atu re of any St at e, and if a
m em be r of ei the r Hou se of Pa rl ia me nt or of a Hous e of the Le gis la tur e
of any St at e be el ec te d Vic e- Pre si den t, he sha ll be de em ed to hav e
v ac at ed his s ea t in th at Hou se on the da te on w hic h h e e nte rs upon his
o ff ic e as Vic e- Pre si den t.
(3) No pe rson sh al l b e e lig ibl e for el ec ti on a s Vi ce - Pr es ide nt unle ss
h e—
(a ) is a ci ti ze n of Indi a;
(b ) has co mp le ted th e age of thi rty -fiv e ye ar s; and
( c) i s qual if ied for e le ct ion a s a me mb er of the Coun ci l of
St at es .
 (4) A per son sh al l not be el igibl e fo r e le ct ion a s Vi ce - Pr es id ent if he
hold s any offic e of prof it unde r th e Gove rn me nt of India or th e
Gov er nm en t of any Sta te or unde r any loc al or othe r au thori ty sub je ct
to the con tro l of any of the s aid Gov er nm en ts.
Exp lanation .— Fo r the purpos es of thi s a rt ic le , a per son sh al l not be
d ee me d to hold a ny offi ce of pro fit by r ea so n only tha t he is th e
P re sid ent or Vic e- Pre si den t of th e Un ion or th e Gov erno r of a ny Sta te
or i s a Min is te r ei the r for the Un ion or fo r a ny St at e.
67. Ter m of of fi ce of Vi ce - P re si de nt .— Th e Vi ce - Pr es id ent s ha ll
hold o ff ic e for a te rm of f ive yea rs fro m the d ate on whi ch he ent er s
upon his offi ce :
Provid ed tha t—
(a ) a Vic e- Pre si den t ma y, by w ri ting unde r hi s hand a ddr es se d to
th e Pre si den t, re sign hi s o ff ic e;
(b ) a Vic e- Pr es ide nt ma y b e r em ov ed fro m his offi ce by a
r es olut ion of th e Counc il of S ta te s pa ss ed by a m aj ori ty of a ll the
th en m em be rs of th e Coun ci l and a gr ee d to by the Hous e of the
P eopl e; but no r es olut ion for the purpos e of th is cl aus e sha ll b e
m oved unle ss at le as t fou rt ee n day s' noti ce ha s be en giv en of th e
int en tion to m ove th e r es olut ion;
(c ) a Vic e- Pr es ide nt sha ll, not with st anding th e expi ra tion of his
t er m, con tinu e to hold offi ce unt il his su cc es so r en te rs upon hi s
o ff ic e.
68. Time of holding el ec ti on to f ill vacan cy in t he off ic e of Vic e-
P re si de nt and t he t er m of of fi ce of p er son el ec te d to fi ll ca sual
va canc y. — (1) A n el ec ti on to fi ll a vac an cy c au se d by the expi ra tion of
th e te rm of o ffi ce of Vic e- P re sid en t sh al l be com pl et ed befo re th e
e xpir at ion of th e te rm .
(2 ) An e le ct ion to f ill a va ca nc y in the offi ce of Vi ce - Pr es id ent
o ccu rr ing by re as on of hi s de ath , re si gna tion or re mov al, or othe rw is e
sh al l be held a s soon a s pos sib le af te r th e oc cu rr enc e of the vac an cy,
a nd th e per son el ec te d to f ill th e v ac an cy sha ll, sub je ct to the
prov is ions of ar ti cl e 67, b e ent itl ed to hold offic e for th e fu ll t er m of
f ive ye ar s f rom th e d at e on whi ch he ent er s upon hi s offic e.
69. Oath or affirmation by the Vice-President.—Every Vice-President shall, before
entering upon his office, make and subscribe before the President, or some person
appointed
in that behalf by him, an oath or affirmation in the following form, that is to say—
"I, A .B. , do s w e a r i n t h e n a m e o f G o d tha t I wi ll be ar true fa ith
a nd
s o l e m n l y a ff i r m
a ll egi an ce to the Con st itut ion of Indi a as by la w es ta bli sh ed and tha t I
w ill f ai thful ly dis cha rg e th e duty upon wh ic h I a m about to ent er."
70. Discharge of President's functions in other contingencies.—Parliament may
make such provisions as it thinks fit for the discharge of the functions of the President in
any contingency not provided for in this Chapter.
71. Matt er s re la ti ng to, o r conn ec te d wi th, t he el ec tio n of a
P re si de nt o r Vi ce - P re si de nt .— (1) A ll doubt s and dispu te s a ri sing out
of or in conn ec tion with the e le ct ion of a Pr es id ent or Vic e- Pr es ide nt
sh al l be inquir ed into and dec id ed by the Supr em e Cou rt who se
d ec is ion s ha ll be fin al.
 (2) If the election of a person as President or Vice-President is declared void by the
Supreme Court, acts done by him in the exercise and performance of the powers and
duties of the office of President or Vice-President, as the case may be, on or before the
date of the decision of the Supreme Court shall not be invalidated by reason of that
declaration.
(3) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, Parliament may by law regulate any
matter relating to or connected with the election of a President or Vice-President.
(4) The election of a person as President or Vice-President shall not be called in
question on the ground of the existence of any vacancy for whatever reason among the
members of the electoral college electing him.
72. Power of President to grant pardons, etc., and to suspend, remit or commute
sentences in certain cases.— (1) The President shall have the power to grant pardons,
reprieves, respites or remissions of punishment or to suspend, remit or commute the
sentence of any person convicted of any offence—
(a) in all cases where the punishment or sentence is by a Court Martial;
(b) in all cases where the punishment or sentence is for an offence against any
law relating to a matter to which the executive power of the Union extends;
(c) in all cases where the sentence is a sentence of death.
(2) Nothing in sub-clause (a) of clause (1) shall affect the power conferred by law on
any officer of the Armed Forces of the Union to suspend, remit or commute a sentence
passed by a Court Martial.
(3) Nothing in sub-clause (c) of clause (1) shall affect the power to suspend, remit or
commute a sentence of death exercisable by the Governor of a State under any law for
the time being in force.
73. Extent of executive power of the Union.— (1) Subject to the provisions of this
Constitution, the executive power of the Union shall extend—
(a) to the m at te rs with r es pe ct to whi ch Pa rli am en t ha s powe r
to ma ke l aw s; a nd
(b) to the exe rc is e of su ch r ight s, au thor ity and juri sdi ct ion a s
a re ex er ci sa bl e by the Gove rn me nt of India by virtu e of any
t re aty or ag re em en t:
Provid ed th at the e xe cut ive powe r r ef er re d to in sub- cl au se (a )
sh al l not, s av e as expr es sl y prov ide d in thi s Con st itut ion or in any la w
m ad e by P arl ia me nt , e xt end in any St at e to m at te rs wi th r es pe ct to
wh ic h th e Leg is la tur e of th e Sta te h as a lso pow er to ma ke l aw s.
(2) Un til othe rw is e prov ided by P ar lia me nt , a Sta te a nd a ny o ff ic er
or autho rity of a St at e m ay, not with st anding anyth ing in thi s ar ti cl e,
c ontinu e to e xe rc is e in ma tt er s w ith re sp ec t to wh ich P ar lia me nt h as
pow er to m ak e l aw s fo r th at St at e s uch exe cu tive pow er or func tion s a s
th e St at e or offic er or a utho rity th er eo f cou ld ex er ci se i mm ed ia te ly
b efo re th e c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion.
Counc il of Min is te rs
74. Coun ci l of Mi ni st er s to aid and adv is e P re si de nt .— (1) Th er e
sh al l be a Coun ci l of Mini st er s with the P ri me Mini st er at the h ead to
a id and advi se th e Pre si den t who s ha ll, in the ex er ci se of hi s func tion s,
a ct in ac co rd anc e w ith suc h a dvi ce :
Provid ed tha t the Pr es ide nt ma y requ ir e the Counc il of Mini st er s to
r ec ons ide r su ch a dvi ce , e ithe r g ene ra lly or othe rw is e, and th e Pr es id ent
sh al l a ct in ac co rd anc e with the a dvi ce tend er ed af te r su ch
r ec ons ide ra tion .
 (2) Th e que st ion whe th er any, a nd if s o wh at, advi ce wa s tend er ed
by Minis te rs to th e P re sid en t sh al l not be inqui re d in to in any cou rt.
75. Ot he r provi sion s as to M ini st er s. — (1 ) Th e P ri me Min is te r
sh al l be appoin ted by th e Pr es id ent a nd the othe r Mini st er s sha ll b e
a ppoint ed by the P re sid ent on th e advi ce of th e Pri me Minis te r.
(1A ) Th e tota l numbe r of Mini st er s, inc luding the P rim e Min is te r, in
th e Counc il of Minis te rs sha ll not exc ee d fi ft ee n p er ce nt. of th e tota l
nu mbe r of m em be rs of the Hou se of th e P eopl e.
(1B ) A m em be r of ei the r Hous e of Pa rli am en t belong ing to any
poli ti ca l par ty who i s disqu al ifi ed for be ing a me mb er of th at Hou se
und er pa rag ra ph 2 of th e Ten th Sch edul e sha ll a lso be di squa lif ie d to be
a ppoint ed a s a Mini st er under cl au se (1) fo r dur at ion of th e pe riod
c om me nc ing f rom the dat e of his di squa li fi ca tion t ill the d ate on whi ch
th e te rm of hi s o ff ic e as suc h m em be r wou ld e xpi re or whe re he
c onte st s any e le ct ion to e ith er Hou se of P arl ia me nt be for e the e xpiry of
su ch pe riod, ti ll the da te on wh ic h h e i s dec la re d el ec te d, whi ch eve r is
e ar li er.
(2) Th e Mini st er s s ha ll hold o ff ic e during th e ple as ur e of the
P re sid ent .
(3 ) Th e Coun ci l of Min is te rs s ha ll be col le ct ive ly re spon sibl e to th e
Hou se of th e Peop le .
(4) Be for e a Mini st er ent er s upon hi s offi ce , th e Pr es id ent s ha ll
a dm ini st er to him the o aths of o ff ic e a nd of s ec re cy ac co rd ing to the
fo rm s s et out for the purpo se in the Thi rd S che dule .
(5) A Minis te r w ho for any pe riod of six c ons ec ut ive month s i s not a
m em be r of ei the r H ous e of P ar li am en t sh al l at the expi ra tion of that
p eriod c ea se to be a Minis te r.
(6 ) Th e s al ar ie s a nd a llo wa nc es of Min is te rs s ha ll be suc h a s
P ar lia me nt m ay f rom ti me to t im e by l aw de te rm in e and, until
P ar lia me nt s o d ete rm in es , sha ll be a s spe ci fi ed in the Se cond Sch edu le .
The Attorney-General for India
76. Attorney-General for India.—(1) The President shall appoint a person who is
qualified to be appointed a Judge of the Supreme Court to be Attorney- General for
India.
(2) It shall be the duty of the Attorney-General to give advice to the Government of
India upon such legal matters, and to perform such other duties of a legal character, as
may from time to time be referred or assigned to him by the President, and to discharge
the functions conferred on him by or under this Constitution or any other law for the time
being in force.
(3) In the performance of his duties the Attorney-General shall have right of
audience in all courts in the territory of India.
(4) The Attorney-General shall hold office during the pleasure of the President, and
shall receive such remuneration as the President may determine.
Conduct of Government Business
77. Conduct of business of the Government of India.—(1) All executive action of
the Government of India shall be expressed to be taken in the name of the President.
(2) Orders and other instruments made and executed in the name of the President
shall be authenticated in such manner as may be specified in rules to be made by the
President, and the validity of an order or instrument which is so authenticated shall not
be called in question on the ground that it is not an order or instrument made or executed
by the President.
 (3) The President shall make rules for the more convenient transaction of the
business of the Government of India, and for the allocation among Ministers of the said
business.
* * * *
*
78. Duties of Prime Minister as respects the furnishing of information to the
President, etc.—It shall be the duty of the Prime Minister—
(a ) to c om mun ic at e to the Pr es ide nt al l d ec is ions of the
Coun ci l of Min is te rs re la ting to the a dm ini st ra tion of the a ff ai rs of
th e Union and propos al s fo r l egi sl at ion;
(b) to furni sh s uch infor ma ti on re la ting to the adm ini st ra tion of
th e a ff ai rs of the Union a nd propos al s fo r l egi sl at ion as the
P re sid ent m ay ca ll fo r; and
( c) i f th e Pre si den t so r equ ir es , to sub mi t fo r the con sid er at ion
of th e Coun ci l of Min is te rs a ny m at te r on wh ic h a d ec is ion h as be en
t ake n by a Mini st er but wh ich has not be en con sid er ed by th e
Coun ci l.
CHAPTER II.—PARLIAMENT
General
79. Constitution of Parliament.—There shall be a Parliament for the Union which
shall consist of the President and two Houses to be known respectively as the Council of
States and the House of the People.
80. Composition of the Council of States.—(1) The Council of States shall consist
of—
(a) twelve members to be nominated by the President in accordance with the
provisions of clause (3); and
(b) not more than two hundred and thirty-eight representatives of the States and
of the Union territories.
(2) The allocation of seats in the Council of States to be filled by representatives of
the States and of the Union territories shall be in accordance with the provisions in that
behalf contained in the Fourth Schedule.
(3) The members to be nominated by the President under sub-clause (a) of clause (1)
shall consist of persons having special knowledge or practical experience in respect of
such matters as the following, namely:—
Literature, science, art and social service.
(4) The representatives of each State in the Council of States shall be elected by the
elected members of the Legislative Assembly of the State in accordance with the system
of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote.
(5) The representatives of the Union territories in the Council of States shall be
chosen in such manner as Parliament may by law prescribe.
81. Composition of the House of the People.—(1) Subject to the provisions of
article 331, the House of the People shall consist of—
(a) not more than five hundred and thirty members chosen by direct election
from territorial constituencies in the States, and
(b) not more than twenty members to represent the Union territories, chosen in
such manner as Parliament may by law provide.
(2) For the purposes of sub-clause (a) of clause (1),—
 (a) there shall be allotted to each State a number of seats in the House of the
People in such manner that the ratio between that number and the population of the
State is, so far as practicable, the same for all States; and
(b) each State shall be divided into territorial constituencies in such manner
that the ratio between the population of each constituency and the number of seats
allotted to it is, so far as practicable, the same throughout the State:
Provided that the provisions of sub-clause (a) of this clause shall not be applicable
for the purpose of allotment of seats in the House of the People to any State so long as
the population of that State does not exceed six millions.
(3) In this article, the expression “population” means the population as ascertained at
the last preceding census of which the relevant figures have been published:
Provided that the reference in this clause to the last preceding census of which the
relevant figures have been published shall, until the relevant figures for the first census
taken after the year 2026 have been published, be construed, —
(i) for the purposes of sub-clause (a) of clause (2) and the proviso to that clause,
as a reference to the 1971 census; and
(ii) for the purposes of sub-clause (b) of clause (2) as a reference to the 2001
census.
82. Readjustment after each census.—Upon the completion of each census, the
allocation of seats in the House of the People to the States and the division of each State
into territorial constituencies shall be readjusted by such authority and in such manner as
Parliament may by law determine:
Provided that such readjustment shall not affect representation in the House of the
People until the dissolution of the then existing House:
Provided further that such readjustment shall take effect from such date as the
President may, by order, specify and until such readjustment takes effect, any election to
the House may be held on the basis of the territorial constituencies existing before such
readjustment:
Provided also that until the relevant figures for the first census taken after the year
2026 have been published, it shall not be necessary to readjust—
(i) the allocation of seats in the House of People to the States as readjusted
on the basis of the 1971 census; and
(ii) the division of each State into territorial constituencies as may be
readjusted on the basis of the 2001 census,
under this article.
83. Du rat ion of Hou se s of Par liamen t. — (1 ) The Coun ci l of St at es
sh al l not be sub je ct to dis solu tion, but as n ea rly as poss ibl e one- third
of the m em be rs th er eo f sh al l re ti re as soon a s ma y be on th e exp ir ation
of eve ry s ec ond ye ar in a cc ord an ce wi th the provi sion s ma de in th at
b eha lf by P arl ia me nt by l aw.
(2 ) Th e H ous e of the Peop le , unl es s soon er di sso lve d, sha ll
c ontinu e fo r fiv e y ea rs fro m th e da te appoin ted for i ts f ir st me et ing a nd
no long er a nd the expi ra tion of the sa id pe riod of five ye ar s s ha ll
op er at e as a di sso lution of the Hou se :
Provid ed th at the s ai d pe riod m ay, whi le a Pro cl am at io n of
E me rg en cy i s in ope ra tion, be ex tend ed by P arl ia me nt by l aw fo r a
p eriod not exc ee di ng one y ea r a t a t im e a nd not ex tend ing in any c as e
b eyond a p eriod of six mon ths a ft er th e Proc la ma ti on has c ea se d to
op er at e.
84. Q ual ifi ca tion for membe rs hi p of Pa rlia me nt .— A per son sha ll
not be qual if ied to be chos en to fil l a s ea t in Pa rli am en t unle ss he—
 (a ) i s a cit iz en of Indi a, a nd ma ke s and sub sc ri be s be for e s om e
p er son au thori se d in th at b eha lf by th e El ec tion Com mi ss ion a n oa th
or a ff ir ma ti on ac co rding to the for m s et out for the purpo se in the
Thi rd Sch edul e;
(b ) i s, in th e c as e of a se at in the Counc il of Sta te s, not le ss th an
thi rty yea rs of ag e a nd, in th e c as e of a se at in the Hous e of the
P eopl e, not l es s th an t we nty - f ive ye ar s of ag e; and
( c) poss es se s s uch othe r qual if ic at ions as ma y be pre sc ri bed in
th at beh al f by or under any l aw m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt.
85. Se ss ion s of Pa rl iamen t, proroga tion and dis sol utio n.— (1) Th e
P re sid ent sha ll f rom ti me to ti me su mm on e ac h Hou se of P ar lia me nt to
m ee t at such tim e and pl ac e as he think s f it, but six m onths sh all not
int er ven e b et we en i ts la st s it ting in one se ss ion and th e dat e a ppoint ed
fo r its fi rs t si tting in the next s es si on.
(2) The Pr es ide nt ma y fro m tim e to tim e—
(a ) prorogu e the Hou se s or ei the r Hous e;
(b ) dis solv e the Hou se of th e Peopl e.
86. Rig ht of Pres id en t to addres s and se nd mes sa ge s to Hou se s. —
(1 ) Th e P re sid en t m ay add re ss ei the r Hous e of Pa rli am en t or both
Hou se s as se mb le d tog eth er, and fo r th at purpo se re qui re the a tt end anc e
of m em be rs .
(2) Th e Pr es ide nt m ay se nd me ss ag es to ei the r Hou se of P ar lia me nt ,
wh et he r with r es pe ct to a Bil l th en pending in Pa rli am en t or othe rw is e,
a nd a Hou se to wh ich any m es sa ge i s so sen t sh al l wi th al l conv eni en t
d esp at ch c ons ide r any ma tt er re quir ed by th e me ss ag e to be tak en into
c ons ide ra tion.
87. Sp ec ial add re ss by th e Pres id en t. —(1 ) A t the co mm en ce me nt of
th e fir st s es si on af te r ea ch gen er al e le ct ion to the Hou se of the P eopl e
a nd a t the co mm en ce me nt of the fi rs t s es si on of ea ch ye ar th e Pre si den t
sh al l addr es s both Hous es of Pa rli am en t as se mb le d toge the r and infor m
P ar lia me nt of th e c au se s of it s sum mon s.
(2) Provi sion s ha ll be ma de by the ru le s r egul at ing th e proc edu re of
e ith er Hou se for the a llot me nt of tim e fo r dis cus sion of the m at te rs
r ef er re d to in su ch addr es s.
88. R igh ts of Mini st er s and A tto rn ey- Ge ne ra l as re sp ec ts Hou se s.
— Eve ry Minis te r and the A ttorn ey -G en er al of Indi a sha ll hav e the r ight
to s pe ak in, and oth er wi se to ta ke par t in the proc ee ding s of , ei the r
Hou se , any joint s itt ing of th e H ous es , and any com mi tt ee of
P ar lia me nt of wh ich he m ay b e na me d a me mb er, but sh al l not by vir tue
of thi s ar ti cl e be ent itl ed to vot e.
O ffi ce rs of Parl iam en t
89. T he Chai rman and De pu ty Cha ir ma n of t he Coun ci l of Sta te s.
— (1) Th e Vi ce - Pre si den t of Ind ia sha ll b e ex off ic io Ch ai rm an of the
Coun ci l of St at es .
(2) Th e Counc il of Sta te s sha ll , as soon a s ma y be, choos e a m em be r
of th e Coun ci l to be D eputy Ch ai rm an th er eof and , s o of ten a s the
o ff ic e of De puty Cha ir ma n bec om es vac an t, the Coun cil sh al l choos e
a nothe r me mb er to b e D epu ty Ch ai rm an th er eo f.
90. Va cat ion and res ig na tion of, and re mo va l from, th e offi ce of
D ep uty Cha ir ma n.— A me mb er hold ing o ff ic e a s De puty Cha ir ma n of
th e Counc il of Sta te s—
 (a ) sh al l va ca te hi s offi ce if he c ea se s to b e a m em be r of th e
Coun ci l;
(b ) m ay a t a ny t im e, by w ri ting unde r hi s hand addr es se d to the
Ch ai rm an , r es ign his o ff ic e; and
( c) ma y be re mov ed f rom his offic e by a re so lution of the
Coun ci l p as se d by a ma jo rity of al l the then m em be rs of the Counc il :
Provid ed tha t no re so lution for th e purpos e of c la us e ( c) sh al l be
m oved unle ss at le as t fou rt ee n day s’ noti ce ha s be en giv en of th e
int en tion to m ove th e r es olut ion.
91. Po we r of t he D ep uty Cha ir ma n o r oth er pe rs on to pe rfo rm th e
du ti es of th e of fi ce of, o r to act as, C hai rman. — (1 )Whi le the offic e
of Ch ai rm an is va ca nt , or during any pe riod wh en the Vi ce - Pr es ide nt is
a ct ing a s, or dis ch arging the fun ct ions of, Pr es id ent , the dutie s of the
o ff ic e s ha ll b e pe rfo rm ed by th e De puty Ch ai rm an , or, if th e offi ce of
D epu ty Ch ai rm an i s a ls o v ac an t, by suc h m em be r of th e Coun ci l of
St at es as th e Pre si den t m ay a ppoint for th e purpos e.
(2) Dur ing th e ab se nc e of the Ch ai rm an fro m a ny si tting of the
Coun ci l of St at es th e De puty Ch ai rm an , or, i f he is a ls o ab sen t, su ch
p er son a s m ay be de te rm ine d by the rul es of pro ce dur e of the Counc il ,
or, i f no such pe rs on i s pre se nt, su ch othe r per son as m ay b e
d ete rm in ed by th e Coun ci l, sha ll a ct a s Cha ir ma n.
92. Th e Chai rman o r the D ep uty Cha ir ma n not to p re si de wh ile a
res ol ut ion fo r hi s remov al f ro m off ic e i s und er con sid er at ion.
— (1 ) At any s itt ing of th e Coun ci l of St at es , whi le any r es olut ion fo r
th e r em ova l of th e Vi ce - Pr es id ent f rom hi s offi ce is under
c ons ide ra tion, the Cha ir ma n, or w hil e a ny re so lution fo r th e r em ova l of
th e D eputy Cha ir ma n f rom his o ff ic e is und er c ons ide ra tion, the Depu ty
Ch ai rm an , sh al l not, though he is pr es en t, pr es id e, a nd the provi sion s
of c lau se (2) of ar tic le 91 sha ll app ly in r el at ion to ev ery su ch si tting
a s the y a pply in r el at ion to a s itt ing f rom w hic h th e Cha ir ma n, or, as
th e ca se ma y be, the D eputy Ch ai rm an , i s abs en t.
(2) Th e Cha ir ma n sha ll hav e the righ t to sp ea k in, and oth er wi se to
t ake pa rt in th e pro ce ed ings of, th e Counc il of Sta te s whi le any
r es olut ion for the re mov al of the Vic e- Pre si den t fro m hi s o ff ic e i s
und er c ons ide ra tion in the Coun ci l, but, notwi ths ta nding any thing in
a rt ic le 100, sha ll not be ent itl ed to vot e at a ll on su ch re solu tion or on
a ny oth er m at te r during su ch proc ee ding s.
93. Th e Spea ke r and D ep uty Spe ake r of t he Ho us e of the P eop le .
— The Hou se of th e Peopl e sh all , a s soon a s ma y be, choo se t wo
m em be rs of the H ous e to b e re sp ec tiv el y Spe ak er and D eputy Spe ake r
th er eo f a nd, so ofte n a s th e o ff ic e of Spe ak er or De puty Spe ak er
b eco me s v ac ant , th e Hous e sh al l c hoos e anoth er m em be r to be Spe ak er
or D eputy Sp eak er, a s th e c as e ma y b e.
94. Va cat ion and res ig na tion of, and re mo va l f ro m, th e offi ce s of
Sp eak er and De pu ty Spea ke r. — A me mb er hold ing o ff ic e a s Spe ake r
or D eputy Sp eak er of th e H ous e of th e Peop le —
(a ) sha ll vac at e his o ff ic e if he ce as es to be a me mb er of the
Hou se of th e Peop le ;
(b ) ma y at any ti me , by wr it ing und er his hand add re ss ed , if suc h
m em be r i s th e Spe ak er, to the D eputy Sp eak er, and if suc h m em be r
i s the De puty Spe ak er, to the Sp eak er, re sign hi s o ff ic e; a nd
 ( c) ma y be re mov ed fro m his o ffi ce by a re so lution of the Hou se
of th e P eopl e pas se d by a m ajo ri ty of a ll the th en m em be rs of the
Hou se :
Provid ed tha t no re so lution for th e purpos e of c la us e ( c) sh al l be
m oved unle ss at le as t fou rt ee n day s’ noti ce ha s be en giv en of th e
int en tion to m ove th e r es olut ion:
Provid ed fur the r tha t, whe nev er th e Hous e of the P eople i s dis solv ed,
th e Sp eak er sh all not va ca te his offi ce until im me di at ely befo re the
f ir st me et ing of the Hou se of th e Peopl e af te r th e di ss olut ion.
95. Pow er of th e D ep uty Sp eak er or othe r p er son to pe rf or m the
du ti es of th e of fi ce of, o r to act as, Sp eak er.— (1 ) Whil e th e o ffi ce of
Sp ea ke r i s va ca nt, th e duti es of th e o ff ic e sh al l be per for me d by the
D epu ty Sp ea ke r or, i f the offi ce of D epu ty Sp ea ke r is al so va ca nt, by
su ch m em be r of th e Hou se of th e Peop le as the Pre si den t m ay a ppoint
fo r the purpos e.
(2) Du ring th e a bs en ce of th e Sp ea ke r fro m any si tting of the Hou se
of the P eopl e th e D eputy Spe ake r or, if h e is al so ab se nt, such per son
a s m ay be d ete rm in ed by th e rul es of pro ce dur e of th e Hou se , or, if no
su ch p er son i s pre se nt , su ch oth er p er son a s m ay be de te rm in ed by the
Hou se , sh all a ct a s Spe ak er.
96. Th e Spea ke r o r th e De pu ty Sp eak er not to pres id e whi le a
res ol ut ion fo r hi s remov al f ro m off ic e i s und er con sid er at ion.
— (1 ) At any s itt ing of th e H ous e of th e Peop le , w hil e any re solu tion
fo r the re mov al of th e Sp ea ke r fro m his offi ce is unde r c ons ide ra tion ,
th e Sp eak er, or wh il e any re solu tion fo r th e re mov al of th e De puty
Sp ea ke r f rom his o ff ic e is und er c ons ide ra tion, the Depu ty Sp eak er,
sh al l not, though he i s pre se nt , pre si de , and th e provi sion s of cl aus e (2)
of ar tic le 95 sha ll apply in re la tion to e ve ry su ch s itt ing a s th ey app ly
in r el at ion to a si tting f rom wh ich the Sp ea ke r, or, as the ca se m ay be,
th e De puty Spe ake r, i s a bs ent .
(2) Th e Sp eak er sh all have the right to spe ak in, and othe rw is e to
t ake p art in the pro ce ed ings of, th e H ous e of the Peop le wh il e any
r es olut ion for his r em ov al f rom offi ce i s unde r con sid er at ion in th e
Hou se and sha ll, notw iths ta nding any thing in a rt ic le 100, be e nti tl ed to
vot e only in the fi rs t ins tan ce on suc h r es olu tion or on any othe r m at te r
dur ing s uch pro ce ed ings but not in the c as e of an equ al ity of vote s.
97. Salar ie s and allo wanc es of the Cha ir ma n and D ep uty
C hai rman and the Sp eak er and De pu ty Spea ke r. — Th er e sh all be
p aid to th e Cha ir ma n a nd th e De puty Cha ir ma n of th e Counc il of
St at es , and to th e Spe ak er and th e D epu ty Sp ea ke r of th e Hous e of the
P eopl e, su ch sa la ri es and allo wa nc es as m ay b e r es pe ct ive ly fix ed by
P ar lia me nt by la w and , until provis ion in th at b eha lf is so ma de , su ch
s al ar ie s a nd a llo wa nc es as a re s pe ci fi ed in th e Se cond Sch edul e.
98. Se cret ar ia t of Par liamen t. — (1) E ac h H ous e of P ar li am en t sha ll
h ave a s epa ra te se cr et ar ia l s ta ff :
Provid ed th at nothing in thi s c lau se sh al l be c ons tru ed a s pr ev ent ing
th e cr ea ti on of pos ts co mm on to both Hous es of Pa rli am en t.
(2) P ar lia me nt ma y by la w r egu la te the r ec ru it me nt, and th e
c ondit ions of se rvi ce of p er sons appoin ted , to th e se cr et ar ia l s ta ff of
e ith er Hou se of P ar lia me nt .
(3) Un til prov is ion i s ma de by P ar li am en t und er cl au se (2 ), the
P re sid ent m ay, a ft er c onsu lta tion w ith the Sp eak er of th e H ous e of th e
P eopl e or th e Cha ir ma n of th e Counc il of Sta te s, a s the c as e m ay be ,
m ak e rul es r egul at ing the re cr ui tm en t, and the condi tion s of s er vi ce of
p er sons appoin ted , to the se cr et ar ia l st aff of th e Hou se of th e Peop le or
th e Counc il of Sta te s, and any rul es so ma de sh al l h ave e ff ec t subj ec t
to the prov is ions of any la w ma de und er the s aid c lau se .
Conduc t of Bu sin es s
99. Oa th o r af fi rmat ion by membe rs .— Eve ry m em be r of ei the r
Hou se of P ar li am en t s ha ll, be for e tak ing hi s se at , ma ke a nd sub sc ri be
b efo re th e P re sid ent , or so me per son appoin te d in tha t beha lf by hi m,
a n oath or affi rm at io n a cc ord ing to the for m s et out for the purpos e in
th e Thi rd Sch edul e.
100. Vo ting in Hou se s, pow er of Hou se s to ac t not wi th stan ding
va canc ie s and quor um.— (1) S ave a s othe rw is e prov ided in this
Con st itut ion, al l qu es tions a t any sit ting of ei the r Hous e or joint si tting
of the H ous es sh all be de te rm in ed by a m aj or ity of vote s of th e
m em be rs pre se nt and voting , oth er th an th e Spe ak er or pe rson ac ti ng a s
Ch ai rm an or Spe ak er.
The Cha ir ma n or Sp ea ke r, or p er son a ct ing a s su ch, sha ll not vote in
th e fir st in st anc e, but sh all hav e and ex er ci se a ca st ing vote in the c as e
of an equ al ity of vote s.
(2) Ei the r Hou se of P ar li am en t sh al l hav e pow er to ac t
not with st and ing any v ac an cy in th e me mb er sh ip th er eo f, and any
pro ce ed ings in Pa rl ia me nt sh al l b e v alid notw ith st anding tha t it is
di sc ove re d subs equ ent ly th at so me pe rs on who w as not en tit le d so to do
s at or vot ed or oth er wi se took pa rt in th e proc ee ding s.
(3) Un til Pa rli am en t by l aw othe rw is e prov ide s, the quoru m to
c ons titu te a m ee ti ng of e ithe r H ous e of Pa rli am en t sh al l be on e- ten th of
th e tota l numbe r of me mb er s of th e H ous e.
(4) I f a t any t im e dur ing a m ee ti ng of a Hou se the re is no quoru m, it
sh al l be the duty of th e Cha ir ma n or Sp ea ke r, or p er son ac ting a s suc h,
e ith er to adjou rn th e Hou se or to su spe nd the me et ing until th er e i s a
quoru m.
D isqua lif ic ation s of Mem be rs
101. Va cat ion of s ea ts .— (1 ) No pe rs on sh all be a me mb er of both
Hou se s of P arl ia me nt and provi sion sha ll be m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt by l aw
fo r th e va ca tion by a pe rson w ho is chos en a m em be r of both Hous es of
hi s se at in one Hou se or the oth er.
(2) No per son s ha ll be a m em be r both of Pa rl ia me nt and of a Hous e
of th e L egi sl atu re of a St at e, and if a pe rs on i s chos en a me mb er both
of P arl ia me nt and of a Hou se of the L egi sl atu re of a St at e, the n, at the
e xpir at ion of su ch p er iod as ma y b e spe ci fi ed in rul es ma de by the
P re sid ent , th at pe rson ’s s ea t in Pa rli am en t sha ll be com e v ac ant , unl es s
h e h as pre viou sly re si gned hi s s ea t in the Le gis la tur e of the St at e.
(3) I f a me mb er of e ith er Hou se of P ar lia me nt —
(a ) be com es sub je ct to any of the disqu ali fi ca tion s m en tion ed in
c la us e (1) or cl au se (2 ) of a rt ic le 102, or
(b ) re si gns hi s s ea t by w ri ting unde r hi s hand a ddr es se d to th e
Ch ai rm an or the Spe ak er, as the ca se m ay be, a nd his re sign at ion i s
a cc ep te d by the Ch ai rm an or the Sp eak er, as th e ca se ma y be,
hi s se at sh al l the reupon be co me vac an t:
Provid ed th at in the c as e of a ny re si gna tion r ef er re d to in s ub- cl aus e
( b), i f fro m in for ma ti on re ce iv ed or othe rw is e a nd af te r m ak ing su ch
inqui ry as h e th inks fi t, the Cha ir ma n or the Spe ak er, a s th e c as e ma y
b e, is sa ti sf ie d th at su ch re sign at ion is not volun ta ry or g enuine , he
sh al l not a cc ep t suc h r es ign at ion.
(4) If fo r a per iod of s ixty day s a me mb er of eith er Hou se of
P ar lia me nt is withou t pe rm is si on of th e Hou se ab sen t f rom al l me et ing s
th er eo f, the Hou se m ay de cl ar e hi s s ea t va ca nt :
Provid ed tha t in co mpu ting the sa id pe riod of sixty day s no a cc ount
sh al l be tak en of a ny p er iod dur ing w hic h th e Hous e i s pro rogue d or i s
a djourn ed for mo re th an four con se cu tiv e days .
102. Di squa li fic at ions for membe rs hi p. — (1) A per son sh al l be
di squa li fi ed for being cho se n as , a nd fo r being , a m em be r of ei the r
Hou se of P ar li am en t—
(a ) i f h e hold s any offi ce of pro fit unde r th e Gove rn me nt of
Ind ia or the Gov er nm en t of any St at e, othe r than an o ff ic e de cl ar ed
by Pa rli am en t by la w not to di squa lify it s holde r;
(b ) if he is of unsound mind and s tand s so de cl ar ed by a
c omp et en t c ourt ;
( c) if he is an undi sch arge d inso lven t;
(d ) if he is not a ci tiz en of Indi a, or ha s volun ta ri ly a cqu ir ed the
c it iz en ship of a fo re ign Sta te , or is und er a ny ac know le dgm ent of
a ll egi an ce or adh er en ce to a fo re ign S ta te ;
( e) if h e is so di squa lif ie d by or unde r any l aw ma de by
P ar lia me nt .
Exp lanation . —Fo r th e purpos es of thi s cl au se a p er son s ha ll not b e
d ee me d to hold a n offi ce of pro fit under the G ove rnm en t of Ind ia or the
Gov er nm en t of any Sta te by re as on only th at he is a Mini st er ei the r fo r
th e Union or for su ch Sta te .
(2) A per son sha ll be di squa li fie d fo r being a me mb er of ei the r
Hou se of P ar li am en t i f he is so disqu al ifi ed unde r th e Ten th Sch edul e.
103. De ci si on on qu es ti ons as to di sq uali fi cat ions of membe rs .
— (1 ) If any que st ion a ri se s a s to whe the r a me mb er of e ith er H ous e of
P ar lia me nt ha s be co me subj ec t to any of th e di squa li fic at ion s
m en tion ed in c lau se (1) of ar ti cl e 102, th e qu es tion sha ll be r ef er re d
fo r the de ci sion of the Pr es id ent and his de ci sion sh al l be fina l.
(2) Be for e giving any de ci si on on any su ch que st ion, th e Pr es id ent
sh al l obt ain th e opinion of the Ele ct ion Co mm is si on and sha ll a ct
a cc or ding to su ch opinion.
104. Pe nalty fo r s it ting and voting b efo re making oath or
af fi rmat ion und er ar tic le 99 or wh en no t qual ifi ed or wh en
di sq uali fi ed. — I f a per son si ts or vote s as a m em be r of e ithe r Hou se of
P ar lia me nt b efo re he ha s co mpl ied w ith the re qui re me nt s of a rt ic le 99,
or when he know s th at h e is not qual if ied or tha t he i s di squa li fie d for
m em be rs hip th er eo f, or th at he is proh ibit ed fro m so doing by the
prov is ions of any la w ma de by Pa rli am en t, he sh al l b e li ab le in re sp ec t
of ea ch day on whi ch h e so s it s or vot es to a p ena lty of f ive hundre d
rup ee s to be re cov er ed a s a debt due to the Union .

Po we rs , Pr iv ile ge s and I mmun iti es of Pa rlia me nt

and it s Me mb er s
 105. Pow er s, pr ivil eg es , e tc ., of the Hou se s of Pa rlia me nt and of
t he membe rs and co mmit te es the re of .— (1) Subj ec t to the provi sion s
of this Cons titu tion and to the rule s and s tand ing orde rs r egul at ing the
pro ce dur e of Pa rli am en t, th er e s ha ll b e fr ee dom of sp ee ch in
P ar lia me nt .
(2) No me mb er of Pa rli am en t sha ll be li abl e to a ny pro ce ed ings in
a ny c ourt in re sp ec t of a ny th ing s ai d or any vot e giv en by hi m in
P ar lia me nt or any com mi tt ee th er eo f, and no p er son sh al l be s o lia bl e
in re sp ec t of the publi ca tion by or unde r the autho ri ty of e ith er Hou se
of P arl ia me nt of any re port , p ape r, vote s or proc ee ding s.
(3) In othe r r es pe ct s, the po we rs , priv ile ge s a nd im mun iti es of e ac h
Hou se of P ar li am en t, and of th e me mb er s a nd th e com mi tt ee s of e ac h
Hou se , sh all be su ch as ma y f rom t im e to tim e be de fin ed by Pa rl ia me nt
by l aw, and, until s o de fine d, sh al l be tho se of th at H ous e and of it s
m em be rs and co mm it te es im me di at ely be for e the c om ing in to fo rc e of
s ec ti on 15 of th e Cons titu tion (Fo rty- four th A me nd me nt) A ct , 1978.
(4) Th e provi sion s of c la us es (1 ), (2 ) and (3 ) sh al l app ly in re la tion
to p er sons who by vir tue of this Cons ti tution h ave the right to spe ak in ,
a nd oth er wi se to t ake pa rt in the proc ee di ngs of, a Hou se of P arl ia me nt
or any co mm it te e th er eo f a s the y a pply in r el at ion to m em be rs of
P ar lia me nt .
106. Salar ie s and allo wanc es of me mb er s. — Me mb er s of e ith er
Hou se of P ar li am en t sh al l be e nti tle d to re ce iv e such sa la ri es and
a llo wa nc es as m ay f rom ti me to ti me be det er mi ned by P ar li am en t by
l aw a nd, until provi sion in th at r es pe ct i s s o m ad e, a llo wan ce s a t suc h
r at es and upon su ch c ondit ions as we re i mm ed ia te ly be for e th e
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution appli ca bl e in th e c as e of m em be rs
of th e Con st itu ent As se mb ly of the Do min ion of Indi a.
L egi slat iv e P roc edu re
107. Provi sio ns as to int ro du ct ion and pa ss ing of Bil ls.
— (1 ) Subje ct to th e provi sion s of a rt ic le s 109 a nd 117 wi th re sp ec t to
Mon ey B ill s and othe r fin anc ia l Bil ls , a B ill m ay orig ina te in ei the r
Hou se of P ar li am en t.
(2) Subje ct to the provis ions of a rt ic le s 108 and 109, a Bi ll sh al l not
b e de em ed to have be en pa ss ed by the H ous es of P arl ia me nt unle ss it
h as be en agr ee d to by both Hou se s, e ith er w ithout a me nd me nt or w ith
su ch am en dm en ts only as a re agr ee d to by both Hou se s.
(3) A Bil l pending in Pa rli am en t s ha ll not l aps e by r ea son of the
pro roga tion of the Hou se s.
(4) A Bil l pending in the Counc il of Sta te s w hic h ha s not be en
p as se d by the Hou se of th e P eopl e sha ll not lap se on a dis solut ion of
th e Hous e of the P eople .
(5) A Bil l whi ch i s pend ing in th e Hou se of the Peop le , or wh ich
h aving bee n p as se d by the Hou se of th e P eopl e is pend ing in the
Coun ci l of St at es , sha ll , s ubje ct to th e prov is ions of ar ti cl e 108, l aps e
on a dis solut ion of th e Hous e of the Peop le .
108. Joint si tti ng of bot h Ho us es in c er ta in c as es .— (1) I f a ft er a
B ill ha s bee n p as se d by one Hous e and tr an sm it ted to the oth er Hou se —
( a) the Bi ll is r ej ec te d by the oth er Hou se ; or
( b) the Hous es hav e f ina lly di sa gr ee d as to th e am en dm en ts to be
m ad e in th e Bil l; or
( c ) mo re than s ix m onths el ap se fro m th e da te of th e re ce pt ion of
th e Bil l by the othe r Hous e w ithout th e B ill be ing p as se d by it,
th e Pre si den t m ay, unle ss th e Bil l h as e lap se d by re as on of a
di sso lution of the Hou se of th e Peop le , noti fy to th e Hous es by me ss ag e
i f they ar e s it ting or by publi c not ifi ca ti on if th ey a re not s itt ing, hi s
int en tion to su mm on th em to m ee t in a join t si tting for th e purpo se of
d elib er at ing and voting on the Bi ll:
Provid ed tha t nothing in thi s cl aus e sh al l a pply to a Mon ey Bil l.
(2) In re ckon ing any s uch per iod of s ix mon ths a s is r ef er re d to in
c la us e (1) , no ac coun t s ha ll be tak en of any per iod dur ing w hic h th e
Hou se r ef er re d to in sub -c la us e ( c ) of tha t cl au se is prorogu ed or
a djourn ed for mo re th an four con se cu tiv e days .
(3) Whe re th e P re sid en t h as unde r c la us e (1) noti fi ed his int ent ion of
su mm oning the Hous es to m ee t in a join t si tting , nei the r Hou se sh al l
pro ce ed fur the r w ith th e Bi ll, but the P re sid en t ma y a t any t im e a ft er
th e da te of his notif ic at ion su mm on th e Hou se s to me et in a joint
s itt ing fo r the purpos e sp ec if ie d in th e noti fi ca tion a nd, i f he do es s o,
th e Hous es sha ll me et ac co rding ly.
(4) I f a t the joint s itt ing of th e two Hous es the Bi ll, w ith suc h
a me nd me nt s, i f any, as ar e agr ee d to in join t si tting , is pas se d by a
m aj or ity of th e tot al numb er of me mb er s of both Hou se s pre se nt a nd
voting , it s ha ll be dee me d for th e purpo se s of this Cons titu tion to h ave
b een pa ss ed by both Hou se s:
Provid ed tha t at a joint s itt ing—
( a) if th e B ill, having bee n pa ss ed by one Hous e, has not be en
p as se d by the oth er Hous e with am en dm ent s a nd re turn ed to the
Hou se in wh ich it orig ina te d, no am en dm en t s ha ll be propos ed to th e
B ill oth er than su ch am en dm en ts (i f any) a s ar e m ad e nec es sa ry by
th e del ay in th e pas sa ge of th e Bil l;
( b) if the B ill has be en so pas se d and re turn ed, only such
a me nd me nt s a s a for es ai d sha ll be propos ed to the Bi ll and suc h oth er
a me nd me nt s as a re re le van t to th e ma tt er s wi th re sp ec t to whi ch th e
Hou se s have not ag re ed;
a nd th e dec is ion of th e pe rson pre si ding as to th e a me nd me nt s whi ch
a re adm is si ble und er thi s cl aus e sh al l b e f ina l.
(5) A joint s it ting m ay b e he ld unde r this ar ti cl e a nd a B ill pas se d
th er ea t, not with st anding th at a dis solu tion of the Hou se of the P eopl e
h as in te rve ned sin ce the Pre si den t noti fi ed hi s inte ntion to sum mo n the
Hou se s to me et the re in.
109. Spe ci al proc ed ure in res pe ct of Mon ey Bi lls .— (1 ) A Mon ey
B ill sh al l not be int roduc ed in th e Counc il of Sta te s.
(2) A ft er a Mon ey Bi ll h as b een pas se d by th e Hou se of the Peop le it
sh al l be tra ns mi tt ed to th e Coun ci l of St at es for its re co mm en da tion s
a nd the Counc il of Sta te s s ha ll w ithin a pe riod of four te en d ays f rom
th e da te of it s r ec ei pt of th e B ill re turn th e B ill to the H ous e of th e
P eopl e with it s re co mm en da tion s and the Hou se of the P eopl e ma y
th er eupon e ith er ac ce pt or r ej ec t a ll or any of th e r ec om me nd at ions of
th e Counc il of Sta te s.
(3) If th e Hou se of th e P eople ac ce pt s any of th e r ec om me nd at ions of
th e Coun ci l of St at es , th e Money Bil l sh all be de em ed to hav e b een
p as se d by both Hous es w ith th e a me ndm en ts re co mm en ded by th e
Coun ci l of St at es and ac ce pt ed by th e H ous e of the Peop le .
(4) If th e Hou se of th e P eople doe s not a cc ep t any of the
r ec om me nd at ions of the Coun ci l of St at es , the Money Bi ll sh all be
d ee me d to hav e b een pas se d by both Hou se s in the for m in wh ich it w as
p as se d by the H ous e of the P eopl e w ithout any of th e a me nd me nts
r ec om me nd ed by the Coun ci l of St at es .
(5) I f a Mon ey B ill pa ss ed by the Hou se of the P eopl e and
t ran sm it te d to the Counc il of Sta te s for it s r ec om me nd at ions is not
r etu rne d to the Hou se of th e Peop le w ithin the s ai d p eriod of four te en
d ays, it sh al l be d ee me d to h ave bee n pa ss ed by both Hou se s at the
e xpir at ion of th e s aid per iod in th e for m in whi ch it w as p as se d by the
Hou se of th e Peop le .
110. D ef in itio n of "Mon ey Bi lls ''. — (1) For th e purpo se s of thi s
Ch apt er, a Bil l sh al l be dee me d to be a Money Bil l i f it c ont ain s only
prov is ions de al ing w ith a ll or a ny of th e follo wing ma tt er s, nam el y: —
( a) the im pos ition, abo lit ion, re mi ss ion , a lt er at ion or r egu la tion
of any t ax;
( b) th e re gula tion of the borro wing of mon ey or th e giving of
a ny gu ar ant ee by the Gov ern me nt of Indi a, or the am en dm en t of th e
l aw wi th re sp ec t to a ny fin an ci al obl iga tion s unde rt ake n or to be
und ert ak en by the Gov er nm en t of Indi a;
( c ) th e cu stody of the Con sol ida te d Fund or th e Cont ingen cy
Fund of India , th e pay me nt of mone ys into or th e w ithdr aw al of
m oney s fro m any su ch Fund;
( d) th e app ropri at ion of m oney s out of the Conso lida te d Fund of
Ind ia ;
( e ) the de cl ar ing of a ny e xpend itur e to be expe nditu re ch arge d
on th e Cons olid at ed Fund of India or th e inc re as in g of th e am ount of
a ny su ch exp endi tur e;
( f) the r ec ei pt of mon ey on ac co unt of th e Con sol ida ted Fund of
Ind ia or the public ac co unt of Ind ia or th e cu stody or is sue of su ch
m oney or the aud it of the ac co unt s of th e Union or of a St at e; or
( g) any ma tt er inc iden ta l to any of the ma tt er s spe ci fi ed in sub-
c la us es ( a) to ( f) .
(2) A Bil l sh all not be d ee me d to be a Mon ey Bi ll by re as on only th at
it prov ide s for the i mpos it ion of fin es or oth er pe cun ia ry pena lt ie s, or
fo r th e de ma nd or pay me nt of fe es fo r li ce nc es or f ee s for se rvi ce s
r end er ed, or by re as on tha t it provide s for th e i mpos ition , abo lit ion,
r em is si on, a lt er at ion or r egu la tion of a ny ta x by any lo ca l au thori ty or
body for loc al purpo se s.
(3) If a ny que stion ar is es wh eth er a B ill is a Money B ill or not, th e
d ec is ion of th e Spe ak er of the Hous e of the Peop le the reon sha ll b e
f ina l.
(4) Th er e sh al l be endor se d on eve ry Mon ey Bi ll w hen it is
t ran sm it te d to the Coun ci l of St at es under a rti cl e 109, and when it i s
pr es en te d to the Pr es id ent fo r a ss en t under a rt ic le 111, th e c er ti fi ca te
of the Sp ea ke r of th e Hou se of th e P eople sign ed by hi m th at it is a
Mon ey B ill .
111. A ss en t to Bil ls .— When a Bi ll h as b een pas se d by th e Hou se s of
P ar lia me nt , it sha ll b e pre se nt ed to th e P re sid ent , and th e Pr es id ent
sh al l dec la re ei the r tha t h e a ss en ts to the B ill , or th at he wi thholds
a ss en t the re fr om :
Provid ed th at the P re sid ent ma y, a s soon as pos sib le af te r th e
pr es en ta tion to him of a Bil l fo r as se nt , r etu rn the Bi ll if it is not a
Mon ey B ill to the Hou se s w ith a me ss ag e r equ es ting tha t they wi ll
r ec ons ide r th e Bi ll or any sp ec if ie d provi sion s th er eo f and, in
p art icu la r, wi ll con sid er th e d es ir abi lity of introdu ci ng a ny su ch
a me nd me nt s a s he m ay re co mm en d in hi s m es sa ge , a nd w hen a Bi ll is
so re turn ed, the H ous es sh all re con sid er the Bil l ac co rding ly, a nd if th e
B ill i s p as se d a ga in by the Hou se s w ith or w ithou t a me nd me nt and
pr es en te d to the Pr es id ent fo r a ss en t, the P re sid ent sh al l not w ithhold
a ss en t the re fr om .
Pro ce dure in Finan cial Matt er s
112. A nnua l f inan cia l s tat emen t. — (1) The Pr es ide nt sha ll in re sp ec t
of ev er y f inan ci al y ea r ca us e to b e l aid be for e both th e Hous es of
P ar lia me nt a s ta te me nt of th e es ti ma te d r ec ei pt s a nd exp enditu re of th e
Gov er nm en t of Indi a fo r th at y ea r, in th is P ar t r ef er re d to a s th e
" annua l f ina nc ia l s ta te me nt ''.
(2) The es ti ma te s of e xpend itu re e mbodi ed in the annu al fin an ci al
s ta te me nt sh al l show s ep ar at el y—
( a) the su ms r equi re d to me et exp endi tur e des cr ib ed by this
Con st itut ion as exp endi tur e ch arge d upon th e Cons olid at ed Fund of
Ind ia ; a nd
( b) th e su ms re quir ed to m ee t othe r exp end itur e propo se d to be
m ad e fro m the Con sol ida ted Fund of Ind ia ,
a nd sh al l dist ingui sh expe nditu re on r ev enue a cc oun t f rom oth er
e xpend itur e.
(3) The following expenditure shall be expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund
of India—
(a) the emoluments and allowances of the President and other expenditure
relating to his office;
(b) the salaries and allowances of the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman of the
Council of States and the Speaker and the Deputy Speaker of the House of the
People;
(c) debt charges for which the Government of India is liable including interest,
sinking fund charges and redemption charges, and other expenditure relating to the
raising of loans and the service and redemption of debt;
(d) (i) the salaries, allowances and pensions payable to or in respect of Judges of
the Supreme Court;
(ii) the pensions payable to or in respect of Judges of the Federal Court;
(iii) the pensions payable to or in respect of Judges of any High Court which
exercises jurisdiction in relation to any area included in the territory of India or which
at any time before the commencement of this Constitution exercised jurisdiction in
relation to any area included in a Governor's Province of the Dominion of India;
(e) the salary, allowances and pension payable to or in respect of the Comptroller
and Auditor-General of India;
(f) any sums required to satisfy any judgment, decree or award of any court or
arbitral tribunal;
(g) any other expenditure declared by this Constitution or by Parliament by law
to be so charged.
113. Procedure in Parliament with respect to estimates.—(1) So much of the
estimates as relates to expenditure charged upon the Consolidated Fund of India shall not
be submitted to the vote of Parliament, but nothing in this clause shall be construed as
preventing the discussion in either House of Parliament of any of those estimates.
(2) So much of the said estimates as relates to other expenditure shall be submitted in
the form of demands for grants to the House of the People, and the House of the People
shall have power to assent, or to refuse to assent, to any demand, or to assent to any
demand subject to a reduction of the amount specified therein.
 (3) No demand for a grant shall be made except on the recommendation of the
President.
114. Appropriation Bills.— (1) As soon as may be after the grants under article 113
have been made by the House of the People, there shall be introduced a Bill to provide
for the appropriation out of the Consolidated Fund of India of all moneys required to
meet—
(a) the grants so made by the House of th e Peopl e; a nd
(b) the expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India but not exceeding
in any case the amount shown in the statement previously laid before Parliament.
(2) No amendment shall be proposed to any such Bill in either House of Parliament
which will have the effect of varying the amount or altering the destination of any grant
so made or of varying the amount of any expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund
of India, and the decision of the person presiding as to whether an amendment is
inadmissible under this clause shall be final.
(3) Subject to the provisions of articles 115 and 116, no money shall be withdrawn
from the Consolidated Fund of India except under appropriation made by law passed in
accordance with the provisions of this article.
115. Supplementary, additional or excess grants.— (1) The President shall—
(a) if the amount authorised by any law made in accordance with the provisions
of article 114 to be expended for a particular service for the current financial year is
found to be insufficient for the purposes of that year or when a need has arisen during
the current financial year for supplementary or additional expenditure upon some
new service not contemplated in the annual financial statement for that year, or
(b) if any money has been spent on any service during a financial year in
excess of the amount granted for that service and for that year,
cause to be laid before both the Houses of Parliament another statement showing the
estimated amount of that expenditure or cause to be presented to the House of the People
a demand for such excess, as the case may be.
(2) The provisions of articles 112, 113 and 114 shall have effect in relation to any
such statement and expenditure or demand and also to any law to be made authorising
the appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of India to meet such
expenditure or the grant in respect of such demand as they have effect in relation to the
annual financial statement and the expenditure mentioned therein or to a demand for a
grant and the law to be made for the authorisation of appropriation of moneys out of the
Consolidated Fund of India to meet such expenditure or grant.
116. Votes on account, votes of credit and exceptional grants.—
(1) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, the House of
the People shall have power—
(a) to make any grant in advance in res pe ct of th e e st im at ed e xpend itu re
fo r a par t of any fin an ci al ye ar p ending the co mpl et ion of th e
pro ce dur e pre sc ri be d in ar ti cl e 113 fo r the voting of such gr ant and
th e pas si ng of th e l aw in ac co rd anc e w ith the provi sion s of ar ti cl e
114 in r el at ion to th at exp enditu re ;
( b) to m ak e a gran t for me et ing an unexp ec te d dem and upon th e
r es our ce s of Indi a wh en on a cc ount of the ma gnitud e or the
ind ef init e ch ar ac te r of the s er vi ce th e dem and c anno t b e s ta te d w ith
th e det ai ls ordin ar ily giv en in an annu al fin an ci al s ta te me nt ;
( c ) to m ak e an exc ep tion al gra nt whi ch for ms no pa rt of th e
c ur ren t s er vi ce of any fin an ci al ye ar ;
a nd P ar lia me nt s ha ll have po we r to au thor is e by l aw th e w ithd ra wa l of
m oney s fro m the Con sol ida ted Fund of Ind ia fo r th e purpos es for whi ch
th e sa id gran ts a re m ad e.
(2) The provi sion s of a rt ic le s 113 and 114 sh al l h ave e ff ec t in
r el at ion to th e m ak ing of a ny gr ant unde r cl au se (1 ) a nd to any l aw to
b e ma de unde r tha t c lau se a s th ey hav e e ff ec t in r el at ion to th e ma king
of a gr ant w ith r eg ard to any e xpend itur e m en tion ed in th e annu al
f inan ci al s ta te me nt a nd th e la w to be m ad e for th e a uthor is at ion of
a pprop ria tion of mon eys out of the Cons olid at ed Fund of Indi a to me et
su ch exp endi tur e.
117. Sp ec ial provi sion s as to fi nanc ial B ill s. — (1) A Bil l or
a me nd me nt m ak ing provi sion for a ny of th e ma tt er s spe ci fi ed in sub-
c la us es ( a) to ( f) of cl au se (1) of ar ti cl e 110 sh al l not be introdu ce d or
m oved ex ce pt on th e re co mm end at ion of th e Pre si den t and a Bil l
m ak ing s uch provi sion sh al l not be int roduc ed in the Counc il of Sta te s:
Provid ed tha t no re co mm en da tion sh all be r equi re d und er this c la us e
fo r th e mov ing of an am end me nt ma king prov is ion for the r edu ct ion or
a boli tion of a ny t ax.
(2) A Bil l or a me ndm en t sh al l not be dee me d to m ak e provis ion fo r
a ny of th e ma tt er s af or es ai d by re as on only th at it provide s for th e
i mpos it ion of fin es or oth er pe cun ia ry pena lt ie s, or for the d em and or
p aym ent of fe es fo r li ce nc es or f ee s for se rvi ce s re nde re d, or by r ea son
th at it provid es fo r the im pos ition , a boli tion, re mi ss ion , a lt er at ion or
r egul at ion of a ny t ax by any loc al a uthor ity or body for lo ca l purpo se s.
(3) A Bil l whi ch, if en ac te d a nd brought in to ope ra tion, w ould
involv e exp endi tur e fro m the Con solid at ed Fund of Ind ia sh al l not be
p as se d by ei the r Hou se of P arl ia me nt unle ss the Pre si den t ha s
r ec om me nd ed to th at Hou se th e cons ide ra ti on of th e B ill .
P roc edu re Ge ne ral ly
118. R ul es of proc ed ure. — (1 ) E ach Hous e of Pa rli am en t m ay ma ke
ru le s for r egul at ing, subj ec t to th e provis ions of thi s Cons titu tion, it s
pro ce dur e and the condu ct of it s busin es s.
(2) Unti l rul es ar e ma de unde r cl au se (1) , the rule s of proc edu re and
s ta nding orde rs in for ce im me di at ely be for e the co mm en ce me nt of this
Con st itut ion wi th re sp ec t to the L egi sl atu re of th e Do min ion of Indi a
sh al l have e ff ec t in r el at ion to P ar lia me nt sub je ct to su ch modi fi ca tion s
a nd a dap ta tion s a s m ay be ma de the re in by the Ch ai rm an of the Coun cil
of St at es or th e Sp ea ke r of th e Hous e of the P eopl e, as th e ca se ma y be.
(3) Th e Pr es ide nt, af te r con sul ta tion w ith th e Ch ai rm an of the
Coun ci l of St at es and the Spe ak er of the Hou se of th e Peopl e, m ay
m ak e rul es a s to the proc edu re w ith r esp ec t to joint si tting s of, and
c om mun ic at ions be tw ee n, the t wo H ous es .
(4) A t a joint s it ting of th e t wo Hou se s th e Sp ea ke r of th e Hou se of
th e Peopl e, or in his ab sen ce suc h p er son as m ay be de te rm in ed by
ru le s of proc edu re m ad e under c lau se (3), sh al l pr es id e.
119. Regulation by law of procedure in Parliament in relation to financial
business.— Parliament may, for the purpose of the timely completion of financial
business, regulate by law the procedure of, and the conduct of business in, each House of
Parliament in relation to any financial matter or to any Bill for the appropriation of
moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of India, and, if and so far as any provision of any
law so made is inconsistent with any rule made by a House of Parliament under clause
(1) of article 118 or with any rule or standing order having effect in relation to
Parliament under clause (2) of that article, such provision shall prevail.
120. Language to be used in Parliament.— (1) Notwithstanding anything in Part
XVII, but subject to the provisions of article 348, business in Parliament shall be
transacted in Hindi or in English:
 Provided that the Chairman of the Council of States or Speaker of the House of the
People, or person acting as such, as the case may be, may permit any member who
cannot adequately express himself in Hindi or in English to address the House in his
mother-tongue.
(2) Unless Parliament by law otherwise provides, this article shall, after the expiration
of a period of fifteen years from the commencement of this Constitution, have effect as if
the words “or in English” were omitted therefrom.
121. Restriction on discussion in Parliament.— No discussion shall take place in
Parliament with respect to the conduct of any Judge of the Supreme Court or of a High
Court in the discharge of his duties except upon a motion for presenting an address to the
President praying for the removal of the Judge as hereinafter provided.
122. Courts not to inquire into proceedings of Parliament.— (1) The validity of
any proceedings in Parliament shall not be called in question on the ground of any
alleged irregularity of procedure.
(2) No officer or member of Parliament in whom powers are vested by or under this
Constitution for regulating procedure or the conduct of business, or for maintaining
order, in Parliament shall be subject to the jurisdiction of any court in respect of the
exercise by him of those powers.
CHAPTER III—LEGISLATIVE POWERS OF THE PRESIDENT
123. Power of President to promulgate Ordinances during recess of Parliament.
—(1) If at any time, except when both Houses of Parliament are in session, the President
is satisfied that circumstances exist which render it necessary for him to take immediate
action, he may promulgate such Ordinances as the circumstances appear to him to
require.
(2) An Ordinance promulgated under this article shall have the same force and effect
as an Act of Parliament, but every such Ordinance—
(a) shall be laid before both Houses of Parliament and shall cease to operate at the
expiration of six weeks from the reassembly of Parliament, or, if before the expiration
of that period resolutions disapproving it are passed by both Houses, upon the passing
of the second of those resolutions; and
( b) ma y b e w ithd ra wn at any ti me by the P re sid ent .
Exp lanation . — Whe re the Hous es of P ar li am en t ar e sum mo ned to
r ea ss em bl e on diffe re nt d ate s, th e per iod of s ix w ee ks sha ll be
r ec kone d f rom th e la te r of tho se d ate s fo r th e purpos es of thi s cl au se .
(3) I f a nd so f ar a s an Or dina nc e unde r th is ar ti cl e ma ke s any
prov is ion w hic h P ar li am en t w ould not und er this Con st itut ion b e
c omp et en t to en ac t, it sh all be void.
* * * *
*
C H A P T E R IV.— T H E U N I O N J U D I C I A RY
124. Es tab lis hmen t and con st it utio n of Sup re me C our t. — (1 ) The re
sh al l be a Supr em e Cour t of Ind ia cons is ting of a Ch ie f Ju st ic e of India
a nd, until Pa rli am en t by l aw pr es cr ib es a l arge r numb er, of not mo re
th an se ven 1 othe r Judge s.
(2) Eve ry Judg e of th e Supr em e Cour t sh al l be a ppoint ed by th e
P re sid ent by w ar ra nt under his h and and s ea l af te r con sul ta tion w ith
su ch of the Judg es of th e Sup re me Cour t a nd of th e H igh Cour ts in the
St at es as th e Pre si den t m ay d ee m ne ce ss ar y for th e purpos e and sha ll
hold offi ce until he at ta ins th e age of s ixty- fiv e yea rs :
Provid ed tha t in th e c as e of a ppoint me nt of a Judge oth er th an the
Ch ie f Jus ti ce , the Chi ef Ju st ic e of Indi a sha ll al wa ys b e c onsu lte d:
 Provid ed fur the r tha t—
( a) a Judge ma y, by w rit ing unde r hi s hand a ddr es se d to th e
Pr es ide nt, re si gn hi s offi ce ;
(b) a Judg e m ay be r em oved fro m hi s offi ce in th e m ann er
provid ed in c la us e (4).
(2A ) Th e age of a Judg e of the Supr em e Cou rt sha ll be de te rm in ed by
su ch au thori ty a nd in su ch ma nne r as P ar li am en t ma y by la w provide .
(3) A per son sha ll not be qual ifi ed for appo int me nt as a J udge of the
Sup re me Court unl es s he is a c iti ze n of Ind ia and —
( a) has be en for a t le as t five y ea rs a J udge of a High Cou rt or of
two or mo re su ch Cour ts in suc ce ss io n; or
( b) has be en for a t le as t ten ye ar s an advo ca te of a H igh Cou rt or
of two or mor e su ch Court s in s uc ce ss ion ; or
(c ) i s, in th e opin ion of th e P re sid en t, a dist ingui shed ju ris t.
Exp lanation I . —In thi s c la us e " High Cou rt'' m ea ns a High Cou rt
wh ic h ex er ci se s, or wh ich at any ti me be for e th e co mm en ce me nt of this
Con st itut ion e xe rc is ed , ju ri sdi ction in any pa rt of th e te rr itory of Indi a.
Exp lanation II .— In co mput ing for the purpo se of thi s c la us e th e
p eriod during wh ich a pe rs on h as be en an advo ca te , any per iod dur ing
_______________________________________________
wh ic h a p er son h as he ld jud ic ia l offic e not inf er ior to that of a dis tr ic t
1. Now “twenty-five”, vide Act 22 of 1986, s. 2
judg e af te r he bec am e an advo ca te s ha ll be inc luded .
(4) A Judge of th e Sup re me Cour t sh al l not be r em ove d f rom hi s
o ff ic e ex ce pt by an ord er of the Pr es id ent pa ss ed a ft er an add re ss by
e ac h Hou se of P ar li am en t suppo rte d by a m aj ori ty of th e tot al
m em be rs hip of tha t Hous e and by a m aj ori ty of not le ss than two -th ird s
of th e m em be rs of tha t H ous e pre se nt and voting ha s bee n pr es en te d to
th e Pre si den t in th e s am e se ss ion for su ch re mov al on the ground of
prov ed mi sb eha viour or inc ap ac it y.
(5) Pa rli am en t m ay by l aw regu la te the proc edu re for th e
pr es en ta tion of an addr es s a nd fo r the inve st iga tion and proof of the
m is beh aviou r or in ca pa ci ty of a J udge unde r cl aus e (4 ).
(6) Eve ry pe rson appoint ed to be a Judge of the Supr em e Court sha ll ,
b efo re he en te rs upon his offi ce , ma ke a nd sub sc ri be be for e the
P re sid ent , or so me pe rs on appoin ted in tha t beh al f by him , an o ath or
a ff ir ma ti on a cc or ding to th e fo rm se t out fo r th e purpos e in the Thi rd
S che dule .
(7) No pe rson who ha s held o ffi ce as a J udge of the Supr em e Cou rt
sh al l ple ad or a ct in any cou rt or befo re a ny a utho rity wi thin the
t er ri tory of India .
125. Salar ie s, et c. , of Judg es .— (1) Th er e sh al l be paid to th e Judg es
of th e Sup re me Cour t su ch sa la ri es as ma y b e d et er min ed by P ar lia me nt
by l aw and, unti l provi sion in tha t beh al f is so m ad e, s uch sa la ri es a s
a re spe ci fi ed in th e Se cond Sch edul e.
(2) Eve ry Judg e sh al l be e nti tle d to su ch pr ivil ege s and a llo wan ce s
a nd to su ch righ ts in re sp ec t of l ea ve of ab se nc e a nd pen sion a s ma y
f rom ti me to ti me be d et er min ed by or und er l aw ma de by Pa rli am en t
a nd, unti l so de te rm in ed, to such privi leg es , a llo wa nc es and right s a s
a re spe ci fi ed in th e Se cond Sch edul e:
Provid ed tha t neith er th e privi le ge s nor th e al low an ce s of a Judge
nor his r ights in re sp ec t of le av e of a bs enc e or pen sion s ha ll b e va rie d
to his di sadv ant ag e af te r his appo intm en t.
 126. Appo int me nt of a cti ng Ch ie f Ju sti ce .— When the o ff ic e of
Ch ie f Ju st ic e of India is vac an t or wh en th e Ch ie f Ju st ic e i s, by r ea son
of ab se nc e or othe rw is e, unab le to pe rfo rm th e dutie s of his offi ce , the
duti es of th e o ff ic e s ha ll be per for me d by su ch one of the othe r Judg es
of th e Cou rt as the Pr es ide nt ma y appoin t fo r the purpos e.
127. Appo int me nt of ad hoc Judge s. —(1 ) If at a ny ti me the re
shou ld not be a quoru m of th e Judg es of th e Supr em e Cou rt av ai la ble to
hold or cont inue any s es si on of th e Cou rt , th e Chie f Ju sti ce of Ind ia
m ay, wi th th e pre vious con se nt of th e Pr es id ent and a ft er cons ult at ion
w ith th e Chi ef Jus ti ce of th e H igh Cour t con ce rn ed, r equ es t in
w ri ting th e a tte ndan ce a t th e si tting s of the Cou rt, as an ad hoc Judg e,
fo r such pe riod a s ma y be nec es sa ry, of a Judge of a H igh Cou rt duly
qu ali fi ed fo r appoin tm en t as a Judge of the Supr em e Court to be
d es igna ted by th e Chi ef Ju st ic e of India .
(2) It sh al l be th e duty of the J udge who ha s be en s o de sign at ed, in
pr iori ty to oth er dut ie s of his o ff ic e, to at tend the sit ting s of th e
Sup re me Court a t the ti me a nd fo r the pe riod for wh ich hi s a tt enda nc e
i s requ ir ed, and whi le so a tt ending he sh all hav e al l the jur isd ic tion,
pow er s and priv il ege s, a nd sh al l dis cha rg e th e dutie s, of a Judg e of th e
Sup re me Court .
128. A tt en danc e of re ti red Judg es at s it ting s of t he Sup re me
Co ur t. —No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cha pte r, th e Ch ie f Jus ti ce of
Ind ia ma y at any ti me , with the pr ev ious c ons ent of the Pr es ide nt,
r equ es t any per son who has held the o ff ic e of a J udge of the Supre me
Cou rt or of th e Fed er al Cou rt or who has he ld the offi ce of a Judg e of a
H igh Court and i s duly qua lif ied fo r a ppoint me nt a s a Judge of th e
Sup re me Court to si t a nd a ct a s a Judg e of the Supr em e Cou rt, and
e ve ry such pe rs on s o r equ es te d sh al l, whi le so s itt ing a nd a ct ing, be
e nti tle d to su ch al low anc es as the Pr es ide nt ma y by orde r det er mi ne
a nd hav e a ll th e jur isd ic tion, powe rs and pr ivil eg es of, but s ha ll not
oth er wi se be dee me d to b e, a Judge of th at Cour t:
Provid ed tha t nothing in thi s ar ti cl e sha ll be de em ed to re quir e any
su ch p er son a s a fo re sa id to s it a nd ac t as a Judg e of tha t Cour t unle ss
h e c ons ent s so to do.
129. Sup re me Co ur t to b e a cou rt of rec or d. — Th e Supr em e Cour t
sh al l be a cou rt of re co rd and s ha ll h ave all the powe rs of su ch a cou rt
in clud ing th e powe r to puni sh for cont em pt of it se lf .
130. Sea t of Su preme Cou rt .— The Supre me Cou rt sha ll s it in De lhi
or in suc h othe r pl ac e or pla ce s, as th e Chi ef Jus ti ce of Ind ia ma y, w ith
th e approv al of the P re sid ent , f rom t im e to tim e, a ppoint.
131. Or ig inal ju ri sdi ct ion of th e Supreme C our t. — Subj ec t to the
prov is ions of this Cons ti tution, the Supre me Cou rt s ha ll, to the
e xc lus ion of any oth er cou rt, hav e origin al ju ris dic tion in any dispu te —
( a) bet we en th e G ove rnm en t of Ind ia and one or mo re St at es ; or
( b) be tw ee n th e Gov ern me nt of Indi a and any St at e or S ta te s on
on e s ide a nd on e or mo re oth er St at es on the oth er ; or
( c ) bet we en t wo or mo re St at es ,
i f and in s o fa r a s the di sput e involv es any ques tion ( wh eth er of la w or
f ac t) on whi ch the ex is ten ce or e xte nt of a l eg al righ t d epend s:
P rovide d th at th e s ai d ju ri sdi ction sh al l not ex tend to a dispu te
a ri sing out of any t re at y, ag re em en t, cov ena nt, e ngag em en t, sanad or
oth er si mi la r in stru me nt whi ch, h aving be en e nt er ed into or ex ec ut ed
b efo re the c om me nc em en t of thi s Con sti tution , cont inue s in oper at ion
a ft er s uch co mm en ce me nt , or whi ch provid es th at th e s ai d ju ri sdi ction
sh al l not ex te nd to su ch a disput e.
131A. [ Ex clu si ve ju ri sdi ction of the Supre me Cou rt in re gard to
qu es tions as to c ons titu tional v alid it y of C ent ral la ws . ] R ep. b y the
Con st itut ion ( For ty -th ird Am end men t) Ac t, 1977 , s . 4 (w.e .f. 13- 4-
1978 ) .
132. App el lat e j ur is dic ti on of Su preme Cou rt in appe als from
H igh C our ts in c er ta in c as es .— (1 ) An a ppe al sha ll l ie to the Supre me
Cou rt fro m any judgm en t, dec re e or f ina l ord er of a H igh Cou rt in the
t er ri tory of India , whe the r in a c ivi l, cr im ina l or othe r pro ce ed ing, if
th e High Cour t c er ti fi es under a rt ic le 134 A tha t the ca se involv es a
sub st an tia l ques tion of la w as to th e in te rpr et at ion of thi s Cons ti tution.
* * * *
*
(3) Whe re su ch a ce rt if ic at e i s giv en, any pa rty in th e ca se ma y
a ppe al to the Supre me Cou rt on th e ground th at a ny su ch que st ion as
a fo re sa id ha s b een w rongly de cid ed.
Exp lanation .— For th e purpo se s of this ar ti cl e, the e xpr es si on “f ina l
ord er ” includ es an orde r de cid ing an is sue whi ch, i f de cid ed in f avou r
of th e a ppe ll ant, wou ld b e s uffi ci en t fo r the fin al di spos al of the c as e.
133. App el lat e j ur is dic ti on of Su preme Cou rt in appe als from
H igh C our ts in reg ar d to c ivi l ma tt er s. — (1) A n app ea l sh al l li e to
th e Supre me Cour t fro m any judgm ent , d ec re e or fin al ord er in a civ il
pro ce ed ing of a High Court in the te rr itory of Indi a i f the High Cou rt
c er ti fi es und er ar ti cl e 134A —
( a) that th e ca se involve s a sub st ant ia l qu es tion of la w of
g ene ra l impo rt anc e; a nd
( b) that in the opinion of the H igh Cou rt the s ai d qu es tion nee ds
to be de cid ed by the Sup re me Court .
(2) Not with st anding anyth ing in ar ti cl e 132, a ny pa rty a ppe al ing to
th e Supr em e Cour t unde r c lau se (1 ) ma y u rge as one of the ground s in
su ch a ppe al tha t a s ubs tan ti al qu es tion of l aw as to th e int erp re ta tion of
thi s Cons ti tution ha s bee n w rongly de cid ed.
(3) Not with st anding anyth ing in thi s a rti cl e, no appe al sh all , unle ss
P ar lia me nt by la w oth er wi se provid es , li e to th e Supr em e Cou rt f rom
th e judgm ent , d ec re e or fin al ord er of one Judge of a H igh Cou rt .
134. App el lat e ju ri sd ic tio n of Sup re me C our t in re ga rd to
c ri mi na l mat te rs .— (1 ) A n a ppe al sh al l l ie to the Supr em e Cou rt fro m
a ny judgm en t, fin al orde r or s en ten ce in a cr im in al pro ce ed ing of a
H igh Court in the t er rito ry of Ind ia if th e High Cour t —
(a) ha s on app ea l re ve rs ed an orde r of ac quit ta l of a n a cc us ed
p er son a nd s en ten ce d him to dea th; or
(b) ha s wi thdr awn fo r t ri al be for e its el f any ca se f rom any cou rt
subo rdin at e to i ts autho rity and ha s in su ch t ri al c onvi ct ed th e
a cc us ed pe rs on a nd s en ten ce d him to dea th; or
( c ) ce rt if ie s under a rt ic le 134 A tha t the ca se i s a f it one for
a ppe al to the Supr em e Cou rt :
Provid ed th at an app ea l und er s ub- cl aus e ( c ) sh al l li e sub je ct to suc h
prov is ions a s ma y be ma de in tha t b eha lf unde r c la us e (1) of ar ti cl e 145
a nd to su ch condit ions a s the H igh Cou rt m ay es ta bl ish or requ ir e.
 (2) Pa rli am en t m ay by l aw conf er on the Supre me Cou rt a ny fur the r
pow er s to ent er ta in and hea r app ea ls f rom any judgm ent , f ina l ord er or
s en ten ce in a cr im ina l pro ce ed ing of a High Court in the te rri tory of
Ind ia sub je ct to suc h c ondit ions and li mi ta tion s as m ay be sp ec if ie d in
su ch la w.
134A. C er ti fi ca te fo r appea l to th e Su preme Cou rt .— Eve ry H igh
Cou rt, pas si ng or m aking a judg me nt, d ec re e, fin al orde r, or sen te nc e,
r ef er re d to in c la us e (1 ) of a rt ic le 132 or cl au se (1) of ar ti cl e 133, or
c la us e (1) of ar ti cl e 134, —
( a) ma y, if it dee ms fi t s o to do, on its own mo tion; and
( b) sha ll, if an or al app lic at ion is m ad e, by or on beh al f of the
p arty aggr iev ed, im me di at ely af te r th e pa ss ing or ma king of s uch
judg me nt, de cr ee , fin al ord er or se nt enc e,
d ete rm in e, as soon a s m ay be a ft er suc h pa ss ing or m ak ing, th e
qu es tion wh eth er a c er ti fi ca te of th e n atur e r ef er re d to in cl aus e (1) of
a rt ic le 132, or c lau se (1 ) of a rti cl e 133 or, as the ca se m ay be, s ub-
c la us e (c ) of cl au se (1 ) of a rt ic le 134, ma y be given in re spe ct of th at
c as e.
135. Jur is dic tio n and po we rs of t he F ede ra l C our t und er ex is ting
la w to b e ex erci sa bl e by the Sup re me Co ur t. — Un til Pa rli am en t by
l aw oth er wi se provide s, th e Supre me Cour t sha ll al so hav e juri sdi ct ion
a nd pow er s w ith re sp ec t to a ny m at te r to whi ch the provi sion s of a rt ic le
133 or a rt ic le 134 do not a pply if juri sdi ct ion and powe rs in r el at ion to
th at m at te r we re ex er ci sa bl e by th e F ede ra l Cou rt i mm ed ia te ly be for e
th e com me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion unde r a ny e xis ting l aw.
136. Spe ci al leav e to appea l by th e Supreme C our t. — (1 )
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cha pte r, th e Sup re me Cour t m ay, in
it s dis cr et ion, gr ant sp ec ia l le av e to app ea l fro m any judg men t, de cr ee ,
d ete rm in at ion, se nte nc e or orde r in a ny c au se or m at te r pa ss ed or ma de
by any cour t or tr ibuna l in th e te rri tory of Indi a.
(2) No thing in c la us e (1) sh al l a pply to any judg me nt, de te rm ina tion ,
s en ten ce or ord er p as se d or m ad e by any cou rt or tribun al con st itut ed
by or und er any la w re la ting to the Ar me d For ce s.
137. R ev ie w of j udgmen ts or o rde rs by t he Sup re me Cou rt .—
Subj ec t to the provi sion s of a ny l aw m ad e by P ar lia me nt or any rul es
m ad e und er a rt ic le 145, the Supre me Court sha ll h ave powe r to r ev ie w
a ny judg me nt pronounc ed or orde r ma de by it.
138. E nlar ge me nt of t he ju ri sd ic tio n of th e Sup re me Cou rt .— (1)
Th e Supre me Cour t sha ll hav e suc h fu rth er jur isd ic tion and pow er s wi th
r es pe ct to any of the m at te rs in th e Un ion Li st a s Pa rli am en t m ay by
l aw c onf er.
(2) Th e Supr em e Cour t sh all have su ch fu rthe r ju ri sdi ct ion and
pow er s with re sp ec t to a ny ma tt er a s th e Gov ern me nt of Indi a and the
Gov er nm en t of any St at e ma y by sp ec ia l agr ee me nt conf er, if
P ar lia me nt by la w provide s fo r th e exe rc is e of su ch jur isd ic tion and
pow er s by th e Supre me Cou rt.
139. Con fe rmen t on th e Sup re me Cour t of pow er s to is su e c er ta in
w ri ts .— P ar lia me nt m ay by l aw c onf er on th e Supr em e Cou rt powe r to
i ssu e di re ct ions , ord er s or wr its , in cluding wr its in the natu re of
hab eas c orpu s, mandamu s, prohibi tion, quo war ranto a nd ce rt io rar i, or
a ny of th em , fo r any purpos es othe r th an thos e me ntion ed in cl aus e (2 )
of a rti cl e 32.
 139A. Tr ans fe r of ce rt ai n c as es .— (1 ) Wh er e ca se s invo lving the
s am e or sub st an tia lly th e s am e ques tion s of l aw a re pending be for e the
Sup re me Cou rt and one or m or e H igh Cou rts or be for e t wo or m or e
H igh Cou rts and th e Supr em e Cour t i s sa ti sf ie d on its own mo tion or on
a n appl ic at ion m ad e by the Atto rne y- Ge ne ra l of Ind ia or by a p arty to
a ny su ch ca se th at suc h qu es tion s a re subs ta nti al que st ions of gen er al
i mpor ta nc e, th e Sup re me Cour t m ay w ithdr aw the ca se or ca se s pending
b efo re the H igh Cou rt or th e H igh Cou rts and di spos e of al l the ca se s
it se lf :
Provid ed tha t the Supr em e Cou rt ma y af te r det er mi ning the s aid
qu es tions of l aw re turn a ny ca se so wi thdr aw n toge the r w ith a copy of
it s judgm en t on suc h qu es tions to the H igh Cou rt f rom wh ich th e c as e
h as be en wi thdr awn , a nd th e High Cou rt sha ll on r ec ei pt the re of,
pro ce ed to dispo se of th e ca se in c onfo rm ity wi th s uch judg me nt.
(2) Th e Supr em e Cour t ma y, if it dee ms it expe di ent s o to do for th e
e nds of jus tic e, tr ans fe r any c as e, app ea l or othe r proc ee di ngs p ending
b efo re any H igh Cou rt to a ny oth er H igh Court .
140. A nc illa ry pow er s of Sup re me Cou rt .— P ar lia me nt m ay by l aw
m ak e prov is ion for conf er ri ng upon the Sup re me Cou rt su ch
supp le me nt al pow er s not incon si st ent w ith any of th e provi sion s of thi s
Con st itut ion as m ay a ppe ar to be n ec es sa ry or d es ir abl e fo r the purpos e
of en abl ing th e Cour t m or e effe ct iv el y to ex er ci se the ju ris dic tion
c onf er re d upon it by or und er thi s Cons titu tion.
141. La w de cla re d by Sup re me Cou rt to be bin ding on all c our ts .
— Th e la w dec la re d by the Sup re me Court sh al l be binding on al l
c ourt s wi thin the t er rito ry of Ind ia .
142. En force men t of d ec re e s and ord er s of Sup re me Co ur t and
o rde rs as to di sc ove ry, e tc .— (1) The Supr em e Cou rt in th e ex er ci se of
it s ju ri sdi ction ma y pa ss su ch de cr ee or ma ke suc h orde r a s i s
n ec es sa ry fo r doing co mp le te ju sti ce in any c au se or m at te r pending
b efo re it, and any de cr ee s o pa ss ed or orde r so ma de sha ll be
e nfo rc ea bl e throughout th e t er ri tory of India in su ch ma nne r as m ay b e
pr es cr ib ed by or unde r a ny l aw m ad e by P arl ia me nt and , unt il provi sion
in th at beha lf is s o ma de , in su ch m ann er as th e Pr es ide nt m ay by ord er
pr es cr ib e.
(2) Subj ec t to th e provis ions of any l aw m ad e in thi s beh al f by
P ar lia me nt , the Supr em e Cou rt sh all , a s r es pe ct s the who le of the
t er ri tory of India , have a ll and ev er y pow er to m ak e any orde r for the
purpo se of s ec ur ing the at tend an ce of any per son, the di sc ove ry or
produ ct ion of any docum en ts , or th e inv es tig ation or punish me nt of any
c onte mp t of it se lf .
143. Pow er of Pres id en t to co nsu lt Supreme Cou rt .— (1) I f a t any
ti me it appe ar s to the Pr es ide nt th at a que stion of la w or fa ct has
a ri se n, or is like ly to a ri se , whi ch is of su ch a natu re and of su ch
publi c im port an ce th at it i s e xped ien t to obt ain the opinion of the
Sup re me Court upon i t, he ma y r ef er the que st ion to tha t Court fo r
c ons ide ra tion and the Cou rt ma y, a ft er su ch he ar ing a s it think s fit,
r epo rt to th e Pre si den t i ts opinion the re on.
(2) The Pr es ide nt ma y, notw ith st anding any thing in th e provis o to
a rt ic le 131, re fe r a di spute of th e kind m ent ione d in the sa id prov iso to
th e Supr em e Cour t fo r opinion and the Supre me Cou rt s ha ll, af te r su ch
h ea ring as it th inks fi t, repo rt to the Pr es ide nt its opin ion th er eon.
 144. C ivil and jud ic ial autho ri ti es to a ct in aid of th e Sup re me
Co ur t. —A ll autho ri tie s, c ivi l a nd jud ic ia l, in th e te rr itory of Indi a
sh al l ac t in a id of th e Supre me Cou rt.
144A. [Spe ci al pro vi sion s as to di sposa l of que st ions rela ting to
c ons titu tional v alid it y of law s. ] R ep. b y the Cons titu tion ( For ty -th ird
A me ndm ent ) A ct, 1977 , s. 5 ( w. e. f. 13- 4-1978).
145. R ul es of Cou rt , et c. — (1) Subj ec t to th e provis ions of any l aw
m ad e by P arl ia me nt , th e Supr em e Cou rt ma y fro m tim e to tim e, w ith
th e approv al of the P re sid ent , m ak e rul es fo r regu la ting gen er al ly the
pr ac ti ce and proc edu re of the Cou rt inc luding —
( a) rule s a s to th e per son s pr ac ti si ng b efo re th e Cou rt ;
( b) rule s a s to th e proc edu re fo r h ea ring app ea ls a nd oth er
m at te rs pe rt ain ing to app ea ls in cluding the t im e w ith in whi ch
a ppe al s to th e Cour t a re to be en te re d;
( c ) rul es a s to th e pro ce ed ings in the Court for th e en for ce me nt
of any of the righ ts con fe rr ed by P ar t II I;
( cc ) rul es as to the pro ce ed ings in the Cou rt under a rt ic le 139A ;
( d) rul es a s to th e en te rt ain me nt of app ea ls unde r sub- cl au se ( c )
of c lau se (1) of ar tic le 134;
( e ) rule s a s to th e condi tions sub je ct to whi ch any judgm en t
pronoun ce d or ord er ma de by the Cou rt ma y be r evi ew ed and th e
pro ce dur e for su ch rev ie w inc luding the ti me wi thin whi ch
a ppli ca tion s to th e Cour t fo r such r evi ew a re to b e e nte re d;
( f) rule s as to the cos ts of and incid en ta l to any pro ce ed ing s in
th e Court and a s to th e fe es to b e c ha rg ed in r es pe ct of pro ce ed ings
th er ein ;
( g) rule s a s to th e gran ting of bail ;
( h) rule s a s to s ta y of pro ce ed ings ;
( i) rul es providing for th e sum ma ry d ete rm in at ion of a ny a ppe al
wh ic h a ppe ar s to the Cour t to be f rivolou s or v exa tiou s or brough t
fo r the purpos e of del ay;
( j) rul es as to the pro ce dur e for inqui rie s r ef er re d to in cl au se
(1 ) of a rt ic le 317.
(2) Subj ec t to th e provis ions of c lau se (3), rul es ma de unde r this
a rt ic le m ay fix th e min imu m numb er of Judg es w ho a re to s it for any
purpo se , and ma y provide fo r the pow er s of singl e Judg es and D ivi sion
Cou rt s.
(3) The mi nim um nu mbe r of J udge s who ar e to sit fo r th e purpos e of
d ec iding any ca se involving a sub st ant ia l ques tion of la w as to the
int er pr et at ion of thi s Con st itut ion or fo r the purpos e of hea ring any
r ef er en ce unde r a rt ic le 143 sha ll be fiv e:
Provid ed th at , whe re th e Cou rt he ar ing an appe al unde r any of the
prov is ions of this Cha pte r oth er than ar ti cl e 132 con si st s of l es s th an
f ive Judge s a nd in th e cou rs e of the h ea ring of the appe al the Cour t is
s at is fi ed tha t the app ea l involve s a sub st ant ia l qu es tion of la w as to the
int er pr et at ion of thi s Cons titu tion the de te rm in at ion of wh ich i s
n ec es sa ry for the di spos al of th e app ea l, suc h Cour t sh all re fe r th e
qu es tion for opinion to a Cou rt con st itut ed as r equi re d by this c la us e
fo r th e purpos e of de ciding any c as e involving suc h a qu es tion and
sh al l on re ce ip t of th e opinion dispo se of the app ea l in con for mi ty w ith
su ch opinion.
 (4) No judgm en t s ha ll be del ive re d by the Supr em e Cou rt sa ve in
op en Cou rt, and no r epo rt sha ll be m ad e under a rt ic le 143 s av e in
a cc or dan ce with an opinion a lso de live re d in op en Cou rt.
(5) No judgm en t a nd no suc h opin ion sh al l be del ive re d by the
Sup re me Court s av e with th e conc ur ren ce of a m aj or ity of th e Judge s
pr es en t at the he ar ing of the ca se , but nothing in th is cl au se s ha ll be
d ee me d to pr eve nt a Judge who do es not conc ur f rom de live ring a
di ss en ting judgm ent or opinion.
146. Of fi ce rs and se rv ant s and t he exp en se s of th e Sup re me
Co ur t. —(1 ) A ppoint me nt s of o ff ic er s and s er van ts of the Supr em e
Cou rt s ha ll be ma de by the Ch ie f Ju st ic e of Indi a or su ch oth er Judge
or o ffi ce r of the Cou rt as he ma y di re ct :
Provid ed tha t the Pr es ide nt ma y by rul e requ ir e tha t in su ch ca se s a s
m ay be sp ec if ie d in th e ru le , no per son not a lr ea dy at ta ch ed to th e
Cou rt s ha ll be appoin ted to any o ff ic e c onne ct ed w ith the Cou rt, sa ve
a ft er c onsu lta tion w ith the Un ion Publ ic S erv ic e Com mi ss ion .
(2) Subje ct to the provis ions of any la w m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt , the
c ondit ions of se rvi ce of o ff ic er s and s er van ts of the Supr em e Court
sh al l be suc h a s ma y be pre sc ri be d by rul es m ad e by th e Ch ie f Jus ti ce
of India or by so me othe r Judg e or offi ce r of the Cou rt a utho ris ed by
th e Chie f Ju sti ce of Ind ia to ma ke ru le s for th e purpos e:
Provid ed tha t the rul es m ad e unde r th is c lau se sha ll, so f ar a s they
r el at e to sa la ri es , al low an ce s, l ea ve or pen sion s, re quir e the app rova l
of th e P re sid ent .
(3) The ad min is tr at ive exp en se s of the Supr em e Cou rt, in cluding a ll
s al ar ie s, allo wa nc es and pen sion s p ayab le to or in r es pe ct of the
o ff ic er s and s er van ts of the Cou rt, sh al l b e c ha rg ed upon th e
Con sol ida ted Fund of Ind ia , and any fe es or oth er mon ey s tak en by the
Cou rt sh all fo rm p art of tha t Fund.
147. In te rp re ta ti on. —In this Chap te r and in Cha pte r V of P ar t V I,
r ef er en ce s to any subs tan ti al qu es tion of la w a s to th e int er pr et at ion of
thi s Cons ti tution sh al l b e c ons tru ed as in cluding r ef er en ce s to any
sub st an tia l que st ion of l aw as to th e int erp re ta tion of the Gove rn me nt
of India Ac t, 1935 ( inc luding any ena ct me nt am en ding or
supp le me nt ing that A ct ), or of a ny O rde r in Counc il or ord er m ad e
th er eund er, or of th e Indi an Ind ep ende nc e A ct , 1947, or of any ord er
m ad e the re unde r.

C H A P T E R V.—C O M P T RO L L E R AND A U D I TO R -G E N E RA L OF INDIA

148. Co mp trol le r and Aud ito r- G en er al of Ind ia. — (1) The re sh al l
b e a Co mpt rol le r and A udito r- G en er al of Indi a who sha ll be appo inte d
by th e Pr es ide nt by wa rr an t unde r hi s hand a nd se al and sha ll only be
r em ove d f rom o ff ic e in like m ann er a nd on the lik e grounds a s a Judge
of th e Sup re me Cour t.
(2) Ev ery pe rson appo inte d to be th e Co mp trol le r and Audito r-
G en er al of Indi a sh all , b efo re he en te rs upon his offi ce , ma ke a nd
sub sc ri be be for e the P re sid ent , or so me per son appoin ted in tha t b eha lf
by hi m, an oath or affi rm at io n ac co rd ing to the for m s et out for the
purpo se in th e Thi rd S che dule .
(3) The sa la ry and oth er cond ition s of s er vi ce of th e Comp tro lle r and
Aud ito r- G en er al sh al l be suc h a s ma y be det er mi ne d by Pa rli am en t by
l aw a nd, until they a re s o d ete rm in ed, sh al l b e a s sp ec if ie d in the
S ec ond S che dule :
 Provid ed tha t neith er th e sa la ry of a Com ptro ll er and Audi tor-
G en er al nor hi s r ights in re sp ec t of le av e of a bs enc e, p ens ion or ag e of
r et ir em en t sha ll be va ri ed to hi s di sa dvan tag e af te r hi s a ppoint me nt.
(4) The Com pt roll er a nd Aud itor- Ge ne ra l sh all not be el igibl e for
fu rth er offi ce ei the r unde r th e Gov ern me nt of Indi a or und er th e
Gov er nm en t of any St at e af te r he ha s ce as ed to hold his offi ce .
(5) Subj ec t to th e provis ions of thi s Cons titu tion and of any la w
m ad e by P arl ia me nt , the condi tion s of s er vic e of pe rson s s er ving in th e
Ind ian A udit and Ac co unts De pa rt me nt a nd the ad min is tr ativ e po we rs
of the Co mp trol le r and Audito r- G en er al sha ll be su ch a s m ay be
pr es cr ib ed by rul es m ad e by the Pre si den t a ft er cons ult at ion wi th the
Co mpt rol le r and A udito r- G en er al .
(6) The ad min is tr at ive exp en se s of the o ffi ce of th e Com ptro ll er and
Aud ito r- G en er al , includ ing all s al ar ie s, a llo wa nc es and pens ions
p ayab le to or in r esp ec t of pe rson s se rving in tha t o ff ic e, sh al l be
c ha rg ed upon th e Con sol ida te d Fund of India .
149. Duties and powers of the Comptroller and Auditor-General.—The
Comptroller and Auditor-General shall perform such duties and exercise such powers in
relation to the accounts of the Union and of the States and of any other authority or body
as may be prescribed by or under any law made by Parliament and, until provision in that
behalf is so made, shall perform such duties and exercise such powers in relation to the
accounts of the Union and of the States as were conferred on or exercisable by the
Auditor-General of India immediately before the commencement of this Constitution in
relation to the accounts of the Dominion of India and of the Provinces respectively.
150. For m of ac coun ts of th e U nion and of th e S tat es . — The
a cc ount s of the U nion and of the Sta te s sha ll b e kept in suc h for m as
th e Pr es id ent m ay, on the advi ce of th e Co mpt roll er and Aud ito r-
G en er al of Indi a, pr es cr ib e.
151. A udi t rep or ts . —(1 ) Th e r epo rt s of th e Comp tro lle r and
Aud ito r- G ene ra l of Indi a re la ting to th e ac co unts of th e U nion sha ll be
sub mi tt ed to th e Pr es id ent , who sh al l c au se the m to b e la id be for e e ac h
Hou se of P ar li am en t.
(2) The re por ts of the Co mpt roll er a nd Aud ito r- Ge ne ra l of Indi a
r el at ing to th e a cc oun ts of a Sta te s ha ll be subm it ted to the Gov er nor of
th e Sta te , who s ha ll ca us e the m to be la id b efo re th e L egi sl atu re of th e
St at e.
 PART VI
THE STATES
C H A P T E R I.—G E N E R A L
152. De fi ni tion. — In this Pa rt, unl es s the c ont ext oth er wi se r equi re s,
th e exp re ss ion “St at e” doe s not in clud e th e St at e of Ja mm u a nd
K as hm ir.
C H A P T E R I I.— T H E E X E C U T I V E
The Go ve rno r
153. G ove rno rs of S tat es .— The re s ha ll be a Gove rno r fo r ea ch
St at e:
Provid ed tha t nothing in thi s ar ti cl e sha ll pre ven t the appoin tm en t of
th e sa me pe rson a s Gove rno r fo r two or mor e St at es .
154. Exe cu tiv e po we r of S tat e. — (1) Th e ex ec utiv e po we r of th e
St at e s ha ll b e ve st ed in th e Gov erno r and sha ll b e ex er ci se d by him
e ith er dir ec tly or through o ff ic er s subord ina te to him in ac co rd anc e
w ith thi s Con st itut ion.
(2) No thing in thi s ar ti cl e sha ll —
( a) be dee me d to t ra ns fe r to th e Gove rno r a ny fun ct ions
c onf er re d by any exi sting l aw on a ny oth er a uthor ity; or
( b) pr eve nt P arl ia me nt or the Leg is la tur e of the St at e fro m
c onf er ring by l aw func tion s on any au thor ity subo rdin at e to th e
Gov er nor.
155. Appo int me nt of G ove rno r. —Th e Gov er nor of a St at e sh al l be
a ppoint ed by the P re sid ent by w ar ra nt unde r his hand and se al .
156. Ter m of of fi ce of G ove rno r. — (1 ) The G ove rnor sha ll hold
o ff ic e during th e pl ea su re of th e P re sid en t.
(2) Th e Gov erno r m ay, by wr iting und er hi s hand addr es se d to the
P re sid ent , r es ign his o ff ic e.
(3) Subj ec t to th e for egoing provi sion s of th is a rti cl e, a Gov er nor
sh al l hold o ff ic e for a t er m of five y ea rs f rom th e dat e on wh ich he
e nte rs upon his o ffi ce :
Provid ed tha t a Gove rnor sh al l, notw iths ta nding the exp ir at ion of hi s
t er m, con tinu e to hold offi ce unt il his su cc es so r en te rs upon hi s offi ce .
157. Qua li fic atio ns for appo int me nt as G ove rn or.— No pe rs on sh all
b e el igibl e fo r appo int me nt a s G ove rnor unle ss he i s a c it iz en of Indi a
a nd h as co mpl et ed the a ge of thir ty- fiv e yea rs .
158. Co ndi tion s of Gove rn or 's of fic e. — (1 ) Th e G ove rnor sh al l not
b e a m em be r of ei the r Hou se of Pa rl ia me nt or of a Hous e of the
L egi sl atu re of any Sta te spe ci fi ed in the F ir st S che dule , and if a
m em be r of ei the r Hou se of Pa rl ia me nt or of a Hous e of the Le gis la tur e
of any su ch Sta te b e a ppoint ed Gove rno r, he sha ll be de em ed to hav e
v ac at ed his s ea t in th at Hou se on the da te on w hic h h e e nte rs upon his
55
o ff ic e as Gove rno r.
(2) The Gov erno r sha ll not hold any oth er offi ce of pro fi t.
(3) The Gov erno r sha ll be en tit led w ithout pay me nt of ren t to th e u se
of hi s o ff ic ia l re sid en ce s and sh al l b e a ls o e nti tle d to su ch em olu me nt s,
a llo wa nc es and privi leg es a s m ay be de te rm ine d by Pa rli am en t by l aw
a nd, unti l provi sion in th at beha lf is s o ma de , su ch e mo lum en ts ,
a llo wa nc es and privi leg es a s a re s pe ci fi ed in th e Se cond Sch edul e.
(3A ) Wh er e the s am e p er son is appoin ted a s Gov erno r of t wo or m or e
St at es , the e mo lum en ts and al low an ce s pay ab le to the Gov erno r sha ll
b e a llo ca te d am ong th e Sta te s in suc h propo rtion a s the Pr es id ent m ay
by orde r det er mi ne .
(4) Th e em olu me nt s and al low an ce s of the Gove rnor sha ll not be
di min ish ed during his t er m of offic e.
159. O ath o r aff ir ma tion by the G ove rno r. — Ev ery Gov er nor and
e ve ry pe rson dis cha rg ing th e fun ct ions of the Gove rno r sha ll , be for e
e nte ring upon hi s offi ce , ma ke and sub sc ri be in the pr es en ce of th e
Ch ie f Ju st ic e of the H igh Cou rt e xe rc is ing jur isd ic tion in re la tion to
th e Sta te , or, in hi s a bs enc e, th e se nio r m os t J udge of tha t Cou rt
a va ila bl e, an oath or affi rm at io n in th e fo llo wing for m, th at is to sa y—
“ I , A . B ., do s w e a r i n t h e n a m e o f G o d th at I w il l
s o l e m n l y a ff i r m
f ai thfu lly exe cu te th e offic e of Gov erno r (or dis ch arge th e func tion s of
th e Gove rno r) of ..... .... .... (nam e of the Stat e) and w ill to th e bes t of
m y a bil ity pre se rv e, prot ec t and de fe nd th e Cons titu tion and the
l aw and th at I wi ll devo te my se lf to the s er vi ce and w el l- be ing of th e
p eople of .. …… … (na me of th e Sta te ) .”
160. Di sc har ge of th e fu nc tio ns of the Gov er no r in ce rt ai n
c ont inge nc ie s. — The Pr es id ent ma y ma ke s uch provi sion a s he thinks
f it for the di sc ha rg e of the func tion s of the Gov erno r of a St at e in any
c onting enc y not provid ed for in this Ch apt er.
161. Pow er of Gov er nor to gran t pa rdon s, e tc ., and to su sp en d,
remit or co mmut e s en te nc es in c er ta in cas es .— Th e Gov er nor of a
St at e s ha ll h ave the po we r to gr ant p ardon s, r ep rie ve s, re spi te s or
r em is si ons of puni shm ent or to susp end, r em it or co mm ut e the se nt enc e
of any pe rson convi ct ed of any o ff enc e aga in st a ny la w r el at ing to a
m at te r to whi ch the ex ec utiv e pow er of the St at e ext end s.
162. Ex te nt of ex ec ut ive po we r of Sta te .— Subj ec t to the provi sion s
of thi s Cons titu tion, the e xe cut ive pow er of a St at e sha ll ex tend to the
m at te rs w ith r es pe ct to whi ch th e L egi sl atu re of the Sta te ha s pow er to
m ak e la ws :
P rovide d tha t in any ma tt er wi th re sp ec t to whi ch th e Leg is la tur e of
a Sta te and P ar li am en t hav e pow er to m ak e l aw s, the e xe cut ive powe r
of the St at e sha ll b e subj ec t to , and li mi te d by, th e ex ec utiv e pow er
e xpr es sly con fe rr ed by th is Con sti tution or by any l aw m ad e by
P ar lia me nt upon the Union or au thori ti es th er eo f.
Counc il of Min is te rs
163. Coun ci l of Min is te rs to aid and advi se Gov er no r. — (1) Th er e
sh al l be a Coun ci l of Mini st er s with the Ch ie f Min is te r a t the he ad to
a id and advi se the Gove rno r in the ex er ci se of hi s fun ction s, exc ep t in
so f ar a s he is by or unde r this Con st itut ion r equi re d to ex er ci se his
fun ct ions or any of the m in hi s dis cr et ion.
(2) If a ny que stion ar is es wh eth er any m at te r is or is not a ma tt er a s
r es pe ct s w hic h the Gove rno r is by or under this Cons titu tion r equi re d
to ac t in his dis cr et ion, the d ec is ion of th e G ove rnor in his dis cr et ion
sh al l be fina l, and th e val idity of any thing done by th e Gov er nor s ha ll
not b e ca ll ed in ques tion on th e ground th at h e ought or ought not to
h ave a ct ed in hi s dis cr et ion.
 (3) The que st ion wh et he r any, and if so wh at, adv ic e wa s t ende re d by
Min is te rs to the Gov er nor sh all not be inquir ed into in a ny c our t.
164. Ot he r p rov is ions as to M ini st er s. — (1 ) The Ch ie f Min is te r
sh al l be appoin ted by th e Gov er nor a nd the othe r Mini st er s s ha ll b e
a ppoint ed by the Gov er nor on th e advi ce of th e Ch ie f Mini st er, a nd th e
Min is te rs sh al l hold o ff ic e during the pl ea su re of th e G ove rnor :
Provid ed tha t in th e S ta te s of Biha r, Madhy a Pr ade sh and O ri ss a,
th er e s ha ll be a Min is te r in ch arge of t rib al w el fa re w ho ma y in
a ddit ion be in c ha rg e of the we lf ar e of the Sch edul ed C as te s and
b ack wa rd cl as se s or any othe r w ork.
(1A ) The tota l numb er of Min is te rs , inc luding th e Ch ie f Mini st er, in
th e Coun ci l of Mini st er s in a Sta te sh al l not ex ce ed fi fte en per ce nt.
of th e to ta l nu mbe r of m em be rs of the L egi sl ativ e As se mb ly of tha t
St at e:
Provid ed th at the nu mbe r of Min is te rs , in cluding the Chie f Min is te r
in a St at e sha ll not be le ss th an tw elv e:
Provid ed fu rth er tha t wh er e th e tot al numbe r of Mini st er s in cluding
th e Chie f Mini st er in the Coun ci l of Mini st er s in any Sta te a t the
c om me nc em en t of the Cons titu tion ( Nin ety -f ir st A me nd me nt) Ac t, 2003
e xc ee ds the sa id fi ft ee n pe r ce nt . or the numbe r s pe ci fi ed in th e f ir st
prov iso , a s the c as e m ay b e, then the tot al nu mbe r of Min is te rs in tha t
St at e sh al l b e brough t in con for mi ty w ith th e prov is ions of thi s c la us e
w ithin s ix m onth s fro m suc h d ate * a s the Pr es id ent ma y by publi c
noti fi ca tion appo int.
(1B ) A m em be r of th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bly of a St at e or e ith er
Hou se of th e Leg is la tur e of a S ta te hav ing L egi sl at ive Coun ci l
b elonging to any poli tic al pa rty who is di squa li fi ed fo r be ing a m em be r
of th at Hous e unde r par ag raph 2 of th e Ten th Sch edul e sha ll a lso be
di squa li fi ed to be appo int ed as a Min is te r under c lau se (1) for dur ation
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
of th evidep eriod
*7.1.2004: co mm
Notification en ci
No. S.O. ng dated
21(E), fro m7.1.2004.
the da te of his di squa li fic at ion til l th e
d ate on whi ch th e te rm of hi s o ff ic e a s s uch me mb er wou ld expi re or
wh er e he con te st s any el ec ti on to th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bly of a St at e
or eith er Hou se of th e Leg is la tur e of a St at e h aving L egi sl ativ e
Coun ci l, a s th e c as e ma y be , be for e th e exp iry of suc h pe riod, t ill th e
d ate on whi ch he is de cl ar ed el ec te d, wh ich ev er i s e ar li er.
(2) The Counc il of Mini st er s sh all be co ll ec tiv ely r es pons ible to the
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of the St at e.
(3) B efo re a Min is te r ent er s upon hi s o ff ic e, th e Gove rno r sh al l
a dm ini st er to him the o aths of o ff ic e a nd of s ec re cy ac co rd ing to the
fo rm s s et out for the purpo se in the Thi rd S che dule .
(4) A Minis te r w ho for any pe riod of six c ons ec ut ive month s i s not a
m em be r of the L egi sl atu re of th e St at e sh al l a t the exp ir at ion of th at
p eriod c ea se to be a Minis te r.
(5) Th e sa la ri es a nd al low an ce s of Mini st er s s ha ll b e suc h as th e
L egi sl atu re of th e Sta te m ay f rom ti me to ti me by la w d ete rm in e a nd,
unti l th e Leg is la tur e of the S ta te so de te rm in es , sh al l be a s s pe ci fi ed in
th e Se cond Sch edul e.
Th e Ad voca te - Gen er al for th e State
165. A dvoca te - Ge ne ra l fo r the S tat e. — (1) The Gov erno r of e ac h
St at e sh al l a ppoint a pe rson who i s qu ali fi ed to be appo int ed a Judge of
a H igh Court to be Advoc at e- G en er al fo r the Sta te .
 (2) It sh al l b e th e duty of th e Advo ca te - G ene ra l to give adv ic e to th e
Gov er nm en t of th e S ta te upon s uch l ega l m at te rs , and to per for m su ch
oth er duti es of a l ega l cha ra ct er, a s ma y fro m tim e to tim e b e r ef er re d
or a ss igne d to hi m by the Gov erno r, and to di sc ha rg e th e fun ct ions
c onf er re d on him by or und er th is Cons titu tion or a ny othe r l aw for th e
ti me being in for ce .
(3) Th e Advoc at e- Gen er al sh al l hold offi ce during the ple as ur e of th e
Gov er nor, and sh al l re ce iv e such re mun er at ion a s th e Gov er nor m ay
d ete rm in e.
Conduc t of Go ve rn me nt Bu sine ss
166. Cond uc t of bu si ne ss of t he Gove rn me nt of a S tat e. — (1 ) Al l
e xe cut ive ac tion of the Gove rn me nt of a St at e sh al l b e expressed to be
taken in the name of the Governor.
(2) Orders and other instruments made and executed in the name of the Governor
shall be authenticated in such manner as may be specified in rules to be made by the
Governor, and the validity of an order or instrument which is so authenticated shall not
be called in question on the ground that it is not an order or instrument made or executed
by the Governor.
(3) The Governor shall make rules for the more convenient transaction of the business
of the Government of the State, and for the allocation among Ministers of the said
business in so far as it is not business with respect to which the Governor is by or under
this Constitution required to act in his discretion.
* * * *
*
167. Duties of Chief Minister as respects the furnishing of information to
Governor, etc.—It shall be the duty of the Chief Minister of each State—
(a) to communicate to the Governor of the State all decisions of the Council of
Ministers relating to the administration of the affairs of the State and proposals for
legislation;
(b) to furnish such information relating to the administration of the affairs of the
State and proposals for legislation as the Governor may call for; and
(c) if the Governor so requires, to submit for the consideration of the Council of
Ministers any matter on which a decision has been taken by a Minister but which has
not been considered by the Council.
CHAPTER III.—THE STATE LEGISLATURE
General
168. Constitution of Legislatures in States.—(1) For every State there shall be a
Legislature which shall consist of the Governor, and—
(a) in the States of Bihar, Maharashtra, Karnataka and Uttar Pradesh, two
Houses;
(b) in other States, one House.
(2) Where there are two Houses of the Legislature of a State, one shall be known as
the Legislative Council and the other as the Legislative Assembly, and where there is
only one House, it shall be known as the Legislative Assembly.
169. Abolition or creation of Legislative Councils in States.—(1) Notwithstanding
anything in article 168, Parliament may by law provide for the abolition of the
Legislative Council of a State having such a Council or for the creation of such a Council
in a State having no such Council, if the Legislative Assembly of the State passes a
resolution to that effect by a majority of the tot al me mb er sh ip of th e A ss em bl y
a nd by a ma jor ity of not l es s than t wo- third s of the me mb er s of th e
A ss em bl y pr es en t and voting.
(2) A ny la w r ef er re d to in c la us e (1 ) sh al l con ta in su ch provi sion s
fo r the am en dm en t of thi s Cons titu tion as m ay b e n ec es sa ry to give
e ff ec t to th e provi sion s of the l aw and m ay al so c onta in su ch
supp le me nt al , in cide nt al a nd con se quen tia l prov is ions as Pa rli am en t
m ay de em nec es sa ry.
(3) No su ch la w as a fo re sa id sha ll be de em ed to be an a me ndm en t of
thi s Cons ti tution for th e purpos es of a rt ic le 368.
170. Compo si tion of th e L egi sla tive As se mb li es .— (1 ) Subj ec t to
th e provis ions of a rt ic le 333, the Le gis la tiv e As se mb ly of ea ch St at e
sh al l cons is t of not mo re th an five hundr ed, and not le ss th an six ty,
m em be rs cho se n by dire ct e le ct ion fro m t er rito ri al con st itue nc ie s in th e
St at e.
(2) For th e purpos es of c la us e (1 ), e ac h S ta te sha ll b e divid ed into
t er ri tori al con st itu enc ie s in suc h m ann er th at th e r at io bet we en th e
popul at ion of e ac h cons titu en cy and the numb er of s ea ts allo tt ed to it
sh al l, so fa r as pr ac ti ca bl e, be th e sa me throughout th e Sta te .
E xplana tion.— In this c lau se , the exp re ss ion “popu la tion ” me an s the
popul at ion as as ce rt ai ne d a t th e la st pre ce ding ce nsu s of w hic h the
r el ev ant figu re s hav e bee n publ ish ed:
Provid ed th at the r ef er en ce in th is Exp lanation to the la st pre ce ding
c en sus of wh ich the r el ev ant figur es hav e b een publish ed s ha ll, until
th e re lev an t f igur es fo r the fi rs t c en su s tak en af te r the ye ar 2026 have
b een publi she d, be cons tru ed as a re fe re nc e to the 2001 c en sus .
(3) Upon the c omp le tion of ea ch c en sus , th e tota l numb er of se at s in
th e L egi sl ativ e A ss em bl y of e ac h St at e a nd the divis ion of e ac h St at e
into t er rito ri al con st itu enc ie s sh al l b e r ea dju st ed by su ch autho rity and
in su ch ma nne r as P ar lia me nt m ay by l aw d et er min e:
P rovide d th at su ch re ad jus tm ent sh al l not a ff ec t rep re se nt at ion in
th e L egi sl ativ e A ss em bl y until the dis solut ion of th e th en exi st ing
A ss em bl y:
Provid ed fu rth er tha t su ch r ea djus tm en t sh al l tak e e ff ec t f rom su ch
d ate as th e Pr es ide nt m ay, by orde r, sp ec if y and until su ch r ea dju st me nt
t ake s effe ct , any e le ct ion to th e L egi sl ativ e A ss em bl y ma y b e held on
th e ba si s of the t er ri tori al con sti tuen ci es ex is ting b efo re suc h
r ea dju st me nt:
Provided also that until the relevant figures for the first census taken after the year
2026 have been published, it shall not be necessary to readjust—
(i) the total number of seats in the Legislative Assembly of each State as
readjusted on the basis of the 1971 census; and
(ii) the division of such State into territorial constituencies as may be readjusted
on the basis of the 2001 census,
under this clause.
171. Composition of the Legislative Councils.—(1) The total number of members in
the Legislative Council of a State having such a Council shall not exceed one third of the
total number of members in the Legislative Assembly of that State:
Provid ed th at the to ta l numb er of me mb er s in th e Le gis la tiv e
Coun ci l of a St at e sh all in no c as e be l es s than fo rty.
(2) Un til Pa rl ia me nt by l aw oth er wi se provide s, th e com pos ition of
th e Leg is la tive Coun ci l of a St at e sh al l b e a s provid ed in c la us e (3) .
 (3) O f th e tota l numb er of me mb er s of th e Legi sl at ive Coun ci l of a
St at e—
( a) as ne ar ly as m ay b e, one- third sh al l be el ec te d by el ec to ra te s
c ons is ting of m em be rs of muni cip al it ie s, dis tr ic t bo ard s and suc h
oth er lo ca l autho rit ie s in th e Sta te a s P arl ia me nt m ay by l aw
sp ec if y;
( b) a s ne ar ly a s m ay be, one- tw el fth s ha ll b e el ec te d by
e le ct or at es con si st ing of pe rson s r es iding in the Sta te who hav e b een
fo r at le as t thr ee yea rs gr adu at es of any univ er si ty in the t er ri tory of
Ind ia or hav e bee n fo r at le as t thr ee yea rs in pos se ss ion of
qu ali fi ca tion s pre sc ri bed by or unde r any la w ma de by P ar li am en t as
e quiva le nt to th at of a gra dua te of any su ch unive rs ity;
( c ) as ne ar ly as m ay b e, one- tw el fth sh al l b e e le ct ed by
e le ct or at es c ons is ting of per sons w ho h ave be en for a t l ea st th re e
y ea rs eng ag ed in t ea ch ing in su ch educ at ion al ins titu tion s with in th e
St at e, not low er in st and ard th an th at of a se co nda ry schoo l, as m ay
b e pr es cr ib ed by or unde r a ny l aw m ad e by P arl ia me nt ;
( d) a s ne ar ly a s m ay be, one- third sha ll be e le ct ed by th e
m em be rs of the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of the St at e fro m a mong st
p er sons who a re not me mb er s of th e A ss em bl y;
( e ) th e re ma in de r sh al l be no min at ed by the Gove rno r in
a cc or dan ce with th e prov is ions of cl au se (5 ).
(4) The me mb er s to be e le ct ed unde r sub- cl au se s ( a) , ( b) and ( c ) of
c la us e (3) sh al l b e c hos en in s uch t er rito ri al con st itue nc ie s as ma y b e
pr es cr ib ed by or unde r a ny l aw m ad e by P arl ia me nt , a nd th e el ec ti ons
und er th e s aid sub- cl au se s a nd unde r sub -c lau se ( d) of the sa id c lau se
sh al l be held in ac co rda nc e wi th th e sys te m of propor tion al
r ep re se nt ation by m ea ns of th e sing le tr an sf er ab le vot e.
(5) Th e me mb er s to be nomin at ed by th e Gov erno r unde r sub -c la us e
( e ) of c la us e (3 ) sh al l con si st of per son s hav ing spe ci al know ledg e or
pr ac ti ca l exp er ie nc e in r es pe ct of su ch ma tt er s a s the fo llow ing,
n am ely :—
Li te ra tu re , s ci en ce , ar t, co -ope ra tiv e mov em en t and soc ia l se rvi ce .
172. Duration of State Legislatures.—(1) Every Legislative Assembly of every
State, unless sooner dissolved, shall continue for five years from the date appointed for
its first meeting and no longer and the expiration of the said period of five years shall
operate as a dissolution of the Assembly:
Provid ed th at the s ai d pe riod m ay, whi le a Pro cl am at io n of
E me rg en cy i s in ope ra tion, be ex tend ed by P arl ia me nt by l aw fo r a
p eriod not exc ee di ng one y ea r a t a t im e a nd not ex tend ing in any c as e
b eyond a p eriod of six mon ths a ft er th e Proc la ma ti on has c ea se d to
op er at e.
(2) Th e Le gis la tiv e Coun ci l of a Sta te sh all not be sub je ct to
di sso lution , but a s nea rl y a s pos sibl e one -thi rd of th e me mb er s th er eo f
sh al l re ti re a s soon as m ay be on th e expi ra tion of eve ry se co nd y ea r in
a cc or dan ce with th e prov is ions m ad e in th at beh al f by Pa rl ia me nt by
l aw.
173. Q ual ifi ca tion for membe rs hi p of th e Sta te L egi sla ture. — A
p er son sh al l not be qu ali fi ed to be chos en to fil l a s ea t in the
L egi sl atu re of a St at e unle ss h e—
( a) i s a c it iz en of India , and ma ke s a nd sub sc rib es be for e so me
p er son au thori se d in th at b eha lf by th e El ec tion Com mi ss ion a n oa th
 or a ff ir ma ti on ac co rding to the for m s et out for the purpo se in the
Thi rd Sch edul e;
( b) is, in the ca se of a se at in th e Legi sl at ive A ss em bl y, not l es s
th an tw enty -f ive ye ar s of age a nd, in th e ca se of a se at in the
L egi sl at ive Coun ci l, not l es s than thi rty ye ar s of age ; and
( c ) pos se ss es suc h othe r qua li fic at ion s as m ay b e pre sc ri be d in
th at beh al f by or under any l aw m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt.
174. Se ss ion s of t he Stat e L egi sla tu re , proroga tion and
di ss olu tion .— (1) Th e Gov erno r sh al l fro m tim e to tim e sum mon the
Hou se or e ac h Hou se of the L egi sl atu re of th e St at e to me et at su ch
ti me and pla ce as h e think s fi t, but s ix m onth s s ha ll not in te rve ne
b etw ee n it s l as t s itt ing in one se ss ion a nd the dat e a ppoint ed fo r it s
f ir st si tting in the nex t s es si on.
(2) The Gov erno r ma y f rom tim e to tim e—
( a) prorogu e the Hou se or ei the r Hou se ;
( b) dis solv e the Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly.
175. R igh t of Gov er no r to addres s and se nd mes sa ge s to the
H ous e or Hou se s. — (1 ) The G ove rnor ma y add re ss th e Leg is la tiv e
A ss em bl y or, in the c as e of a St at e having a L egi sl at ive Coun cil , e ith er
Hou se of th e L egi sl atu re of the Sta te , or both Hous es a ss em bl ed
tog eth er, a nd m ay fo r th at purpo se r equi re th e at tend an ce of m em be rs .
(2) The Gov erno r ma y s end m es sa ge s to th e H ous e or H ous es of th e
L egi sl atu re of th e Sta te , wh et he r w ith r es pe ct to a B ill th en p ending in
th e Leg is la tur e or oth er wi se , and a Hou se to whi ch any me ss ag e i s so
s en t sh al l with a ll conv eni ent de spa tc h cons ide r any ma tt er requ ir ed by
th e me ss ag e to be tak en into con sid er at ion.
176. Sp ec ial add re ss by th e Gove rn or.— (1 ) A t the co mm en ce me nt
of th e f ir st se ss io n a ft er e ac h gen er al e le ct ion to th e Leg is la tive
A ss em bl y and a t th e co mm en ce me nt of the fir st se ss ion of ea ch yea r,
th e Gov er nor sh al l add re ss th e L egis la tiv e A ss em bl y or, in th e c as e of a
St at e hav ing a L egi sl at ive Coun ci l, both Hou se s a ss em bl ed tog eth er and
in for m the L egis la tu re of the c au se s of its su mm on s.
(2) Provi sion s ha ll be ma de by the ru le s r egul at ing th e proc edu re of
th e Hous e or ei the r Hous e for th e allo tm en t of ti me for dis cu ss ion of
th e ma tt er s r ef er re d to in suc h a ddr es s.
177. R igh ts of Mini st er s and Advo ca te -G en er al a s res pe ct s th e
H ous es .— Ev ery Minis te r a nd the Advoc at e- G en er al for a St at e sh al l
h ave the r ight to s pe ak in, and oth er wi se to ta ke par t in the proc ee ding s
of , the Leg is la tive As se mb ly of the Sta te or, in th e c as e of a S ta te
h aving a Leg is la tive Counc il , both Hou se s, and to sp ea k in, and
oth er wi se to t ake par t in th e proc ee di ngs of , any c om mi tt ee of th e
L egi sl atu re of wh ich he m ay b e na me d a m em be r, but sh al l not, by
vi rtue of thi s ar ti cl e, be en tit led to vote .
Of fic er s of th e Sta te L egis latu re
178. Th e Spea ke r and D ep uty Spe ake r of t he L egi sla tiv e
A ss embl y. — Ev ery L egi sl ativ e As se mb ly of a Sta te s ha ll, as soon as
m ay be , c hoos e two m em be rs of th e As se mb ly to b e r es pe ct ive ly
Sp ea ke r and Depu ty Spe ake r the re of and, so oft en as the offi ce of
Sp ea ke r or D epu ty Spe ak er bec om es va ca nt, the A ss em bl y sh al l choo se
a nothe r me mb er to b e Sp ea ke r or D epu ty Sp ea ke r, as th e ca se ma y be.
 179. Va cat ion and res ig na tion of, and re mo va l from, th e offi ce s of
Sp eak er and De pu ty Sp eak er.— A m em be r hold ing offi ce a s Sp eak er or
D epu ty Sp ea ke r of a n A ss em bl y—
( a) sh al l va ca te his offi ce if h e ce as es to be a m em be r of the
A ss em bl y;
( b) ma y a t any tim e by w ri ting unde r hi s hand addr es se d, i f su ch
m em be r i s th e Spe ak er, to the D eputy Sp eak er, and if suc h m em be r
i s the D eputy Sp eak er, to th e Sp ea ke r, re si gn hi s offi ce ; and
( c ) ma y b e r em ove d f rom his offi ce by a re solu tion of the
A ss em bl y p as se d by a ma jo rity of al l the then m em be rs of the
A ss em bl y:
Provid ed tha t no re so lution for th e purpos e of c la us e ( c ) sh al l b e
m oved unl es s at l ea st fou rt ee n d ays' noti ce h as be en given of the
int en tion to m ove th e r es olut ion:
Provid ed fu rth er tha t, wh en eve r th e As se mb ly is di ss olve d, th e
Sp ea ke r sha ll not v ac at e hi s o ff ic e until i mm ed ia te ly befo re th e fi rs t
m ee ti ng of th e A ss em bl y af te r the di sso lution.
180. Po we r of t he D ep uty Spe ake r or oth er p er son to pe rf or m th e
du ti es of th e of fi ce of, o r to act as, Sp eak er.— (1 ) Whil e th e offi ce of
Sp ea ke r i s va ca nt, th e duti es of th e o ff ic e sh al l be per for me d by the
D epu ty Sp ea ke r or, i f the offi ce of D epu ty Sp ea ke r is al so va ca nt, by
su ch m em be r of th e As se mb ly a s the G ove rnor ma y appo int fo r the
purpo se .
(2) During the absence of the Speaker from any sitting of the Assembly the Deputy
Speaker or, if he is also absent, such person as may be determined by the rules of
procedure of the Assembly, or, if no such person is present, such other person as may be
determined by the Assembly, shall act as Speaker.
181. Th e Spea ke r o r th e De pu ty Sp eak er no t to p re si de whi le a
res ol ut ion fo r hi s remov al f ro m off ic e i s und er con sid er at ion. — (1 )
A t any sit ting of the Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly, wh ile a ny r es olut ion for the
r em ova l of th e Sp ea ke r f rom his o ff ic e is und er c ons ide ra tion, the
Sp ea ke r, or w hil e any re so lution for th e re mov al of the D eputy Sp eak er
f rom hi s offi ce i s under con sid er at ion, the D epu ty Sp ea ke r, sha ll not,
though he is pr es en t, pre sid e, and th e prov is ions of cl au se (2 ) of a rt ic le
180 sh al l apply in re la tion to eve ry s uch sit ting a s th ey a pply in
r el at ion to a s itt ing f rom w hic h th e Spe ak er or, as the ca se m ay be, th e
D epu ty Sp ea ke r, is ab se nt.
(2) Th e Spe ak er sha ll have the right to spe ak in, and oth er wi se to
t ake p art in the pro ce ed ings of, th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bl y wh il e any
r es olut ion for his r em ov al f rom offi ce i s unde r con sid er at ion in th e
A ss em bl y a nd s ha ll, not with st anding any thing in a rt ic le 189, be
e nti tle d to vote only in the fi rs t ins tan ce on su ch r es olut ion or on any
oth er ma tt er during s uch proc ee ding s but not in th e c as e of an equa li ty
of vot es .
182. T he Chai rman and De pu ty Cha ir ma n of t he Leg is lativ e
Co unc il .— The L egi sl ativ e Counc il of ev ery St at e having su ch Counc il
sh al l, as soon a s m ay be, choo se two me mb er s of th e Counc il to b e
r es pe ct ive ly Ch ai rm an and D eputy Cha ir ma n th er eof and, s o oft en a s
th e o ff ic e of Cha ir ma n or D eputy Cha ir ma n be co me s vac an t, th e
Coun ci l s ha ll choo se ano the r me mb er to b e Ch ai rm an or De puty
Ch ai rm an , a s th e c as e ma y b e.
 183. Va cat ion and res ig na tion of, and re mo va l from, th e offi ce s of
C hai rman and De puty C hair ma n. — A m em be r holding offi ce as
Ch ai rm an or De puty Cha ir ma n of a Leg is la tive Coun ci l—
( a) sh al l va ca te his offi ce if h e ce as es to be a m em be r of the
Coun ci l;
( b) ma y a t any tim e by w ri ting unde r hi s hand addr es se d, i f su ch
m em be r is th e Ch ai rm an , to th e De puty Ch ai rm an , and if su ch
m em be r is th e D epu ty Cha ir ma n, to the Ch ai rm an , r es ign hi s offi ce ;
a nd
( c ) ma y b e r em ove d f rom his offi ce by a re solu tion of the
Coun ci l p as se d by a ma jo rity of al l the then m em be rs of the Counc il :
Provid ed tha t no re so lution for th e purpos e of c la us e ( c ) sh al l b e
m oved unl es s at l ea st fou rt ee n d ays' noti ce h as be en given of the
int en tion to m ove th e r es olut ion.
184. Pow er of th e D ep uty C hai rman o r ot he r pe rs on to pe rfo rm
t he duti es of t he offi ce of, or to ac t as, Chai rman .— (1 ) Whil e th e
o ff ic e of Cha ir ma n i s va ca nt, th e duti es of th e o ff ic e s ha ll be
p er for me d by the De puty Cha ir ma n or, if the o ff ic e of De puty Cha ir ma n
i s a lso vac an t, by su ch m em be r of the Counc il a s th e Gov er nor m ay
a ppoint for th e purpos e.
(2) Dur ing the abs en ce of th e Ch ai rm an fro m any sit ting of the
Coun ci l th e De puty Cha ir ma n or, if he is al so ab se nt, su ch per son as
m ay be de te rm in ed by the ru le s of pro ce dur e of the Coun cil , or, i f no
su ch p er son i s pre se nt , su ch oth er p er son a s m ay be de te rm in ed by the
Coun ci l, sha ll a ct a s Cha ir ma n.
185. The Chairman or the Deputy Chairman not to preside while a resolution for
his removal from office is under consideration.—(1) At any sitting of the Legislative
Council, while any resolution for the removal of the Chairman from his office is under
consideration, the Chairman, or while any resolution for the removal of the Deputy
Chairman from his office is under consideration, the Deputy Chairman, shall not, though
he is present, preside, and the provisions of clause (2) of article 184 shall apply in
relation to every such sitting as they apply in relation to a sitting from which the
Chairman or, as the case may be, the Deputy Chairman is absent.
(2) Th e Cha ir ma n s ha ll hav e th e r ight to sp ea k in, and oth er wi se to
t ake pa rt in th e pro ce ed ings of, th e Le gis la tiv e Coun ci l whi le any
r es olut ion for his r em ov al f rom offi ce i s unde r con sid er at ion in th e
Coun ci l a nd s ha ll, not with st anding any thing in a rt ic le 189, be ent itl ed
to vot e only in th e f ir st in st anc e on s uch re solu tion or on any othe r
m at te r during su ch proc ee ding s but not in the ca se of an equ ali ty of
vot es .
186. Salar ie s and allo wanc es of the Spe ake r and D ep uty Spea ke r
and th e Cha ir ma n and D epu ty Chai rman .— The re s ha ll be paid to the
Sp ea ke r and the De puty Spe ak er of the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly, a nd to the
Ch ai rm an and th e D eputy Cha ir ma n of th e L egis la tiv e Coun ci l, su ch
s al ar ie s a nd a llo wa nc es as m ay be r esp ec ti ve ly f ixe d by the Leg is la tur e
of th e St at e by l aw a nd, until provi sion in th at beh al f is so ma de , suc h
s al ar ie s a nd a llo wa nc es as a re s pe ci fi ed in th e Se cond Sch edul e.
187. S ec re ta ri at of Sta te L eg is latu re .— (1) The Hou se or e ac h
Hou se of th e Leg is la tur e of a S ta te sh al l h ave a s ep ar at e se cr et ar ia l
s ta ff :
Provid ed tha t nothing in thi s cl aus e sh al l, in th e ca se of the
L egi sl atu re of a St at e having a L egis la tiv e Counc il , b e c ons tru ed as
pr ev enting th e cr ea tion of post s co mm on to both Hous es of s uch
L egi sl atu re .
(2) Th e Le gis la tur e of a St at e m ay by l aw re gul at e th e re cr ui tm en t,
a nd the condi tions of s erv ic e of pe rson s appo int ed, to th e s ec re ta ri al
s ta ff of the Hou se or Hou se s of the L egi sl atu re of the St at e.
(3) Un til provi sion i s m ad e by th e L egi sl atu re of th e Sta te unde r
c la us e (2 ), th e Gov er nor m ay, af te r consu lt at ion wi th the Spe ake r of the
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly or the Ch ai rm an of the L egi sl at ive Coun cil , a s
th e ca se ma y be, ma ke ru le s re gul ating th e re cr uit me nt, and th e
c ondit ions of se rvi ce of p er sons appoin ted , to th e se cr et ar ia l s ta ff of
th e As se mb ly or the Counc il, and any rule s so m ad e sh al l hav e e ff ec t
sub je ct to the prov is ions of any la w ma de und er the s aid c la us e.
Conduc t of Bu sin es s
188. O ath o r aff ir ma tion by me mb er s. — Ev ery m em be r of the
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly or the L egi sl at ive Coun cil of a St at e sha ll, be for e
t aking his s ea t, m ak e and subs cr ib e befo re th e Gove rno r, or s om e
p er son appo inte d in tha t beh al f by him , an oath or affi rm at io n
a cc or ding to th e for m se t out fo r th e purpos e in the Th ird Sch edul e.
189. Voti ng in H ous es , po we r of H ou se s to act notw it hs tand ing
va canc ie s and quor um.— (1 ) S ave as othe rw is e prov ide d in thi s
Con st itut ion, al l qu es tions a t any sit ting of a Hous e of the L egis la tu re
of a St at e sha ll be de te rm in ed by a ma jo rity of vote s of the me mb er s
pr es en t and voting, oth er than th e Sp eak er or Ch ai rm an , or pe rs on
a ct ing as s uch .
The Sp eak er or Ch ai rm an , or pe rson a ct ing as su ch, sh al l not vot e in
th e fir st in st anc e, but sh all hav e and ex er ci se a ca st ing vote in the c as e
of an equ al ity of vote s.
(2) A Hous e of the Legi sl at ur e of a Sta te sh al l hav e pow er to ac t
not with st and ing any v ac an cy in th e me mb er sh ip th er eo f, and any
pro ce ed ings in the L egi sl atu re of a St at e sha ll be va lid notwi ths ta nding
th at i t is dis cove re d sub se quen tly th at som e per son who wa s not
e nti tle d s o to do s at or voted or othe rw is e took pa rt in th e proc ee ding s.
(3) Un til the L egi sl atu re of th e St at e by l aw oth er wi se provide s, th e
quoru m to c ons titu te a m ee ti ng of a Hous e of the Leg is la tur e of a Sta te
sh al l be ten me mb er s or on e- tenth of the tot al nu mbe r of m em be rs of
th e Hous e, wh ich ev er i s gr ea te r.
(4) If a t any tim e during a me et ing of the Legi sl at ive As se mb ly or
th e L egi sl ativ e Coun ci l of a Sta te th er e i s no quorum , it s ha ll be the
duty of the Spe ak er or Cha ir ma n, or pe rson a ct ing a s su ch, e ithe r to
a djourn th e H ous e or to su spe nd th e me et ing unti l th er e is a quoru m.
D isqua lif ic ation s of Mem be rs
190. Va cat ion of s ea ts . — (1) No pe rson sh al l b e a m em be r of both
Hou se s of th e Leg is la tur e of a St at e a nd provi sion s ha ll be ma de by the
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e by l aw fo r the va ca tion by a p er son w ho i s
c hos en a me mb er of both Hou se s of his se at in on e hous e or the oth er.
(2) No pe rson sha ll b e a m em be r of th e Le gis la tur es of t wo or m or e
St at es spe ci fi ed in the Fir st S chedu le a nd i f a p er son is cho sen a
m em be r of the Leg is la tur es of t wo or m or e su ch St at es , th en, a t th e
e xpir at ion of su ch p er iod as ma y b e spe ci fi ed in rul es ma de by the
P re sid ent , th at pe rson' s se at in th e Legi sl at ur es of al l suc h St at es sha ll
b eco me vac an t, unle ss h e h as pr eviou sly re si gned hi s s ea t in the
L egi sl atu re s of al l but one of the St at es .
(3) I f a m em be r of a Hou se of th e L egi sl atu re of a St at e—
(a) be co me s sub je ct to any of th e disqu al if ic at ions m en tione d in
c la us e (1) or cl au se (2 ) of a rt ic le 191; or
(b) r es igns hi s s ea t by w ri ting unde r hi s hand addr es se d to the
sp ea ke r or the Cha ir ma n, a s th e c as e ma y be , and hi s r es igna tion is
a cc ep te d by the Sp eak er or th e Cha ir ma n, as th e ca se ma y be,
hi s se at sh al l the reupon be co me vac an t:
Provid ed th at in the c as e of a ny re si gna tion r ef er re d to in s ub- cl aus e
( b), i f fro m in for ma ti on re ce iv ed or othe rw is e a nd af te r m ak ing su ch
inqui ry a s h e think s fi t, th e Spe ak er or the Cha ir ma n, a s the c as e m ay
b e, is sa ti sf ie d th at su ch re sign at ion is not volun ta ry or g enuine , he
sh al l not a cc ep t suc h r es ign at ion.
(4) I f fo r a per iod of s ixty days a m em be r of a Hou se of th e
L egi sl atu re of a Sta te is w ithou t pe rm is sion of the Hous e abs en t fro m
a ll me et ing s the re of, th e Hous e ma y dec la re his s ea t va ca nt:
Provid ed tha t in co mpu ting the sa id pe riod of sixty day s no a cc ount
sh al l be tak en of a ny p er iod dur ing w hic h th e Hous e i s pro rogue d or i s
a djourn ed for mo re th an four con se cu tiv e days .
191. Di squa li fic at ions for membe rs hi p. — (1 ) A pe rs on sha ll be
di squa li fi ed fo r being chos en as , and fo r be ing, a me mb er of th e
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly or Leg is la tiv e Counc il of a Sta te —
( a) if he hold s any o ff ic e of prof it unde r th e Gov ern me nt of
Ind ia or the Gov er nm en t of any St at e spe ci fi ed in the Fi rs t S che dule ,
oth er th an a n o ff ic e de cl ar ed by th e Leg is la tur e of the Sta te by la w
not to di squa li fy its hold er ;
( b) if he i s of unsound mind a nd st and s so dec la re d by a
c omp et en t c ourt ;
(c ) if he i s a n undi sc ha rg ed inso lve nt;
( d) if he i s not a c it iz en of Indi a, or has volunta ri ly a cqui re d
th e ci tiz en ship of a for eign St at e, or is unde r any ac know ledg me nt
of a lle gi anc e or adh er en ce to a for eign St at e;
( e ) if he i s so di squa li fi ed by or unde r any la w m ad e by
P ar lia me nt .
Exp lanation . — For th e purpo se s of this cl au se , a per son sh al l not be
d ee me d to hold a n offi ce of pro fit under the G ove rnm en t of Ind ia or the
Gov er nm en t of any Sta te spe ci fi ed in the Fir st S che dule by re as on only
th at he is a Min is te r eith er fo r the Un ion or fo r su ch St at e.
(2 ) A pe rs on sh al l be disqu al ifi ed for be ing a m em be r of th e
L egi sl at ive A ss em bl y or L egi sl at ive Counc il of a St at e i f he i s so
di squa li fi ed under th e Te nt h S che dule .
192. De ci si on on qu es ti ons as to di sq uali fi cat ions of membe rs .—
(1 ) If any que stion a ri se s a s to wh et he r a me mb er of a Hou se of th e
L egi sl atu re of a St at e has b eco me subj ec t to a ny of th e
di squa li fi ca tion s me ntion ed in c la us e (1) of ar ti cl e 191, th e que stion
sh al l be re fe rr ed fo r th e dec is ion of the Gov erno r and his de ci sion sh all
b e f ina l.
(2) Be for e giving any de ci si on on any su ch que st ion, th e Gov er nor
sh al l obt ain th e opinion of the Ele ct ion Co mm is si on and sha ll a ct
a cc or ding to su ch opinion.
 193. Pe nalty fo r s it ting and voting b efo re making oath or
af fi rmat ion und er ar tic le 188 or wh en no t qual ifi ed or wh en
di sq uali fi ed. — I f a per son si ts or vote s as a m em be r of th e L egi sl at ive
A ss em bl y or th e Legi sl at ive Coun ci l of a St at e be for e he has c omp li ed
w ith th e r equi re me nt s of ar ti cl e 188, or w hen he know s th at h e is not
qu ali fi ed or th at h e is disqu al ifi ed fo r m em be rs hip the reo f, or tha t he i s
proh ibit ed f rom so doing by th e provi sion s of a ny la w m ad e by
P ar lia me nt or th e L egi sl atu re of th e Sta te , h e s ha ll be lia bl e in r es pe ct
of ea ch day on whi ch h e so s it s or vot es to a p ena lty of f ive hundre d
rup ee s to be re cov er ed a s a debt due to the St at e.
Pow er s, P ri vil eg es and Im muni tie s of State L egi sla tures
and thei r Me mb er s
194. Po we rs , pr ivil eg es , et c. , of th e Hou se s of L egi sla tures and of
t he me mb er s and commi tt ee s the re of .— (1) Subje ct to the provis ions
of this Cons titu tion and to the rule s and s tand ing orde rs r egul at ing the
pro ce dur e of the L egi sl atu re , th er e sh al l be fr ee dom of sp ee ch in the
L egi sl atu re of ev er y St at e.
(2) No me mb er of the L egi sl atu re of a Sta te sh all be li abl e to any
pro ce ed ings in any cou rt in r es pe ct of any thing sa id or a ny vot e given
by him in the Leg is la tur e or any com mi tt ee the re of, and no p er son sha ll
b e so li abl e in re spe ct of th e publi ca tion by or under the autho rity of a
Hou se of s uch a L egis la tu re of any re port , p ape r, vote s or proc ee ding s.
(3) In other respects, the powers, privileges and immunities of a House of the
Legislature of a State, and of the members and the committees of a House of such
Legislature, shall be such as may from time to time be defined by the Legislature by law,
and, until so defined, shall be those of that House and of its members and committees
immediately before the coming into force of section 26 of the Constitution (Forty-fourth
Amendment) Act, 1978.
(4) The provisions of clauses (1), (2) and (3) shall apply in relation to persons who by
virtue of this Constitution have the right to speak in, and otherwise to take part in the
proceedings of, a House of the Legislature of a State or any committee thereof as they
apply in relation to members of that Legislature.
195. Salaries and allowances of members.—Members of the Legislative Assembly
and the Legislative Council of a State shall be entitled to receive such salaries and
allowances as may from time to time be determined, by the Legislature of the State by
law and, until provision in that respect is so made, salaries and allowances at such rates
and upon such conditions as were immediately before the commencement of this
Constitution applicable in the case of members of the Legislative Assembly of the
corresponding Province.
Legislative Procedure
196. Provisions as to introduction and passing of Bills.—(1) Subject to the
provisions of articles 198 and 207 with respect to Money Bills and other financial Bills, a
Bill may originate in either House of the Legislature of a State which has a Legislative
Council.
(2) Subject to the provisions of articles 197 and 198, a Bill shall not be deemed to
have been passed by the Houses of the Legislature of a State having a Legislative
Council unless it has been agreed to by both Houses, either without amendment or with
such amendments only as are agreed to by both Houses.
(3) A Bill pending in the Legislature of a State shall not lapse by reason of the
prorogation of the House or Houses thereof.
 (4) A Bill pending in the Legislative Council of a State which has not been passed by
the Legislative Assembly shall not lapse on a dissolution of the Assembly.
(5) A Bill which is pending in the Legislative Assembly of a State, or which having
been passed by the Legislative Assembly is pending in the Legislative Council, shall
lapse on a dissolution of the Assembly.
197. Restriction on powers of Legislative Council as to Bills other than Money
Bills.—(1) If after a Bill has been passed by the Legislative Assembly of a State having a
Legislative Council and transmitted to the Legislative Council—
(a) the Bill is rejected by the Council; or
(b) more than three months elapse from the date on which the Bill is laid before
the Council without the Bill being passed by it; or
(c) the Bill is passed by the Council with amendments to which the Legislative
Assembly does not agree;
th e Leg is la tive A ss em bl y m ay, subj ec t to th e rule s r egul at ing i ts
pro ce dur e, pa ss th e Bil l a ga in in th e s am e or in any sub se quen t s es si on
w ith or withou t su ch a me nd me nts , if any, as have be en m ad e, sugge st ed
or agr ee d to by the Leg is la tiv e Coun cil and th en tr an sm it the B ill as so
p as se d to the L egi sl at ive Coun ci l.
(2) If a ft er a B ill has be en so p as se d fo r the se cond tim e by th e
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly and tr an sm it ted to the L egi sl ativ e Counc il —
(a) th e B ill i s r ej ec te d by th e Coun ci l; or
(b) mo re th an one month e lap se s f rom th e dat e on wh ich th e
B ill i s l aid be for e the Coun cil w ithout th e B ill be ing pas se d by it;
or
(c ) the B ill is p as se d by the Counc il w ith a me nd me nt s to
wh ic h th e Leg is la tive A ss em bl y do es not agr ee ;
th e Bi ll s ha ll be dee me d to have be en pa ss ed by th e Hou se s of th e
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e in the for m in whi ch it wa s pa ss ed by th e
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly fo r th e se cond ti me with su ch am en dm en ts , i f
a ny, as h ave be en ma de or sugg es te d by the L egi sl ativ e Counc il and
a gr ee d to by th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bl y.
(3 ) Nothing in this a rt ic le sh al l apply to a Money Bil l.
198. Spe ci al proc ed ure in res pe ct of Mon ey Bi lls .— (1 ) A Mon ey
B ill sh al l not be int roduc ed in a L egi sl at ive Coun ci l.
(2) A ft er a Mon ey Bi ll h as b een pas se d by th e Leg is la tiv e A ss em bly
of a St at e having a L egis la tiv e Counc il , it sh al l be tra ns mi tt ed to th e
L egi sl at ive Coun ci l fo r its r ec om me nd ation s, and th e L egi sl at ive
Coun ci l sh al l wi thin a per iod of fou rt ee n day s f rom the d at e of it s
r ec ei pt of the Bil l re turn the B ill to the Leg is la tive As se mb ly w ith its
r ec om me nd at ions , a nd th e Leg is la tive A ss em bl y m ay th er eupon ei the r
a cc ep t or re je ct al l or any of the re co mm en da tion s of th e L egi sl ativ e
Coun ci l.
(3 ) If the L egi sl ativ e As se mb ly ac ce pt s any of the r ec om me nd at ions
of the L egi sl at ive Counc il, the Mon ey Bi ll s ha ll be dee me d to have
b een pa ss ed by both Hou se s wi th the am en dm en ts r ec om me nde d by the
L egi sl at ive Coun ci l a nd a cc ep te d by the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly.
(4) If th e L egi sl ativ e A ss em bl y doe s not a cc ep t a ny of th e
r ec om me nd at ions of the Leg is la tive Counc il , the Money B ill sha ll b e
d ee me d to hav e b een pas se d by both Hou se s in the for m in wh ich it w as
p as se d by the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly w ithout any of th e a me nd me nt s
r ec om me nd ed by the L egi sl at ive Coun ci l.
 (5) If a Money B ill pas se d by th e Leg is la tiv e A ss em bly and
t ran sm it te d to the L egi sl at ive Coun ci l fo r its r ec om me nd ation s is not
r etu rne d to the Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly with in th e sa id p eriod of four te en
d ays, it sh al l be d ee me d to h ave bee n pa ss ed by both Hou se s at the
e xpir at ion of th e s aid per iod in th e for m in whi ch it w as p as se d by the
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly.
199. Definition of “Money Bills”.—(1) For the purposes of this Chapter, a Bill shall
be deemed to be a Money Bill if it contains only provisions dealing with all or any of the
following matters, namely:—
(a) the imposition, abolition, remission, alteration or regulation of any tax;
(b) the regulation of the borrowing of money or the giving of any guarantee by
the State, or the amendment of the law with respect to any financial obligations
undertaken or to be undertaken by the State;
(c) the custody of the Consolidated Fund or the Contingency Fund of the State,
the payment of moneys into or the withdrawal of moneys from any such Fund;
(d) the appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of the State;
(e) the declaring of any expenditure to be expenditure charged on the
Consolidated Fund of the State, or the increasing of the amount of any such
expenditure;
(f) the receipt of money on account of the Consolidated Fund of the State or the
public account of the State or the custody or issue of such money; or
(g) any matter incidental to any of the matters specified in sub-clauses (a) to (f).
(2) A Bill shall not be deemed to be a Money Bill by reason only that it provides for
the imposition of fines or other pecuniary penalties, or for the demand or payment of fees
for licences or fees for services rendered, or by reason that it provides for the imposition,
abolition, remission, alteration or regulation of any tax by any local authority or body for
local purposes.
(3) If any question arises whether a Bill introduced in the Legislature of a State which
has a Legislative Council is a Money Bill or not, the decision of the Speaker of the
Legislative Assembly of such State thereon shall be final.
(4) There shall be endorsed on every Money Bill when it is transmitted to the
Legislative Council under article 198, and when it is presented to the Governor for assent
under article 200, the certificate of the Speaker of the Legislative Assembly signed by
him that it is a Money Bill.
200. Assent to Bills.—When a Bill has been passed by the Legislative Assembly of a
State or, in the case of a State having a Legislative Council, has been passed by both
Houses of the Legislature of the State, it shall be presented to the Governor and the
Governor shall declare either that he assents to the Bill or that he withholds assent
therefrom or that he reserves the Bill for the consideration of the President:
Provided that the Governor may, as soon as possible after the presentation to him of
the Bill for assent, return the Bill if it is not a Money Bill together with a message
requesting that the House or Houses will reconsider the Bill or any specified provisions
thereof and, in particular, will consider the desirability of introducing any such
amendments as he may recommend in his message and, whe n a B ill is s o re turn ed,
th e Hou se or Hou se s sha ll re con sid er the B ill ac co rding ly, and if th e
B ill is p as se d ag ain by th e Hou se or Hou se s with or wi thout a me nd me nt
a nd pre se nt ed to th e Gov er nor fo r a ss en t, th e Gov er nor sh al l not
w ithhold a ss en t the re fro m:
Provid ed fu rth er tha t the Gove rno r sh all not as se nt to, but sh al l
r es er ve for the cons ide ra tion of the Pr es ide nt, a ny Bi ll wh ich in the
opinion of the Gove rno r would , if it be ca me la w, s o de roga te fro m th e
pow er s of the H igh Cou rt a s to e ndang er th e posit ion whi ch that Cou rt
i s by this Con st itut ion d es igned to fil l.
201. B ill s re se rv ed fo r c ons id er atio n.— When a Bi ll is r es er ved by a
Gov er nor fo r th e con sid er at ion of th e P re sid ent , the Pre si den t sh al l
d ec la re e ith er th at he as se nt s to the Bi ll or th at he w ithhold s as se nt
th er ef ro m:
Provid ed tha t, whe re the Bi ll is not a Money Bil l, the Pr es id ent ma y
di re ct th e Gove rnor to re turn th e B ill to the Hou se or, a s th e c as e ma y
b e, the Hou se s of the Le gis la tur e of the St at e toge the r with su ch a
m es sa ge as is me nt ioned in the fi rs t provis o to ar ti cl e 200 and , w hen a
B ill is so re turn ed, the H ous e or H ous es sh al l re con sid er it a cc ord ingly
w ithin a pe riod of six mon ths f rom th e dat e of r ec ei pt of suc h m es sa ge
a nd, if it i s ag ain p as se d by the Hous e or Hous es w ith or w ithou t
a me nd me nt, it sh al l be pr es en te d ag ain to th e P re sid ent for hi s
c ons ide ra tion.
Pro ce dure in Finan cial Matt er s
202. A nnual fi nanc ial s tat emen t. — (1) The Gov erno r sha ll in re spe ct
of eve ry f inan ci al ye ar ca us e to b e la id be for e th e Hou se or Hou se s of
th e Leg is la tur e of th e Sta te a s ta te me nt of th e e st im at ed r ec ei pt s and
e xpend itur e of the Sta te for th at yea r, in this Pa rt r ef er re d to a s the
“ annu al fin an ci al s ta te me nt" .
(2) The es ti ma te s of e xpend itu re e mbodi ed in the annu al fin an ci al
s ta te me nt sh al l show s ep ar at el y—
(a) th e s um s re quir ed to m ee t e xpend itu re de sc ri bed by thi s
Con st itut ion as exp endi tur e ch arge d upon th e Cons olid at ed Fund of
th e Sta te ; and
(b ) th e su ms r equi red to me et oth er e xpend itu re propos ed to b e
m ad e fro m the Con sol ida ted Fund of the St at e;
a nd sh al l dist ingui sh expe nditu re on r ev enue a cc oun t f rom oth er
e xpend itur e.
(3) Th e fol low ing exp endi tur e sh al l be e xpend itu re cha rg ed on th e
Con sol ida ted Fund of e ac h St at e—
(a) th e em olu me nts a nd a llo wa nc es of th e Gove rno r a nd oth er
e xpend itur e re la ting to his o ffi ce ;
( b) th e s al ar ie s and a llo wan ce s of th e Spe ak er and th e D eputy
Sp ea ke r of th e L egi sl ativ e A ss em bl y and, in the ca se of a St at e
h aving a Leg is la tive Coun ci l, al so of the Cha ir ma n and the D eputy
Ch ai rm an of the L egi sl at ive Coun ci l;
( c ) d ebt ch arge s for whi ch th e St at e i s li abl e in cluding inte re st ,
s inking fund cha rg es and re de mp tion cha rg es , and oth er exp endi tur e
r el at ing to th e r ai si ng of lo ans and th e s er vi ce a nd r ed em ption of
d ebt;
(d ) e xpend itur e in re spe ct of th e s al ar ie s and a llo wan ce s of
Judg es of a ny H igh Court ;
(e ) any sum s r equi re d to sa ti sf y a ny judg me nt, de cr ee or aw ar d
of any cou rt or arb it ra l t ribun al;
( f) a ny othe r exp endi tur e d ec la re d by this Cons titu tion, or by
th e Leg is la tur e of th e Sta te by la w, to be so c ha rg ed .
203. Proc ed ure in Leg is latu re wi th res pe ct to e st imat es .— (1 ) So
m uch of the es ti ma te s as r el at es to exp endi tur e ch arge d upon the
Con sol ida ted Fund of a S ta te sha ll not be sub mi tt ed to th e vote of th e
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly, but nothing in this c lau se sha ll be con st rued a s
pr ev enting th e dis cus sion in the L egi sl atu re of any of thos e es ti ma te s.
(2) So much of the said estimates as relates to other expenditure shall be submitted
in the form of demands for grants to the Legislative Assembly, and the Legislative
Assembly shall have power to assent, or to refuse to assent, to any demand, or to assent
to any demand subject to a reduction of the amount specified therein.
(3) No demand for a grant shall be made except on the recommendation of the
Governor.
204. Appropriation Bills.—(1) As soon as may be after the grants under article 203
have been made by the Assembly, there shall be introduced a Bill to provide for the
appropriation out of the Consolidated Fund of the State of all moneys required to meet—
(a) the grants so made by the Assembly; and
(b) the expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of the State but not
exceeding in any case the amount shown in the statement previously laid before the
House or Houses.
(2) No amendment shall be proposed to any such Bill in the House or either House of
the Legislature of the State which will have the effect of varying the amount or altering
the destination of any grant so made or of varying the amount of any expenditure
charged on the Consolidated Fund of the State, and the decision of the person presiding
as to whether an amendment is inadmissible under this clause shall be final.
(3) Subject to the provisions of articles 205 and 206, no money shall be withdrawn
from the Consolidated Fund of the State except under appropriation made by law passed
in accordance with the provisions of this article.
205. Supplementary, additional or excess grants.—(1) The Governor shall—
(a) if the amount authorised by any law made in accordance with the provisions
of article 204 to be expended for a particular service for the current financial year is
found to be insufficient for the purposes of that year or when a need has arisen during
the current financial year for supplementary or additional expenditure upon some
new service not contemplated in the annual financial statement for that year, or
(b) if any money has been spent on any service during a financial year in excess
of the amount granted for that service and for that year,
cause to be laid before the House or the Houses of the Legislature of the State another
statement showing the estimated amount of that expenditure or cause to be presented to
the Legislative Assembly of the State a demand for such excess, as the case may be.
(2) The provisions of articles 202, 203 and 204 shall have effect in relation to any
such statement and expenditure or demand and also to any law to be made authorising
the appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of the State to meet such
expenditure or the grant in respect of such demand as they have effect in relation to the
annual financial statement and the expenditure mentioned therein or to a demand for a
grant and the law to be made for the authorisation of appropriation of moneys out of the
Consolidated Fund of the State to meet such expenditure or grant.
206. Votes on account, votes of credit and exceptional grants.—(1)
Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, the Legislative
Assembly of a State shall have power—
(a) to make any grant in advance in respect of the estimated expenditure for a
part of any financial year pending the completion of the procedure prescribed in
article 203 for the voting of such grant and the passing of the law in accordance with
the provisions of article 204 in relation to that expenditure;
(b) to make a grant for meeting an unexpected demand upon the resources of the
State when on account of the magnitude or the indefinite character of the service the
demand cannot be stated with the details ordinarily given in an annual financial
statement;
 (c) to make an exceptional grant which forms no part of the current service of
any financial year;
and the Legislature of the State shall have power to authorise by law the withdrawal of
moneys from the Consolidated Fund of the State for the purposes for which the said
grants are made.
(2) The provisions of articles 203 and 204 shall have effect in relation to the making
of any grant under clause (1) and to any law to be made under that clause as they have
effect in relation to the making of a grant with regard to any expenditure mentioned in
the annual financial statement and the law to be made for the authorisation of
appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated Fund of the State to meet such
expenditure.
207. Special provisions as to financial Bills.—(1) A Bill or amendment making
provision for any of the matters specified in sub-clauses (a) to (f) of clause (1) of article
199 shall not be introduced or moved except on the recommendation of the Governor,
and a Bill making such provision shall not be introduced in a Legislative Council:
Provided that no recommendation shall be required under this clause for the moving
of an amendment making provision for the reduction or abolition of any tax.
(2) A Bill or amendment shall not be deemed to make provision for any of the matters
aforesaid by reason only that it provides for the imposition of fines or other pecuniary
penalties, or for the demand or payment of fees for licences or fees for services rendered,
or by reason that it provides for the imposition, abolition, remission, alteration or
regulation of any tax by any local authority or body for local purposes.
(3) A Bill which, if enacted and brought into operation, would involve expenditure
from the Consolidated Fund of a State shall not be passed by a House of the Legislature
of the State unless the Governor has recommended to that House the consideration of the
Bill.
Procedure Generally
208. Rules of procedure.—(1) A House of the Legislature of a State may make rules
for regulating, subject to the provisions of this Constitution, its procedure and the
conduct of its business.
(2) Until rules are made under clause (1), the rules of procedure and standing orders
in force immediately before the commencement of this Constitution with respect to the
Legislature for the corresponding Province shall have effect in relation to the Legislature
of the State subject to such modifications and adaptations as may be made therein by the
Speaker of the Legislative Assembly, or the Chairman of the Legislative Council, as the
case may be.
(3) In a State having a Legislative Council the Governor, after consultation with the
Speaker of the Legislative Assembly and the Chairman of the Legislative Council, may
make rules as to the procedure with respect to communications between the two Houses.
209. Regulation by law of procedure in the Legislature of the State in relation to
financial business. —The Legislature of a State may, for the purpose of the timely
completion of financial business, regulate by law the procedure of, and the conduct of
business in, the House or Houses of the Legislature of the State in relation to any
financial matter or to any Bill for the appropriation of moneys out of the Consolidated
Fund of the State, and, if and so far as any provision of any law so made is inconsistent
with any rule made by the House or either House of the Legislature of the State under
clause (1) of article 208 or with any rule or standing order having effect in relation to the
Legislature of the State under clause (2) of that article, such provision shall prevail.
210. Language to be used in the Legislature.—(1) Notwithstanding anything in Part
XVII, but subject to the provisions of article 348, business in the Legislature of a State
shall be transacted in the official language or languages of the State or in Hindi or in
English:
 Provided that the Speaker of the Legislative Assembly or Chairman of the Legislative
Council, or person acting as such, as the case may be, may permit any member who
cannot adequately express himself in any of the languages aforesaid to address the House
in his mother-tongue.
(2) Unless the Legislature of the State by law otherwise provides, this article shall,
after the expiration of a period of fifteen years from the commencement of this
Constitution, have effect as if the words “or in English” were omitted therefrom:
Provided that in relation to the Legislatures of the States of Himachal Pradesh,
Manipur, Meghalaya and Tripura this clause shall have effect as if for the words "fifteen"
years occurring therein, the words "twenty-five years" were substituted:
Provided further that in relation to the Legislatures of the States of Arunachal
Pradesh, Goa and Mizoram, this clause shall have effect as if for the words "fifteen
years" occurring therein, the words "forty years" were substituted.
211. Restriction on discussion in the Legislature. —No discussion shall take place
in the Legislature of a State with respect to the conduct of any Judge of the Supreme
Court or of a High Court in the discharge of his duties.
212. Courts not to inquire into proceedings of the Legislature.—(1) The validity
of any proceedings in the Legislature of a State shall not be called in question on the
ground of any alleged irregularity of procedure.
(2) No officer or member of the Legislature of a State in whom powers are vested by
or under this Constitution for regulating procedure or the conduct of business, or for
maintaining order, in the Legislature shall be subject to the jurisdiction of any court in
respect of the exercise by him of those powers.

CHAPTER IV.—LEGISLATIVE POWER OF THE GOVERNOR

213. Power of Governor to promulgate Ordinances during recess of Legislature.
—(1) If at any time, except when the Legislative Assembly of a State is in session, or
where there is a Legislative Council in a State, except when both Houses of the
Legislature are in session, the Governor is satisfied that circumstances exist which render
it necessary for him to take immediate action, he may promulgate such Ordinances as
the circumstances appear to him to require:
Provided that the Governor shall not, without instructions from the President,
promulgate any such Ordinance if—
(a) a Bill containing the same provisions would under this Constitution have
required the previous sanction of the President for the introduction thereof into the
Legislature; or
(b) he would have deemed it necessary to reserve a Bill containing the same
provisions for the consideration of the President; or
(c) an Act of the Legislature of the State containing the same provisions would
under this Constitution have been invalid unless, having been reserved for the
consideration of the President, it had received the assent of the President.
(2) An Ordinance promulgated under this article shall have the same force and effect
as an Act of the Legislature of the State assented to by the Governor, but every such
Ordinance—
(a) shall be laid before the Legislative Assembly of the State, or where there is a
Legislative Council in the State, before both the Houses, and shall cease to operate at
the expiration of six weeks from the reassembly of the Legislature, or if before the
expiration of that period a resolution disapproving it is passed by the Legislative
Assembly and agreed to by the Legislative Council, if any, upon the passing of the
resolution or, as the case may be, on the resolution being agreed to by the Council;
and
(b) may be withdrawn at any time by the Governor.
 Explanation.—Where the Houses of the Legislature of a State having a Legislative
Council are summoned to reassemble on different dates, the period of six weeks shall be
reckoned from the later of those dates for the purposes of this clause.
(3) If and so far as an Ordinance under this article makes any provision which would
not be valid if enacted in an Act of the Legislature of the State assented to by the
Governor, it shall be void:
Provided that, for the purposes of the provisions of this Constitution relating to the
effect of an Act of the Legislature of a State which is repugnant to an Act of Parliament
or an existing law with respect to a matter enumerated in the Concurrent List, an
Ordinance promulgated under this article in pursuance of instructions from the President
shall be deemed to be an Act of the Legislature of the State which has been reserved for
the consideration of the President and assented to by him.
* * * * *

CHAPTER V.—THE HIGH COURTS IN THE STATES

214. High Courts for States.—There shall be a High Court for each State.
* * * * *

215. High Courts to be courts of record.—Every High Court shall be a court of

record and shall have all the powers of such a court including the power to punish for
contempt of itself.
216. Constitution of High Courts.—Every High Court shall consist of a Chief
Justice and such other Judges as the President may from time to time deem it necessary
to appoint.
* * * * *
217. Appointment and conditions of the office of a Judge of a High Court.— (1)
Every Judge of a High Court shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his
hand and seal after consultation with the Chief Justice of India, the Governor of the
State, and, in the case of appointment of a Judge other than the Chief Justice, the Chief
Justice of the High Court, and shall hold office, in the case of an additional or acting
Judge, as provided in article 224, and in any other case, until he attains the age of sixty-
two years:
Provided that—
(a) a Judge may, by writing under his hand addressed to the President, resign his
office;
(b) a Judge may be removed from his office by the President in the manner
provided in clause (4) of article 124 for the removal of a Judge of the Supreme Court;
(c) the office of a Judge shall be vacated by his being appointed by the President
to be a Judge of the Supreme Court or by his being transferred by the President to
any other High Court within the territory of India.
(2) A person shall not be qualified for appointment as a Judge of a High Court unless
he is a citizen of India and—
(a) has for at least ten years held a judicial office in the territory of India; or
(b) has for at least ten years been an advocate of a High Court or of two or more
such Courts in succession.
* * * * *
Explanation.—For the purposes of this clause—
(a) in computing the period during which a person has held judicial office in the
territory of India, there shall be included any period, after he has held any judicial
office, during which the person has been an advocate of a High Court or has held the
 office of a member of a tribunal or any post, under the Union or a State, requiring
special knowledge of law;
(aa) in computing the period during which a person has been an advocate of a
High Court, there shall be included any period during which the person has held
judicial office or the office of a member of a tribunal or any post, under the Union or a
State, requiring special knowledge of law after he became an advocate;
(b) in computing the period during which a person has held judicial office in the
territory of India or been an advocate of a High Court, there shall be included any
period before the commencement of this Constitution during which he has held
judicial office in any area which was comprised before the fifteenth day of August,
1947, within India as defined by the Government of India Act, 1935, or has been an
advocate of any High Court in any such area, as the case may be.
(3) If any question arises as to the age of a Judge of a High Court, the question shall
be decided by the President after consultation with the Chief Justice of India and the
decision of the President shall be final.
218. Application of certain provisions relating to Supreme Court to High Courts.
— The provisions of clauses (4) and (5) of article 124 shall apply in relation to a High
Court as they apply in relation to the Supreme Court with the substitution of references
to the High Court for references to the Supreme Court.
219. Oath or affirmation by Judges of High Courts.—Every person appointed to
be a Judge of a High Court shall, before he enters upon his office, make and subscribe
before the Governor of the State, or some person appointed in that behalf by him, an oath
or affirmation according to the form set out for the purpose in the Third Schedule.
220. Restriction on practice after being a permanent Judge.—No person who,
after the commencement of this Constitution, has held office as a permanent Judge of a
High Court shall plead or act in any court or before any authority in India except the
Supreme Court and the other High Courts.
Explanation.—In this article, the expression “High Court” does not include a High
Court for a State specified in Part B of the First Schedule as it existed before the
commencement of the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956.
221. Salaries, etc., of Judges.—(1) There shall be paid to the Judges of each High
Court such salaries as may be determined by Parliament by law and, until provision in
that behalf is so made, such salaries as are specified in the Second Schedule.
(2) Every Judge shall be entitled to such allowances and to such rights in respect of
leave of absence and pension as may from time to time be determined by or under law
made by Parliament and, until so determined, to such allowances and rights as are
specified in the Second Schedule:
Provided that neither the allowances of a Judge nor his rights in respect of leave of
absence or pension shall be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.
222. Transfer of a Judge from one High Court to another.—(1) The President may,
after consultation with the Chief Justice of India, transfer a Judge from one High Court
to any other High Court.
(2) When a Judge has been or is so transferred, he shall, during the period he serves,
after the commencement of the Constitution (Fifteenth Amendment) Act, 1963, as a
Judge of the other High Court, be entitled to receive in addition to his salary such
compensatory allowance as may be determined by Parliament by law and, until so
determined, such compensatory allowance as the President may by order fix.
223. Appointment of acting Chief Justice.—When the office of Chief Justice of a
High Court is vacant or when any such Chief Justice is, by reason of absence or
otherwise, unable to perform the duties of his office, the duties of the office shall be
performed by such one of the other Judges of the Court as the President may appoint for
the purpose.
 224. Appointment of additional and acting Judges.—(1) If by reason of any
temporary increase in the business of a High Court or by reason of arrears of work
therein, it appears to the President that the number of the Judges of that Court should be
for the time being increased, the President may appoint duly qualified persons to be
additional Judges of the Court for such period not exceeding two years as he may
specify.
(2) When any Judge of a High Court other than the Chief Justice is by reason of
absence or for any other reason unable to perform the duties of his office or is appointed
to act temporarily as Chief Justice, the President may appoint a duly qualified person to
act as a Judge of that Court until the permanent Judge has resumed his duties.
(3) No person appointed as an additional or acting Judge of a High Court shall hold
office after attaining the age of sixty-two years.
224A. Appointment of retired Judges at sittings of High Courts.—
Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter, the Chief Justice of a High Court for any State
may at any time, with the previous consent of the President, request any person who has
held the office of a Judge of that Court or of any other High Court to sit and act as a
Judge of the High Court for that State, and every such person so requested shall, while so
sitting and acting, be entitled to such allowances as the President may by order determine
and have all the jurisdiction, powers and privileges of, but shall not otherwise be deemed
to be, a Judge of that High Court:
Provided that nothing in this article shall be deemed to require any such person as
aforesaid to sit and act as a Judge of that High Court unless he consents so to do.
225. Jurisdiction of existing High Courts.—Subject to the provisions of this
Constitution and to the provisions of any law of the appropriate Legislature made by
virtue of powers conferred on that Legislature by this Constitution, the jurisdiction of,
and the law administered in, any existing High Court, and the respective powers of the
Judges thereof in relation to the administration of justice in the Court, including any
power to make rules of Court and to regulate the sittings of the Court and of members
thereof sitting alone or in Division Courts, shall be the same as immediately before the
commencement of this Constitution:
Provided that any restriction to which the exercise of original jurisdiction by any of
the High Courts with respect to any matter concerning the revenue or concerning any act
ordered or done in the collection thereof was subject immediately before the
commencement of this Constitution shall no longer apply to the exercise of such
jurisdiction.
226. Power of High Courts to issue certain writs.—(1) Notwithstanding anything in
article 32 every High Court shall have power, throughout the territories in relation to
which it exercises jurisdiction, to issue to any person or authority, including in
appropriate cases, any Government, within those territories directions, orders or writs,
including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto
and certiorari, or any of them, for the enforcement of any of the rights conferred by Part
III and for any other purpose.
(2) The power conferred by clause (1) to issue directions, orders or writs to any
Government, authority or person may also be exercised by any High Court exercising
jurisdiction in relation to the territories within which the cause of action, wholly or in
part, arises for the exercise of such power, notwithstanding that the seat of such
Government or authority or the residence of such person is not within those territories.
(3) Where any party against whom an interim order, whether by way of injunction or
stay or in any other manner, is made on, or in any proceedings relating to, a petition
under clause (1), without—
(a) furnishing to such party copies of such petition and all documents in support
of the plea for such interim order; and
(b) giving such party an opportunity of being heard,
makes an application to the High Court for the vacation of such order and furnishes a
copy of such application to the party in whose favour such order has been made or the
counsel of such party, the High Court shall dispose of the application within a period of
two weeks from the date on which it is received or from the date on which the copy of
such application is so furnished, whichever is later, or where the High Court is closed on
the last day of that period, before the expiry of the next day afterwards on which the
High Court is open; and if the application is not so disposed of, the interim order shall,
on the expiry of that period, or, as the case may be, the expiry of the said next day, stand
vacated.
(4) The power conferred on a High Court by this article shall not be in derogation of
the power conferred on the Supreme Court by clause (2) of article 32.
226A. [Constitutional validity of Central laws not to be considered in proceedings
under article 226.] Rep. by the Constitution (Forty-third Amendment) Act, 1977, s. 8
(w.e.f. 13-4-1978).
227. Power of superintendence over all courts by the High Court.—(1) Every
High Court shall have superintendence over all courts and tribunals throughout the
territories in relation to which it exercises jurisdiction.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provision, the High Court
may—
(a) call for returns from such courts;
(b) make and issue general rules and prescribe forms for regulating the practice
and proceedings of such courts; and
(c) prescribe forms in which books, entries and accounts shall be kept by the
officers of any such courts.
(3) The High Court may also settle tables of fees to be allowed to the sheriff and all
clerks and officers of such courts and to attorneys, advocates and pleaders practising
therein:
Provided that any rules made, forms prescribed or tables settled under clause (2) or
clause (3) shall not be inconsistent with the provision of any law for the time being in
force, and shall require the previous approval of the Governor.
(4) Nothing in this article shall be deemed to confer on a High Court powers of
superintendence over any court or tribunal constituted by or under any law relating to the
Armed Forces.
* * * * *
228. Transfer of certain cases to High Court.—If the High Court is satisfied that a
case pending in a court subordinate to it involves a substantial question of law as to the
interpretation of this Constitution the determination of which is necessary for the
disposal of the case, it shall withdraw the case and may—
(a) either dispose of the case itself, or
(b) determine the said question of law and return the case to the court from
which the case has been so withdrawn together with a copy of its judgment on such
question, and the said court shall on receipt thereof proceed to dispose of the case in
conformity with such judgment.
228A. [Special provisions as to disposal of questions relating to constitutional
validity of State laws.] Rep. by the Constitution (Forty-third Amendment) Act, 1977, s. 10
(w.e.f. 13-4-1978).
229. Officers and servants and the expenses of High Courts.—(1) Appointments
of officers and servants of a High Court shall be made by the Chief Justice of the Court
or such other Judge or officer of the Court as he may direct:
Provided that the Governor of the State may by rule require that in such cases as may
be specified in the rule no person not already attached to the Court shall be appointed to
any office connected with the Court save after consultation with the State Public Service
Commission.
(2) Subject to the provisions of any law made by the Legislature of the State, the
conditions of service of officers and servants of a High Court shall be such as may be
prescribed by rules made by the Chief Justice of the Court or by some other Judge or
officer of the Court authorised by the Chief Justice to make rules for the purpose:
Provided that the rules made under this clause shall, so far as they relate to salaries,
allowances, leave or pensions, require the approval of the Governor of the State.
(3) The administrative expenses of a High Court, including all salaries, allowances
and pensions payable to or in respect of the officers and servants of the Court, shall be
charged upon the Consolidated Fund of the State, and any fees or other moneys taken by
the Court shall form part of that Fund.
230. Extension of jurisdiction of High Courts to Union territories.—(1)
Parliament may by law extend the jurisdiction of a High Court to, or exclude the
jurisdiction of a High Court from, any Union territory.
(2) Where the High Court of a State exercises jurisdiction in relation to a Union
territory,—
( a) nothing in thi s Cons titu tion sha ll be con st rue d a s
e mpo we ri ng th e Leg is la tur e of th e Sta te to in cr ea se , r es tr ic t or
a boli sh tha t ju ris dic tion ; a nd
( b) th e re fe re nc e in ar ti cl e 227 to th e Gov er nor sh al l, in r el at ion
to a ny rul es , fo rm s or tab le s fo r subo rdina te cou rt s in th at t er ri tory,
b e c ons tru ed as a r ef er en ce to th e Pre si den t.
231. Establishment of a common High Court for two or more States.—(1)
Notwithstanding anything contained in the preceding provisions of this Chapter,
Parliament may by law establish a common High Court for two or more States or for two
or more States and a Union territory.
(2) In relation to any such High Court,—
(a) the reference in article 217 to the Governor of the State shall be construed as
a reference to the Governors of all the States in relation to which the High Court
exercises jurisdiction;
(b) the reference in article 227 to the Governor shall, in relation to any rules,
forms or tables for subordinate courts, be construed as a reference to the Governor of
the State in which the subordinate courts are situate; and
(c) the references in articles 219 and 229 to the State shall be construed as a
reference to the State in which the High Court has its principal seat:
Provided that if such principal seat is in a Union territory, the references in articles
219 and 229 to the Governor, Public Service Commission, Legislature and Consolidated
Fund of the State shall be construed respectively as references to the President, Union
Public Service Commission, Parliament and Consolidated Fund of India.

CHAPTER VI.—SUBORDINATE COURTS

233. Appointment of district judges.—(1) Appointments of persons to be, and the
posting and promotion of, district judges in any State shall be made by the Governor of
the State in consultation with the High Court exercising jurisdiction in relation to such
State.
(2) A person not already in the service of the Union or of the State shall only be
eligible to be appointed a district judge if he has been for not less than seven years an
advocate or a pleader and is recommended by the High Court for appointment.
 233A. Validation of appointments of, and judgments, etc., delivered by,
certain district judges. —Notwithstanding any judgment, decree or order of any court,
—
(a) (i) no appointment of any person already in the judicial service of a State
or of any person who has been for not less than seven years an advocate or a pleader,
to be a district judge in that State, and
(ii) no posting, promotion or transfer of any such person as a district judge,
made at any time before the commencement of the Constitution (Twentieth Amendment)
Act, 1966, otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of article 233 or article 235
shall be deemed to be illegal or void or ever to have become illegal or void by reason
only of the fact that such appointment, posting, promotion or transfer was not made in
accordance with the said provisions;
(b) no jurisdiction exercised, no judgment, decree, sentence or order passed or
made, and no other act or proceedings done or taken, before the commencement of
the Constitution (Twentieth Amendment) Act, 1966 by, or before, any person
appointed, posted, promoted or transferred as a district judge in any State otherwise
than in accordance with the provisions of article 233 or article 235 shall be deemed to
be illegal or invalid or ever to have become illegal or invalid by reason only of the
fact that such appointment, posting, promotion or transfer was not made in
accordance with the said provisions.
234. Recruitment of persons other than district judges to the judicial service.—
Appointments of persons other than district judges to the judicial service of a State shall
be made by the Governor of the State in accordance with rules made by him in that
behalf after consultation with the State Public Service Commission and with the High
Court exercising jurisdiction in relation to such State.
235. Control over subordinate courts.— The control over district courts and courts
subordinate thereto including the posting and promotion of, and the grant of leave to,
persons belonging to the judicial service of a State and holding any post inferior to the
post of district judge shall be vested in the High Court, but nothing in this article shall be
construed as taking away from any such person any right of appeal which he may have
under the law regulating the conditions of his service or as authorising the High Court to
deal with him otherwise than in accordance with the conditions of his service prescribed
under such law.
236. Interpretation.— In this Chapter—
(a) the expression “district judge” includes judge of a city civil court, additional
district judge, joint district judge, assistant district judge, chief judge of a small cause
court, chief presidency magistrate, additional chief presidency magistrate, sessions
judge, additional sessions judge and assistant sessions Judge;
(b) the expression “judicial service” means a service consisting exclusively of
persons intended to fill the post of district judge and other civil judicial posts inferior
to the post of district judge.
237. Application of the provisions of this Chapter to certain class or classes of
magistrates.—The Governor may by public notification direct that the foregoing
provisions of this Chapter and any rules made thereunder shall with effect from such date
as may be fixed by him in that behalf apply in relation to any class or classes of
magistrates in the State as they apply in relation to persons appointed to the judicial
service of the State subject to such exceptions and modifications as may be specified in
the notification.
 PART VII.—[The States in Part B of the First Schedule]. Rep. by the
Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.

84
 PART VIII
THE UNION TERRITORIES
239. Administration of Union territories.—(1) Save as otherwise provided by
Parliament by law, every Union territory shall be administered by the President acting, to
such extent as he thinks fit, through an administrator to be appointed by him with such
designation as he may specify.
(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in Part VI, the President my appoint the
Governor of a State as the administrator of an adjoining Union territory, and where a
Governor is so appointed, he shall exercise his functions as such administrator
independently of his Council of Ministers.
239A. Creation of local Legislatures or Council of Ministers or both for certain
Union territories.—(1) Parliament may by law create for the Union territory of
Pondicherry—
(a) a body, whether elected or partly nominated and partly elected, to function
as a Legislature for the Union territory, or
(b) a Council of Ministers,
or both with such constitution, powers and functions, in each case, as may be specified in
the law.
(2) Any such law as is referred to in clause (1) shall not be deemed to be an
amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368 notwithstanding that it
contains any provision which amends or has the effect of amending this Constitution.
239AA. Special provisions with respect to Delhi.—(1) As from the date of
commencement of the Constitution (Sixty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1991, the Union
territory of Delhi shall be called the National Capital Territory of Delhi (hereafter in this
Part referred to as the National Capital Territory) and the administrator thereof appointed
under article 239 shall be designated as the Lieutenant Governor.
(2)(a) There shall be a Legislative Assembly for the National Capital Territory and the
seats in such Assembly shall be filled by members chosen by direct election from
territorial constituencies in the National Capital Territory.
(b) The total number of seats in the Legislative Assembly, the number of seats
reserved for Scheduled Castes, the division of the National Capital Territory into
territorial constituencies (including the basis for such division) and all other matters
relating to the functioning of the Legislative Assembly shall be regulated by law made by
Parliament.
(c) The provisions of articles 324 to 327 and 329 shall apply in relation to the
National Capital Territory, the Legislative Assembly of the National Capital Territory and
the members thereof as they apply, in relation to a State, the Legislative Assembly of a
State and the members thereof respectively; and any reference in articles 326 and 329 to
“appropriate Legislature” shall be deemed to be a reference to Parliament.
(3) (a) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, the Legislative Assembly shall
have power to make laws for the whole or any part of the National Capital Territory with
respect to any of the matters enumerated in the State List or in the Concurrent List in so
far as any such matter is applicable to Union 85 territories except matters with respect to
Entries 1, 2 and 18 of the State List and Entries 64, 65 and 66 of that List in so far as
they relate to the said Entries 1, 2 and 18.
(b) Nothing in sub-clause (a) shall derogate from the powers of Parliament under this
Constitution to make laws with respect to any matter for a Union territory or any part
thereof.
(c) If any provision of a law made by the Legislative Assembly with respect to any
matter is repugnant to any provision of a law made by Parliament with respect to that
matter, whether passed before or after the law made by the Legislative Assembly, or of
an earlier law, other than a law made by the Legislative Assembly, then, in either case,
the law made by Parliament, or, as the case may be, such earlier law, shall prevail and the
law made by the Legislative Assembly shall, to the extent of the repugnancy, be void:
Provided that if any such law made by the Legislative Assembly has been reserved for
the consideration of the President and has received his assent, such law shall prevail in
the National Capital Territory:
Provided further that nothing in this sub-clause shall prevent Parliament from
enacting at any time any law with respect to the same matter including a law adding to,
amending, varying or repealing the law so made by the Legislative Assembly.
(4) There shall be a Council of Ministers consisting of not more than ten per cent. of
the total number of members in the Legislative Assembly, with the Chief Minister at the
head to aid and advise the Lieutenant Governor in the exercise of his functions in
relation to matters with respect to which the Legislative Assembly has power to make
laws, except in so far as he is, by or under any law, required to act in his discretion:
Provided that in the case of difference of opinion between the Lieutenant Governor
and his Ministers on any matter, the Lieutenant Governor shall refer it to the President
for decision and act according to the decision given thereon by the President and pending
such decision it shall be competent for the Lieutenant Governor in any case where the
matter, in his opinion, is so urgent that it is necessary for him to take immediate action,
to take such action or to give such direction in the matter as he deems necessary.
(5) The Chief Minister shall be appointed by the President and other Ministers shall
be appointed by the President on the advice of the Chief Minister and the Ministers shall
hold office during the pleasure of the President.
(6) The Council of Ministers shall be collectively responsible to the Legislative
Assembly.
(7) (a) Parliament may, by law, make provisions for giving effect to, or supplementing
the provisions contained in the foregoing clauses and for all matters incidental or
consequential thereto.
(b) Any such law as is referred to in sub-clause (a) shall not be deemed to be an
amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368 notwithstanding that it
contains any provision which amends or has the effect of amending, this Constitution.
(8) The provisions of article 239B shall, so far as may be, apply in relation to the
National Capital Territory, the Lieutenant Governor and the Legislative Assembly, as
they apply in relation to the Union territory of Pondicherry, the administrator and its
Legislature, respectively; and any reference in that article to “clause (1) of article 239A”
shall be deemed to be a reference to this article or article 239AB, as the case may be.
239AB. Provision in case of failure of constitutional machinery.—If the President,
on receipt of a report from the Lieutenant Governor or otherwise, is satisfied—
(a) that a situation has arisen in which the administration of the National
Capital Territory cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of article
239AA or of any law made in pursuance of that article; or
(b) that for the proper administration of the National Capital Territory it is
necessary or expedient so to do,
the President may by order suspend the operation of any provision of article 239AA or of
all or any of the provisions of any law made in pursuance of that article for such period
and subject to such conditions as may be specified in such law and make such incidental
and consequential provisions as may appear to him to be necessary or expedient for
administering the National Capital Territory in accordance with the provisions of article
239 and article 239AA.
239B. Power of administrator to promulgate Ordinances during recess of
Legislature.—(1) If at any time, except when the Legislature of the Union territory of
Pondicherry is in session, the administrator thereof is satisfied that circumstances exist
which render it necessary for him to take immediate action, he may promulgate such
Ordinances as the circumstances appear to him to require:
Provided that no such Ordinance shall be promulgated by the administrator except
after obtaining instructions from the President in that behalf:
Provided further that whenever the said Legislature is dissolved, or its functioning
remains suspended on account of any action taken under any such law as is referred to in
clause (1) of article 239A, the administrator shall not promulgate any Ordinance during
the period of such dissolution or suspension.
(2) An Ordinance promulgated under this article in pursuance of instructions from the
President shall be deemed to be an Act of the Legislature of the Union territory which
has been duly enacted after complying with the provisions in that behalf contained in any
such law as is referred to in clause (1) of article 239A, but every such Ordinance—
(a) shall be laid before the Legislature of the Union territory and shall cease to
operate at the expiration of six weeks from the reassembly of the Legislature or if,
before the expiration of that period, a resolution disapproving it is passed by the
Legislature, upon the passing of the resolution; and
(b) may be withdrawn at any time by the administrator after obtaining
instructions from the President in that behalf.
(3) If and so far as an Ordinance under this article makes any provision which would
not be valid if enacted in an Act of the Legislature of the Union territory made after
complying with the provisions in that behalf contained in any such law as is referred to
in clause (1) of article 239A, it shall be void.
* * * * *
240. Power of President to make regulations for certain Union territories.— (1)
The President may make regulations for the peace, progress and good government of the
Union territory of—
( a) the Anda ma n and Ni cob ar I sl ands ;
( b) Lak sha dw ee p;
( c ) Dad ra a nd N ag ar H av el i;
( d) Da ma n and Diu ;
( e ) Pondich er ry:
Provided that when any body is created under article 239A to function as a
Legislature for the Union territory of Pondicherry, the President shall not make any
regulation for the peace, progress and good government of that Union territory with
effect from the date appointed for the first meeting of the Legislature:
Provided further that whenever the body functioning as a Legislature for the Union territory of Pondicherry is
dissolved, or the functioning of that body as such Legislature remains suspended on account of any action taken under
any such law as is referred to in clause (1) of article 239A, the President may, during the period of such dissolution or
suspension, make regulations for the peace, progress and good government of that Union territory.
(2) Any regulation so made may repeal or amend any Act made by Parliament or any
other law which is for the time being applicable to the Union territory and, when
promulgated by the President, shall have the same force and effect as an Act of
Parliament which applies to that territory.
241. High Courts for Union territories—(1) Parliament may by law constitute a
High Court for a Union territory or declare any court in any such territory to be a High
Court for all or any of the purposes of this Constitution.
(2) The provisions of Chapter V of Part VI shall apply in relation to every High Court
referred to in clause (1) as they apply in relation to a High Court referred to in article 214
subject to such modifications or exceptions as Parliament may by law provide.
 (3) Subject to the provisions of this Constitution and to the provisions of any law of
the appropriate Legislature made by virtue of powers conferred on that Legislature by or
under this Constitution, every High Court exercising jurisdiction immediately before the
commencement of the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, in relation to any
Union territory shall continue to exercise such jurisdiction in relation to that territory
after such commencement.
(4) Nothing in this article derogates from the power of Parliament to extend or
exclude the jurisdiction of a High Court for a State to, or from, any Union territory or
part thereof.
242. [Coorg.] Rep. by the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act, 1956, s. 29 and
Sch.
 PART IX
THE PANCHAYATS
243. De fi ni tion s . —In thi s P ar t, unl es s th e con te xt oth er wi se
r equi re s, —
(a) “district” means a district in a State;
(b) “Gram Sabha” means a body consisting of persons registered in the electoral
rolls relating to a village comprised within the area of Panchayat at the village level;
(c) “intermediate level” means a level between the village and district levels
specified by the Governor of a State by public notification to be the intermediate
level for the purposes of this Part;
(d) “Panchayat” means an institution (by whatever name called) of self-
government constituted under article 243B, for the rural areas;
(e) “Panchayat area” means the territorial area of a Panchayat;
(f) “Population” means the population as ascertained at the last preceding census
of which the relevant figures have been published;
(g) “village” means a village specified by the Governor by public notification to
be a village for the purposes of this Part and includes a group of villages so specified.
243A. G ra m Sabha . — A Gr am S abha ma y ex er ci se su ch pow er s and
p er for m suc h fun ct ions a t th e vill ag e lev el as the Le gis la tur e of a Sta te
m ay, by la w, provid e.
243B. Con st itu tio n of Pan chaya ts .— (1) Th er e sh al l b e c ons titu ted
in e ve ry St at e, Pan cha ya ts at th e vil lag e, inte rm ed ia te and dist ri ct
l eve ls in ac co rd anc e w ith the provi sion s of this P ar t .
(2) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in cl au se (1 ), Pan ch aya ts a t the
int er me di at e l eve l ma y not be con st itut ed in a St at e hav ing a popul at ion
not ex ce ed ing t we nty lakh s.
243C. Co mpo si tion of Pan chaya ts .— (1 ) Subje ct to the provi sion s
of thi s Pa rt, the L egi sl atu re of a St at e ma y, by l aw, m ak e provi sion s
w ith re sp ec t to th e co mpos it ion of P anch ay at s:
Provid ed th at the r at io be tw ee n th e popula tion of the t er ri tor ia l ar ea
of a P anch ay at a t any lev el and th e numb er of s ea ts in su ch P anch ay at
to b e fi lle d by el ec tion sha ll, so f ar as pra ct ic ab le , be the s am e
th roughout the St at e.
(2) A ll th e s ea ts in a Pan ch aya t sh al l be f ill ed by pe rs ons chos en by
di re ct e le ct ion fro m te rr ito ria l cons ti tuen ci es in th e Pan cha ya t a re a
a nd, for this purpo se , ea ch P anc hay at a re a sh al l b e div ided into
t er ri tori al con st itu enc ie s in suc h m ann er th at th e r at io bet we en th e
popul at ion of e ac h c ons titu enc y and th e nu mbe r of s ea ts a llo tte d to it
sh al l, so fa r as pr ac ti ca bl e, be th e sa me throughout th e panc hay at a re a.
(3) Th e Le gis la tur e of a St at e m ay, by la w, provide for the
r ep re se nt ation —
(a) of the Chairpersons of the Panchayats
89 at the village level, in the Panchayats
at the intermediate level or, in the case of a State not having Panchayats at the
intermediate level, in the Panchayats at the district level;
(b) of the Chairpersons of the Panchayats at the intermediate level, in the
Panchayats at the district level;
 (c) of the members of the House of the People and the members of the
Legislative Assembly of the State representing constituencies which comprise wholly
or partly a Panchayat area at a level other than the village level, in such Panchayat;
(d) of the members of the Council of States and the members of the Legislative
Council of the State, where they are registered as electors within—
(i) a Panchayat area at the intermediate level, in Panchayat at the
intermediate level;
(ii) a Panchayat area at the district level, in Panchayat at the district level.
(4) Th e Cha ir pe rson of a P anc hay at and oth er me mb er s of a
P anc hay at wh eth er or not chos en by di re ct e le ct ion fro m te rr ito ria l
c ons titu enc ie s in the P anch ay at ar ea sh al l h ave th e r ight to vot e in th e
m ee ti ngs of the P anc hay at s.
(5) The Cha ir pe rson of —
(a) a panchayat at the village level shall be elected in such manner as the
Legislature of a State may, by law, provide; and
(b) a Panchayat at the intermediate level or district level shall be elected by, and
from amongst, the elected members thereof.
243D. Re se rv at ion of se at s . —(1 ) S ea ts sh al l be re se rv ed for —
(a) the Scheduled Castes; and
(b) the Scheduled Tribes,
in ev ery P anch ay at and the nu mbe r of s ea ts so re se rv ed sh all be ar, as
n ea rly a s ma y be, the s am e propo rtion to the tota l numb er of s ea ts to be
f ill ed by dir ec t e le ct ion in that Pan cha ya t a s th e popul ation of the
S che dule d C as te s in tha t Pan cha ya t a re a or of the S chedu le d Tr ibe s in
th at P anc hay at ar ea b ea rs to the tota l popul ation of tha t a re a and su ch
s ea ts m ay be a llot ted by ro ta tion to di ff er en t c ons titu en ci es in a
P anc hay at .
(2) No t l es s tha n on e- third of the tot al numb er of s ea ts re se rv ed
und er c la us e (1 ) sh al l be r es er ve d fo r wom en belong ing to th e
S che dule d C as te s or, a s the c as e m ay be , the S chedu led Tr ibe s.
(3) No t l es s tha n on e- third (in clud ing th e numb er of se at s r es er ve d
fo r wo me n be longing to th e S chedu led Ca st es and the S che dul ed
Trib es ) of the tot al numb er of s ea ts to be fi ll ed by dir ec t el ec ti on in
e ve ry Pan cha ya t s ha ll be re se rv ed for wo me n and suc h s ea ts ma y be
a llo tte d by rota tion to diffe re nt con st itu enc ie s in a Pan cha ya t.
(4) The offi ce s of th e Ch ai rpe rs ons in the P anch ay at s at th e vi lla ge
or any oth er lev el sh al l be re se rv ed for th e S che dule d C as te s, the
S che dule d Trib es and wom en in suc h ma nne r a s the L egi sl atu re of a
St at e ma y, by l aw, provid e:
Provid ed tha t the numb er of offi ce s of Ch ai rpe rs ons re se rv ed fo r th e
S che dule d Ca st es a nd the Sch edul ed Tr ibe s in the P anc hay at s a t e ac h
l eve l in a ny Sta te sh al l be ar, as ne ar ly as m ay b e, th e s am e propor tion
to the tot al nu mbe r of su ch offi ce s in the P anch ay at s at e ac h lev el as
th e popul ation of the Sch edul ed C as te s in the Sta te or of th e S chedu led
Trib es in th e St at e be ar s to the tot al popula tion of the St at e:
Provid ed fur the r tha t not le ss than one -thi rd of th e tota l numb er of
o ff ic es of Ch ai rpe rs ons in the Pan cha ya ts at ea ch lev el s ha ll b e
r es er ve d fo r wom en :
Provid ed a ls o tha t th e numb er of offi ce s re se rv ed und er th is cl aus e
sh al l be al lott ed by rot at ion to di ff er en t Pan cha ya ts a t e ac h lev el .
 (5) The re se rv at ion of se at s unde r c la us es (1) and (2) and th e
r es er va tion of offi ce s of Cha ir pe rson s (oth er th an the re se rv at ion for
wo me n) und er cl au se (4 ) sha ll ce as e to h ave e ff ec t on the exp ir at ion of
th e per iod s pe ci fi ed in a rt ic le 334.
(6) No thing in thi s Pa rt sh all pr eve nt the L egi sl atu re of a Sta te fro m
m ak ing a ny prov is ion for re se rv at ion of s ea ts in a ny P anc hay at or
o ff ic es of Ch ai rpe rs ons in the P anch ay at s at any l eve l in f avour of
b ack wa rd cl as s of c iti ze ns .
243E. Du rat ion of Panc hayat s, et c. — (1) Ev ery Pan ch aya t, unle ss
soon er di ss olve d und er any la w for th e tim e be ing in for ce , sh al l
c ontinu e fo r fiv e y ea rs fro m th e da te appoin ted for i ts f ir st me et ing a nd
no longe r.
(2) No am en dm en t of any la w fo r the tim e being in for ce sh al l hav e
th e effe ct of ca us ing dis solut ion of a P anch ay at a t a ny l eve l, wh ich i s
fun ct ioning im me di at el y b efo re su ch am en dm ent , t ill th e e xpir at ion of
it s dura tion sp ec if ie d in cl au se (1 ).
(3 ) A n e le ct ion to c ons titu te a P anch ay at sh al l b e c omp le te d—
(a) before the expiry of its duration specified in clause (1);
(b) before the expiration of a period of six months from the date of its
dissolution:
P rovide d th at wh er e the r em ai nde r of the pe riod for wh ich th e
di sso lve d Pan ch aya t wou ld hav e con tinu ed i s le ss tha n six month s, i t
sh al l not be nec es sa ry to hold a ny el ec ti on unde r thi s c lau se fo r
c ons titu ting the Pan ch aya t for su ch per iod.
(4) A Pan cha ya t con st itut ed upon the dis solu tion of a Pan ch aya t
b efo re th e e xpir at ion of i ts dura tion sh al l c ontinu e only fo r the
r em ai nde r of the pe riod for wh ich th e di ss olve d P anc hay at wou ld have
c ontinu ed under c la us e (1) had it not b een so di sso lved .
243F. D is qual ifi ca tion s fo r me mb er sh ip . — (1) A per son sh al l be
di squa li fi ed for being cho se n as , a nd fo r being , a m em be r of a
P anc hay at —
(a) if he is so disqualified by or under any law for the time being in force for the
purposes of elections to the Legislature of the State concerned:
Provided that no person shall be disqualified on the ground that he is less than
twenty-five years of age, if he has attained the age of twenty-one years;
(b) if he is so disqualified by or under any law made by the Legislature of the
State.
(2) I f a ny qu es tion ar is es as to whe th er a m em be r of a Pan cha ya t has
b eco me subj ec t to a ny of th e di squa li fi ca tion s me ntion ed in cl aus e (1 ),
th e ques tion sh al l b e r ef er re d for th e d ec is ion of su ch autho ri ty a nd in
su ch ma nn er a s the L egis la tu re of a Sta te m ay, by la w, prov ide .
243G. Pow er s, autho ri ty and res po ns ib ili ti es of Pan chaya ts . —
Subj ec t to the prov is ions of thi s Cons ti tution , the Leg is la tur e of a Sta te
m ay, by la w, endow the Pan cha ya ts with suc h powe rs and autho rity as
m ay be ne ce ss ar y to en abl e the m to fun ct ion as in sti tution s of se lf -
gov ern me nt and suc h la w m ay cont ain provis ions for the d evolut ion of
pow er s and r es pons ibil iti es upon Pan cha ya ts a t th e app ropri at e le ve l,
sub je ct to su ch condi tions a s ma y be spe ci fi ed th er ein , w ith re sp ec t to
—
(a) the preparation of plans for economic development and social justice;
 (b) the implementation of schemes for economic development and social justice
as may be entrusted to them including those in relation to the matters listed in the
Eleventh Schedule.
243H. Pow er s to impos e taxe s b y, and Fund s of, the Panc hayat s. —
Th e Leg is la tur e of a St at e m ay, by l aw,—
(a) authorise a Panchayat to levy, collect and appropriate such taxes, duties,
tolls and fees in accordance with such procedure and subject to such limits;
(b) assign to a Panchayat such taxes, duties, tolls and fees levied and collected
by the State Government for such purposes and subject to such conditions and limits;
(c) provide for making such grants-in-aid to the Panchayats from the
Consolidated Fund of the State; and
(d) provide for constitution of such Funds for crediting all moneys received,
respectively, by or on behalf of the Panchayats and also for the withdrawal of such
moneys therefrom,
a s ma y be spe ci fi ed in the l aw.
243-I . Con st it utio n of Fi nanc e Commi ss io n to re vi ew fi nanc ial
po si tion .— (1) The Gove rno r of a Sta te sha ll , as soon a s ma y be w ith in
on e y ea r fro m the co mm en ce me nt of the Cons ti tution (S eve nty -thi rd
A me nd me nt) Ac t, 1992, a nd the re af te r at the e xpir at ion of e ve ry fi fth
y ea r, cons ti tute a F inan ce Com mi ss ion to rev ie w the fin an ci al pos ition
of the P anc hay at s a nd to ma ke r ec om me nda tion s to th e Gov er nor a s to
—
(a) the principles which should govern—
(i) the distribution between the State and the Panchayats of the net
proceeds of the taxes, duties, tolls and fees leviable by the State, which may be
divided between them under this Part and the allocation between the
Panchayats at all levels of their respective shares of such proceeds;
(ii) the determination of the taxes, duties, tolls and fees which may be
assigned to, or appropriated by, the Panchayats;
(iii) the grants-in-aid to the Panchayats from the Consolidated Fund of the
State;
(b) the measures needed to improve the financial position of the Panchayats;
(c) any other matter referred to the Finance Commission by the Governor in the
interests of sound finance of the Panchayats.
(2) Th e Le gis la tur e of a St at e m ay, by la w, provide for the
c ompo si tion of the Com mi ss io n, the qual if ic at ions wh ich sh al l be
r equi si te for a ppoint me nt as me mb er s the re of a nd the ma nne r in w hic h
th ey sha ll be se le ct ed .
(3) The Com mi ss io n s ha ll det er mi ne th ei r pro ce dur e and sh all hav e
su ch pow er s in th e per for ma nc e of th eir fun ct ions a s the L egis la tu re of
th e Sta te m ay, by la w, con fe r on th em .
(4) The Gov erno r sha ll ca us e ev er y r ec om me nd at ion m ad e by th e
Co mm is si on under thi s ar ti cl e toge the r wi th a n e xpla na tory
m em or andu m a s to th e ac tion t aken th er eon to b e l aid be for e the
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e.
243J. A udi t of ac cou nt s of Pan chaya ts . — The L egi sl atu re of a Sta te
m ay, by la w, m ak e provis ions w ith re sp ec t to the ma in ten an ce of
a cc ount s by th e P anc hay at s and the aud iting of su ch ac coun ts .
243K. El ec ti on s to th e Pan chaya ts .— (1) Th e supe rin te nden ce ,
di re ct ion and cont rol of th e pr ep ar at ion of e le ct or al ro ll s for, and th e
c onduc t of , a ll e le ct ions to the P anch ay at s sha ll be ve st ed in a St at e
El ec ti on Co mm is si on con si sting of a Sta te Ele ct ion Com mi ss ion er to be
a ppoint ed by the Gov er nor.
(2) Subje ct to the provis ions of any la w m ad e by the Leg is la tur e of a
St at e, the condit ions of se rv ic e a nd te nur e of o ff ic e of the Sta te
El ec ti on Co mm is si on er sh al l b e s uch a s the Gov erno r ma y by rul e
d ete rm in e:
Provid ed th at the St at e Ele ct ion Co mm is si one r sh al l not be re mov ed
f rom his offi ce ex ce pt in lik e m ann er and on th e lik e ground s a s a
Judg e of a High Cour t and the condi tion s of s er vi ce of th e St at e
El ec ti on Com mi ss io ne r sh al l not be v ar ied to his di sa dvan tag e a ft er hi s
a ppoint me nt.
(3) The Gov erno r of a St at e sh al l, whe n so r eque st ed by th e Sta te
El ec ti on Com mi ss io n, m ak e av ai la ble to the Sta te El ec tion Com mi ss ion
su ch st aff as m ay be ne ce ss ar y fo r th e dis cha rg e of th e fun ct ions
c onf er re d on the Sta te Ele ct ion Com mi ss ion by c la us e (1) .
(4) Subje ct to the provis ions of thi s Con st itut ion, th e Leg is la tur e of
a St at e ma y, by l aw, ma ke prov is ion w ith re sp ec t to all m at te rs re la ting
to, or in c onne ct ion with , e le ct ion s to th e Pan cha ya ts .
243L. A ppli ca tion to Un ion t er ri to ri es .—Th e prov is ions of thi s
P ar t sh all apply to the U nion t er rito ri es and s ha ll, in the ir a ppli ca tion
to a Union t er rito ry, hav e effe ct a s if the r ef er en ce s to the Gov er nor of
a St at e we re re fe re nc es to the Adm ini st ra to r of th e U nion te rr itory
a ppoint ed under a rt ic le 239 a nd r ef er en ce s to th e Legi sl at ur e or th e
l egi sl at ive A ss em bl y of a Sta te w er e r ef er en ce s, in r el at ion to a Union
t er ri tory having a L egi sl ativ e As se mb ly, to tha t Legi sl at ive A ss em bl y:
Provid ed th at the P re sid ent ma y, by publi c noti fi ca tion , dir ec t th at
th e provis ions of thi s Pa rt sha ll app ly to any Un ion t er ri tory or par t
th er eo f subj ec t to such exc ep tion s and modi fi ca tion s a s h e ma y sp ec if y
in the noti fi ca tion .
243M. Par t not to apply to ce rt ai n area s. —(1 ) No thing in thi s P ar t
sh al l apply to the Sch edul ed Ar ea s r ef er re d to in c lau se (1), and th e
t riba l ar ea s r ef er re d to in c lau se (2), of ar ti cl e 244.
(2) No thing in thi s Pa rt sh all app ly to—
(a) the States of Nagaland, Meghalaya and Mizoram;
(b) the hill areas in the State of Manipur for which District Councils exist under
any law for the time being in force.
(3) No thing in thi s Pa rt —
(a) relating to Panchayats at the district level shall apply to the hill areas of the
District of Darjeeling in the State of West Bengal for which Darjeeling Gorkha Hill
Council exists under any law for the time being in force;
(b) shall be construed to affect the functions and powers of the Darjeeling
Gorkha Hill Council constituted under such law.
(3A ) No thing in a rt ic le 243D, re la ting to r es er va tion of se at s for the
S che dule d C as te s, sha ll apply to the St at e of A run ac ha l P rad es h.
(4) No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion, —
(a) the Legislature of a State referred to in sub-clause (a) of clause (2) may, by
law, extend this part to that State, except the areas, if any, referred to in clause (1), if
the Legislative Assembly of that State passes a resolution to that effect by a majority
of the total membership of that House and by a majority of not less than two-thirds of
the members of that House present and voting;
 (b) Parliament may, by law, extend the provisions of this Part to the Scheduled
Areas and the tribal areas referred to in clause (1) subject to such exceptions and
modifications as may be specified in such law, and no such law shall be deemed to be
an amendment of this Constitution for the purposes of article 368.
243N. C ont inuan ce of e xi st ing la ws and Panc hayat s . —
No tw ith st anding a nything in this Pa rt, any provi sion of any l aw
r el at ing to P anch ay at s in fo rc e in a Sta te i mm ed ia te ly befo re th e
c om me nc em en t of the Cons titu tion ( Sev enty -th ird A me ndm en t) A ct ,
1992, whi ch is in cons is ten t w ith th e prov is ions of thi s P ar t, sha ll
c ontinu e to b e in for ce unti l am en ded or re pe al ed by a co mpe te nt
L egi sl atu re or oth er c omp et en t autho ri ty or unti l the expi ra tion of one
y ea r fro m suc h c om me nc em en t, w hic hev er i s ea rl ie r:
Provid ed th at all the Pan cha ya ts exi sting im me di at ely befo re su ch
c om me nc em en t sh al l c ontinu e til l th e expi ra tion of the ir dura tion ,
unl es s soon er di sso lved by a r es olut ion pas se d to th at effe ct by the
L egi sl at ive A ss em bl y of th at Sta te or, in th e c as e of a S ta te having a
L egi sl at ive Coun ci l, by ea ch Hou se of th e Leg is la tur e of th at St at e.
243-O . Bar to int er fe ren ce by co ur ts in e le ct ora l mat te rs . —
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion, —
(a) the validity of any law relating to the delimitation of constituencies or the
allotment of seats to such constituencies, made or purporting to be made under article
243K, shall not be called in question in any court;
(b) no election to any Panchayat shall be called in question except by an election
petition presented to such authority and in such manner as is provided for by or under
any law made by the Legislature of a State.

PART I XA
 PART IXA
T HE MU NI CI PA LI TIE S
243P. D ef in itio ns . — In thi s P art , unle ss th e con tex t othe rw is e
r equi re s, —
( a) “Co mm it te e” me an s a Co mm it te e con st itut ed unde r a rt ic le
243S;
( b) “di st ric t” me an s a dis tri ct in a Sta te ;
( c ) “M et ropol it an a re a” m ea ns an ar ea hav ing a popul at ion of t en
l akhs or mo re , co mp ri sed in one or mor e di st ri ct s and cons is ting of
t wo or m or e Muni cip al iti es or P anch ay at s or oth er cont iguous ar ea s,
sp ec if ie d by the Gove rno r by public notif ic at ion to b e a
M et ropoli tan a re a fo r th e purpos es of thi s Pa rt;
( d) “Muni cip al a re a” me an s th e te rri tor ia l a re a of a Muni cip al ity
a s is noti fi ed by the Gov er nor ;
( e ) “Muni cip al ity ” me an s an ins titu tion of se lf -gov ern me nt
c ons titu ted unde r ar tic le 243Q;
( f) “P anc hay at ” m ea ns a Pan cha ya t con st itut ed unde r a rt ic le
243B ;
( g) “popul at ion” m ea ns th e popula tion as a sc er ta in ed a t th e la st
pr ec ed ing ce nsu s of w hic h th e re le van t f igur es h ave be en publi she d.
243Q. Con st itu tion of Muni ci pali ti es .— (1) Th er e sh al l be
c ons titu ted in eve ry Sta te ,—
( a) a Nag ar P anc hay at (by wh at ev er na me ca ll ed ) fo r a
t ran si tion al a re a, th at i s to s ay, an a re a in tr ans ition f rom a rur al
a re a to an urba n a re a;
( b) a Munic ipa l Coun ci l for a sm al le r urb an ar ea ; and
( c ) a Munic ipa l Co rpor at ion for a la rg er urban a re a,
in ac co rd anc e w ith the provi sion s of this P art :
Provid ed tha t a Munic ipa lity unde r this c la us e ma y not be
c ons titu ted in suc h urba n ar ea or par t the re of a s the G ove rnor ma y,
h aving r ega rd to th e s iz e of the ar ea and the m uni cip al se rvi ce s being
prov ided or propos ed to be provid ed by an indus tri al es ta bli sh me nt in
th at ar ea and su ch othe r f ac to rs a s he ma y dee m f it, by publi c
noti fi ca tion , s pe ci fy to b e a n indu st ria l town ship .
(2) In this ar ti cl e, “a tr ans it iona l ar ea ”, “ a sm al le r urban ar ea ” or “ a
l arge r urb an a re a” me an s s uch ar ea a s th e Gov er nor m ay, hav ing re ga rd
to the popul ation of the a re a, the den sity of the popul at ion th er ein , th e
r ev enue gen er at ed fo r lo ca l ad min is tr at ion, th e pe rc en tag e of
e mp loym en t in non-a gr icu ltur al ac tiv iti es , th e e cono mi c i mpo rta nc e or
su ch othe r fa ct or s as he m ay de em fit , sp ec if y by public not ifi ca ti on fo r
th e purpos es of thi s Pa rt.
243R. C ompos it ion of Mu ni cipa li tie s. —(1 ) S ave as provid ed in
c la us e (2) , a ll the s ea ts in a Muni cip al ity sh all be f ill ed by pe rson s
c hos en by dir ec t el ec ti on f rom th e te rr ito ria l cons ti tuen ci es in th e

96
Muni cip al ar ea and for th is purpos e e ac h Muni cip al ar ea sh al l be
divid ed into te rr ito ria l con sti tuen ci es to b e known a s wa rd s.
(2) The Le gis la tur e of a Sta te m ay, by la w, provid e—
( a) for the r epr es en ta tion in a Munic ipa lity of —
( i) per sons having spe ci al know ledg e or expe ri en ce in
Muni cip al ad mi nis tr at ion;
( ii) the m em be rs of the Hous e of the P eopl e a nd the
m em be rs of the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of the St at e rep re se nt ing
c ons titu enc ie s wh ich co mp ri se who lly or par tly the Muni cip al
a re a;
( iii ) the me mb er s of th e Counc il of S ta te s and the m em be rs
of the L egi sl at ive Counc il of the S ta te reg is te re d as e le ct or s
w ithin th e Munic ipa l a re a;
( iv ) the Cha irp er son s of the Com mi tt ee s c ons titu ted unde r
c la us e (5) of ar ti cl e 243S:
Provid ed tha t the pe rson s re fe rr ed to in p ar agr aph ( i) sh al l not hav e
th e right to vote in the me et ing s of the Munic ipa li ty;
( b) the ma nne r of el ec tion of the Ch ai rpe rs on of a Muni cip al ity.
243S. Con st itu tio n and co mp os itio n of Wa rd s Co mmit te es , et c. —
(1 ) The re sha ll be con st itut ed Wa rds Com mi tt ee s, con si st ing of one or
m or e w ar ds, wi thin th e te rr ito ri al a re a of a Munic ipa lity having a
popul at ion of thr ee lakh s or m or e.
(2) Th e Le gis la tur e of a St at e m ay, by la w, ma ke provi sion w ith
r es pe ct to —
(a) the c ompo si tion a nd the te rr itor ia l a re a of a Wa rds
Co mm it te e;
(b) the m ann er in wh ich the s ea ts in a Ward s Co mm it te e sha ll be
f ill ed.
(3) A me mb er of a Muni cip al ity re pr es en ting a wa rd wi thin the
t er ri tori al ar ea of th e Wa rds Com mi tt ee sh al l be a me mb er of tha t
Co mm it te e.
(4) Whe re a Wa rds Co mm it te e con si st s of—
( a) one wa rd, the m em be r r epr es en ting th at wa rd in th e
Muni cip al ity; or
(b) t wo or mo re w ar ds , on e of th e me mb er s r epr es en ting su ch
w ar ds in the Muni cip al ity el ec te d by the m em be rs of th e Ward s
Co mm it te e,
sh al l be the Cha ir pe rson of tha t Com mi tt ee .
(5) No thing in thi s ar ti cl e sha ll be de em ed to pr eve nt the Le gis la tur e
of a St at e fro m ma king any provi sion fo r th e cons ti tution of
Co mm it te es in a ddit ion to th e Wa rds Co mm it te es .
243T. Re se rv at ion of s ea ts . —(1 ) S ea ts sha ll b e re se rv ed for th e
S che dule d C as te s a nd th e Sch edul ed Trib es in ev er y Muni cip al ity and
th e numb er of s ea ts so re se rv ed sh al l be ar, as ne ar ly a s m ay be, th e
s am e proport ion to th e to ta l nu mbe r of s ea ts to b e f ill ed by di re ct
e le ct ion in th at Munic ipa lity as the popula tion of th e S chedu le d Ca st es
in th e Muni cip al ar ea or of the S che dul ed Tr ibe s in th e Muni cip al ar ea
b ea rs to the tota l popul ation of tha t a re a and su ch s ea ts m ay b e al lot ted
by rota tion to diffe re nt con st itu enc ie s in a Munic ipa lit y.
 (2) No t l es s tha n on e- third of the tot al numb er of s ea ts re se rv ed
und er c la us e (1 ) sh al l be r es er ve d fo r wom en belong ing to th e
S che dule d C as te s or, a s the c as e m ay be , th e Sch edul ed Trib es .
(3) No t l es s tha n on e- third (in clud ing th e numb er of se at s r es er ve d
fo r wo me n be longing to th e S chedu led Ca st es and the S che dul ed
Trib es ) of the tot al numb er of s ea ts to be fi ll ed by dir ec t el ec ti on in
e ve ry Munic ipa lity sh al l b e r es er ve d for wo me n a nd s uch s ea ts m ay b e
a llo tte d by rota tion to diffe re nt con st itu enc ie s in a Munic ipa li ty.
(4) Th e offi ce s of Ch ai rpe rs ons in the Muni cip al it ie s sh al l be
r es er ve d for the Sch edul ed C as te s, the Sch edul ed Tr ibe s a nd wo me n in
su ch ma nn er a s the L egis la tu re of a Sta te m ay, by la w, prov ide .
(5) The re se rv at ion of se at s unde r c la us es (1) and (2) and th e
r es er va tion of offi ce s of Cha ir pe rson s (oth er th an the re se rv at ion for
wo me n) und er cl au se (4 ) sha ll ce as e to h ave e ff ec t on the exp ir at ion of
th e per iod s pe ci fi ed in a rt ic le 334.
(6) No thing in thi s Pa rt sh all pr eve nt the L egi sl atu re of a Sta te fro m
m ak ing a ny prov is ion for re se rv at ion of s ea ts in a ny Muni cip al ity or
o ff ic es of Ch ai rpe rs ons in the Munic ipa li tie s in favou r of b ack wa rd
c la ss of c it iz en s.
243U. Du ra tion of Muni ci pali ti es , et c. —(1 ) Eve ry Muni cip al ity,
unl es s soon er di sso lved unde r any la w for the ti me being in for ce , sha ll
c ontinu e fo r fiv e y ea rs fro m th e da te appoin ted for i ts f ir st me et ing a nd
no longe r:
Provid ed th at a Muni cip al ity sh al l be giv en a re as ona bl e opportun ity
of be ing h ea rd befo re i ts dis solu tion.
(2) No am en dm en t of any la w fo r the tim e being in for ce sh al l hav e
th e effe ct of ca us ing dis solut ion of a Muni cip al ity at any l eve l, whi ch
i s fun ction ing i mm ed ia te ly be for e su ch a me nd me nt, til l the expi ra tion
of it s dura tion spe ci fi ed in cl au se (1 ).
(3) An el ec ti on to con sti tut e a Munic ipa lity sh al l be com ple te d, —
( a) befo re th e expi ry of it s dura tion sp ec if ie d in cl au se (1 );
( b) be for e th e exp ir at ion of a per iod of s ix mon ths fro m th e da te
of it s dis solut ion:
Provid ed tha t whe re th e re ma ind er of th e per iod fo r whi ch the
di sso lve d Munic ipa li ty would have cont inue d is le ss than six m onths , it
sh al l not be nec es sa ry to hold a ny el ec ti on unde r thi s c lau se fo r
c ons titu ting the Munic ip ali ty for suc h p er iod.
(4) A Munic ipa lity cons ti tute d upon the dis solut ion of a Munic ipa li ty
b efo re the e xpir at ion of i ts dur at ion sh all cont inue only for th e
r em ai nde r of the per iod for whi ch th e dis solv ed Muni ci pa lity would
h ave con tinue d und er cl au se (1 ) had it not be en so dis solv ed.
243V. D is qual ifi ca tion s for me mb er sh ip . — (1) A per son sha ll be
di squa li fi ed for being cho se n as , a nd fo r being , a m em be r of a
Muni cip al ity —
( a) if he is so disqu al if ied by or unde r any la w for the ti me
b eing in fo rc e for th e purpos es of e le ct ions to the L egi sl atu re of the
St at e con ce rn ed:
Provid ed th at no p er son sh al l be di squa li fi ed on the ground tha t he is
l es s tha n t we nty- fiv e yea rs of a ge , i f h e h as a tt ain ed the ag e of t we nty -
on e y ea rs ;
( b) if he i s so di squa li fi ed by or unde r any la w m ad e by the
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e.
 (2) I f a ny qu es tion ar is es as to whe th er a m em be r of a Munic ipa li ty
h as b eco me sub je ct to any of the disqu ali fi ca tion s m en tion ed in c la us e
(1 ), the que st ion s ha ll be re fe rr ed fo r the de ci sion of suc h a uthor ity and
in su ch ma nne r as th e Leg is la tur e of a St at e m ay, by l aw, provid e.
243W. Po we rs , autho ri ty and res po ns ibi li tie s of Muni ci pali ti es ,
e tc . —Subj ec t to the provi sion s of th is Cons ti tution , th e Leg is la tur e of
a St at e ma y, by l aw, endow —
( a) th e Munic ipa li ti es wi th suc h pow er s a nd autho ri ty as ma y b e
n ec es sa ry to en abl e the m to func tion as in st itut ions of se lf -
gov ern me nt and suc h la w m ay cont ain provis ions for the d evolut ion
of powe rs and r es pons ibil iti es upon Munic ipa lit ie s, subj ec t to s uch
c ondit ions as ma y b e s pe ci fi ed the re in, wi th re spe ct to—
( i) th e pr ep ar at ion of pl ans fo r ec onom ic dev el opm ent and
so ci al ju st ic e;
( ii) the p er for ma nc e of func tion s and the i mpl em en ta tion of
s ch em es as ma y b e e nt rus ted to the m inc luding thos e in r el at ion
to the m at te rs lis te d in the Tw el ft h Sch edul e;
( b) th e Com mi tt ee s wi th su ch pow er s and au thori ty a s m ay be
n ec es sa ry to en abl e th em to c ar ry out th e r es pons ibil iti es con fe rr ed
upon th em inc luding tho se in re la tion to the m at te rs l is ted in the
Twe lf th S chedu le .
243X. Pow er to i mpo se tax es b y, and Fund s of, th e Muni cipa li tie s.
— The L egi sl atu re of a Sta te ma y, by la w, —
( a) au thori se a Munic ipa lity to levy, co lle ct and a pprop ri at e su ch
t axe s, duti es , toll s and fe es in a cc or dan ce with su ch proc edu re a nd
sub je ct to su ch lim it s;
( b) a ss ign to a Munic ipa li ty su ch t axe s, dutie s, toll s and fe es
l evi ed and col le ct ed by th e St at e Gov er nm en t for such purpos es and
sub je ct to su ch condi tions a nd li mi ts ;
( c ) provide fo r ma king suc h gr an ts -in -a id to the Muni cip al iti es
f rom th e Conso lid at ed Fund of the St at e; and
( d) provid e fo r con st itut ion of su ch Fund s fo r cr ed iting all
m oney s re ce iv ed, r es pe ct ive ly, by or on beh al f of th e Munic ipa li tie s
a nd a ls o fo r the wi thdr aw al of su ch mon eys th er ef ro m,
a s ma y be spe ci fi ed in the l aw.
243Y. Finan ce Co mmis si on .— (1) Th e Fin anc e Com mi ss ion
c ons titu ted under ar tic le 243- I sha ll al so r evi ew the fin anc ia l pos ition
of the Muni cip al it ie s and ma ke re co mm en da tion s to th e Gov erno r a s to
—
( a) the prin cip le s whi ch should gove rn—
( i) th e di st ribut ion b et we en the St at e and the Muni cip al iti es
of the n et pro ce ed s of the t ax es , duti es , tol ls a nd fe es l evi abl e
by th e Sta te , wh ic h ma y be divide d bet we en the m und er th is
P ar t a nd th e al loc at ion bet we en th e Muni cip al it ie s at a ll lev el s
of th eir r es pe ct ive sh ar es of suc h pro ce ed s;
( ii) th e d ete rm in at ion of th e tax es , dutie s, tol ls and f ee s
wh ic h ma y be as si gned to, or app ropr ia te d by, the
Muni cip al iti es ;
( iii ) the gra nts - in-a id to th e Munic ipa li tie s f rom th e
Con sol ida ted Fund of th e Sta te ;
 ( b) the me as ur es ne ed ed to i mprov e the fin an ci al pos ition of the
Muni cip al iti es ;
( c ) any othe r ma tt er r ef er re d to th e Fin anc e Com mi ss ion by th e
Gov er nor in the int er es ts of sound fin an ce of th e Munic ipa lit ie s.
(2) The Gov erno r sha ll ca us e ev er y r ec om me nd at ion m ad e by th e
Co mm is si on under thi s ar ti cl e toge the r wi th a n e xpla na tory
m em or andu m a s to th e ac tion t aken th er eon to b e l aid be for e the
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e.
243Z. A udi t of ac cou nt s of Mu nic ipa lit ie s. — The Leg is la tur e of a
St at e ma y, by l aw, ma ke prov is ions w ith re sp ec t to th e ma int en anc e of
a cc ount s by th e Muni cip al it ie s and the aud iting of suc h a cc oun ts.
243ZA . E le ct ion s to the Mu nic ipa lit ie s. — (1 ) Th e s upe rin tend en ce ,
di re ct ion and cont rol of th e pr ep ar at ion of e le ct or al ro ll s for, and th e
c onduc t of, a ll el ec tion s to th e Muni cip al iti es sh al l be v es ted in the
St at e El ec tion Co mm is si on r ef er re d to in a rt ic le 243K .
(2) Subje ct to the provis ions of thi s Con st itut ion, th e Leg is la tur e of
a St at e ma y, by l aw, ma ke prov is ion w ith re sp ec t to all m at te rs re la ting
to, or in c onne ct ion with , e le ct ion s to th e Munic ipa lit ie s.
243ZB . App lic at ion to U nion te rr it or ie s. — Th e provi sion s of this
P ar t sh all apply to the U nion t er rito ri es and s ha ll, in the ir a ppli ca tion
to a Union t er rito ry, hav e effe ct a s if the r ef er en ce s to the Gov er nor of
a St at e we re re fe re nc es to the Adm ini st ra to r of th e U nion te rr itory
a ppoint ed under a rt ic le 239 a nd r ef er en ce s to th e Legi sl at ur e or th e
L egi sl at ive A ss em bl y of a Sta te w er e r ef er en ce s in r el at ion to a Union
t er ri tory having a L egi sl ativ e As se mb ly, to tha t Legi sl at ive A ss em bl y:
Provid ed th at the P re sid ent ma y, by publi c noti fi ca tion , dir ec t th at
th e provi sion s of this Pa rt sh al l app ly to any Union t er ri tory or par t
th er eo f s ubje ct to su ch exc ep tion s and modi fi ca tion s as h e m ay
sp ec if y in th e not ifi ca ti on.
243ZC . Pa rt no t to apply to ce rt ai n a re as .— (1) No thing in thi s
P ar t s ha ll apply to the Sch edu led Ar ea s r ef er re d to in c lau se (1), and
th e trib al a re as re fe rr ed to in c la us e (2) , of a rt ic le 244.
(2) Nothing in this Pa rt s ha ll be cons tru ed to affe ct th e fun ct ions and
pow er s of the D ar je el ing Go rkha H ill Counc il con st itut ed unde r a ny
l aw fo r the ti me b eing in fo rc e fo r th e hill ar ea s of th e dist ri ct of
D ar je el ing in the Sta te of We st B enga l.
(3) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in thi s Cons titu tion, Pa rl ia me nt ma y,
by l aw, ext end th e prov is ions of this Pa rt to the S che dule d Ar ea s and
th e trib al a re as re fe rr ed to in c la us e (1) sub je ct to su ch exc ep tions a nd
m odif ic at ions as m ay b e sp ec if ied in suc h la w, and no su ch l aw sha ll be
d ee me d to be an a me nd me nt of th is Con sti tution fo r th e purpos es of
a rt ic le 368.
243ZD . C ommi tt ee fo r di st ri ct plann ing. — (1 ) Th er e sha ll be
c ons titu ted in eve ry St at e at th e di st ric t l eve l a Di st ric t Pl anning
Co mm it te e to con solid at e th e pl ans pre pa re d by the P anc hay at s a nd the
Muni cip al iti es in th e di str ic t and to prep ar e a dr af t dev elop me nt pl an
fo r the dis tr ic t a s a who le .
(2) Th e Le gis la tur e of a St at e m ay, by la w, ma ke provi sion w ith
r es pe ct to —
(a ) the co mpo si tion of th e Di st ri ct Pla nning Com mi tt ee s;
(b ) the m ann er in whi ch the s ea ts in su ch Com mi tt ee s s ha ll be
f ill ed:
 P rovide d th at not le ss th an four- fif ths of the tot al nu mbe r of
m em be rs of suc h Com mi tt ee sh al l be el ec te d by, and fro m a mong st,
th e el ec te d me mb er s of the P anch ay at a t th e dis tri ct l eve l and of th e
Muni cip al iti es in th e dist ri ct in proport ion to th e r at io bet we en th e
popul at ion of th e ru ra l ar ea s a nd of th e urb an ar ea s in th e dist ri ct ;
( c) th e func tion s r el at ing to di st ric t plann ing w hic h m ay b e
a ss ign ed to su ch Com mi tt ee s;
(d ) th e m ann er in wh ich th e Ch ai rpe rs ons of su ch Com mi tt ee s
sh al l be chos en .
(3) Eve ry Di st ri ct Plann ing Com mi tt ee s ha ll, in prep ar ing th e dra ft
d eve lopm en t pl an, —
(a) h ave r ega rd to—
( i) ma tt er s of co mm on inte re st bet we en th e P anc hay at s and
th e Muni cip al iti es inc luding s pa ti al pl anning , sha ri ng of w at er
a nd othe r phys ic al and na tur al re sou rc es , th e int egr at ed
d eve lopm en t of inf ra st ru ctu re and env iron me nt al con se rv at ion;
( ii) th e ext ent and typ e of av ai la ble r es our ce s wh eth er
f inan ci al or oth er wi se ;
(b ) c onsu lt su ch in sti tution s a nd org an is at ions as the Gove rnor
m ay, by orde r, sp ec ify.
(4) The Cha ir pe rson of ev ery D is tr ic t Pl ann ing Co mm it te e sh al l
fo rw ar d th e dev elop me nt plan , a s r ec om me nde d by suc h Co mm it te e, to
th e Gove rn me nt of th e Sta te .
243ZE . Commi tt ee fo r Me tropo lita n plann ing. —(1 ) The re sha ll be
c ons titu ted in eve ry M et ropoli tan ar ea a Met ropol ita n Pla nning
Co mm it te e to pre pa re a dr af t dev elop me nt plan fo r th e Me tropo lit an
a re a a s a whol e.
(2) Th e Le gis la tur e of a St at e m ay, by la w, ma ke provi sion w ith
r es pe ct to —
(a ) the co mpo si tion of th e Met ropol ita n P lann ing Co mm it te es ;
(b ) the m ann er in whi ch the s ea ts in su ch Com mi tt ee s s ha ll be
f ill ed:
Provid ed th at not le ss than two -thi rds of the me mb er s of su ch
Co mm it te e sh al l be el ec te d by, and f rom a mong st, th e el ec te d m em be rs
of th e Muni cip al it ie s and Cha irp er son s of th e Pan cha ya ts in the
M et ropoli tan ar ea in propo rtion to the r at io be tw ee n th e popula tion of
th e Munic ipa lit ie s and of the P anch ay at s in th at ar ea ;
(c ) th e r ep re se nt at ion in su ch Com mi tt ee s of the Gov er nm en t of
Ind ia and th e G ove rnm en t of th e Sta te a nd of su ch org ani sa tion s and
In st itut ions a s ma y be dee me d ne ce ss ar y for c ar ry ing out the
fun ct ions a ss ign ed to su ch Com mi tt ee s;
( d) th e func tion s r el at ing to pl anning and coord ina tion fo r th e
M et ropoli tan a re a wh ich m ay be as si gne d to su ch Com mi tt ee s;
(e ) th e m ann er in wh ich th e Ch ai rpe rs ons of su ch Com mi tt ee s
sh al l be chos en .
(3) Eve ry Me tropol it an Pl anning Com mi tt ee sh al l, in pr epa ring the
dr af t deve lopm en t plan, —
(a) hav e re ga rd to—
( i) the pl ans pre pa re d by the Muni ci pa lit ie s a nd the
P anc hay at s in th e Met ropol ita n a re a;
 (ii ) ma tt er s of com mo n in te re st b etw ee n the Muni cip al iti es
a nd the Pan cha ya ts , inc luding c o- ordina te d spa ti al plann ing of
th e ar ea , sh ar ing of w at er a nd oth er phys ic al a nd n atur al
r es our ce s, th e inte gr at ed deve lop me nt of in fr as tr uc tur e and
e nviron me nt al con se rv at ion;
(ii i) th e ov er al l obj ec tiv es a nd pr ior iti es s et by the
Gov er nm en t of Indi a and the Gov er nm en t of th e S ta te ;
(i v) th e e xte nt and natu re of inv es tm en ts lik ely to be ma de
in th e Met ropol ita n a re a by age nc ie s of the Gov ern me nt of
Indi a and of th e Gove rn me nt of the Sta te and othe r a va il abl e
re sou rc es whe the r fin anc ia l or othe rw is e;
( b) con sul t su ch in sti tution s and org ani sa tion s a s th e Gov er nor
m ay, by orde r, sp ec ify.
(4 ) Th e Ch ai rp er son of e ve ry Met ropol ita n P lann ing Co mm it te e
sh al l for wa rd the dev elop me nt pl an, as r ec om me nd ed by su ch
Co mm it te e, to th e G ove rnm en t of th e Sta te .
243Z F. Con tinua nc e of exi st ing law s and Mu ni cipa li tie s. —
No tw ith st anding a nything in this Pa rt, any provi sion of any l aw
r el at ing to Muni cip al iti es in fo rc e in a St at e i mm ed ia te ly befo re th e
c om me nc em en t of the Con st itut ion ( Sev enty -fou rth Am en dm ent ) Ac t,
1992, whi ch is in cons is ten t w ith th e prov is ions of thi s P ar t, sha ll
c ontinu e to b e in for ce unti l am en ded or re pe al ed by a co mpe te nt
L egi sl atu re or oth er c omp et en t autho ri ty or unti l the expi ra tion of one
y ea r fro m suc h c om me nc em en t, w hic hev er i s ea rl ie r:
Provid ed th at all the Munic ipa lit ie s e xis ting im me di at ely befo re
su ch co mm en ce me nt sha ll con tinu e till the exp ir ation of the ir
dur at ion, unle ss s oone r dis solv ed by a re so lution pa ss ed to tha t e ff ec t
by th e Leg is la tiv e A ss em bly of tha t St at e or, in the ca se of a St at e
h aving a Leg is la tive Counc il , by ea ch Hous e of the Legi sl at ur e of th at
St at e.
243Z G. Ba r to in te rf eren c e by c our ts in e le ct or al ma tt er s. —
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Con sti tution ,—
( a) th e val idity of any l aw re la ting to the del im it ation of
c ons titu enc ie s or the al lot me nt of s ea ts to s uch cons ti tuen ci es , m ad e
or purpo rting to be ma de unde r ar ti cl e 243ZA sha ll not be ca ll ed in
qu es tion in any cou rt ;
( b) no el ec ti on to any Muni cip al ity s ha ll b e ca ll ed in ques tion
e xc ept by a n e le ct ion pet ition pr es en ted to suc h a utho rity and in
su ch m an ne r a s i s provid ed fo r by or unde r any la w m ad e by the
L egi sl atu re of a St at e.
 PART X
THE SCHEDULED AND TRIBAL AREAS
244. Ad mi nis tr at ion of S ch edu le d A re as and tr ibal a re as .— (1 )
Th e provis ions of th e F ifth S chedu le sh al l apply to th e ad min is tr ation
a nd c ontro l of th e Sch edul ed A re as and S chedu led Tr ibe s in a ny S ta te
oth er th an the St at es of As sa m, Megh al ay a, Tr ipur a and Mizo ra m.
(2) Th e provi sion s of th e Six th Sch edu le sha ll a pply to th e
a dm ini st ra tion of th e t riba l a re as in the St at es of A ss am , Megh al ay a,
Tripu ra a nd Mi zo ra m.
244A. Fo rmat ion of an autono mou s S tat e co mp ri si ng c er ta in
t ri bal area s in A ss am and c re at io n of lo cal Le gi sla ture or Co unc il of
Mi nis te rs o r both th eref or.— (1) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in thi s
Con st itut ion, P arl ia me nt ma y, by l aw, for m with in the Sta te of A ss am
a n a utonom ous St at e co mpr is ing ( wh eth er who lly or in pa rt ) a ll or any
of the t rib al a re as spe ci fi ed in P ar t I of the t abl e a ppend ed to p ar agr aph
20 of th e Sixth Sch edul e and cr ea te the re fo r—
(a) a body, whe the r el ec te d or par tly nomin at ed and pa rtly
e le ct ed , to fun ction a s a Leg is la tur e for th e a utono mous St at e, or
(b) a Coun cil of Mini st er s,
or both with su ch con sti tution , po we rs a nd fun ct ions , in ea ch c as e, as
m ay be sp ec if ie d in th e l aw.
(2 ) A ny su ch la w as is re fe rr ed to in cl aus e (1 ) m ay, in pa rti cu la r,—
(a) sp ec if y th e ma tt er s enu me ra te d in the Sta te Lis t or th e
Con cu rr ent L is t wi th re sp ec t to w hic h the Leg is la tur e of the
a utonom ous St at e sha ll hav e pow er to ma ke l aw s for th e w hole or
a ny pa rt th er eof , wh eth er to the exc lus ion of th e L egi sl atu re of th e
St at e of As sa m or oth er wi se ;
(b) de fin e the ma tt er s w ith re sp ec t to whi ch the ex ec utiv e powe r
of th e a utonom ous St at e sh all ex te nd;
( c ) provid e th at any t ax lev ie d by the St at e of As sa m sh al l be
a ss ign ed to th e au tonom ous S ta te in so f ar as the proc ee ds the re of
a re att ribu tab le to the au tonom ous St at e;
( d) provid e th at any r ef er en ce to a Sta te in any a rt ic le of thi s
Con st itut ion sh all be con st rue d as in cluding a r ef er en ce to th e
a utonom ous St at e; and
( e ) m ak e su ch supp le me nt al , in cide nt al a nd con se quen tia l
prov is ions a s ma y be dee me d ne ce ss ar y.
(3 ) A n a me nd me nt of any such l aw a s af or es ai d in so fa r as such
a me nd me nt re la te s to any of th e ma tt er s sp ec if ie d in sub -c la us e ( a) or
sub -c la us e ( b) of c la us e (2 ) sh al l hav e no effe ct unle ss the am en dm en t
i s pa ss ed in ea ch Hous e of Pa rli am en t by not l es s th an t wo- third s of the
m em be rs pre se nt and voting .
(4) A ny suc h la w a s is r ef er re d to 104in this ar ti cl e sh al l not be dee me d
to b e an a me nd me nt of this Cons titu tion fo r th e purpos es of a rt ic le 368
not with st and ing th at it cont ai ns any provi sion wh ich a me nds or ha s the
e ff ec t of a me nd ing th is Cons ti tution .
 PART X I
REL AT IO NS BE TWE EN THE U NI ON A ND T HE STATE S
C H A P T E R I. —L E G I S L AT I V E R E L AT I O N S
D is tr ibution of Leg is lati ve Powe rs
245. Ext en t of la ws made by Par lia me nt and by the L eg is latu re s
of Sta te s. —(1 ) Subje ct to the provi sion s of this Con st itut ion,
P ar lia me nt m ay m ak e la ws fo r the who le or any pa rt of th e te rr itory of
Ind ia , and th e L egi sl atu re of a S ta te ma y ma ke l aw s fo r the whol e or
a ny p art of the St at e.
(2 ) No l aw m ad e by P ar lia me nt s ha ll be dee me d to be inva lid on the
ground th at it would hav e ext ra -t er ri tor ia l op er at ion.
246. Sub je ct - ma tt er of law s made by Par lia me nt and by th e
L egi sla tu re s of S tat es .— (1 ) Not with st anding any thing in c la us es (2)
a nd (3 ), Pa rli am en t ha s exc lus ive po we r to m ak e la ws w ith re sp ec t to
a ny of th e m at te rs enu me ra te d in Li st I in the Sev enth S chedu le ( in th is
Con st itut ion r ef er re d to a s th e “ Un ion L is t” ).
 (2 ) Not with st anding any thing in c la us e (3) , P ar li am en t, and, sub je ct
to c la us e (1 ), th e L egi sl atu re of any S ta te al so, h ave powe r to m ak e
l aw s wi th re spe ct to any of the m at te rs enum er at ed in Li st I II in th e
S eve nth S chedu le (in thi s Con st itut ion re fe rr ed to a s th e “ Conc ur ren t
Li st ”) .
(3) Subje ct to cl au se s (1 ) and (2), the Legi sl at ur e of a ny Sta te ha s
e xc lus ive pow er to ma ke l aw s fo r s uch St at e or a ny p ar t th er eo f w ith
r es pe ct to any of the m at te rs e num er at ed in Li st I I in th e Sev en th
S che dule ( in th is Con sti tution r ef er re d to a s the “ St at e Lis t” ').
(4 ) Pa rli am en t has pow er to m ak e la ws w ith re sp ec t to a ny m at te r
fo r any par t of th e te rr ito ry of Indi a not in clud ed in a Sta te
not with st and ing tha t su ch m at te r i s a ma tt er enu me ra te d in th e St at e
Li st .
247. Po we r of Pa rl iamen t to provid e for th e es tab lis hmen t of
c er ta in addi tiona l c our ts .— No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cha pte r,
P ar lia me nt ma y by la w prov ide for the e st ab li shm en t of any addi tiona l
c ourt s for th e b ett er a dm ini st ra tion of l aw s m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt or of
a ny e xis ting la ws with r es pe ct to a ma tt er enum er at ed in th e U nion
Li st .
248. Re si dua ry po we rs of l egi sla tion .— (1) Pa rli am en t ha s e xc lus ive
pow er to m ak e any la w w ith r es pe ct to any m at te r not enum er at ed in
th e Concu rr ent Li st or Sta te Lis t.
(2) Su ch pow er s ha ll inc lude th e powe r of m ak ing any la w impo sing
a t ax not m en tione d in e ithe r of thos e Lis ts .
249. Po we r of Pa rl iamen t to leg is lat e wi th re sp ec t to a ma tt er in
t he Sta te L is t in t he nat ional in te re st . —(1 ) Not with st anding any thing
in the fo rego ing provis ions of thi s Chap te r, if the Coun ci l of St at es has
d ec la re d by re solu tion suppor te d by not l es s than t wo- third s of th e
m em be rs pre se nt and voting th at it is ne ce ss ar y or expe di ent in th e
n ation al inte re st tha t P arl ia me nt should m ak e la ws wi th re sp ec t to a ny
m at te r enu me ra te d in the Sta te Lis t s106
pe ci fi ed in th e re solu tion, it sh al l
b e la wf ul fo r Pa rl ia me nt to ma ke la ws for the w hole or any par t of th e
t er ri tory of India w ith re sp ec t to that m at te r whi le th e re solu tion
r em ai ns in for ce .
(2) A re solu tion pa ss ed unde r c la us e (1) sh al l r em ai n in fo rc e fo r
su ch pe riod not e xc ee ding one ye ar a s ma y be spe ci fi ed th er ein :
Provid ed tha t, if and so oft en as a r es olut ion a pprov ing th e
c ontinu anc e in for ce of a ny suc h re so lution is p as se d in th e ma nne r
prov ided in cl au se (1 ), suc h r es olut ion sha ll cont inue in for ce for a
fu rth er per iod of one yea r f rom th e dat e on wh ich under this cl au se it
wou ld othe rw is e hav e ce as ed to be in for ce .
(3) A la w m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt whi ch P arl ia me nt would not but for
th e pa ss ing of a r eso lution under cl au se (1) h ave bee n co mp et ent to
m ak e s ha ll, to the e xte nt of the in com pe te ncy, ce as e to h ave effe ct on
th e exp ir at ion of a per iod of s ix mon ths af te r th e re so lution has ce as ed
to be in fo rc e, e xc ep t a s re sp ec ts things done or om itt ed to b e don e
b efo re th e e xpir at ion of th e sa id per iod.
250. Po we r of Pa rl iamen t to leg is lat e wi th re sp ec t to any mat te r
in the Sta te Lis t i f a Proc lamat ion of Emer ge nc y i s in op era tion .—
(1 ) No tw iths ta nding any thing in th is Chap te r, P ar lia me nt sh all , whi le a
P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy i s in ope ra tion , hav e pow er to ma ke la ws
fo r th e whol e or any pa rt of the te rri tory of Indi a w ith r es pe ct to any of
th e ma tt er s enu me ra te d in the Sta te Lis t.
 (2) A la w m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt whi ch P arl ia me nt would not but for
th e i ssu e of a Pro cl am at ion of Em erge nc y hav e b een com pe te nt to m ak e
sh al l, to th e ext ent of the in com pe te ncy, c ea se to hav e effe ct on th e
e xpir at ion of a p eriod of six mon ths a ft er th e Proc la ma ti on has c ea se d
to ope ra te , e xc ep t a s re sp ec ts things done or om itt ed to b e don e b efo re
th e expi ra tion of the sa id pe riod.
251. I nco ns is te nc y b et we en law s mad e by Pa rlia me nt unde r
a rti cl es 249 and 250 and law s mad e by t he L egi sla tures of Sta te s. —
No thing in a rt ic le s 249 a nd 250 sha ll re st ri ct th e powe r of the
L egi sl atu re of a St at e to m ak e any la w whi ch unde r th is Cons ti tution it
h as pow er to ma ke , but if any prov is ion of a l aw m ad e by the
L egi sl atu re of a St at e is re pugnan t to any provi sion of a la w ma de by
P ar lia me nt whi ch P ar li am en t ha s unde r e ith er of the sa id a rt ic le s pow er
to m ak e, the la w m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt, whe the r p as se d be for e or af te r
th e la w ma de by th e Leg is la tur e of the Sta te , sha ll pr eva il , a nd th e la w
m ad e by th e Le gis la tur e of the Sta te sha ll to the e xt ent of the
r epugn anc y, but so long only a s the l aw m ad e by P arl ia me nt con tinu es
to hav e effe ct , b e inop er at ive .
252. Pow er of Par lia me nt to l egi sla te for t wo o r more Sta te s by
c ons en t and adop tio n of su ch l egi sla tion by any oth er Sta te .— (1) I f
it app ea rs to th e Leg is la tur es of t wo or m or e Sta te s to b e d es ir abl e tha t
a ny of th e m at te rs wi th r es pe ct to whi ch Pa rl ia me nt ha s no pow er to
m ak e la ws for the St at es e xc ep t a s provid ed in a rt ic le s 249 a nd 250
shou ld be regu la ted in suc h St at es by Pa rli am en t by la w, and i f
r es olut ions to tha t e ff ec t ar e pa ss ed by a ll th e H ous es of th e
L egi sl atu re s of thos e St at es , it sha ll be l aw ful fo r P arl ia me nt to pa ss an
a ct for regu la ting th at ma tt er ac co rding ly, a nd any A ct so pa ss ed sha ll
a pply to su ch St at es and to any oth er Sta te by whi ch it i s adop te d
a ft er wa rd s by r es olut ion p as se d in th at beha lf by the Hou se or, wh er e
th er e a re t wo Hou se s, by e ac h of the H ous es of th e L egis la tu re of tha t
St at e.
(2) Any Ac t so pas se d by Pa rl ia me nt ma y be am en ded or re pe al ed by
a n A ct of Pa rl ia me nt pa ss ed or adopt ed in l ike m ann er but sha ll not, as
r es pe ct s a ny St at e to wh ich it app li es , be a me nd ed or rep ea le d by an
A ct of th e L egi sl atu re of th at Sta te .
253. L egi sla tion fo r givi ng e ff ec t to in te rn atio nal agree me nt s. —
No tw ith st anding a nything in the for egoing prov is ions of thi s Cha pt er,
P ar lia me nt h as pow er to ma ke a ny l aw fo r the whol e or any par t of th e
t er ri tory of India for imp le me nt ing any t re at y, ag re em en t or conv ention
w ith a ny othe r coun try or count ri es or any dec is ion m ad e a t any
int er na tion al con fe re nc e, a ss oc ia tion or othe r body.
254. I nco ns is te nc y b et we en law s mad e by Pa rlia me nt and la ws
mad e by th e L egi sla tu re s of S tat es .— (1 ) I f any prov is ion of a la w
m ad e by th e L egi sl atu re of a St at e is r epugna nt to a ny prov is ion of a
l aw m ad e by P arl ia me nt wh ich P ar lia me nt i s com pe ten t to en ac t, or to
a ny prov is ion of an ex is ting la w wi th r es pe ct to one of the m at te rs
e num er at ed in the Concu rr ent Lis t, th en, s ubje ct to th e provi sion s of
c la us e (2 ), th e l aw ma de by P ar li am en t, wh et he r pa ss ed befo re or a ft er
th e la w ma de by th e Leg is la tur e of such St at e, or, a s the c as e m ay be ,
th e ex is ting l aw, sh al l pre va il a nd the la w m ad e by th e Leg is la tur e of
th e Sta te sh al l, to th e ext ent of the r epugn anc y, be void.
(2) Wh er e a la w m ad e by the Leg is la tur e of a St at e w ith r es pe ct to
on e of th e m at te rs enu me ra te d in th e Concu rr ent Li st con ta ins any
prov is ion re pugnan t to th e provi sion s of a n ea rl ie r la w m ad e by
P ar lia me nt or an ex is ting la w wi th r es pe ct to tha t ma tt er, then, th e l aw
so ma de by the L egi sl atu re of su ch St at e s ha ll, if it has bee n re se rv ed
fo r the con sid er at ion of th e Pre si den t a nd h as r ec ei ved hi s a ss en t,
pr ev ail in tha t S ta te :
Provid ed th at nothing in thi s c lau se sh al l pre ven t P arl ia me nt fro m
e na ct ing a t any tim e a ny l aw w ith re sp ec t to th e sa me m at te r inc luding
a la w a dding to, a me nd ing, va rying or rep ea li ng the la w so ma de by th e
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e.
255. Re qu iremen ts as to re co mme nd at ion s and prev ious san ct ion s
to be reg ar de d as ma tt er s of proc ed ure onl y. — No A ct of Pa rli am en t
or of the L egi sl atu re of a Sta te , and no provi sion in any suc h A ct , s ha ll
b e inv al id by re as on only th at som e r ec om me nd at ion or pr eviou s
s an ct ion r equi re d by this Con st itut ion w as not giv en, if as se nt to tha t
A ct w as given —
( a) whe re th e re co mm en da tion re quir ed wa s th at of the
Gov er nor, e ith er by th e Gove rno r or by th e Pre si den t;
( b) whe re th e re co mm en da tion re quir ed wa s th at of the
R ajp ra mukh , e ith er by the Ra jp ra mukh or by the Pr es id ent ;
( c ) whe re th e re co mm en da tion or prev ious s an ction r equi re d w as
th at of the Pr es id ent, by th e Pre si den t.
C H A P T E R II. —A D M I N I S T R AT I V E R E L AT I O N S
G en er al
256. O bl igatio n of Sta te s and th e Unio n. — The ex ec ut ive pow er of
e ve ry St at e sh al l be so ex er ci se d a s to e nsu re co mpl ian ce w ith th e l aw s
m ad e by P arl ia me nt and any exi st ing la ws wh ich apply in th at Sta te ,
a nd th e exe cu tiv e powe r of th e Union sh al l e xte nd to th e giv ing of su ch
di re ct ions to a St at e a s ma y app ea r to the G ove rnm en t of Ind ia to be
n ec es sa ry fo r tha t purpo se .
257. Co nt ro l of t he U nion ove r Sta te s in ce rt ai n cas es .— (1 ) Th e
e xe cut ive pow er of ev er y St at e sh al l b e s o e xe rc is ed a s not to im ped e
or pr ejudi ce the ex er ci se of the ex ec utiv e powe r of the Un ion, and the
e xe cut ive powe r of the U nion sh al l ex tend to the giving of su ch
di re ct ions to a St at e a s ma y app ea r to the G ove rnm en t of Ind ia to be
n ec es sa ry fo r tha t purpo se .
(2) The ex ec utiv e pow er of the Un ion s ha ll al so ext end to th e giving
of dir ec ti ons to a Sta te a s to th e con st ruc tion and ma int en anc e of me an s
of co mm uni ca tion de cl ar ed in the di re ct ion to be of nat iona l or m il ita ry
i mpor ta nc e:
Provid ed tha t nothing in thi s cl aus e sh al l b e t ak en as r es tr ic ting the
pow er of P ar lia me nt to de cl ar e highw ay s or w at er wa ys to b e n ation al
high wa ys or nat iona l w at er wa ys or the pow er of the Un ion w ith re sp ec t
to th e high way s or wa te rw ay s s o de cl ar ed or the powe r of th e Un ion to
c ons tru ct and ma in ta in m ea ns of c om mun ic at ion as p art of it s fun ct ions
w ith re sp ec t to n ava l, mi lit ar y a nd a ir fo rc e wo rks .
(3) The ex ec utiv e pow er of the Un ion s ha ll al so ext end to th e giving
of dire ct ion s to a Sta te as to the me as ur es to be t aken for th e pro te ct ion
of th e r ai lw ay s with in the Sta te .
(4) Whe re in ca rr ying out a ny di re ct ion given to a Sta te unde r cl au se
(2 ) as to the con st ruc tion or ma in ten an ce of any m ea ns of
c om mun ic at ion or unde r cl au se (3 ) a s to the m ea su re s to be tak en for
th e prot ec ti on of any ra il wa y, co st s hav e b een incu rr ed in e xc es s of
tho se whi ch wou ld hav e b een incu rr ed in th e di sch arge of th e nor ma l
duti es of th e Sta te i f s uch dir ec ti on h ad not be en given , th er e sh all be
p aid by the Gov er nm en t of Indi a to th e Sta te s uch su m as ma y b e
a gr ee d, or, in de fa ult of agr ee me nt , as ma y b e d ete rm in ed by an
a rbi tr ato r appo inte d by the Chie f J us tic e of Indi a, in re spe ct of th e
e xtr a co st s so in cu rr ed by the St at e.
257A. [A ss is tanc e to State s by dep loy me nt of a rm ed force s or oth er
fo rc es of th e Un ion. ] Rep . by th e Con st itut ion (Fo rt y- four th
A me ndm ent ) A ct, 1978, s. 33 ( w.e .f . 20-6- 1979).
258. Pow er of th e U nion to con fe r pow er s, e tc ., on S tat es in
c er ta in ca se s. — (1 ) Not with st anding any thing in th is Con sti tution , th e
P re sid ent ma y, w ith th e con se nt of the Gove rnm en t of a Sta te , e ntru st
e ith er condi tiona lly or uncondi tion al ly to tha t Gov ern me nt or to it s
o ff ic er s func tion s in r el at ion to any m at te r to whi ch th e ex ec utiv e
pow er of th e Union ext end s.
(2) A la w m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt whi ch app lie s in any St at e m ay,
not with st and ing tha t it r el at es to a ma tt er w ith r es pe ct to whi ch th e
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e ha s no pow er to ma ke l aw s, con fe r pow er s and
i mpos e dutie s, or au thori se th e con fe rr ing of pow er s and th e im pos ition
of duti es , upon the St at e or offi ce rs a nd a utho rit ie s the re of.
(3) Wh er e by vir tue of this ar ti cl e po we rs and duti es hav e b een
c onf er re d or i mpos ed upon a Sta te or o ffi ce rs or autho rit ie s th er eo f,
th er e s ha ll be paid by th e Gov er nm ent of Indi a to th e St at e s uch sum as
m ay be ag re ed , or, in d ef aul t of ag re em en t, as ma y be det er mi ned by a n
a rbi tr ato r appoint ed by th e Chie f Ju sti ce of Ind ia , in r esp ec t of any
e xtr a c os ts of ad min is tr ation incu rr ed by th e Sta te in conn ec ti on wi th
th e exe rc is e of tho se pow er s and duti es .
258A. Pow er of th e Sta te s to e nt ru st f unc tio ns to th e Unio n.—
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion, th e G ove rnor of a Sta te
m ay, wi th th e con se nt of th e Gov er nm en t of Indi a, ent rus t ei the r
c ondit iona lly or un condit iona lly to th at Gove rn me nt or to its offi ce rs
fun ct ions in re la tion to any m at te r to w hic h the exe cu tiv e pow er of th e
St at e ex tend s.
259. [A rm ed Fo rc es in State s in Part B of the Fir st Sche dul e. ] Rep .
b y th e Cons titu tion (Se ve nth Am endm en t) A ct , 1956, s. 29 and Sch.
260. Jur is dic tio n of th e U nion in rel at ion to te rr it or ie s ou ts ide
I ndia .— The Gove rn me nt of Ind ia ma y by ag re em en t w ith th e
Gov er nm en t of any t er rito ry not be ing par t of th e t er ri tory of Indi a
und ert ak e any exe cu tiv e, leg is la tiv e or jud ic ia l fun ct ions v es ted in the
Gov er nm en t of su ch te rr ito ry, but ev er y s uch ag re em en t sh al l b e s ubje ct
to, and gove rne d by, any la w re la ting to the ex er ci se of for eign
ju ris dic tion fo r th e tim e be ing in fo rc e.
261. Pu bli c ac ts, rec or ds and jud ic ial proc ee di ngs .— (1) Full f ai th
a nd c re dit sh al l be given throughou t th e te rr itory of Indi a to publi c
a ct s, r ec ord s and judic ia l proc ee ding s of the Union and of ev ery St at e.
(2) Th e ma nn er in whi ch and the c ondit ions under whi ch th e ac ts ,
r ec ord s and proc ee ding s r ef er re d to in c la us e (1 ) sh al l be prov ed a nd
th e e ff ec t th er eof det er mi ned sha ll b e as provid ed by l aw ma de by
P ar lia me nt .
(3) Fina l judgm en ts or orde rs de live re d or p as se d by civ il c ourt s in
a ny pa rt of th e t er rito ry of Ind ia sha ll be c ap abl e of e xe cu tion
a nywh er e wi thin tha t te rri tory a cc ord ing to la w.
 D ispu te s re la ting to Wat er s
262. A dju dic atio n of di spu te s rel at ing to wat er s of in te r- Sta te
r ive rs or r ive r valle ys . —(1 ) Pa rli am en t ma y by la w provid e for the
a djudi ca tion of any dispu te or co mpl ain t with r es pe ct to the us e,
di st ribut ion or con tro l of th e wa te rs of , or in, a ny int er- Sta te riv er or
r ive r val ley.
(2) Not with st anding anyth ing in thi s Con sti tution , Pa rl ia me nt m ay be
l aw provid e th at n eith er the Supre me Cou rt nor any oth er cour t sh all
e xe rc is e juri sdi ct ion in re sp ec t of any su ch di sput e or c om pla int as is
r ef er re d to in cl au se (1 ).
Co- ordina tion bet we en Stat es
263. P rov is ion s w it h res pe ct to an in te r- Sta te C oun ci l.— If a t a ny
ti me it appe ar s to the Pr es ide nt th at th e publi c int er es ts w ould be
s er ved by th e es ta bli sh me nt of a Counc il cha rg ed w ith the duty of—
(a ) inquir ing into and adv is ing upon dispu te s whi ch ma y have
a ri se n bet we en St at es ;
(b ) inv es tiga ting and di scu ss ing sub je ct s in whi ch so me or a ll of
th e Sta te s, or the Un ion and one or m or e of the St at es , have a
c om mon int er es t; or
( c) ma king re co mm en da tion s upon any suc h s ubje ct a nd, in
p art icu la r, r ec om me nd at ions for th e b ett er co- ordin at ion of poli cy
a nd a ct ion wi th r es pe ct to tha t subj ec t,
it sha ll be l aw ful fo r th e Pr es ide nt by ord er to es ta bli sh su ch a Counc il ,
a nd to de fine th e natu re of th e dut ie s to b e p er for me d by it and its
o rga nis at ion and proc edu re .

PA RT XI I
F IN AN CE , P RO PERTY, C ON TR AC TS AN D SU ITS
C H A P T E R I.— F I N A N C E
G en er al
264. In te rp re ta ti on. —In thi s Pa rt, “F ina nc e Com mi ss ion ” me an s a
Fin an ce Co mm is si on con sti tut ed under a rti cl e 280.
 265. Tax es not to be impos ed save by autho ri ty of la w. — No t ax
sh al l be lev ied or col le ct ed ex ce pt by au thor ity of l aw.
266. Con sol idat ed Fund s and pu bli c ac cou nt s of I ndia and of th e
S tat es .— (1) Subj ec t to th e provis ions of a rt ic le 267 a nd to the
prov is ions of this Ch apt er w ith r esp ec t to the as si gnm en t of th e whol e
or par t of th e ne t proc ee ds of c er ta in t axe s and duti es to St at es , a ll
r ev enue s r ec ei ve d by the Gove rn me nt of Ind ia , a ll lo ans ra is ed by th at
Gov er nm en t by the i ss ue of tr ea su ry bil ls , loan s or way s a nd me an s
a dvan ce s and a ll m oney s r ec ei ve d by tha t Gov ern me nt in rep ay me nt of
lo ans sh al l for m one cons olid at ed fund to be en tit le d “th e Conso lida te d
Fund of India ”, a nd a ll r eve nue s re ce iv ed by th e G ove rnm en t of a St at e,
a ll lo an s ra is ed by th at Gove rn me nt by the is sue of t re as ury bi lls , lo ans
or w ays a nd m ea ns adva nc es and all m oney s re ce iv ed by th at
Gov er nm en t in re pay me nt of loan s sh all fo rm on e c onso lida te d fund to
b e e nti tle d “ the Con sol ida te d Fund of the St at e” .
(2) Al l oth er publi c mon ey s r ec ei ve d by or on beh al f of th e
Gov er nm en t of Indi a or the Gove rnm en t of a Sta te sh al l be c re di ted to
th e publi c a cc ount of Indi a or th e publi c a cc oun t of th e Sta te , a s th e
c as e m ay b e.
(3) No mon ey s out of the Con solid at ed Fund of Ind ia or the
Con sol ida ted Fund of a S ta te sh al l b e a pprop ri at ed exc ep t in
a cc or dan ce with l aw and fo r th e purpos es and in th e m an ne r provide d in
thi s Cons ti tution.
267. Co nt inge nc y Fu nd. —(1 ) Pa rli am en t ma y by la w es ta bli sh a
Con tinge ncy Fund in the natu re of an i mp re st to be en tit le d “th e
Con tinge ncy Fund of Indi a” into wh ich sha ll be pa id fro m t im e to tim e
su ch s um s a s ma y be d ete rm in ed by su ch l aw, and the s ai d Fund sh al l
b e pla ce d a t the dispo sa l of the P re sid ent to en abl e adv an ce s to be
m ad e by hi m out of s uch Fund for th e purpo se s of me et ing unfo re se en
e xpend itur e pend ing a uthor is at ion of su ch exp endi tur e by Pa rl ia me nt by
l aw und er ar ti cl e 115 or ar ti cl e 116.
(2) Th e Le gis la tur e of a St at e m ay by l aw es ta bl ish a Cont ingen cy
Fund in th e na tur e of an i mpr es t to b e ent itl ed “ the Cont ingen cy Fund
of the St at e” into whi ch sh al l be paid f rom ti me to ti me su ch su ms a s
m ay be de te rm in ed by su ch l aw, and th e s aid Fund sha ll be pl ac ed a t
th e di spos al of the Gove rno r of th e St at e to en ab le adva nc es to be ma de
by him out of su ch Fund fo r the purpo se s of me et ing unfor es ee n
e xpend itur e p ending a uthor is at ion of su ch e xpend itu re by th e
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e by l aw und er 112
ar ti cl e 205 or ar ti cl e 206.
D is tr ibution of Re ve nue s be tw ee n th e Union and th e State s
268. D ut ie s lev ie d by th e Unio n bu t col le ct ed and app ro pr iat ed by
t he Stat es . — (1) Such s ta mp dutie s a nd su ch duti es of ex ci se on
m ed ic ina l and toil et pre pa ra tion s as a re me ntion ed in the Union Li st
sh al l be lev ied by th e Gove rn me nt of Ind ia but sh all be co ll ec te d—
(a ) in th e ca se wh er e suc h dut ie s ar e l evia bl e with in a ny U nion
t er ri tory, by th e Gove rn me nt of India , and
(b ) in oth er ca se s, by th e Sta te s wi thin wh ich suc h dutie s ar e
r es pe ct ive ly lev iab le .
(2) Th e proc ee ds in any fin anc ia l ye ar of any suc h duty le via ble
w ithin any St at e s ha ll not fo rm pa rt of th e Con sol ida ted Fund of Indi a,
but sh all be a ss ign ed to th at Sta te .
269. Tax es l evi ed and coll ec te d by the Un ion bu t as sign ed to th e
S tat es .— (1) Ta xe s on th e sa le or pur cha se of goods and tax es on the
c ons ignm ent of goods sh all be l evi ed and col le ct ed by th e G ove rnm en t
of Indi a but s ha ll be as si gned and sh al l be dee me d to h ave be en
a ss ign ed to th e St at es on or af te r the 1 st day of Apr il, 1996 in th e
m ann er prov ided in cl au se (2 ).
Exp lanation .— For the purpo se s of this c la us e, -
( a) the exp re ss ion "tax es on the s al e or purch as e of goods" sh al l
m ea n tax es on sa le or pur ch as e of goods othe r than ne wsp ap er s,
wh er e su ch sa le or pur ch as e t ake s pla ce in th e cour se of int er- St at e
t rad e or com me rc e;
( b) the exp re ss ion "tax es on the con sign me nt of goods" sh all
m ea n tax es on the con sign me nt of goods (wh et he r the con sign me nt is
to th e pe rs on ma king it or to a ny othe r pe rs on), whe re su ch
c ons ignm ent tak es pla ce in th e cou rs e of int er- Sta te tr ade or
c om me rc e.
(2) Th e ne t proc ee ds in any fina nc ia l ye ar of any such tax , ex ce pt in
so f ar a s thos e proc ee ds rep re se nt pro ce ed s at tribu ta ble to Union
t er ri tori es , sh al l not fo rm pa rt of th e Con sol ida ted Fund of Indi a, but
sh al l be as si gned to the S ta te s w ithin whi ch th at t ax i s le via ble in th at
y ea r, and sha ll be di str ibut ed a mong tho se Sta te s in ac co rd anc e with
su ch pr inc ipl es of di str ibution as ma y be for mul at ed by P ar lia me nt by
l aw.
(3) P arl ia me nt m ay by l aw fo rm ula te pr inc ipl es fo r det er mi ning whe n
a s al e or purc ha se of , or con sign me nt of, goods t ake s pla ce in th e
c our se of int er- Sta te t ra de or co mm er ce .
270. Tax es l evi ed and di st ri bu te d be tw ee n the Un ion and t he
S tat es . — (1) Al l t ax es and duti es re fe rr ed to in th e Union Lis t, ex ce pt
th e dutie s and ta xe s re fe rr ed to in a rt ic le s 268 a nd 269, re sp ec tiv el y,
su rc ha rg e on t axe s and duti es r ef er re d to in a rti cl e 271 a nd a ny c es s
l evi ed fo r sp ec if ic purpos es unde r any la w m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt sha ll b e
l evi ed and col le ct ed by th e Gove rnm en t of Ind ia and sh al l be
di st ribut ed b etw ee n th e Un ion and th e St at es in th e ma nn er provide d in
c la us e (2) .
(2) Su ch p er ce nta ge , a s m ay be pre sc ri be d, of th e net pro ce ed s of
a ny suc h ta x or duty in any fin anc ia l ye ar sh al l not for m p ar t of th e
Con sol ida ted Fund of Ind ia , but sh al l b e a ss ign ed to th e Sta te s w ithin
wh ic h tha t ta x or duty i s lev ia ble in tha t ye ar, and sha ll b e dis tr ibute d
a mong tho se St at es in su ch ma nne r and fro m su ch tim e a s ma y be
pr es cr ib ed in th e ma nne r provid ed in c la us e (3).
(3) In this a rt ic le , "pre sc ri bed " m ea ns , —
( i) unti l a Fin an ce Co mm is si on ha s b een con st itut ed, pr es cr ib ed
by the Pr es ide nt by orde r, and
( ii) af te r a Finan ce Co mm is si on ha s b een cons titu te d, pr es cr ib ed
by the Pr es ide nt by orde r af te r con sid er ing the re co mm en da tion s of
th e Fina nc e Com mi ss io n.
271. Surch ar ge on ce rt ai n dut ie s and taxe s fo r pur pos es of the
U nion . — Not wi ths tand ing any thing in a rt ic le s 269 and 270, Pa rli am en t
m ay a t a ny t im e inc re as e any of th e dutie s or tax es re fe rr ed to in tho se
a rt ic le s by a su rc ha rg e for purpo se s of the Un ion a nd th e whol e
pro ce ed s of any suc h s ur cha rg e sh al l fo rm par t of th e Con sol ida te d
Fund of India .
272. [Ta xe s whi ch are l ev ie d and col le ct ed by th e Union and m ay be
di st ribut ed b et we en th e Un ion and the Sta te s. ]—R ep. by th e
Con st itut ion ( Eight ie th A mend me nt ) Ac t , 2000 , s .4.
 273. Gr an ts in li eu of expo rt duty on j ut e and j ut e p rod uc ts .— (1)
Th er e s ha ll be cha rg ed on the Con sol ida te d Fund of Indi a in e ac h y ea r
a s gr an ts -in -a id of th e re venu es of th e St at es of A ss am , Bih ar, Or is sa
a nd We st B enga l, in l ieu of as si gnm en t of any sh ar e of the ne t proc ee ds
in ea ch y ea r of e xport duty on jut e and jute produ ct s to tho se S ta te s,
su ch su ms a s m ay be pre sc ri be d.
(2) Th e su ms so pr es cr ib ed sh al l con tinu e to be cha rg ed on th e
Con sol ida ted Fund of Ind ia so long as a ny e xpor t duty on jut e or jute
produ ct s cont inue s to b e l evi ed by th e G ove rnm en t of Ind ia or until th e
e xpir at ion of t en ye ar s fro m th e co mm en ce me nt of this Cons titu tion
wh ic hev er i s ea rl ie r.
(3) In this ar ti cl e, the e xpr es si on “pr es cr ib ed ” ha s th e s am e me an ing
a s in ar tic le 270.
274. Pr ior rec ommen da ti on of P re si de nt req ui re d to Bil ls
af fe ct ing taxa tion in wh ic h S tat es a re int eres te d. — (1 ) No B ill or
a me nd me nt wh ic h impo se s or va ri es any t ax or duty in whi ch St at es ar e
int er es te d, or whi ch v ar ie s th e m ea ning of the expr es si on “a gr ic ultu ra l
in com e” as def ined fo r th e purpos es of th e ena ct me nt s r el at ing to
Ind ian in com e- t ax, or whi ch affe ct s the prin cip le s on wh ich unde r any
of the fo re going prov is ions of this Cha pte r m oney s a re or m ay be
di st ribut abl e to S ta te s, or whi ch i mpos es a ny suc h su rch arge fo r the
purpo se s of the Un ion a s i s m en tion ed in th e for egoing provi sion s of
thi s Cha pte r, sh al l b e in trodu ce d or mov ed in eith er H ous e of
P ar lia me nt e xc ept on th e re co mm en da tion of the Pr es ide nt.
(2) In this ar ti cl e, the e xpr es si on “t ax or duty in whi ch St at es a re
int er es te d” me an s—
( a) a tax or duty the whol e or p art of the net proc ee ds whe re of
a re as sign ed to any Sta te ; or
( b) a tax or duty by r ef er en ce to the net pro ce ed s wh er eo f su ms
a re for the ti me being pay abl e out of th e Con sol ida te d Fund of India
to any Sta te .
275. Gr an ts from th e U nion to ce rt ai n Sta te s. — (1 ) Su ch sum s as
P ar lia me nt m ay by l aw prov ide sh al l be cha rg ed on th e Conso lid at ed
Fund of India in ea ch ye ar as gra nts - in-a id of the r ev enue s of suc h
St at es as P ar lia me nt m ay de te rm in e to b e in ne ed of a ss is ta nc e, and
di ff er en t sum s m ay be fix ed for di ff er en t Sta te s:
Provid ed tha t the re sh al l b e p aid out of th e Con sol ida te d Fund of
Ind ia a s gra nts - in-a id of th e re venu es of a St at e su ch ca pit al and
r ec ur ring su ms a s ma y be ne ce ss ar y to e nab le th at St at e to m ee t th e
c os ts of suc h s ch em es of dev elop me nt as m ay b e und ert ak en by the
St at e wi th the app rova l of th e Gove rnm en t of Ind ia fo r th e purpos e of
pro mot ing the we lf ar e of th e S che dul ed Trib es in tha t Sta te or ra is ing
th e lev el of ad min is tr ation of the S che dule d A re as the re in to th at of the
a dm ini st ra tion of th e re st of th e a re as of tha t S ta te :
Provid ed fu rth er tha t the re sh al l be p aid out of th e Con sol ida ted
Fund of India as gr ant s- in- aid of the rev enu es of the Sta te of A ss am
su ms , ca pi ta l a nd r ec ur ring , e quiva le nt to—
( a) th e av er ag e ex ce ss of expe nditu re ove r the rev enu es during
th e t wo ye ar s i mm ed ia te ly pr ec ed ing th e co mm en ce me nt of this
Con st itut ion in re sp ec t of the adm ini st ra tion of the trib al ar ea s
sp ec if ie d in P ar t I of th e t abl e app end ed to pa ra gr aph 20 of th e Sixth
S che dule ; and
 ( b) the co st s of su ch sc he me s of d eve lopm en t a s m ay be
und ert ak en by tha t Sta te w ith the app rova l of th e Gove rn me nt of
Ind ia for th e purpo se of r ai sing th e l eve l of a dm ini st ra tion of the
s ai d ar ea s to th at of th e a dm ini st ra tion of th e r es t of the a re as of
th at St at e.

(1A ) On and fro m the fo rm at ion of th e autono mou s S ta te unde r

a rt ic le 244A ,—
( i) any su ms p ayab le und er cl au se ( a) of th e se cond provi so to
c la us e (1) sh al l, if the au tonomou s Sta te com pri se s a ll the t riba l
a re as r ef er re d to the re in, be paid to the a utono mous Sta te , and , if
th e au tonom ous S ta te com pr is es only so me of tho se trib al ar ea s, be
a pport ioned be tw ee n the St at e of A ss am and th e a utono mous St at e as
th e Pre si den t m ay, by orde r, sp ec if y;
( ii) th er e sha ll be pa id out of the Cons olid at ed Fund of Indi a as
gr ant s- in- aid of the r ev enue s of the au tonomou s Sta te sum s, c ap ita l
a nd re cu rr ing, equ iva le nt to th e co st s of s uch sc he me s of
d eve lopm en t as ma y b e unde rta ken by th e au tonom ous Sta te wi th the
a pprov al of the Gov ern me nt of Indi a for the purpo se of r ai sing the
l eve l of a dm ini st ra tion of tha t Sta te to th at of th e a dm ini st ra tion of
th e re st of the St at e of A ss am .
(2) Unti l provi sion is m ad e by P arl ia me nt under cl au se (1), the
pow er s con fe rr ed on P ar li am en t und er tha t cl aus e sh al l b e e xe rc is ab le
by th e Pr es ide nt by orde r a nd any ord er ma de by the Pre si den t unde r
thi s c la us e s ha ll hav e e ff ec t s ubje ct to any provis ion so ma de by
P ar lia me nt :
Provid ed th at af te r a Finan ce Co mm is si on ha s b een cons titu te d no
ord er sha ll be m ad e unde r thi s c la us e by th e Pr es ide nt ex ce pt af te r
c ons ide ring the r ec om me nd at ions of the Fin anc e Co mm is si on.
276. Tax es on p ro fe ss ion s, tra de s, c all ings and e mp loymen ts .—
(1 ) No tw iths ta nding any thing in a rt ic le 246, no la w of th e L egi sl atu re
of a St at e r el at ing to t axe s fo r th e ben ef it of the St at e or of a
m unic ip ali ty, dis tr ic t bo ard, lo ca l board or othe r loc al au thori ty the re in
in re sp ec t of prof es si ons, t rad es , ca ll ings or em ploy me nt s sha ll be
inv al id on the ground tha t it r el at es to a t ax on inco me .
(2 ) Th e to ta l a mo unt paya ble in r esp ec t of any one pe rson to the
St at e or to any on e muni ci pa lity, dis tr ic t boa rd, lo ca l boa rd or oth er
lo ca l autho rity in the St at e by w ay of t ax es on pro fe ss ion s, tr ad es ,
c al ling s and em ploy me nt s sh al l not ex ce ed two thou sa nd and f ive
hundr ed rupe es per annu m.
(3 ) Th e po we r of th e Leg is la tur e of a S ta te to ma ke l aw s as
a fo re sa id w ith r es pe ct to ta xe s on prof es si ons , tr ad es , c al ling s and
e mp loym en ts sh al l not be con st rued a s li mi ting in any w ay the pow er of
P ar lia me nt to ma ke l aw s w ith r es pe ct to tax es on inco me a cc ru ing f rom
or a ri sing out of pro fe ss ion s, tr ade s, c al ling s and em ploy me nt s.
277. Saving s. — Any tax es , duti es , c es se s or fe es whi ch, im me di at ely
b efo re the c om me nc em en t of thi s Con sti tution , we re b eing l aw ful ly
l evi ed by the Gov er nm en t of any St at e or by any muni ci pa lity or othe r
lo ca l autho rity or body fo r th e purpos es of th e Sta te , muni cip al ity,
di st ric t or othe r lo ca l ar ea ma y, notw ith st anding tha t thos e tax es ,
duti es , c es se s or fe es a re me nt ioned in the U nion Li st , cont inue to be
l evi ed and to be a ppli ed to th e s am e purpos es unti l provi sion to the
c ontr ar y i s ma de by P ar li am en t by la w.
 278. [Ag re em en t w ith Sta te s in Pa rt B of the F ir st S chedu le with
rega rd to ce rt ain finan cia l mat te rs . ] R ep. by the Con st itut ion (S ev en th
A me ndm ent ) A ct, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.
279. Cal cu latio n of “ne t p ro ce ed s” , et c. — (1) In the for egoing
prov is ions of this Ch apt er, “ne t proc ee ds ” m ea ns in re la tion to any tax
or duty the pro ce ed s the reo f r educ ed by th e c os t of co lle ct ion, and fo r
th e purpos es of tho se prov is ions the n et proc ee ds of any t ax or duty, or
of any pa rt of any tax or duty, in or at tr ibut abl e to any a re a sh al l be
a sc er ta in ed and c er ti fi ed by the Com ptro ll er and Audi tor- Ge ne ra l of
Ind ia , w hos e ce rt if ic at e sh al l b e f ina l.
(2) Subje ct as af or es ai d, and to any oth er expr es s provis ion of th is
Ch apt er, a la w ma de by P ar li am en t or an ord er of the P re sid ent m ay, in
a ny ca se w he re unde r thi s Pa rt the pro ce ed s of any duty or tax a re , or
m ay be , a ss ign ed to a ny St at e, prov ide fo r th e ma nne r in w hic h th e
pro ce ed s ar e to be ca lc ul at ed, fo r th e tim e f rom or at wh ic h a nd th e
m ann er in whi ch a ny pay me nt s a re to be m ad e, for th e m ak ing of
a djus tm en ts be tw ee n one fin anc ia l yea r and ano the r, and for any othe r
in cid ent al or an ci lla ry ma tt er s.
280. Finan ce Commi ss io n. — (1 ) Th e P re sid en t sh al l, wi thin two
y ea rs fro m th e co mm en ce me nt of this Cons titu tion a nd the re af te r at the
e xpir at ion of e ve ry fi fth y ea r or a t su ch e ar li er ti me a s th e Pr es id ent
c ons ide rs nec es sa ry, by ord er con sti tut e a Finan ce Co mm is si on wh ich
sh al l con si st of a Ch ai rm an and fou r oth er m em be rs to be appo inte d by
th e Pre si den t.
(2) Pa rli am en t m ay by l aw det er mi ne the quali fi ca tion s w hic h sh all
b e re quis it e fo r appo intm en t a s m em be rs of the Co mm is si on a nd the
m ann er in whi ch the y sh al l be se le ct ed .
(3 ) It sha ll be the duty of the Com mi ss io n to ma ke re co mm end at ions
to the Pr es id ent a s to—
( a) th e dis tr ibution b et we en th e Un ion and the St at es of th e n et
pro ce ed s of tax es w hic h a re to b e, or m ay be , div ided be tw ee n the m
und er thi s Ch apt er and th e a llo ca tion bet we en the S ta te s of the
r es pe ct ive s ha re s of suc h pro ce ed s;
(b) the pr inc ipl es whi ch shou ld gove rn th e gra nts - in-a id of the
r ev enue s of the St at es out of the Con solid at ed Fund of Ind ia ;
(bb ) the m ea su re s ne ed ed to aug me nt the Con sol ida te d Fund of
a St at e to suppl em en t th e re sou rc es of th e Pan cha ya ts in the St at e on
th e ba si s of the r ec om me nd at ions ma de by th e Fin an ce Com mi ss io n
of th e St at e;
( c ) th e me as ur es nee ded to augm en t th e Cons olid at ed Fund of a
St at e to suppl em en t th e re sou rc es of th e Munic ipa li tie s in the St at e
on the ba si s of th e re co mm en da tions m ad e by th e Finan ce
Co mm is si on of th e Sta te ;
( d) any othe r ma tt er r ef er re d to th e Co mm is si on by the
P re sid ent in the int er es ts of s ound f inan ce .
(4 ) Th e Co mm is si on sh all de te rm in e the ir proc edu re a nd s ha ll have
su ch po we rs in the per for ma nc e of th eir func tion s a s P ar lia me nt ma y by
l aw c onf er on th em .
281. Re co mmen da ti ons of th e Finan ce Commi ss io n. — Th e
P re sid ent sha ll c au se ev er y re co mm en da tion m ad e by th e Fin anc e
Co mm is si on unde r th e provi sion s of this Cons titu tion tog eth er with an
e xpla na tory m em or an dum as to the ac tion tak en th er eon to b e la id
b efo re e ac h Hous e of Pa rli am en t.
 Mi sc el lan eou s Financ ial Prov is ions
282. Exp end itu re de fraya bl e by th e U nion or a S tat e out of it s
rev en ue s. — The Union or a St at e m ay ma ke any gr ant s fo r any publ ic
purpo se , not with st anding tha t the purpos e i s not one wi th re sp ec t to
wh ic h P ar lia me nt or th e L egi sl atu re of th e Sta te , a s th e c as e ma y b e,
m ay m ak e la ws .
283. Cu sto dy, et c. , of C ons olida te d Fu nds , Con ting en cy F und s
and mon ey s cred it ed to th e pub li c ac cou nt s.— (1) The cus tody of th e
Con sol ida ted Fund of Indi a a nd the Conting en cy Fund of Ind ia , the
p aym ent of mon ey s in to s uch Funds , th e wi thdr aw al of mon ey s
th er ef ro m, the c us tody of publi c mon eys oth er th an tho se c re di ted to
su ch Funds r ec ei ved by or on b eha lf of the Gov er nm ent of Indi a, th eir
p aym ent into th e publi c a cc ount of Indi a and the w ithd ra wa l of mon eys
f rom su ch a cc ount a nd al l oth er m at te rs c onne ct ed w ith or anc il la ry to
m at te rs a for es ai d sh al l be regu la ted by l aw ma de by Pa rli am en t, and,
unti l provi sion in tha t beh al f is so m ad e, s ha ll b e re gula te d by rul es
m ad e by th e P re sid en t.
(2 ) Th e c us tody of th e Conso lida te d Fund of a Sta te a nd th e
Con tinge ncy Fund of a S ta te , th e paym en t of m oney s into suc h Fund s,
th e w ithdr aw al of m one ys th er ef ro m, the c us tody of publi c m oney s
oth er than tho se cr ed it ed to su ch Fund s r ec ei ved by or on b eha lf of the
Gov er nm en t of th e S ta te , th ei r paym en t in to th e public a cc ount of the
St at e and the w ithd ra wa l of mone ys f rom su ch ac co unt and al l oth er
m at te rs conn ec te d w ith or anc il la ry to m at te rs a for es ai d sh al l be
r egul at ed by l aw ma de by the L egi sl atu re of th e St at e, a nd, unti l
prov is ion in tha t beha lf i s s o m ad e, sh al l be regu la ted by ru le s ma de by
th e Gove rno r of th e St at e.
284. Cu sto dy of s uito rs ' d epo si ts and oth er mon eys re ce iv ed by
pu bli c s er van ts and cou rt s. — A ll m oney s r ec ei ve d by or depo si ted
w ith —
( a) any offic er em ploy ed in conn ec ti on w ith the a ff ai rs of the
Un ion or of a St at e in hi s c ap ac ity a s suc h, oth er th an r eve nue s or
publi c m one ys r ai se d or r ec ei ve d by the Gove rn me nt of Ind ia or th e
Gov er nm en t of th e S ta te , a s th e c as e ma y b e, or
( b) any cour t wi thin th e t er rito ry of Ind ia to the cr edi t of a ny
c au se , ma tt er, ac coun t or pe rs ons ,
sh al l be paid into the publi c ac co unt of Ind ia or th e publ ic a cc ount of
St at e, a s the c as e m ay be .
285. Exe mp ti on of p ro pe rt y of th e U nion from S tat e taxa tion. —
(1 ) The prop er ty of the U nion sh al l, s av e in so fa r a s P ar lia me nt ma y
by la w othe rw is e provid e, be ex em pt fro m al l tax es i mpos ed by a St at e
or by a ny a uthor ity wi thin a Sta te .
(2) No thing in c la us e (1) sh al l, until Pa rli am en t by l aw oth er wi se
prov ide s, pr eve nt any autho rity w ithin a St at e fro m levy ing a ny t ax on
a ny prope rty of the Union to whi ch su ch prop er ty w as im me di at el y
b efo re the c om me nc em en t of thi s Con sti tution lia ble or tr ea te d a s
li ab le , so long as th at t ax c ontinu es to be l evi ed in th at Sta te .
286. Re st ri ct io ns as to impos it ion of tax on th e sal e or pu rc ha se
of goods .— (1) No l aw of a St at e sha ll im pos e, or autho ri se th e
i mpos it ion of, a tax on th e s al e or purc ha se of goods whe re su ch s al e or
pur ch as e ta ke s pla ce —
(a) out side th e Sta te ; or
 (b) in the c our se of th e im port of the goods into , or expo rt of
th e goods out of, th e t er ri tory of Indi a.
(2) P arl ia me nt m ay by l aw fo rm ula te pr inc ipl es fo r det er mi ning whe n
a s al e or purc ha se of goods t ake s pla ce in a ny of th e w ay s me ntion ed in
c la us e (1) .
(3) Any l aw of a S ta te sha ll, in so f ar as it i mpos es , or autho ri se s the
i mpos it ion of ,—
( a) a tax on th e s al e or purc ha se of good s d ec la re d by
P ar lia me nt by la w to be of sp ec ia l impo rt an ce in int er- Sta te t rad e or
c om me rc e; or
(b) a t ax on the sa le or pur ch as e of goods, be ing a t ax of th e
n atur e re fe rr ed to in sub- cl au se ( b) , sub -c la us e ( c ) or sub- cl au se ( d)
of c lau se (29A ) of a rt ic le 366,
b e sub je ct to su ch re st ri ct ions and cond ition s in r eg ard to the sy st em of
l evy, r at es and othe r in cide nt s of th e t ax as P arl ia me nt ma y by la w
sp ec if y.
287. Exe mp ti on f ro m taxe s on e le ct ri ci ty.— S ave in so f ar as
P ar lia me nt m ay by l aw oth er wi se provid e, no l aw of a Sta te s ha ll
i mpos e, or au thor is e the i mpos ition of, a t ax on the con sum ption or sa le
of el ec tr ic ity ( wh eth er produc ed by a Gove rn me nt or othe r pe rson s)
wh ic h i s—
( a) consu me d by th e G ove rnm en t of Ind ia , or so ld to the
Gov er nm en t of Indi a for con su mpt ion by tha t Gov er nm en t; or
(b) con sum ed in the con st ruc tion , m ai nt ena nc e or oper at ion of
a ny ra il wa y by the G ove rnm en t of Ind ia or a r ai lw ay c om pany
op er ating tha t ra il wa y, or sold to th at Gove rnm en t or a ny su ch
r ai lw ay co mpa ny fo r cons ump tion in th e con st ruc tion, ma in ten an ce
or ope ra tion of any ra il wa y,
a nd any su ch l aw im pos ing, or a uthor is ing th e im pos ition of , a t ax on
th e sa le of e le ct ri ci ty sha ll se cu re that th e pric e of el ec tr ic it y so ld to
th e Gov er nm ent of Indi a fo r con sum ption by th at Gove rn me nt, or to
a ny suc h ra il wa y co mp any a s a fo re sa id fo r con sum ption in the
c ons tru ction , ma in ten an ce or ope ra tion of any r ai lw ay, sha ll be l es s by
th e a moun t of th e tax than the pr ic e c ha rg ed to othe r con sum er s of a
sub st an tia l quant ity of el ec tr ic ity.
288. Exe mp ti on f ro m taxat ion by Sta te s i n re sp ec t of wat er or
e le ct ri ci ty in c er ta in cas es .— (1 ) Sav e in s o f ar a s the P re sid ent m ay
by orde r othe rw is e provid e, no l aw of a Sta te in fo rc e im me di at el y
b efo re th e c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion sha ll im pos e, or
a uthor is e th e i mpos it ion of, a tax in re sp ec t of a ny wa te r or el ec tr ic it y
s tor ed, gen er at ed , c onsu me d, dis tr ibute d or so ld by any autho rity
e st ab lis hed by a ny exi st ing l aw or any l aw ma de by Pa rli am en t fo r
r egul at ing or d eve loping any inte r- Sta te r ive r or r ive r- v all ey.
Exp lanation .— Th e exp re ss ion “l aw of a Sta te in for ce ” in thi s
c la us e sha ll in clud e a la w of a St at e pa ss ed or ma de b efo re th e
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution and not pr eviou sly r ep ea le d,
not with st and ing th at it or par ts of it ma y not be th en in ope ra tion e ithe r
a t al l or in par ti cul ar a re as .
(2) Th e Le gis la tur e of a St at e m ay by l aw im pos e, or autho ri se the
i mpos it ion of , a ny s uch t ax a s i s m en tion ed in c lau se (1), but no su ch
l aw sha ll have any e ff ec t unl es s i t ha s, a ft er having bee n re se rv ed for
th e con sid er at ion of the P re sid ent , re ce iv ed his a ss en t; and if any su ch
l aw prov ide s for th e f ixa tion of the ra te s and oth er in cide nt s of su ch
t ax by me an s of rul es or ord er s to b e m ad e unde r th e la w by any
a uthor ity, the l aw sh al l provid e fo r the prev ious cons en t of th e
P re sid ent be ing obt ain ed to th e ma king of any suc h ru le or orde r.
289. Exe mp ti on of p ro pe rt y and in co me of a Sta te from U nion
taxa tion .— (1) The prop er ty and inco me of a St at e sh all be ex em pt
f rom U nion tax at ion.
(2) Noth ing in cl au se (1) sha ll prev ent the U nion f rom impo sing , or
a uthor is ing the impo si tion of , any t ax to su ch e xt ent, if an y, a s
P ar lia me nt m ay by l aw prov ide in re sp ec t of a tra de or busin es s of any
kind c ar ri ed on by, or on beha lf of, th e Gov ern me nt of a St at e, or any
op er ation s conn ec te d th er ew it h, or a ny prop er ty use d or oc cupi ed for
th e purpos es of su ch tr ade or bus ine ss , or any inco me a cc ru ing or
a ri sing in conne ct ion the re wi th.
(3) Nothing in cl au se (2) s ha ll a pply to any tr ade or bus ine ss , or to
a ny cl as s of tr ad e or bus ine ss , w hic h Pa rl ia me nt m ay by la w de cl ar e to
b e in cid ent al to the ordin ar y fun ct ions of Gov ern me nt .
290. A dju st me nt in re sp ec t of ce rt ain ex pe ns es and p ens ion s. —
Wh er e unde r th e provis ions of thi s Cons titu tion the exp en se s of any
c ourt or Com mi ss io n, or th e pens ion paya ble to or in r es pe ct of a
p er son who h as se rve d be for e th e co mm en ce me nt of this Cons titu tion
und er th e C rown in India or a ft er suc h co mm en ce me nt in c onne ct ion
w ith th e a ff ai rs of the Union or of a St at e, ar e cha rg ed on th e
Con sol ida ted Fund of Indi a or the Con sol ida te d Fund of a Sta te , the n,
i f—
( a) in th e c as e of a c ha rg e on th e Conso lida te d Fund of Indi a,
th e cou rt or Com mi ss ion se rv es any of th e s ep ar at e nee ds of a St at e,
or the p er son ha s s er ved wholly or in pa rt in c onne ct ion w ith th e
a ff ai rs of a Sta te ; or
( b) in th e ca se of a c ha rg e on th e Con solid at ed Fund of a St at e,
th e cour t or Co mm is si on se rv es a ny of th e sep ar at e n eed s of th e
Un ion or a nothe r St at e, or th e pe rson has se rv ed who lly or in p art
in conn ec tion w ith the affa ir s of the Union or anoth er S ta te ,
th er e sh all be ch arge d on and pa id out of the Con sol ida ted Fund of th e
St at e or, as th e ca se ma y be, the Con sol ida te d Fund of Indi a or the
Con sol ida ted Fund of th e othe r Sta te , such con tr ibution in re sp ec t of
th e expe ns es or pen sion a s ma y be agr ee d, or as m ay in de fau lt of
a gr ee me nt be de te rm in ed by an a rb itr ato r to b e appoin ted by th e Ch ie f
Ju st ic e of Indi a.
290A. A nnua l paymen t to ce rt ain De vas wom Fun ds . —A sum of
fo rty -s ix lakh s a nd fi fty thou sa nd rupe es sh al l be cha rg ed on, and pa id
out of, the Con sol ida ted Fund of th e Sta te of K er al a ev er y y ea r to th e
Tra van co re De va sw om Fund; and a su m of thir te en l akhs and f if ty
thou sa nd rupe es sh al l be cha rg ed on, and pa id out of, the Con sol ida te d
Fund of the St at e of Tam il N adu eve ry y ea r to th e D eva sw om Fund
e st ab lis hed in tha t Sta te fo r the ma int en anc e of Hindu te mpl es and
sh rin es in th e t er ri tori es tra ns fe rr ed to tha t St at e on th e 1st day of
Nov em be r, 1956, fro m the St at e of Tra van co re -Co chin .
291. [P ri vy pu rs e sum s of Rule rs . ] Rep . b y th e Cons titu tion (Twe nt y-
s ix th A mend me nt ) A ct, 197l, s. 2.
C H A P T E R I I.— B O R R O W I N G
292. Bor ro wi ng by t he Gove rn me nt of Ind ia.— Th e ex ec ut ive powe r
of th e U nion ext ends to borro wing upon th e se cu ri ty of th e
Con sol ida ted Fund of Indi a w ithin suc h li mi ts, if a ny, a s m ay fro m ti me
to t im e b e fix ed by Pa rl ia me nt by l aw and to th e giving of gua ran te es
w ithin su ch li mi ts, i f a ny, as m ay be so fix ed.
293. Bo rrow in g by Sta te s. — (1 ) Subje ct to the provi sion s of this
a rt ic le , th e ex ec utiv e pow er of a Sta te ext end s to bor row ing wi thin th e
t er ri tory of India upon the se cu ri ty of th e Conso lida te d Fund of the
St at e w ith in su ch li mi ts , if a ny, a s m ay fro m t im e to t im e b e fix ed by
th e Leg is la tur e of s uch St at e by la w and to the giving of gua ran te es
w ithin su ch li mi ts, i f a ny, as m ay be so fix ed.
(2) The Gov ern me nt of Indi a ma y, subj ec t to s uch cond ition s as m ay
b e l aid down by or unde r a ny l aw m ad e by P ar lia me nt , ma ke lo ans to
a ny Sta te or, s o long as any lim it s fix ed und er a rt ic le 292 ar e not
e xc ee de d, giv e gua ran te es in r es pe ct of loa ns r ai se d by any S ta te , and
a ny su ms requ ir ed for th e purpo se of m ak ing s uch lo ans sh al l b e
c ha rg ed on th e Con sol ida te d Fund of India .
(3) A Sta te m ay not wi thout the con se nt of th e Gove rn me nt of India
r ai se any loan if the re is st ill out sta nding any par t of a lo an whi ch has
b een ma de to the Sta te by th e Gov er nm en t of Indi a or by i ts
pr ed ec es so r G ove rnm en t, or in re spe ct of wh ic h a gu ar ant ee has be en
giv en by the Gov er nm en t of Indi a or by it s pr ed ec es so r Gov ern me nt .
(4) A cons en t unde r cl au se (3) ma y be gr an ted subj ec t to su ch
c ondit ions, i f a ny, as th e Gove rn me nt of Ind ia m ay think fi t to i mpos e.

C H A P T E R II I.— P R O P E RT Y . C O N T R A C T S , R I G H T S , L I A B I L I T I E S ,
O B L I G AT I O N S A N D S U I T S
294. Su cc es si on to prop er ty, as se ts , rig ht s, liab ili ti es and
obl igat ions in c er ta in cas es .— A s fro m the c om me nc em en t of thi s
Con st itut ion—
(a ) al l prop er ty and as se ts whi ch im me di at el y b efo re su ch
c om me nc em en t we re ve st ed in H is Ma je sty for th e purpo se s of the
Gov er nm en t of th e D om inion of India a nd a ll prop er ty a nd a ss et s
wh ic h i mm ed ia te ly be for e such co mm en ce me nt w er e ve st ed in H is
M aj es ty fo r the purpos es of th e Gov ern me nt of ea ch Gov erno r's
P rovinc e sh al l v es t r es pe ct iv ely in th e Union and th e c or re sponding
St at e, and
(b ) al l r ight s, lia bil iti es and obliga tion s of th e Gove rn me nt of
th e Dom inion of Indi a and of th e Gove rn me nt of ea ch Gov erno r's
P rovinc e, w he the r ar is ing out of any cont ra ct or oth er wi se , sha ll be
th e righ ts , li abi lit ie s and obliga tion s r es pe ct ive ly of th e Gov er nm en t
of Indi a and the Gov er nm en t of e ac h cor re spond ing St at e,
sub je ct to any a dju st me nt m ad e or to be m ad e by re as on of the c re at ion
b efo re the c om me nc em en t of thi s Con sti tution of the Dom inion of
P aki st an or of th e P rovin ce s of Wes t B eng al , E as t Beng al , We st Punj ab
a nd E as t Punjab ,
295. Su cc es si on to prop er ty, as se ts , rig ht s, liab ili ti es and
obl igat ions in oth er cas es . — (1) As fro m th e c om me nc em en t of thi s
Con st itut ion—
(a ) al l prop er ty and as se ts whi ch im me di at el y b efo re su ch
c om me nc em en t w er e ve st ed in a ny Ind ian St at e co rr es ponding to a
St at e sp ec if ie d in Pa rt B of th e Fir st S chedu le sh al l ves t in th e
Un ion, if the purpo se s fo r wh ic h su ch prope rt y a nd a ss et s w er e h eld
 i mm ed ia te ly b efo re such com me nc em en t w ill th er ea ft er b e purpos es
of the U nion r el at ing to any of the ma tt er s e num er at ed in the Union
Li st , a nd
(b ) al l r ight s, lia bil iti es and obliga tion s of th e Gove rn me nt of
a ny Ind ian St at e co rr espond ing to a St at e spe ci fi ed in Pa rt B of th e
Fi rs t S chedu le , wh eth er ar is ing out of a ny cont ra ct or oth er wi se ,
sh al l be the righ ts , li ab ili tie s and oblig at ions of the Gov er nm ent of
Ind ia , if th e purpo se s for w hic h su ch righ ts we re a cqui re d or
li ab ili tie s or obliga tion s we re incu rr ed be for e such co mm en ce me nt
w ill the re af te r be purpo se s of the Gove rnm en t of Ind ia re la ting to
a ny of th e m at te rs enu me ra te d in th e Union Li st,
sub je ct to any a gr ee me nt ent er ed into in th at b eha lf by th e Gov ern me nt
of Indi a wi th th e Gove rn me nt of tha t St at e.
(2) Subj ec t as a fo re sa id, th e G ove rnm en t of e ac h Sta te s pe ci fi ed in
P ar t B of the Fi rs t Sch edul e sha ll, a s fro m the c om me nc em en t of thi s
Con st itut ion, be the su cc es so r of the Gov ern me nt of the co rr es ponding
Ind ian St at e as r eg ard s al l prope rty and as se ts and al l right s, li abi lit ie s
a nd oblig at ions , whe the r ar is ing out of any con tr ac t or oth er wi se , othe r
th an thos e re fe rr ed to in c la us e (1) .
296. P ro pe rt y a cc ru ing by e sc he at o r laps e o r as bona v aca ntia. —
Subj ec t a s her ein af te r provide d, any prope rty in the t er ri tory of India
wh ic h, if this Con st itut ion h ad not co me in to op er at ion, would hav e
a cc ru ed to Hi s Ma je st y or, a s th e c as e ma y be , to th e Rul er of an Ind ia n
St at e by e sc he at or l aps e, or as bona va cant ia for wan t of a right ful
own er, sha ll, i f it i s prop er ty si tua te in a Sta te , ves t in su ch St at e, and
sh al l, in a ny oth er c as e, ves t in th e Union:
Provid ed th at any prop er ty whi ch a t th e da te whe n it wou ld hav e so
a cc ru ed to Hi s Ma je st y or to th e Rul er of an India n Sta te w as in the
pos se ss io n or unde r th e cont rol of the Gove rn me nt of Ind ia or th e
Gov er nm en t of a Sta te sha ll , ac co rding as the purpos es fo r whi ch it wa s
th en us ed or held w er e purpos es of th e Un ion or of a St at e, v es t in the
Un ion or in tha t Sta te .
Exp lanation .— In thi s ar ti cl e, the exp re ss ion s “R ule r” and “Ind ian
St at e” have th e sa me m ea ning s as in ar ti cl e 363.
297. Thi ngs of value w it hin t er ri to ria l wa te rs or c ont in en tal sh el f
and res ou rc e s of the e xc lus ive e co nomic z one to ve st in th e Un ion. —
(1 ) Al l la nds, min er al s and oth er th ings of valu e und erly ing th e oc ea n
w ithin the te rri tor ia l wa te rs , or the cont inen ta l sh el f, or the e xc lus ive
e cono mi c z one , of Ind ia sha ll v es t in the Union and be held fo r th e
purpo se s of the Un ion.
(2) A ll oth er re sou rc es of th e ex cl us ive ec onom ic zone of Ind ia sha ll
a ls o v es t in the Un ion a nd b e h eld for th e purpo se s of the Un ion.
(3) The li mi ts of the t er rito ri al w at er s, th e contin en ta l s he lf, th e
e xc lus ive ec onom ic zon e, a nd othe r m ar it im e zone s, of Indi a sh al l be
su ch as ma y b e s pe ci fi ed, f rom ti me to ti me , by or unde r a ny l aw m ad e
by Pa rli am en t.
298. Po we r to c ar ry on t rad e, e tc .— Th e exe cu tiv e powe r of th e
Un ion and of ea ch Sta te sh al l ext end to th e c ar ry ing on of any t rad e or
bus ine ss and to the ac quis it ion, holding a nd dispo sa l of prope rty and
th e ma king of cont ra ct s for any purpo se :
Provid ed tha t—
( a) the sa id ex ec utiv e powe r of the Un ion sh al l, in s o f ar a s su ch
t rad e or busin es s or suc h purpos e is not on e wi th re sp ec t to whi ch
 P ar lia me nt ma y m ak e l aw s, be sub je ct in ea ch Sta te to l egi sl ation by
th e Sta te ; and
( b) the sa id ex ec utiv e powe r of ea ch St at e sh all , in so fa r as suc h
t rad e or busin es s or suc h purpos e is not on e wi th re sp ec t to whi ch
th e Sta te L egi sl atu re m ay m ak e la ws , be subj ec t to l egi sl at ion by
P ar lia me nt .
299. Con tra ct s. — (1) A ll c ont ra ct s m ad e in th e e xe rc is e of the
e xe cut ive pow er of th e U nion or of a St at e sh all be exp re ss ed to be
m ad e by th e P re sid en t, or by the Gov erno r of th e Sta te , as th e ca se ma y
b e, and all su ch cont ra ct s and a ll as su ra nc es of prop er ty ma de in the
e xe rc is e of tha t po we r sha ll be ex ec ut ed on beh al f of th e P re sid en t or
th e Gov er nor by su ch pe rs ons and in su ch m ann er as he ma y dir ec t or
a uthor is e.
(2) N ei the r the Pr es ide nt nor the Gov erno r sha ll be pe rson al ly l iab le
in re sp ec t of any cont ra ct or a ss ur anc e m ad e or e xe cu ted fo r th e
purpo se s of thi s Cons ti tution , or fo r the purpos es of any ena ct me nt
r el at ing to th e G ove rnm en t of Ind ia he re tofo re in fo rc e, nor sha ll any
p er son m ak ing or e xe cut ing any such con tr ac t or as su ran ce on beh al f of
a ny of th em be pe rs ona lly lia bl e in r es pe ct th er eof .
300. Su it s and p ro ce ed ing s. — (1) The Gov ern me nt of Indi a ma y s ue
or be su ed by the na me of th e Union of Indi a a nd the Gove rn me nt of a
St at e m ay sue or be sue d by the n am e of the Sta te and m ay, subj ec t to
a ny prov is ions wh ich m ay be ma de by Ac t of P ar lia me nt or of the
L egi sl atu re of su ch Sta te e na ct ed by vi rtue of pow er s con fe rr ed by thi s
Con st itut ion, sue or be su ed in r el at ion to th ei r r es pe ct ive a ff ai rs in the
lik e c as es as the Dom inion of Indi a a nd the cor re spond ing Provin ce s or
th e cor re spond ing Ind ian St at es migh t h ave su ed or b een su ed if thi s
Con st itut ion h ad not be en ena ct ed .
(2) I f a t the co mm en ce me nt of this Con sti tution —
( a) any leg al proc ee di ngs ar e pend ing to wh ich th e D om inion of
Ind ia i s a p art y, the Union of Indi a sha ll be de em ed to be sub sti tut ed
fo r the Do min ion in thos e proc ee ding s; and
( b) any leg al pro ce ed ing s ar e pending to whi ch a Provin ce or an
Ind ian Sta te is a pa rty, the cor re spond ing Sta te sh al l be d ee me d to
b e sub st itut ed for th e Provin ce or th e Ind ia n St at e in thos e
pro ce ed ings .
C H A P T E R IV.— R I G H T TO P R O P E RT Y
300A. Persons not to be deprived of property save by authority of law.— No person
shall be deprived of his property save by authority of law.
 PART XIII
TRADE, COMMERCE AND INTERCOURSE WITHIN THE
TERRITORY OF INDIA
301. F re edo m of t rad e, com me rc e and int er cou rs e. — Sub je ct to th e
ot he r provi sio ns of thi s Pa rt , t rad e, comme rc e and int erco ur se
t hrougho ut th e te rr it or y of I ndia sha ll be f re e.
302. Pow er of Par lia me nt to i mpo se re st ri ct io ns on t rad e,
c omme rc e and int erco ur se . — Pa rli am en t m ay by l aw impo se su ch
r es tr ic tion s on the f re edo m of tra de , c om me rc e or inte rc our se b et we en
on e St at e and ano the r or w ithin any pa rt of the t er rito ry of Ind ia a s
m ay be r equi red in the publi c inte re st .
303. Re st ri ct ions on th e leg is la tiv e powe rs of th e Union and of the
St at es w ith r ega rd to tra de a nd co mm er ce . —(1 ) No tw ith st andi ng
any thing in ar ti cl e 302, n eit he r Parl iamen t no r th e Leg is latu re of a
S tat e sha ll hav e po we r to make any law giving, or autho ri sing the
givi ng of, any p re fe re nc e to one Stat e ov er anot he r, or ma king, or
au thor is ing t he mak ing of, any dis cr imin at ion be tw ee n one S tat e
and anoth er, by vi rtu e of any en try re la ti ng to t rad e and co mme rc e
in any of t he Li st s in th e Sev en th Sch ed ule .
(2) No thi ng in c laus e (1 ) s hall p re ve nt Pa rl iamen t from ma king
any law giving , o r aut hor is ing th e giving of, any p re fe ren c e or
maki ng, or aut hor is ing th e mak ing of, any di sc ri mi na tion if i t i s
d ec lared by s uc h law tha t i t i s ne ce ss ar y to do so for th e pur pos e of
d eali ng w it h a si tuat ion ari si ng f ro m s ca rc it y of goods in any pa rt
of th e te rr it or y of I ndia.
304. Re st ri ct ions on tr ade , com me rc e and int er cou rs e a mong Sta te s.
— Not wi th sta nding anyt hing in ar tic le 301 o r art ic le 303, th e
L egi sla tu re of a Sta te may by la w—
( a) i mpo se on goods i mp or te d f ro m othe r Sta te s or the Un ion
t er ri to ri es any tax to whi ch s imila r good s man ufa ct ured or
p ro duc ed in tha t Stat e are s ubj ec t, s o, how eve r, a s no t to
di sc ri mi na te b et we en goods so impor te d and goods so
manu fac tu re d o r prod uc ed ; and
( b) i mpo se su ch rea so nab le re st ri ct io ns on th e f re ed om of
t rad e, comme rc e or int erco ur se wi th o r w it hin t hat S tat e as may
b e re qu ired in th e publ ic in te re st :
Provi de d tha t no Bil l o r a me ndmen t for th e pu rpo se s of c laus e ( b)
s hall b e in trod uc ed o r mov ed in th e Leg is lat ure of a S tat e wi thou t
t he p re viou s san ct ion of the P re si de nt .
305. S aving of exi st ing l aw s and la ws providing fo r St at e
m onopoli es .— Not hing in ar tic le s 301 and 303 s hall aff ec t th e
p rov is ions of any exi st ing law ex ce pt in so far as th e Pres id en t may
by o rde r oth er wi se direc t; and noth ing in art ic le 301 shal l aff ec t the
op er atio n of any law mad e b efo re the co mmen ce men t of the
Co ns ti tut ion ( Four th A me nd me nt ) Ac t, 1955, in so far as it re la te s
to , o r prev en t Par lia me nt o r th e Le gis lat ure of a S tat e from ma king
125
any la w rel at ing to , any su ch mat te r as is ref e r red to in s ub- cla us e
( ii) of cla us e (6) of ar tic le 19.
 306. [Po we r of ce rt ain Sta te s i n Par t B of th e F ir st Sch edu le to
i mpos e r es tr ic tio ns on trad e and co mm er ce . ] R ep. by th e Cons ti tutio n
( Se ve nt h Am end me nt ) Ac t, 1956, s. 29 and Sc h.
307. Appo intm en t of a uthor ity for c ar rying out the purpo se s of
a rt ic le s 301 to 304. — Pa rl iamen t may by la w appoin t s uc h autho ri ty
as it c ons id er s app ro pr ia te for ca rr yi ng out t he pur pos es of ar tic le s
301, 302, 303 and 304, and con fe r on th e autho ri ty so appoin te d
s uc h po we rs and suc h dut ie s as it thi nks n ec es sa ry.
 PART XIV
SERVICES UNDER THE UNION AND THE STATES
C H A P T E R I. — S E RV I C E S
308. In te rpr et at ion. — I n t hi s Pa rt , unle ss the c ont ex t ot he rw is e
req ui re s, the e xpres si on “Stat e” doe s not inc lu de th e Sta te of
Ja mmu and Ka sh mi r.
309. Re cr uit me nt and cond ition s of se rvi ce of p er sons se rving the
Un ion or a Sta te .— Su bj ec t to the provi sion s of thi s Co ns ti tut ion,
A ct s of th e app ro pr iat e L egi sla tu re may reg ula te th e rec ru it men t,
and cond itio ns of se rv ic e of pe rs on s appoi nt ed, to publ ic se rv ic es
and post s in conn ec ti on w it h th e af fair s of the Un ion o r of any
S tat e:
Provi de d tha t it s hall be c ompe te nt for the Pres id en t or su ch
p er son as h e may direc t in the cas e of se rv ic es and po st s in
c onn ec tio n w it h t he af fair s of th e Unio n, and fo r t he G ove rno r of a
S tat e or s uc h p er son as h e may direc t in the c as e of se rv ic es and
po st s in c onn ec ti on w ith the affa ir s of the Stat e, to ma ke r ul es
reg ula ti ng th e rec ru it me nt , and t he cond it ions of s er vi ce of pe rs ons
appo int ed , to s uc h s er vi ce s and pos ts un til p rov is ion in t hat be hal f
i s made by or und er an A ct of th e app ro pr ia te Leg is latu re und er
t his a rti cl e, and any r ul es s o mad e shal l hav e ef fe ct sub je ct to t he
p rov is ions of any su ch Ac t.
310. Ten ur e of o ff ic e of pe rson s s er ving th e Un ion or a Sta te .— (1 )
Ex ce pt as ex pres sl y provid ed by thi s Co ns ti tut ion, ev er y p er son
w ho is a membe r of a d ef en ce se rv ic e or of a c ivi l se rv ic e of th e
U nion or of an all -In dia s er vi ce o r hold s any po st conn ec te d wi th
d ef en ce or any civ il pos t un de r t he U nion hold s offi ce dur ing th e
pl ea su re of the Pres id en t, and ev er y pe rs on w ho is a membe r of a
c ivi l se rv ic e of a Stat e o r hol ds any civ il po st un de r a Stat e hol ds
of fi ce dur ing th e ple asu re of th e Gov er nor of the S tat e.
(2) Not wi ths tan ding t hat a p er son holdi ng a civi l pos t und er th e
U nion or a S tat e hold s of fi ce dur ing the ple as ure of th e P re si de nt
o r, as the ca se may b e, of the Gov er no r of th e Sta te , any co nt rac t
un de r w hi ch a p er son , no t b eing a membe r of a de fe nc e se rv ic e o r of
an all -I ndia se rv ic e o r of a civi l s er vi ce of th e U nion or a S tat e, i s
appo int ed unde r th is Con st itu tion to hold suc h a pos t may, if the
P re si de nt or t he Gov er no r, as th e cas e may b e, de ems i t ne ce ss ar y in
o rde r to s ec ure th e se rv ic es of a p er son having sp ec ia l
qua lif ic atio ns , p rov ide for th e paymen t to hi m of co mp en sa tion , i f
b efo re the exp ira tio n of an ag re ed pe rio d tha t pos t i s aboli sh ed o r
h e i s, fo r re as on s not conn ec te d wi th any mis co ndu ct on hi s pa rt ,
req ui re d to vacat e tha t po st.
311. Di sm is sa l, r em ova l or r edu ct ion in ra nk of pe rs ons e mp loye d in
c ivi l ca pa ci ti es under the Union or a St at e. — (1 ) No p er so n who is a
membe r of a civ il se rv ic e of the Unio n o r an al l- Ind ia s er vi ce or a
c ivi l se rv ic e of a S tat e o r hold s a c ivil pos t und er th e U nion or a
S tat e shal l b e dis mi ss ed or remov ed by an autho ri ty subo rd inat e to
t hat by w hi ch he wa s appoin te d. 127
(2) No su ch pe rs on as afo re sa id sha ll b e dis mi ss ed or re mo ve d o r
red uc ed in rank ex ce pt af te r an in qui ry in whi ch h e ha s b ee n
in for me d of th e c har ge s again st him and giv en a rea so nabl e
oppo rt uni ty of b eing h ear d i n res pe ct of t hos e cha rge s:
 Provi de d tha t wh ere i t is p ro pos ed aft er s uc h inq ui ry, to i mpo se
upo n him any s uc h pe nalt y, su ch p enal ty may be impos ed on the
ba si s of th e ev ide nc e addu ce d dur ing su ch inq uir y and i t s hall not
b e ne ce ss ar y to giv e s uc h pe rs on any oppo rt uni ty of making
rep res e nt at ion on th e pena lty p ropo se d:
Provi de d f ur th er tha t t his c lau se s hall not app ly—
( a) whe re a p er son is dis mi ss ed or r em oved or re duc ed in rank
on the ground of c onduc t w hic h h as l ed to hi s c onvic tion on a
c ri mi na l c ha rg e; or
( b) whe re th e autho ri ty e mpo we re d to di sm is s or re mov e a
p er son or to r edu ce him in ra nk is sa ti sf ied tha t for som e re as on, to
b e re co rde d by that autho rity in wr iting , it i s not re as on ably
pr ac ti ca bl e to hold su ch inquiry ; or
( c ) whe re th e Pr es ide nt or th e Gove rno r, as th e ca se ma y be, is
s at is fi ed th at in the in te re st of th e se cu ri ty of th e St at e it is not
e xped ien t to hold suc h inqui ry.
(3) I f, in re sp ec t of any su ch p er son as afo re sa id , a que st ion
a ris es w he th er i t i s re as ona bly p rac ti cab le to hold s uc h inq uir y as i s
ref er re d to in c laus e (2), the de ci sio n th ereo n of the autho ri ty
e mp ow ered to di smis s or re mo ve s uc h p er son o r to re du ce hi m in
r ank sha ll be fina l.
312. All -Ind ia se rv ic es .— (1 ) No tw ith st andi ng anyth ing in Chap te r
V I of Par t V I or Pa rt X I, if th e Coun ci l of S tat es ha s d ec lared by
res ol ut ion su ppor te d by no t l es s tha n t wo- th ir ds of the membe r s
p re se nt and voting tha t it is ne ce ss ar y or e xpe di en t i n t he nat ional
in te re st so to do, Pa rlia me nt may by la w provid e for th e crea ti on of
on e or mo re all I ndia s er vi ce s (in cl udi ng an all- Ind ia jud ic ial
s er vi ce ) commo n to the Un ion and t he Stat es , and, sub je ct to t he
ot he r p rov is ion s of th is C hapt er, re gu la te th e re cr ui t me nt , and t he
c ondi tion s of se rv ic e of pe rs ons appo int ed , to any suc h se rv ic e.
(2) The s er vi ce s kno wn at th e comme nc e men t of t hi s C ons ti tu tion
as the In dian A dmin is tr ativ e S er vic e and th e I ndian Poli ce Se rv ic e
s hall b e d ee me d to b e s er vi ce s c re at ed by Pa rl iamen t und er th is
a rti cl e.
(3) Th e al l- Ind ia jud ic ial se rv ic e re fe r red to in c lau se (1) shal l
no t in cl ude any pos t inf er io r to tha t of a di st ri ct judg e as de fin ed in
a rti cl e 236.
(4) The la w provid ing for the c re at io n of t he all -I ndia ju dic ial
s er vi ce afores ai d may con tain s uc h p rov is ion s fo r the a me nd me nt of
C hapt er VI of Pa rt VI as may b e ne ce ss ar y fo r giving ef fe ct to t he
p rov is ions of tha t law and no s uc h la w shal l b e de emed to b e an
a me nd me nt of th is Con st it ut ion for the pu rpo se s of ar ti cl e 368.
312A. Po we r of Pa rli am en t to v ary or revok e c ondit ions of se rvi ce of
o ff ic er s of ce rt ai n se rvi ce s. — (1) Pa rlia me nt may by la w—
( a) va ry or r evok e, wh et he r pro spe ct ive ly or r et ro spe ct ive ly, the
c ondit ions of se rvi ce s as r esp ec ts r em une ra tion , le av e a nd pen sion
a nd th e right s as r es pe ct s di sc iplin ar y m at te rs of p er sons who ,
h aving bee n a ppoint ed by th e S ec re ta ry of St at e or S ec re ta ry of
St at e in Counc il to a c ivi l s er vi ce of th e C row n in Indi a befo re th e
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion, con tinue on and af te r the
c om me nc em en t of th e Con st itut ion (Twe nty -e ighth Am en dm en t)
A ct , 1972, to se rv e under th e G ove rnm en t of Ind ia or of a Sta te in
a ny s er vi ce or pos t;
 ( b) vary or rev ok e, wh et he r pros pe ct iv ely or ret ros pe ct iv el y,
t he cond itio ns of se rv ic e as res pe ct s p en sion of pe rs ons who,
havi ng be en appoin te d by th e S ec re ta ry of S tat e o r S ec re ta ry of
S tat e in C oun cil to a civ il s er vi ce of th e C ro wn in I ndia be fore
t he comme nc e men t of t his Con st itu tio n, ret ire d o r oth er wi se
c ea se d to b e in se rv ic e at any time be fore th e c omme nc e me nt of
t he Con st it ut ion (Twe nt y- eigh th Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1972:
Provi de d tha t in th e c as e of any s uc h pe rs on w ho i s holdi ng or
ha s he ld t he offi ce of th e C hi ef Jus tic e or ot he r Judg e of t he
Su preme Co ur t or a H igh Cou rt , the C ompt ro ll er and Aud ito r-
G en er al of In dia, t he Chai rman or oth er membe r of t he Unio n or a
S tat e Publ ic S erv ic e Co mmis si on o r the C hi ef El ec ti on
Co mmis si on er, no thing in su b- clau se ( a) o r sub -c lau se ( b) shal l b e
c ons tr ue d as empo we ri ng Par liamen t to vary or rev ok e, af te r hi s
appo int me nt to s uc h pos t, th e c ond itio ns of his se rv ic e to his
di sadva ntag e ex ce pt in so far as suc h co ndi tion s of se rv ic e a re
app lic abl e to him by re as on of his b eing a pe rs on appoin te d by th e
S ec re ta ry of S tat e or S ec re ta ry of S tat e in Coun ci l to a c ivi l s er vi ce
of th e Crow n in Ind ia.
(2) Ex ce pt to th e ext en t provid ed fo r by Par lia me nt by law und er
t his a rti cl e, not hing in thi s ar tic le shal l af fe ct the po we r of any
L egi sla tu re or othe r autho ri ty un de r any oth er p rov is ion of thi s
Co ns ti tut ion to re gu lat e th e c ond itio ns of se rv ic e of pe rso ns
ref er re d to in clau se (1).
(3) Ne it he r th e Sup re me C our t no r any othe r c our t s hall have
j ur is dic tio n i n—
( a) any disput e ar is ing out of any provi sion of, or any
e ndor se me nt on, any cove nan t, agr ee me nt or othe r s im il ar
in st rum en t whi ch w as en te re d into or e xe cut ed by any per son
r ef er re d to in cl au se (1 ), or ar is ing out of any le tt er i ssu ed to s uch
p er son, in r el at ion to hi s a ppoint me nt to any civi l se rvi ce of th e
C rown in Indi a or hi s cont inuan ce in s er vi ce und er the Gov er nm en t
of th e D om inion of Indi a or a P rovinc e th er eo f;
( b) any disput e in re sp ec t of a ny r ight, li abi lity or oblig ation
und er ar ti cl e 314 a s origin al ly ena ct ed .
(4) The p rov is ion s of th is ar ti cl e sha ll have ef fe ct not wi ths tan ding
any thing in ar ti cl e 314 as orig inal ly e nac te d or i n any oth er
p rov is ion of thi s Con st itu tion .
313. Tra ns ition al provi sion s. — Un til othe r p rov is ion i s ma de in th is
b ehal f und er thi s Co ns ti tut ion, al l th e la ws in force imme di at el y
b efo re the co mmen ce men t of thi s Co ns ti tut ion and app li cabl e to any
pu bli c s er vi ce or any pos t w hic h co nt inu es to ex is t aft er th e
c omme nc e me nt of th is Cons ti tu tion , as an all -I ndia se rv ic e o r a s
s er vi ce o r po st un de r th e U nion o r a Sta te sha ll c ont inu e in fo rc e so
fa r a s c ons is te nt w ith th e provi sio ns of thi s Con st itu tio n.
314. [ Pro vi sio n fo r prot ec tio n of ex is ting o ff ic er s of ce rt ain
s er vi ce s. ] Re p. by the Con st itu tion (Twe nt y- e ighth A me nd me nt ) Ac t,
1972, s. 3 (w.e .f. 29- 8-1972) .
C H A P T E R II.— P U BL I C S E RV I C E C O MM I S S I O N S
315. Publ ic S erv ic e Com mi ss ion s for th e U nion and for the St at es .—
(1 ) Sub je ct to t he provis ion s of th is art ic le , th ere s hall b e a Pub lic
S er vic e C ommi ss io n fo r the Un ion and a Pub li c S erv ic e
Co mmis si on for ea ch Sta te .
 (2) Two o r mo re S tat es may agree tha t th ere s hal l be one Pu bli c
S er vic e Co mmis si on fo r t hat group of Stat es , and if a re so lu ti on to
t hat e ff ec t is pass ed by th e Ho us e o r, w he re the re a re tw o Hou se s,
by e ac h Hou se of t he Leg is latu re of ea ch of thos e Stat es , Pa rl iamen t
may by la w provid e fo r th e appo int me nt of a Join t Sta te Publ ic
S er vic e Co mmis si on ( re fe r red to in th is Cha pt er as Join t
Co mmis si on ) to se rv e th e ne ed s of thos e Sta te s.
(3) A ny su ch law a s afores ai d may co nta in su ch inc id en tal and
c ons eq ue nt ial provi sion s as may be n ec es sa ry or de si rabl e for giving
e ff ec t to th e pur pos es of t he la w.
(4) The Pu bli c Se rvi ce Commi ss io n for th e Unio n, if re qu es te d so
to do by the Gov er nor of a S tat e may, w ith the approval of th e
P re si de nt , agree to se rv e all or any of the n ee ds of t he Sta te .
(5) R ef eren c es i n t his Co ns ti tut ion to the U nion Pub li c Se rvi ce
Co mmis si on o r a S tat e Publ ic S erv ic e Co mmis si on sha ll, unl es s t he
c ont ex t ot he rw is e req ui re s, b e con st ru ed as re fe re nc e s to th e
Co mmis si on se rv ing th e n ee ds of th e U nion or, a s th e ca se may be ,
t he Sta te as res pe ct s th e pa rti cu lar ma tt er i n qu es ti on.
316. Appoint me nt and t er m of offic e of me mb er s. — (1 ) The
C hai rman and othe r membe rs of a Publ ic Se rvi ce Co mmis si on sha ll
b e appoi nt ed, in th e ca se of t he U nion Commi ss io n o r a Join t
Co mmis si on , by th e P re si de nt , and in th e c as e of a S tat e
Co mmis si on , by th e Gov er no r of th e Stat e:
Provi de d tha t as n ear ly as may b e one -ha lf of the me mb er s of
e ve ry Pu bli c S er vic e Commi ss io n s hall be p er so ns w ho at t he date s
of th ei r res pe ct iv e appoin tmen ts have h eld off ic e for at lea st t en
y ear s ei th er und er th e Gov er nmen t of In dia or un de r t he
G ove rn me nt of a Stat e, and in compu ti ng t he sa id pe riod of te n
y ear s any p er iod b efo re the co mmen ce men t of thi s Co ns ti tut ion
du ri ng w hi ch a p er son has h eld of fic e un de r t he C ro wn in I ndia or
un de r t he Gov er nmen t of an In dian Sta te s hall b e in cl ude d.
(1A ) I f th e of fi ce of th e C hai rman of the Co mmis si on be comes
va cant o r if any s uc h C hai rman is by re as on of abs en ce o r for any
ot he r rea so n unabl e to p er fo rm the du ti es of hi s off ic e, tho se dut ie s
s hall , unt il so me p er so n appoin te d und er cla us e (1 ) to t he vacan t
of fi ce has en te re d on th e du tie s the re of o r, as the ca se may be, unti l
t he Cha ir ma n has re su me d hi s du ti es , be pe rf or me d by su ch one of
t he othe r membe rs of t he Commi ss io n as th e P re si de nt , in th e ca se
of th e Un ion Commi ss io n or a Joint Co mmis si on , and t he Gov er no r
of th e Sta te in th e cas e of a Sta te Co mmis si on , may appoi nt fo r th e
pu rpo se .
(2) A me mb e r of a P ubli c S er vi ce Commi ss io n s hal l hold of fi ce for
a te rm of six yea rs f ro m t he dat e on w hi ch h e e nt er s upon hi s off ic e
o r unt il he at tain s, in the c as e of the U nion Co mmis si on , t he ag e of
s ixty -f ive yea rs , and in the c as e of a Sta te Co mmis si on o r a Join t
Co mmis si on , the ag e of s ixty -t wo yea rs , whi ch ev er is ea rl ie r:
Provi de d t hat —
( a) a me mb er of a Publi c S ervi ce Co mm is si on m ay, by wr iting
und er hi s hand a ddr es se d, in th e c as e of th e Un ion Com mi ss ion or
a Jo int Com mi ss io n, to th e P re sid en t, and in th e c as e of a St at e
Co mm is si on, to the Gov erno r of th e Sta te , re sign hi s o ff ic e;
 ( b) a me mb er of a Publi c S ervi ce Co mm is si on m ay b e re mo ved
f rom his o ff ic e in the m an ne r provid ed in c la us e (1 ) or c la us e (3 )
of a rti cl e 317.
(3) A pe rs on who hold s off ic e as a me mb e r of a Publ ic Se rvi ce
Co mmis si on s hal l, on th e exp ira tion of hi s t er m of of fi ce , be
in el igib le fo r re- appoin tmen t to tha t of fi ce .
317. Re mov al and su sp ens ion of a me mb er of a Publi c S erv ic e
Co mm is si on. — (1 ) Sub je ct to t he provis ion s of c lau se (3) , th e
C hai rman o r any oth er membe r of a Publ ic S erv ic e Co mmis si on
s hall only b e re mo ve d from his of fi ce by ord er of th e Pres id en t on
t he gro und of mi sb ehav iour aft er t he Supreme Cou rt , on ref e ren ce
b eing mad e to it by th e P re si de nt , has, on inqui ry h el d in
a cco rda nc e w it h th e p ro ce du re p re sc ri be d in that beha lf un de r
a rti cl e 145, rep or te d t hat th e Chai rman o r su ch oth er me mb er, as
t he ca se may be , ough t on any su ch g roun d to b e re mo ve d.
(2) Th e P re si de nt , in th e ca se of t he U nion Commi ss io n o r a Join t
Co mmis si on , and t he Gov er nor in the ca se of a Stat e C ommi ss io n,
may su sp en d from of fi ce th e C hai rman o r any oth er me mb e r of th e
Co mmis si on i n re sp ec t of whom a re fe re nc e has be en made to th e
Su preme Cou rt unde r c laus e (1) un ti l th e P re si de nt has pas se d
o rde rs on rec ei pt of the re po rt of t he Supre me Cou rt on su ch
ref e ren ce .
(3) Not wi ths tan ding any thi ng in c laus e (1), the Pres id en t may by
o rde r re mo ve from off ic e th e Chai rman o r any oth er membe r of a
Pu bli c Se rvi ce Commi ss io n if th e Chai rman o r su ch oth er membe r,
as th e ca se may be, —
( a) is adjudg ed an inso lven t; or
(b) enga ge s dur ing his te rm of offi ce in any paid em ploym en t
out sid e the duti es of hi s o ff ic e; or
( c ) is, in the opinion of the Pr es ide nt, unfi t to con tinue in o ffi ce
by re as on of in fir mi ty of m ind or body.
(4) I f t he C hair ma n or any oth er me mb e r of a P ubli c Se rv ic e
Co mmis si on i s or b ec omes in any way con ce rn ed or in te re st e d in any
c ont ra ct or agree me nt mad e by o r on beha lf of the Gov er nmen t of
I ndia o r the Gove rn me nt of a Sta te o r par ti cipa te s in any w ay in
t he p ro fit th ereo f or in any b en ef it o r emolu me nt ari si ng t he re f ro m
ot he rw is e than a s a me mb e r and in co mmon wi th th e ot he r
membe rs of an i nco rpo ra te d co mpa ny, he shal l, fo r th e pu rpo se s of
c lau se (1 ), be d ee me d to be guil ty of mis be hav iour.
318. Po we r to mak e re gu lat ions as to con di tion s of s er vi ce of
membe rs and s ta ff of the C ommi ss io n. — In the ca se of the Un ion
Co mm is si on or a Join t Co mm is si on, th e Pr es id ent a nd, in th e c as e of a
St at e Com mi ss io n, the Gov erno r of th e Sta te m ay by r egu la tions —
( a) de te rm in e th e numb er of me mb er s of th e Co mm is si on and
th ei r c ondit ions of se rv ic e; and
( b) ma ke provi sion w ith re sp ec t to th e numb er of me mb er s of th e
s ta ff of the Com mi ss io n a nd th ei r condit ions of se rv ic e:
Provid ed th at the c ondit ions of se rv ic e of a m em be r of a Publ ic
S erv ic e Com mi ss io n sh al l not be va ri ed to hi s dis adva nta ge a ft er hi s
a ppoint me nt.
 319. Proh ibi tion a s to th e hol ding of off ic es by membe rs of
Co mmis si on on ce as ing to be su ch membe rs .— On ce as ing to hold
o ff ic e—
( a) th e Cha ir ma n of the U nion Publ ic Se rvic e Com mi ss ion sha ll
b e in el igibl e for fur the r em ploy me nt ei the r unde r th e Gove rn me nt of
Ind ia or unde r th e Gove rn me nt of a Sta te ;
( b) th e Cha ir ma n of a St at e Publ ic Se rvic e Com mi ss ion sha ll b e
e lig ible fo r appoin tm ent a s the Ch ai rm an or any othe r me mb er of th e
Un ion Public S erv ic e Co mm is si on or a s the Ch ai rm an of any othe r
St at e Publi c Se rvi ce Co mm is si on, but not fo r any othe r e mp loym en t
e ith er unde r the Gov ern me nt of Indi a or und er the Gov er nm en t of a
St at e;
( c ) a me mb er othe r th an th e Cha ir ma n of the U nion Publ ic
S erv ic e Co mm is si on sh al l be el igibl e fo r appo intm en t a s th e
Ch ai rm an of the Union Public Se rvi ce Co mm is si on or a s th e
Ch ai rm an of a S ta te Publi c S ervi ce Co mm is si on, but not fo r any
oth er e mp loym ent e ith er unde r the Gov ern me nt of Indi a or und er the
Gov er nm en t of a St at e;
( d) a me mb er oth er th an the Cha ir ma n of a Sta te Publ ic S erv ic e
Co mm is si on sh al l be elig ibl e fo r appoin tm en t as th e Cha ir ma n or
a ny othe r m em be r of the Union Publ ic Se rvi ce Com mi ss io n or a s th e
Ch ai rm an of tha t or a ny othe r St at e Publ ic Se rvi ce Com mi ss io n, but
not for any oth er em ploy me nt e ithe r unde r th e Gove rn me nt of India
or unde r the Gov ern me nt of a Sta te .
320. Fu nc tion s of Publ ic S erv ic e Co mmis si on s. — (1) It sh al l b e th e
duty of the Union and th e Sta te Publ ic S ervi ce Com mi ss ion s to c onduc t
e xa min at ions for appoint me nt s to th e s er vic es of the U nion and the
s er vi ce s of the St at e re sp ec tiv ely.
(2) It sh al l al so b e the duty of th e Union Publi c S ervi ce Co mm is si on,
i f re que st ed by any two or mor e S ta te s so to do, to as si st tho se Sta te s
in f ra mi ng and oper at ing sc he me s of jo int r ec rui tm en t for any s er vic es
fo r whi ch ca ndida te s pos se ss ing sp ec ia l qua lif ic at ions a re requ ir ed.
(3) The Union Publ ic S ervi ce Com mi ss ion or the St at e Publi c Se rvi ce
Co mm is si on, as the ca se m ay be, sh al l be consu lt ed—
( a) on al l ma tt er s re la ting to me thod s of r ec ru itm en t to c ivil
s er vi ce s and for c ivil pos ts ;
( b) on the princ ipl es to be follo we d in m aking appoin tm en ts to
c ivi l s er vi ce s and post s and in m ak ing promo tion s and tra ns fe rs f rom
on e se rv ic e to a nothe r a nd on the suit abi lity of ca ndid at es fo r suc h
a ppoint me nt s, prom otion s or t ra ns fe rs ;
( c ) on al l di sc ipl ina ry ma tt er s a ff ec ti ng a pe rson s erv ing under
th e Gov er nm ent of Indi a or the G ove rnm en t of a Sta te in a c ivi l
c ap ac it y, includ ing me mo ri al s or peti tion s re la ting to s uch m at te rs ;
( d) on any c la im by or in re sp ec t of a per son who is se rv ing or
h as s er ve d unde r the Gove rn me nt of India or th e Gov ern me nt of a
St at e or under th e Cro wn in Indi a or under th e G ove rnm en t of a n
Ind ian Sta te , in a civ il c ap ac ity, tha t any cos ts incu rr ed by hi m in
d ef ending l ega l pro ce ed ings ins titu ted aga ins t hi m in r es pe ct of ac ts
don e or purpo rting to be done in the e xe cu tion of hi s duty shou ld be
p aid out of the Con sol ida ted Fund of Ind ia , or, a s th e c as e ma y b e,
out of the Cons olid at ed Fund of th e S ta te ;
( e ) on any cl ai m fo r th e aw ar d of a p ens ion in re sp ec t of injur ie s
su st ai ned by a p er son w hil e se rv ing und er the Gov er nm ent of Indi a
 or the G ove rnm en t of a Sta te or unde r th e Cro wn in Ind ia or unde r
th e Gov er nm ent of an Ind ia n Sta te , in a civ il c ap ac it y, and any
qu es tion as to the a moun t of any su ch aw ar d,
a nd it sh al l be the duty of a Publ ic S ervi ce Com mi ss ion to advi se on
a ny ma tt er so r ef er re d to the m and on a ny othe r m at te r whi ch th e
P re sid ent , or, a s the c as e m ay b e, the Gov erno r of th e Sta te , ma y r ef er
to the m:
P rovide d th at th e P re sid ent a s re sp ec ts the al l- Indi a se rvi ce s a nd
a ls o as re sp ec ts oth er s er vi ce s and pos ts in conne ct ion w ith th e a ff ai rs
of th e U nion, and the Gov er nor, a s re sp ec ts oth er s er vic es and post s in
c onne ct ion wi th th e affa ir s of a St at e, m ay ma ke re gula tion s sp ec if ying
th e ma tt er s in whi ch ei the r gene ra ll y, or in any pa rti cul ar c la ss of ca se
or in any pa rt icu la r c ir cum st an ce s, it sha ll not be ne ce ss ar y for a
Publ ic S erv ic e Com mi ss ion to be con sult ed.
(4) Nothing in cl au se (3) s ha ll r equi re a Publ ic Se rvi ce Com mi ss io n
to b e con sult ed a s re sp ec ts the ma nne r in wh ic h any prov is ion re fe rr ed
to in c la us e (4 ) of a rt ic le 16 ma y be ma de or as r esp ec ts th e m ann er in
wh ic h e ff ec t ma y be given to th e provi sion s of a rt ic le 335.
(5) Al l r egu la tions m ad e unde r th e provi so to c lau se (3) by th e
P re sid ent or the Gov er nor of a Sta te sh al l be la id fo r not l es s than
fou rt ee n day s be for e e ac h Hou se of P ar li am en t or th e Hou se or e ac h
Hou se of th e L egi sl atu re of the Sta te , a s th e c as e ma y be , as soon as
pos sib le af te r th ey a re ma de , a nd sha ll be sub je ct to suc h
m odif ic at ions , wh eth er by wa y of r epe al or a me ndm en t, a s both Hous es
of P arl ia me nt or the Hou se or both Hou se s of the Le gis la tur e of the
St at e ma y ma ke dur ing th e se ss ion in whi ch they a re so l aid.
321. Pow er to ex te nd fu nc tion s of Publ ic S er vic e Commi ss io ns .—
An A ct m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt or, as the ca se m ay be, th e L egi sl atu re of a
St at e ma y provid e for the ex er ci se of addi tiona l func tion s by the Un ion
Publ ic Se rvi ce Com mi ss ion or the Sta te Publi c S erv ic e Co mm is si on a s
r es pe ct s th e s er vi ce s of the Union or the St at e and a lso as re sp ec ts the
s er vi ce s of any lo ca l au thor ity or oth er body c orpo ra te con sti tut ed by
l aw or of any public in st itut ion.
322. Exp en se s of Publ ic Se rvi ce Co mmis si on s. — Th e exp en se s of
th e Union or a Sta te Publ ic S erv ic e Com mi ss ion , in clud ing a ny
s al ar ie s, allo wa nc es and pen sion s p ayab le to or in r es pe ct of the
m em be rs or st aff of the Com mi ss ion , sh al l be c ha rg ed on th e
Con sol ida ted Fund of Indi a or, as the ca se m ay be, th e Con sol ida ted
Fund of the Sta te .
323. Re por ts of Pu bli c S er vic e Commi ss io ns .— (1) It sh al l be th e
duty of the Union Co mm is si on to pr es en t a nnua lly to th e Pr es ide nt a
r epo rt as to the wo rk done by the Co mm is si on and on re ce ip t of su ch
r epo rt the Pr es ide nt sha ll c au se a c opy th er eo f tog eth er w ith a
m em or andu m expl ain ing, a s r es pe ct s th e c as es , if a ny, wh er e the a dvi ce
of th e Co mm is si on wa s not ac ce pt ed , th e re as ons fo r s uch non-
a cc ep ta nc e to be la id b efo re e ac h Hous e of Pa rli am en t.
(2) It sh al l be th e duty of a St at e Co mm is si on to pr es en t annu al ly to
th e Gove rno r of th e St at e a r epor t a s to the wo rk don e by the
Co mm is si on, a nd it s ha ll be the duty of a J oint Co mm is si on to pr es en t
a nnua lly to th e Gov er nor of ea ch of the Sta te s th e n eed s of w hic h ar e
s er ved by th e Join t Co mm is si on a re port a s to th e work done by th e
Co mm is si on in r el at ion to th at St at e, and in e ith er ca se th e Gov er nor,
sh al l, on r ec ei pt of such r epor t, ca us e a copy the re of tog ethe r wi th a
m em or andu m expl ain ing, a s r es pe ct s th e c as es , if a ny, wh er e the a dvi ce
of th e Co mm is si on wa s not ac ce pt ed , th e re as ons fo r s uch non-
a cc ep ta nc e to be la id b efo re th e L egi sl atu re of th e Sta te .
 PART X IVA
T RI BU NA LS
323A. Ad mi ni st ra tive t ri buna ls. — (1 ) Pa rli am en t ma y, by l aw,
prov ide for th e ad judi ca tion or tri al by adm ini st ra tiv e t ribuna ls of
di sput es and c omp la int s w ith r es pe ct to re cr uit me nt and cond ition s of
s er vi ce of pe rson s a ppoint ed to publ ic se rvi ce s and pos ts in conne ct ion
w ith the a ff ai rs of the Un ion or of any Sta te or of any lo ca l or oth er
a uthor ity wi thin the t er rito ry of Ind ia or unde r th e cont rol of the
Gov er nm en t of Indi a or of any c orpo ra tion o wned or cont rol led by th e
Gov er nm en t.
(2) A la w ma de unde r cl au se (1 ) m ay —
( a) provide fo r the es ta bl ish me nt of an adm ini st ra tiv e tr ibuna l
fo r the Union and a s ep ar at e ad min is tr at ive tr ibuna l for ea ch St at e
or fo r t wo or m or e Sta te s;
( b) sp ec if y the juri sdi ct ion, pow er s (inc luding the po we r to
puni sh fo r cont em pt ) and autho rity whi ch m ay b e ex er ci se d by ea ch
of th e s ai d t ribun al s;
( c ) provide fo r the proc edu re ( inc luding provi sion s as to
li mi ta tion and rul es of e vide nc e) to be fol low ed by th e s ai d
t ribuna ls ;
( d) exc lude th e juri sdi ct ion of a ll cou rt s, exc ep t the jur isd ic tion
of th e Sup re me Cour t und er ar ti cl e 136, w ith re sp ec t to th e dispu te s
or co mpl ai nts r ef er re d to in cl au se (1 );
( e ) provid e fo r th e tr an sf er to ea ch suc h ad min is tr at ive tribun al
of any c as es p ending be for e a ny cou rt or othe r autho ri ty
i mm ed ia te ly b efo re the e st ab li shm en t of su ch t ribuna l a s w ould hav e
b een w ithin the ju ris dic tion of su ch tribun al if th e c au se s of a ct ion
on whi ch such su it s or pro ce ed ings a re b as ed had ar is en a ft er su ch
e st ab lis hm en t;
( f) r epe al or a me nd any orde r ma de by the Pr es ide nt under c la us e
(3 ) of a rt ic le 371D ;
( g) cont ain su ch suppl em en ta l, inc ide nta l and cons equ ent ia l
prov is ions (inc luding provis ions as to f ee s) as P arl ia me nt ma y de em
n ec es sa ry for the e ff ec ti ve fun ct ioning of , and fo r th e sp ee dy
di spos al of c as es by, a nd the en for ce me nt of the orde rs of, s uch
t ribuna ls .
(3) The provi sion s of th is a rti cl e sh al l h ave e ff ec t notwi ths tand ing
a nything in any othe r prov is ion of thi s Cons titu tion or in any oth er l aw
fo r the ti me b eing in fo rc e.
323B. Tri bu nals fo r ot he r ma tt er s. — (1) The app ropr ia te
L egi sl atu re m ay, by la w, provid e for th e a djudi ca ti on or tr ia l by
t ribuna ls of any di sput es , c om pla int s, or offe nc es w ith r esp ec t to al l or
a ny of th e m at te rs spe ci fi ed in cl au se (2 ) w ith r esp ec t to whi ch suc h
L egi sl atu re h as pow er to ma ke l aw s.
(2) The ma tt er s r ef er re d to in c lau se (1) ar e th e fo llo wing, na me ly :—
( a) levy, a ss es sm en t, col le ct ion and enfo rc em en t of any tax ;
( b) for eign ex cha nge , i mpo rt and expor t a cr os s cu sto ms
135
f ronti er s;
( c ) indust ri al and l abour dispu te s;
( d) land re fo rm s by w ay of ac quis it ion by the Sta te of a ny e st at e
a s d ef ined in ar ti cl e 31 A or of any r ight s the re in or the
 e xtingu ish me nt or modi fi ca tion of any su ch r ight s or by w ay of
c ei ling on a gri cul tur al l and or in any othe r wa y;
( e ) ce il ing on urban prop er ty;
( f) e le ct ions to ei the r Hous e of Pa rli am en t or the Hou se or e ithe r
Hou se of th e Leg is la tur e of a S ta te , but ex clud ing th e ma tt er s
r ef er re d to in ar ti cl e 329 and a rt ic le 329A ;
( g) produc tion, proc ur em en t, supply and di str ibution of food-
s tuffs (in clud ing e dibl e oils ee ds a nd oi ls ) and such oth er goods as
th e Pr es id ent m ay, by publi c noti fi ca tion, dec la re to b e es se nt ia l
goods for th e purpo se of thi s a rt ic le and c ontro l of pr ic es of su ch
goods ;
( h) r ent, its regu la tion a nd con trol and t enan cy i ss ue s in clud ing
th e right , ti tl e and inte re st of l andlo rds and t enan ts ;
( i) o ff enc es ag ain st la ws with r es pe ct to any of th e ma tt er s
sp ec if ie d in sub -c la us es ( a) to ( h) and fe es in r esp ec t of any of thos e
m at te rs ;
( j) any m at te r inc iden ta l to any of the m at te rs spe ci fi ed in sub-
c la us es ( a) to ( i) .
(3) A la w ma de unde r cl au se (1 ) m ay —
( a) provide fo r the es ta bl ish me nt of a hie ra rc hy of t ribuna ls ;
( b) sp ec if y the juri sdi ct ion, pow er s (inc luding the po we r to
puni sh fo r cont em pt ) and autho rity whi ch m ay b e ex er ci se d by ea ch
of th e s ai d t ribun al s;
( c ) provide fo r the proc edu re ( inc luding provi sion s as to
li mi ta tion and rul es of e vide nc e) to be fol low ed by th e s ai d
t ribuna ls ;
( d) exc lude th e juri sdi ct ion of a ll cou rt s, exc ep t the jur isd ic tion
of th e Sup re me Cour t und er ar ti cl e 136, w ith re sp ec t to a ll or any of
th e ma tt er s f all ing with in th e juri sdi ct ion of th e sa id tribun al s;
( e ) provide fo r the tr an sf er to ea ch su ch tr ibuna l of any c as es
p ending be for e a ny cou rt or a ny othe r a uthor ity i mm ed ia te ly b efo re
th e es ta bli shm en t of s uch tr ibuna l as wou ld h ave be en wi thin the
ju ris dic tion of su ch tribun al if th e c au se s of a ct ion on whi ch suc h
su it s or pro ce ed ings a re bas ed had ar is en a ft er su ch es ta bl ish me nt ;
( f) cont ain s uch suppl em en ta l, in cid ent al and con se que nti al
prov is ions (in clud ing provis ions a s to fe es ) as the app ropr ia te
L egi sl atu re m ay de em nec es sa ry for th e e ff ec ti ve func tion ing of , a nd
fo r the sp ee dy dispo sa l of c as es by, and the en for ce me nt of th e
ord er s of, su ch tribun al s.
(4) The provi sion s of th is a rti cl e sh al l h ave e ff ec t notwi ths tand ing
a nything in any othe r prov is ion of thi s Cons titu tion or in any oth er l aw
fo r the ti me b eing in fo rc e.
Exp lanation .— In this ar ti cl e, “ app ropr ia te Leg is la tur e” , in r el at ion
to any ma tt er, me an s P arl ia me nt or, a s the c as e m ay be , a St at e
L egi sl atu re co mpe te nt to m ak e l aw s with re sp ec t to su ch m at te r in
a cc or dan ce with th e prov is ions of Pa rt X I.
 PART XV
ELECTIONS
324. Su pe ri nt end en ce , direc ti on and c ont ro l of el ec tio ns to be
v es te d i n an El ec tio n C ommi ss io n. — (1 ) Th e s upe rin tend en ce ,
di re ct ion and cont rol of th e pr ep ar at ion of th e e le cto ra l ro lls for, and
th e condu ct of, a ll e le ct ion s to P arl ia me nt and to th e L egi sl atu re of
e ve ry St at e and of el ec ti ons to the offic es of Pre si den t and Vic e-
P re sid ent held und er th is Cons titu tion sh al l be v es ted in a Co mm is si on
( re fe rr ed to in th is Con sti tution a s the El ec tion Co mm is si on) .
(2) Th e El ec tion Com mi ss ion s ha ll c ons is t of th e Chi ef Ele ct ion
Co mm is si one r a nd su ch numb er of oth er Ele ct ion Co mm is si one rs , i f
a ny, a s th e Pr es id ent m ay fro m t im e to t im e f ix and the a ppoint me nt of
th e Chie f El ec tion Co mm is si one r and othe r Ele ct ion Com mi ss ion er s
sh al l, s ubje ct to th e provi sion s of a ny la w m ad e in that beha lf by
P ar lia me nt , be ma de by th e Pr es ide nt.
(3) When any othe r Ele ct ion Com mi ss ion er i s so appoin ted th e Ch ie f
El ec ti on Co mm is si on er sh al l a ct a s th e Ch ai rm an of th e E le ct ion
Co mm is si on.
(4) B efo re e ac h gen er al e le ct ion to th e Hous e of the Peop le a nd to
th e Leg is la tive A ss em bl y of e ac h Sta te , and befo re th e fi rs t g ene ra l
e le ct ion a nd the re af te r befo re ea ch bie nnia l e le ct ion to th e L egi sl ativ e
Coun ci l of e ac h Sta te h aving suc h Coun ci l, the Pr es id ent ma y al so
a ppoint af te r con sul ta tion wi th th e Ele ct ion Com mi ss ion su ch Re giona l
Co mm is si one rs as h e m ay con sid er n ec es sa ry to a ss is t the El ec tion
Co mm is si on in th e per for ma nc e of the fun ct ions con fe rr ed on th e
Co mm is si on by cl au se (1 ).
(5) Subje ct to the provis ions of any la w m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt , the
c ondit ions of se rvi ce and tenu re of o ffi ce of th e El ec ti on
Co mm is si one rs and the Re gion al Com mi ss io ne rs sh al l be such a s the
P re sid ent m ay by ru le de te rm in e:
Provid ed th at the Ch ie f El ec ti on Com mi ss ion er sh al l not be r em ove d
f rom his offi ce ex ce pt in lik e m ann er and on th e lik e ground s a s a
Judg e of the Supr em e Cou rt and the c ondit ions of se rvi ce of th e Chi ef
El ec ti on Com mi ss io ne r sh al l not be v ar ied to his di sa dvan tag e a ft er hi s
a ppoint me nt:
Provid ed fu rth er tha t any oth er Ele ct ion Co mm is si one r or a R egion al
Co mm is si one r sh al l not be re mov ed fro m o ffi ce exc ep t on the
r ec om me nd at ion of th e Ch ie f Ele ct ion Com mi ss io ne r.
(6) Th e Pr es ide nt, or the Gove rno r of a Sta te , sh al l, wh en so
r equ es te d by the E le ct ion Com mi ss io n, m ak e av ai la ble to th e El ec tion
Co mm is si on or to a R egion al Com mi ss io ne r suc h s ta ff as ma y b e
n ec es sa ry for the di sc ha rg e of the func tion s con fe rr ed on th e El ec tion
Co mm is si on by cl au se (1 ).
325. No p er son to be ine ligi bl e fo138 r inc lu sion in, o r to c lai m to be
in cl ude d in a sp ec ial , e le ct or al ro ll on gro und s of rel ig ion, ra ce ,
c as te or se x.— The re sh all be one gene ra l el ec tor al roll for e ve ry
t er ri tori al con st itu enc y fo r el ec tion to ei the r Hous e of Pa rli am en t or to
th e Hou se or e ith er Hous e of the Legi sl at ur e of a Sta te and no pe rs on
sh al l be ine ligib le for in clu sion in any su ch ro ll or c la im to be inc luded
in a ny sp ec ia l e le ct or al ro ll fo r any suc h con sti tuen cy on ground s only
of r elig ion, ra ce , c as te , se x or any of the m.
 326. E le ct ion s to t he Ho us e of the P eop le and to the L egi sla tiv e
A ss embl ie s of S tat es to b e on th e bas is of adul t su ff rag e. — Th e
e le ct ion s to th e Hou se of the Peop le and to th e L egis la tiv e A ss em bl y of
e ve ry St at e sh al l be on th e ba si s of adult suffr ag e; th at i s to s ay, eve ry
p er son who i s a ci tiz en of Indi a and who i s not le ss th an ei ghte en yea rs
of age on such dat e a s m ay be f ixed in tha t beh al f by or unde r any l aw
m ad e by th e app ropr ia te Leg is la tur e and is not oth er wi se di squa li fie d
und er this Con st itut ion or any l aw m ad e by th e a pprop ria te Legi sl at ur e
on th e ground of non- re si den ce , un soundne ss of m ind, c ri me or c or rupt
or il leg al pr ac ti ce , sha ll be en tit led to be re gis te re d as a vot er a t a ny
su ch el ec ti on.
327. Po we r of Pa rl iamen t to mak e provi sio n w it h res pe ct to
e le ct ion s to Leg is latu re s. — Subj ec t to th e provi sion s of this
Con st itut ion, Pa rli am en t ma y fro m tim e to tim e by l aw m ak e provi sion
w ith r es pe ct to al l m at te rs r el at ing to, or in c onne ct ion w ith, e le ct ion s
to ei the r Hous e of Pa rl ia me nt or to th e Hous e or ei the r Hous e of the
L egi sl atu re of a St at e inc luding the pr epa ra tion of el ec to ra l roll s, th e
d eli mi ta tion of cons ti tuen ci es and all othe r m at te rs ne ce ss ar y for
s ec ur ing the due con st itut ion of su ch Hou se or Hou se s.
328. Po we r of L egi sla tu re of a Sta te to make p rov is ion wi th
res pe ct to e le ct ion s to su ch Le gis lat ure. — Subje ct to th e prov is ions of
thi s Cons ti tution and in so f ar a s provi sion in tha t b eha lf i s not ma de
by P arl ia me nt , the Leg is la tur e of a St at e m ay f rom ti me to ti me by la w
m ak e prov is ion wi th r esp ec t to al l ma tt er s re la ting to , or in conn ec tion
w ith, th e e le ct ion s to th e Hous e or ei the r Hous e of the Le gis la tur e of
th e St at e in clud ing the prep ar at ion of el ec tor al roll s a nd al l oth er
m at te rs nec es sa ry for s ec ur ing th e due cons ti tution of suc h H ous e or
Hou se s.
329. Bar to int er fe ren ce by co ur ts in e le ct ora l ma tt er s. —
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion —
(a ) th e val idity of any l aw re la ting to the del im it ation of
c ons titu enc ie s or the al lot me nt of s ea ts to s uch cons ti tuen ci es , m ad e
or purpo rting to be ma de unde r ar ti cl e 327 or ar ti cl e 328, sh al l not
b e c al le d in que st ion in any cou rt;
(b ) no el ec ti on to ei the r Hous e of Pa rl ia me nt or to th e Hous e or
e ith er Hous e of the Leg is la tur e of a Sta te sh al l be c al le d in que st ion
e xc ept by a n e le ct ion pet ition pr es en ted to suc h a utho rity and in
su ch ma nn er a s ma y be provide d fo r by or under any l aw m ad e by
th e approp ri at e Leg is la tur e.
329A. [ Spe cial pro vi sion a s to el ec ti ons to Parl iam en t in the cas e of
P ri me Mini st er and Spea ke r. ] Rep . b y th e Cons titu tion (Fo rt y- four th
A me ndm ent ) A ct, 1978, s. 36 (w.e .f . 20-6- 1979).
 PART XVI
SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING
TO CERTAIN CLASSES
330. R es er va tion of se at s for Sc he dul ed Ca st es and S che du le d
Tri be s in th e Hou se of t he P eopl e. —(1 ) Se at s sha ll be re se rv ed in the
Hou se of th e Peop le fo r —
( a) the Sch edul ed Ca st es ;
( b) th e Sch edul ed Trib es exc ep t th e Sch edul ed Trib es in the
a utonom ous di str ic ts of As sa m; and
( c ) the Sch edul ed Tr ibe s in th e autono mou s di st ri ct s of A ss am .
(2) Th e numb er of s ea ts re se rv ed in any St at e or Union t er ri tory fo r
th e Sch edul ed Ca st es or th e Sch edul ed Trib es under c lau se (1) sha ll
b ea r, as n ea rly as ma y b e, the s am e propo rtion to the tot al numb er of
s ea ts al lott ed to th at St at e or U nion te rr itory in the Hou se of th e Peopl e
a s th e popul at ion of th e Sch edul ed C as te s in the Sta te or Un ion
t er ri tory or of th e Sch edul ed Trib es in th e St at e or Union t er rito ry or
p art of the St at e or Union te rr ito ry, as th e ca se ma y be, in re spe ct of
wh ic h s ea ts ar e so re se rv ed , b ea rs to the tot al popul ation of the St at e or
Un ion te rri tory.
(3) Not with st anding anyth ing cont ai ned in cl aus e (2), the nu mbe r of
s ea ts re se rv ed in th e Hous e of the P eopl e for the S chedu led Tr ibe s in
th e autono mou s di st ri ct s of A ss am sh al l b ea r to th e tota l numbe r of
s ea ts al lott ed to th at St at e a propor tion not l es s than th e populat ion of
th e Sch edul ed Trib es in th e s ai d a utonom ous di st ric ts b ea rs to the tot al
popul at ion of th e St at e.
Exp lanation . — In this ar ti cl e and in ar ti cl e 332, th e exp re ss ion
“ popula tion ” m ea ns th e popula tion a s as ce rt ai ne d at the la st pr ec ed ing
c en sus of wh ich th e r el ev ant figu re s hav e be en publish ed :
Provid ed th at the r ef er en ce in th is E xplana tion to th e l as t pr ec ed ing
c en sus of wh ich the r el ev ant figur es hav e b een publis hed sha ll, until
th e re lev an t f igur es fo r the fi rs t c en su s tak en af te r the ye ar 2026 have
b een publi she d, be cons tru ed as a re fe re nc e to the 2001 c en sus .
331. R ep re se nt at io n of t he Ang lo- Ind ian Commu ni ty in the H ou se
of th e Peo ple . — No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in ar ti cl e 81, th e Pr es ide nt
m ay, i f he is of opinion th at th e Ang lo- Indi an com mu nity is not
a dequ at ely rep re se nt ed in the H ous e of th e P eopl e, no min at e not m or e
th an two me mb er s of th at co mm unity to the Hou se of th e Peopl e.
332. R es er va tion of se at s for Sc he dul ed Ca st es and S che du le d
Tri be s in th e L egi sla tiv e A ss embl ie s of th e S tat es . — (1) S ea ts sha ll
b e r es er ve d fo r the S chedu led C as te s and th e S che dule d Trib es , e xc ep t
th e Sch edul ed Trib es in th e a utonom ous di st ric ts of As sa m, in the
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of ev ery St at e.
(2) Se at s sh al l be r es er ve d a lso for th e au tonom ous di st ri ct s in th e
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of the St at e of A ss am .
141
(3) The numb er of s ea ts r es er ve d for the S chedu le d C as te s or the
S che dule d Tr ibe s in the L egis la tiv e As se mb ly of any Sta te und er cl au se
(1 ) sh al l be ar, as ne ar ly a s m ay be, th e s am e propor tion to th e tot al
nu mbe r of s ea ts in th e As se mb ly as th e popula tion of th e Sch edul ed
C as te s in the Sta te or of th e S chedu led Trib es in th e Sta te or p art of the
St at e, as the ca se m ay be, in re spe ct of wh ic h se at s ar e s o re se rv ed ,
b ea rs to the tot al popul ation of the St at e.
 (3A ) No tw ith st anding a nything cont ain ed in c la us e (3 ), unti l th e
t aking effe ct , under a rt ic le 170, of th e re -a dju st me nt, on th e bas is of
th e fir st c en sus a ft er th e yea r 2026, of th e numbe r of se at s in the
L egi sl at ive A ss em bl ie s of th e St at es of Ar una ch al P rad es h, M egha la ya ,
Mi zo ra m a nd Na ga la nd, th e se at s whi ch s ha ll be re se rv ed fo r th e
S che dule d Trib es in th e L egis la tiv e A ss em bl y of any suc h Sta te sh al l
b e,—
(a) if a ll the s ea ts in th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bl y of su ch Sta te in
e xis te nc e on th e da te of co ming in to for ce of th e Con st itut ion
( Fif ty- se ven th A me nd me nt) A ct , 1987 (he re af te r in this c la us e
r ef er re d to a s the e xis ting A ss em bl y) ar e h eld by me mb er s of th e
S che dule d Tr ibe s, a ll th e s ea ts ex ce pt one;
( b) in any othe r ca se , su ch numb er of s ea ts a s be ar s to the tota l
nu mbe r of s ea ts , a propo rtion not le ss than the nu mbe r ( as on the
s ai d d ate ) of me mb er s be longing to th e Sch edul ed Trib es in th e
e xis ting As se mb ly be ar s to th e tota l numb er of se at s in the ex is ting
A ss em bl y.
(3B ) Not with st anding any thing cont ai ned in cl aus e (3 ), until the r e-
a djus tm en t, und er a rt ic le 170, tak es e ff ec t on the bas is of the fi rs t
c en sus a ft er th e ye ar 2026, of th e numbe r of se at s in the L egis la tiv e
A ss em bl y of th e Sta te of Tr ipur a, the s ea ts whi ch sha ll be re se rv ed fo r
th e Sch edul ed Trib es in th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bly sh al l be, suc h nu mbe r
of se at s a s bea rs to th e tot al nu mbe r of se at s, a propo rtion not l es s
th an the numb er, a s on th e dat e of com ing into for ce of th e Con st itut ion
( Sev enty -s ec ond A me ndm en t) A ct , 1992, of m em be rs b elonging to the
S che dule d Tr ibe s in the L egis la tiv e As se mb ly in e xi st enc e on th e sa id
d ate b ea rs to the tot al nu mbe r of s ea ts in th at As se mb ly.
(4) Th e numb er of s ea ts re se rv ed for a n autono mou s di st ric t in th e
L egi sl at ive A ss em bl y of th e St at e of A ss am sha ll bea r to th e tot al
nu mbe r of s ea ts in th at As se mb ly a propo rtion not le ss th an the
popul at ion of th e di st ri ct be ar s to th e tota l popula tion of th e Sta te .
(5) The con st itue nc ie s for th e s ea ts re se rv ed fo r a ny a utonom ous
di st ric t of A ss am sh al l not co mp ri se any a re a out sid e that di st ric t.
(6) No pe rson who i s not a me mb er of a Sch edul ed Trib e of a ny
a utonom ous dist ri ct of the Sta te of As sa m sh al l be el igibl e fo r el ec ti on
to the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of the St at e fro m any con sti tue ncy of tha t
di st ric t:
Provid ed th at for e le ct ion s to th e Leg is la tiv e A ss em bly of the
St at e of As sa m, the re pr es en ta tion of the Sch edu led Tr ibe s and non-
S che dule d Trib es in th e con st itue nc ie s in clud ed in th e Bodo land
Ter ri to ri al A re as D is tr ic t, so notif ied , and e xi sting prior to the
c ons titu tion of Bodo land Te rr it or ia l A re as Di st ri ct , sh al l be ma int ain ed.
333. R ep re se nt at io n of t he Ang lo- Ind ian commu ni ty in th e
L egi sla tiv e As se mb li es of the S tat es . — Not with st anding any thing in
a rt ic le 170, the Gov er nor of a Sta te m ay, i f h e i s of opin ion th at th e
Ang lo- Indi an com mu nity ne eds r ep re se nt at ion in the L egi sl at ive
A ss em bl y of th e St at e and is not ade qua te ly re pr es en ted the re in,
no mina te one me mb er of th at co mm unity to the As se mb ly.
334. Reservation of seats and special representation to cease after sixty years.—
Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Part, the provisions of this
Constitution relating to—
(a) the reservation of seats for the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes in
the House of the People and in the Legislative Assemblies of the States; and
 (b) the representation of the Anglo-Indian community in the House of the People
and in the Legislative Assemblies of the States by nomination,
shall cease to have effect on the expiration of a period of sixty years from the
commencement of this Constitution:
Provided that nothing in this article shall affect any representation in the House of the
People or in the Legislative Assembly of a State until the dissolution of the then existing
House or Assembly, as the case may be.
335. Claims of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes to services and posts.—
The claims of the members of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes shall be
taken into consideration, consistently with the maintenance of efficiency of
administration, in the making of appointments to services and posts in connection with
the affairs of the Union or of a State:
Provided that nothing in this article shall prevent in making of any provision in favour
of the members of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes for relaxation in
qualifying marks in any examination or lowering the standards of evaluation, for
reservation in matters or promotion to any class or classes of services or posts in
connection with the affairs of the Union or of a State.
336. Special provision for Anglo-Indian community in certain services.— (1)
During the first two years after the commencement of this Constitution, appointments of
members of the Anglo-Indian community to posts in the railway, customs, postal and
telegraph services of the Union shall be made on the same basis as immediately before
the fifteenth day of August, 1947.
During every succeeding period of two years, the number of posts reserved for the
members of the said community in the said services shall, as nearly as possible, be less
by ten per cent. than the numbers so reserved during the immediately preceding period of
two years:
Provided that at the end of ten years from the commencement of this Constitution all
such reservations shall cease.
(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall bar the appointment of members of the Anglo-Indian
community to posts other than, or in addition to, those reserved for the community under
that clause if such members are found qualified for appointment on merit as compared
with the members of other communities.
337. Special provision with respect to educational grants for the benefit of Anglo-
Indian community.— During the first three financial years after the commencement of
this Constitution, the same grants, if any, shall be made by the Union and by each State
for the benefit of the Anglo-Indian community in respect of education as were made in
the financial year ending on the thirty-first day of March, 1948.
During every succeeding period of three years the grants may be less by ten per cent.
than those for the immediately preceding period of three years :
Provided that at the end of ten years from the commencement of this Constitution
such grants, to the extent to which they are a special concession to the Anglo-Indian
community, shall cease:
Provid ed fu rth er tha t no educ at ion al in st itut ion sha ll be en tit led to
r ec ei ve any gr ant under this ar ti cl e unl es s a t l ea st for ty pe r ce nt . of th e
a nnua l ad mi ss ions the re in a re m ad e av ai la ble to me mb er s of
c om mun iti es oth er th an the Anglo -Ind ian co mm uni ty.
338. National Commission for Scheduled Castes.— (1) There shall be a
Commission for the Scheduled Castes to be known as the National Commission for the
Scheduled Castes.
(2) Subject to the provisions of any law made in this behalf by Parliament, the
Commission shall consist of a Chairperson, Vice- Chairperson and three other
Members and the conditions of service and tenure of office of the Chairperson,
Vice-Chairperson and other Members so appointed shall be such as the President
may by rule determine.
(3) The Cha ir pe rson , Vic e- Ch ai rp er son and othe r Mem be rs of th e
Co mm is si on sh al l be appoint ed by th e Pr es id ent by w ar ra nt und er hi s
h and a nd s ea l.
(4) The Com mi ss io n s ha ll have th e powe r to regu la te it s own
pro ce dur e.
(5) It sh al l b e th e duty of th e Co mm is si on —
( a) to inv es tig at e and moni tor al l ma tt er s re la ting to the
s af egu ar ds provide d for the Sch edul ed C as te s und er thi s
Con st itut ion or unde r any othe r la w for the ti me being in for ce or
und er any orde r of the Gov ern me nt and to eva lua te th e work ing of
su ch sa fe gu ard s;
( b) to inqui re into sp ec if ic co mpl ai nts wi th re sp ec t to th e
d epriv at ion of r ights a nd s af eg ua rds of the S che dule d C as te s;
( c ) to pa rt ic ipa te and adv is e on th e planning pro ce ss of soc io-
e cono mi c dev elop me nt of the S chedu led C as te s a nd to ev alu at e the
prog re ss of th ei r deve lopm en t under th e U nion and any Sta te ;
( d) to pr es en t to the Pr es ide nt, a nnua lly a nd at suc h othe r ti me s
a s the Co mm is si on ma y dee m fi t, re port s upon th e w orking of thos e
s af egu ar ds ;
( e ) to m ak e in su ch re por ts re co mm en da tion s as to the m ea su re s
th at should be t ake n by the Union or any Sta te for the e ff ec ti ve
i mpl em en ta tion of thos e sa fe gu ard s and othe r me as ur es for the
pro te ct ion, w el fa re a nd soc io -e cono mi c dev el opm ent of the
S che dule d C as te s ; and
( f) to dis cha rg e suc h othe r fun ct ions in re la tion to th e
pro te ct ion, we lf ar e a nd d eve lopm en t a nd a dvan ce me nt of th e
S che dule d C as te s a s the P re sid ent m ay, sub je ct to the prov is ions of
a ny l aw m ad e by P arl ia me nt , by rul e spe ci fy.
(6) The Pr es ide nt sha ll c au se a ll su ch repo rt s to be l aid be for e ea ch
Hou se of P ar li am en t al ong wi th a m em or an dum expl ain ing the ac tion
t ake n or propo se d to be t ake n on the re co mm end at ions re la ting to the
Un ion and the r ea so ns fo r th e non- ac ce pt an ce , if any, of any of such
r ec om me nd at ions .
(7) Wh er e any suc h re port , or any par t the re of , re la te s to any m at te r
w ith w hic h any St at e Gove rnm en t i s con ce rn ed, a copy of suc h re port
sh al l be for wa rd ed to th e G ove rnor of the St at e who sha ll c au se it to be
l aid b efo re the Legi sl at ur e of th e St at e a long w ith a me mo ra ndum
e xpla ining th e a ct ion tak en or propos ed to b e t ake n on the
r ec om me nd at ions re la ting to th e St at e a nd the re as ons for the non-
a cc ep ta nc e, i f a ny, of any of su ch re co mm en da tion s.
(8) The Com mi ss io n s ha ll, whi le inv es tig at ing a ny m at te r r ef er re d to
in s ub- cl aus e ( a) or inquir ing into a ny co mpl ain t r ef er re d to in sub -
c la us e ( b) of c la us e (5 ), h ave all the powe rs of a civ il cou rt t rying a
su it and in p ar tic ula r in re spe ct of th e follo wing m at te rs , nam el y :—
( a) sum mon ing a nd e nfo rc ing the at te ndan ce of a ny p er son f rom
a ny p art of Indi a and exa mi ning him on oath ;
( b) requ iring th e dis cove ry and produc tion of any docum en t;
( c ) re ce iving ev ide nc e on a ff id avi ts ;
( d) requ is ition ing a ny publ ic r ec ord or copy the reo f fro m any
c ourt or offi ce ;
 ( e ) is suing co mm is si ons fo r th e exa mi na tion of wi tne ss es and
do cum ent s;
( f) any oth er ma tt er whi ch the Pr es ide nt ma y, by ru le , d ete rm in e.
(9) The Union and ev er y S ta te Gov er nm ent sh al l consu lt the
Co mm is si on on al l ma jo r poli cy ma tt es affe ct in g Sch edul ed Ca st es .
(10) In this a rt ic le , re fe re nc es to th e Sch edul ed Ca st es sha ll be
c ons tru ed as in cluding r ef er en ce s to su ch othe r b ack wa rd c la ss es as the
P re sid ent m ay, on re ce ipt of the r epo rt of a Co mm is si on appoin ted
und er cl au se (1 ) of a rt ic le 340, by ord er sp ec if y a nd a ls o to the Ang lo-
Ind ian co mm uni ty.
338A. National Commission for Scheduled Tribes.—(1) There shall be a
Commission for the Scheduled Tribes to be known as the National Commission for
the Scheduled Tribes.
(2) Subject to the provisions of any law made in this behalf by Parliament, the
Commission shall consist of a Chairperson, Vice-Chairperson and three other
Members and the conditions of service and tenure of office of the Chairperson,
Vice-Chairperson and other Members so appointed shall be such as the President
by rule determine.
(3) The Chairperson, Vice-Chairperson and other Members of the Commission
shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal.
(4) The Commission shall have the power to regulate its own procedure.
(5) It shall be the duty of the Commission—
(a) to investigate and monitor all matters relating to the safeguards
provided for the Scheduled Tribes under this Constitution or under any other
law for the time being in force or under any order of the Government and to
evaluate the working of such safeguards;
(b) to inquire into specific complaints with respect to the deprivation of
rights and safeguards of the Scheduled Tribes;
(c) to participate and advise on the planning process of socio-economic
development of the Scheduled Tribes and to evaluate the progress of their
development under the Union and any State;
(d) to present to the President, annually and at such other times as the
Commission may deem fit, reports upon the working of those safeguards;
(e) to make in such reports recommendation as to the measures that
should be taken by the Union or any State for the effective implementation of
those safeguards and other measures for the protection, welfare and
socioeconomic development of the Scheduled Tribes; and
(f) to discharge such other functions in relation to the protection, welfare
and development and advancement of the Scheduled Tribes as the President
may, subject to the provisions of any law made by Parliament, by rule specify.
(6) The President shall cause all such reports to be laid before each
House of Parliament along with a memorandum explaining the action taken or
proposed to be taken on the recommendations relating to the Union and the
reasons for the non-acceptance, if any, of any such recommendations.

(7) Where any such report, or any part thereof, relates to any matter
with which any State Government is concerned, a copy of such report shall be
forwarded to the Governor of the State who shall cause it to be laid before the
Legislature of the State along with a memorandum explaining the action taken or
proposed to be taken on the recommendations relating to the State and the
reasons for the non-acceptance, if any, of any of such recommendations.
 (8) The Commission shall, while investigating any matter referred to in sub-
clause (a) or inquiring into any complaint referred to in sub-clause (b) of clause
(5), have all the powers of a civil court trying a suit and in particular in respect of
the following matters, namely: —
(a) summoning and enforcing the attendance of any person from any part of
India and examining him on oath;
(b) requiring the discovery and production of any document;
(c) receiving evidence on affidavits;
(d) requisitioning any public record or copy thereof from any court or
office;
(e) issuing commissions for the examination of witnesses and documents;
(f) any other matter which the President may, by rule, determine.
(9) The Union and every State Government shall consult the Commission on all
major policy matters affecting Scheduled Tribes.
339. Co nt ro l of t he U nion ove r th e admin is tr atio n of S che dul ed
A re as and the we lf are of S ch edu le d Tri be s. — (1) Th e Pr es ide nt m ay at
a ny tim e and sh al l, a t th e exp ir at ion of t en ye ar s f rom the
c om me nc em en t of thi s Con st itut ion by orde r appoin t a Co mm is si on to
r epo rt on the ad mi nis tr at ion of th e Sch edul ed Ar ea s and th e we lf ar e of
th e Sch edul ed Trib es in th e St at es .
Th e orde r ma y d ef ine th e c ompo si tion, pow er s and proc edu re of th e
Co mm is si on and ma y con ta in su ch in cid ent al or anc il la ry prov is ions a s
th e Pre si den t m ay c ons ide r nec es sa ry or d es ir abl e.
(2) Th e ex ec utiv e po we r of th e Un ion sh all ext end to th e giving of
di re ct ions to a St at e a s to the dra wing up a nd ex ec ution of sc he me s
sp ec if ie d in th e dire ct ion to b e e ss en ti al fo r th e we lf ar e of th e
S che dule d Tr ibe s in the St at e.
340. Appo int me nt of a Co mmis si on to inv es tiga te th e co ndi tion s
of ba ckwa rd c las se s. —(1 ) Th e P re sid en t m ay by ord er a ppoint a
Co mm is si on con si st ing of su ch p er sons as he th inks fit to inve stig at e
th e condi tions of so ci al ly a nd e duc at iona lly ba ck wa rd cl as se s with in
th e te rr itory of Indi a and the di ff ic ult ie s under wh ich th ey labou r a nd
to ma ke r ec om me nd at ions a s to th e st ep s th at shou ld b e t ake n by the
Un ion or a ny St at e to re mov e suc h di ff ic ult ie s and to imp rove th ei r
c ondit ion and a s to the gr ant s th at shou ld be ma de for th e purpo se by
th e Un ion or any Sta te and th e cond ition s sub je ct to whi ch s uch gran ts
shou ld be ma de , a nd th e orde r appoin ting suc h Co mm is si on sha ll de fin e
th e proc edu re to be follo we d by the Co mm is si on.
(2) A Com mi ss ion so appo inte d s ha ll inve st iga te th e ma tt er s re fe rr ed
to the m and pr es en t to the Pr es id ent a r epor t s et ting out the fa ct s a s
found by th em a nd m ak ing suc h r ec om me nd at ions a s they think prope r.
(3) Th e Pr es ide nt sh al l c au se a c opy of th e re port so pr es en ted
tog eth er wi th a m em or andu m expl ain ing the ac tion tak en th er eon to b e
l aid be for e ea ch Hou se of P ar lia me nt .
341. S ch edu le d C as te s. — (1 ) Th e P re sid en t m ay w ith re sp ec t to a ny
St at e or Union t er ri tory, and wh er e it i s a St at e, af te r c onsu lta tion with
th e Gove rno r th er eo f, by publi c notif ic at ion, spe ci fy the c as te s, ra ce s
or tr ibe s or par ts of or groups w ithin ca st es , r ac es or trib es whi ch sha ll
fo r th e purpos es of th is Cons titu tion be dee me d to be S chedu led Ca st es
in re la tion to tha t St at e or Union t er rito ry, as the ca se m ay be.
(2) Pa rli am en t m ay by l aw inc lude in or ex clud e f rom the lis t of
S che dule d Ca st es sp ec if ie d in a notif ic at ion i ssu ed und er c la us e (1 ) any
c as te , ra ce or t ribe or pa rt of or group w ithin any c as te , r ac e or t ribe ,
but s av e a s a fo re sa id a noti fic at ion i ss ued under the s ai d cl au se sh all
not be va rie d by any subs equ ent noti fi ca tion .
342. Sc he dul ed Tr ib es . — (1) Th e Pr es ide nt m ay with re sp ec t to a ny
St at e or Union t er ri tory, and wh er e it i s a St at e, af te r c onsu lta tion with
th e Gov er nor th er eo f, by publi c noti fi ca tion, spe ci fy th e t ribe s or tr iba l
c om mun iti es or pa rt s of or groups with in tr ibe s or trib al com mun iti es
wh ic h sha ll for th e purpo se s of this Cons ti tution b e de em ed to be
S che dule d Trib es in r el at ion to th at St at e or Union t er ri tory, as the ca se
m ay be .
(2) Parliament may by law include in or exclude from the list of Scheduled Tribes
specified in a notification issued under clause (1) any tribe or tribal community or part of
or group within any tribe or tribal community, but save as aforesaid a notification issued
under the said clause shall not be varied by any subsequent notification.

PART XVII
OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
C H A P T E R I.—L A N G U A G E O F T H E U N I O N
343. Of fi ci al languag e of the Un ion. — (1) Th e offi ci al langu ag e of
th e Union sh all be H indi in D ev an aga ri s cr ipt.
 The for m of nu me ra ls to be use d for the o ff ic ia l purpo se s of the
Un ion sha ll be the int er na tion al for m of Indi an nume ra ls .
(2) Not with st anding anyth ing in cl au se (1) , for a pe riod of fi fte en
y ea rs fro m th e co mm en ce me nt of this Cons titu tion, the Eng lis h
l angua ge sha ll c ontinu e to b e us ed fo r al l th e offi ci al purpos es of th e
Un ion for whi ch it wa s be ing u sed i mm ed ia te ly befo re su ch
c om me nc em en t:
Provid ed tha t the Pr es ide nt ma y, during the s ai d p eriod , by orde r
a uthor is e the us e of the Hind i langu age in add ition to the Engli sh
l angua ge and of th e D ev ana ga ri fo rm of nu me ra ls in add ition to the
int er na tion al for m of Indi an nume ra ls for any of the o ffi ci al purpo se s
of th e U nion.
(3) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in thi s ar tic le , Pa rli am en t ma y by la w
prov ide fo r th e use , af te r the s aid pe riod of fif te en ye ar s, of —
( a) the Engli sh langu ag e, or
( b) the De va nag ar i for m of nu me ra ls ,
fo r such purpo se s a s ma y be spe ci fi ed in th e la w.
344. Co mmis si on and Co mmit te e of Par liamen t on off ic ial
lang uage . — (1) Th e Pr es ide nt sh al l, a t th e exp ir at ion of fiv e y ea rs fro m
th e com me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion and the re af te r a t the exp ir ation
of t en y ea rs f rom s uch co mm en ce me nt , by ord er c ons titu te a
Co mm is si on whi ch sha ll con si st of a Cha ir ma n and suc h oth er m em be rs
r ep re se nting the di ff er en t l angu age s s pe ci fi ed in th e Eigh th Sch edu le as
th e Pre si den t m ay a ppoint, and th e orde r sha ll de fine th e proc edu re to
b e fo llow ed by th e Com mi ss ion .
(2) It sh al l be th e duty of the Co mm is si on to m ak e re co mm end at ions
to the Pr es id ent a s to—
( a) the progr es si ve us e of the H indi langu age fo r the o ffi ci al
purpo se s of the Un ion;
( b) r es tr ic tion s on the use of the Engli sh l angua ge for a ll or any
of th e o ff ic ia l purpos es of th e Union;
( c ) the langu ag e to b e us ed for a ll or any of th e purpos es
m en tion ed in a rt ic le 348;
( d) the for m of num er al s to b e u sed fo r a ny on e or mo re
sp ec if ie d purpos es of th e Union;
( e ) any othe r m at te r r ef er re d to th e Com mi ss ion by th e Pre si den t
a s re ga rds th e offi ci al l anguag e of the Union and th e langu age fo r
c om mun ic at ion be tw ee n the Union and a Sta te or be tw ee n one S ta te
a nd a nothe r and the ir us e.
149
(3) In ma king the ir r ec om me nd ation s unde r c la us e (2) , th e
Co mm is si on sha ll hav e due re ga rd to th e indu st ri al, cu ltu ra l a nd
s ci en tif ic a dvan ce me nt of Ind ia , a nd th e just c la im s and th e in te re st s of
p er sons be longing to th e non-H indi spe ak ing ar ea s in re ga rd to th e
publi c se rv ic es .
(4) Th er e sh al l be cons titu te d a Co mm it te e cons is ting of thir ty
m em be rs , of who m tw enty sh al l b e m em be rs of the Hou se of th e P eopl e
a nd ten sha ll b e me mb er s of th e Coun ci l of St at es to be e le ct ed
r es pe ct ive ly by the m em be rs of the Hou se of th e P eopl e and the
m em be rs of the Counc il of Sta te s in ac co rd anc e w ith the sy st em of
propo rtion al r ep re se nt ation by m ea ns of th e sing le tr an sf er ab le vot e.
 (5) It sh al l b e th e duty of th e Co mm it te e to ex am in e the
r ec om me nd at ions of the Co mm is si on cons titu te d und er cl au se (1 ) and
to re port to the Pr es id ent the ir opinion th er eon.
(6) Not with st anding anyth ing in ar ti cl e 343, th e P re sid ent ma y, a ft er
c ons ide ra tion of the repo rt r ef er re d to in cl aus e (5), is sue dir ec tion s in
a cc or dan ce with th e w hole or any pa rt of tha t r epo rt.
C H A P T E R I I.— R E G I O N A L L A N G U A G E S
345. Of fi ci al languag e o r language s of a Stat e. — Subje ct to th e
prov is ions of ar ti cl es 346 and 347, th e L egis la tu re of a St at e m ay by
l aw adopt any one or mo re of the langu ag es in us e in th e St at e or H indi
a s th e l angua ge or langu ag es to be u sed for a ll or any of the o ff ic ia l
purpo se s of tha t Sta te :
Provid ed th at , until the L egi sl atu re of th e St at e oth er wi se provid es
by la w, the Engl ish l anguag e sh al l c ontinu e to b e us ed for tho se o ff ic ia l
purpo se s with in th e Sta te fo r whi ch it wa s being u sed im me di at ely
b efo re th e c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion.
346. O ff ic ial languag e for co mmun ic at ion be tw ee n one Sta te and
ano the r or b et we en a Stat e and the U nion . — The l anguag e for th e
ti me being au thor is ed for us e in th e Union for o ffi ci al purpo se s sh al l be
th e o ff ic ia l la nguag e fo r co mm uni ca tion bet we en one St at e a nd anoth er
St at e and be tw ee n a S ta te and th e U nion:
Provid ed th at if t wo or mo re St at es ag re e th at th e H indi l angua ge
shou ld be the offi ci al l angua ge fo r c om mun ic at ion b et we en su ch Sta te s,
th at la nguag e ma y be use d fo r such co mm uni ca ti on.
347. Sp ec ial p rov is ion re la ti ng to languag e spo ke n by a s ec ti on of
t he popu latio n of a S tat e. —On a de ma nd being m ad e in th at beh al f the
P re sid ent ma y, i f he i s s at is fi ed th at a sub st anti al propor tion of th e
popul at ion of a Sta te des ir e th e us e of any l angua ge spoken by th em to
b e r ec ogni se d by that St at e, dir ec t th at suc h l angua ge sh al l al so be
o ff ic ia lly r ec ogni se d throughou t tha t St at e or a ny pa rt th er eo f for suc h
purpo se a s he m ay sp ec if y.
C H A P T E R I II. —L A N G U A G E O F T H E S U P R E M E C O U RT ,
H I G H C O U RT S , E T C .
348. La nguage to b e u se d i n t he Sup re me Cou rt and in th e Hig h
Co ur ts and fo r A ct s, Bi ll s, et c. — (1) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in the
fo re going provi sion s of this Pa rt, until P ar lia me nt by la w oth er wi se
prov ide s—
( a) all pro ce ed ings in the Supr em e Cou rt and in eve ry High
Cou rt,
( b) the autho ri ta tiv e text s—
( i) of al l Bi lls to be in trodu ce d or a me ndm en ts the re to to b e
m oved in ei the r Hous e of Pa rli am en t or in th e H ous e or eith er
Hou se of th e Leg is la tur e of a S ta te ,
( ii) of al l A ct s pa ss ed by P ar lia me nt or th e L egi sl atu re of a
St at e a nd of a ll O rdin an ce s promu lga te d by the P re sid ent or the
Gov er nor of a Sta te , and
( iii ) of a ll orde rs , rul es , regu la tion s and bye- la ws i ss ued
und er thi s Con st itut ion or unde r any la w m ad e by P arl ia me nt or
th e Leg is la tur e of a St at e,
sha ll be in the Engl ish la nguag e.
 (2) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in sub -c lau se ( a) of cl au se (1 ), the
Gov er nor of a Sta te m ay, with th e pr ev ious con se nt of th e Pr es ide nt,
a uthor is e th e us e of the H indi langu age , or a ny othe r l angua ge used for
a ny offi ci al purpos es of th e St at e, in proc ee ding s in th e High Cour t
h aving its pr inc ipa l s ea t in tha t S ta te :
Provid ed tha t nothing in thi s cl aus e sh al l a pply to a ny judg me nt,
d ec re e or orde r pa ss ed or ma de by s uch H igh Cou rt.
(3) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in sub -c lau se ( b) of c la us e (1) , wh er e
th e L egi sl atu re of a St at e has pre sc ri bed any l angua ge othe r than the
Engl ish l angua ge fo r us e in Bil ls int roduc ed in, or A ct s pa ss ed by, the
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e or in O rdin an ce s pro mulg at ed by th e G ove rnor
of the St at e or in any ord er, rul e, regu la tion or bye- la w r ef er re d to in
p ar agr aph ( ii i) of tha t s ub- cl aus e, a t ran sl at ion of th e sa me in the
Engl ish langu ag e publi she d unde r the autho rity of the Gove rno r of th e
St at e in the O ff ic ia l Ga ze tt e of th at St at e sha ll b e de em ed to be th e
a uthor it ativ e te xt the reo f in th e Engli sh langu age und er thi s a rt ic le .
349. Spe ci al p ro ce du re for e nac tmen t of ce rt ai n la ws rel at ing to
lang uage . — Dur ing the pe riod of f if te en ye ar s fro m the co mm en ce me nt
of thi s Cons titu tion, no B ill or am en dm ent m ak ing prov is ion fo r the
l angua ge to be use d fo r any of th e purpos es me ntion ed in c la us e (1) of
a rt ic le 348 sha ll b e int roduc ed or move d in ei the r H ous e of P ar li am en t
w ithout th e prev ious s anc tion of the Pr es id ent , a nd th e Pre si den t s ha ll
not giv e hi s sa nc tion to the in trodu ct ion of any such Bil l or th e mov ing
of any su ch am en dm ent ex ce pt a ft er he ha s tak en into con sid er at ion th e
r ec om me nd at ions of the Com mi ss ion cons titu te d unde r cl au se (1) of
a rt ic le 344 and the re port of the Co mm it te e con st itut ed unde r c la us e (4)
of th at ar ti cl e.
C H A P T E R I V. —S P E C I A L D I R E C T I V E S
350. Languag e to be u se d in rep res e nt at ion s fo r re d re s s of
g rie vanc es . —Ev ery pe rs on sh al l be ent itl ed to sub mi t a rep re se nt at ion
fo r th e re dr es s of any gr iev an ce to any o ff ic er or a uthor ity of the U nion
or a St at e in a ny of th e l angua ge s us ed in th e U nion or in th e St at e, a s
th e ca se ma y be.
350A. Fa ci li tie s for in st ru ct ion i n mo th er- tongu e at p ri ma ry
s tage . — It sh all be th e ende avou r of e ve ry Sta te and of ev ery lo ca l
a uthor ity w ithin the Sta te to provid e ad equ at e f ac il iti es fo r ins tru ct ion
in the m othe r- tongue at th e prim ar y st age of edu ca ti on to ch ildr en
b elonging to lingui sti c m ino rity group s; and th e Pr es id ent m ay is sue
su ch di re ct ions to any S ta te as he c ons ide rs nec es sa ry or prope r fo r
s ec ur ing the provi sion of suc h f ac il it ie s.
350B. Sp ec ial Of fi ce r fo r ling ui st ic mi nor it ie s. — (1) Th er e sh al l be
a Spe ci al Offi ce r fo r lingui st ic mino rit ie s to be appo inte d by the
P re sid ent .
(2) It sh al l be th e duty of the Sp ec ia l O ff ic er to inve st iga te al l
m at te rs r el at ing to th e sa fe gu ard s prov ided for lingu is ti c m inor iti es
und er this Con st itut ion a nd r epo rt to th e Pre si den t upon thos e ma tt er s
a t su ch int er va ls as the Pre si den t m ay di re ct , and the P re sid ent sha ll
c au se al l su ch r epo rts to be l aid befo re ea ch Hous e of Pa rl ia me nt, and
s en t to the Gov er nm en ts of the St at es c onc er ned .
351. Di re ct iv e for dev elop me nt of t he Hi ndi lang uage . —I t sh all be
th e duty of the Un ion to pro mot e the sp re ad of the H indi langu ag e, to
d eve lop i t so th at it ma y se rv e as a m ed ium of exp re ss ion for a ll the
e le me nt s of the co mpo sit e cu ltur e of India a nd to s ec ur e its e nri ch me nt
by a ss im il at ing w ithout inte rf er ing w ith i ts g eniu s, th e fo rm s, styl e a nd
e xpr es sion s u sed in Hindu st ani a nd in th e othe r l angua ge s of Ind ia
sp ec if ie d in th e Eigh th Sch edul e, and by dra wi ng, wh er ev er ne ce ss ar y
or des ir abl e, for i ts vo cabu la ry, prim ar il y on San skr it a nd se cond ar ily
on othe r l angua ge s.
 PA RT XV II I
EM ER GE NC Y PR OV IS IO NS
352. P ro cl amatio n of E me rg en cy. —(1 ) If the Pr es id ent is s at is fi ed
th at a gra ve e me rg en cy e xis ts w he re by th e se cu rity of Indi a or of a ny
p art of the t er rito ry the re of is thr ea te ne d, whe the r by w ar or ex te rna l
a ggr es sion or ar me d r ebe ll ion, he ma y, by Pro cl am at ion , m ak e a
d ec la ra tion to tha t effe ct in re sp ec t of the w hole of Indi a or of su ch
p art of the t er rito ry the re of as m ay b e sp ec if ie d in th e Proc la ma ti on.
Exp lanation . — A Proc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy de cl ar ing tha t th e
s ec ur ity of India or any par t of th e t er rito ry th er eof is th re at en ed by
w ar or by e xt ern al agg re ss ion or by a rm ed r ebe ll ion m ay be m ad e
b efo re the a ct ua l oc cu rr enc e of wa r or of any s uch aggr es si on or
r eb ell ion, if the Pr es id ent i s s at is fi ed tha t the re i s i mm in ent dang er
th er eo f.
(2) A Proc la ma ti on i ssu ed und er c la us e (1 ) m ay b e va ri ed or r evok ed
by a subs equ ent Pro cl am at ion .
(3) The Pr es ide nt sha ll not is sue a P roc la ma ti on und er cl au se (1 ) or a
P roc la ma ti on va rying su ch P roc la ma ti on unle ss th e de ci sion of the
Un ion Cab ine t ( tha t is to s ay, th e Counc il con si st ing of th e P rim e
Min is te r and othe r Mini st er s of Cab ine t r ank appo int ed unde r a rti cl e
75) that suc h a P roc la ma ti on ma y b e is sue d ha s be en c om mun ic at ed to
hi m in w ri ting.
(4) Eve ry Pro cl am at ion i ss ued under this ar ti cl e sh al l be laid befo re
e ac h Hous e of Pa rl ia me nt and sh al l, exc ep t w he re it i s a P roc la ma ti on
r evoking a pr eviou s Proc la ma ti on, ce as e to op er at e at th e e xpi ra tion of
on e month unle ss be for e th e exp ir ation of tha t pe riod i t ha s be en
a pprov ed by re so lution s of both Hou se s of Pa rli am en t:
Provid ed tha t if any suc h P roc la ma ti on (no t b eing a Pro cl am at ion
r evoking a pr eviou s Proc la ma ti on) i s i ss ued a t a t im e wh en the Hou se
of the P eopl e ha s b een dis solv ed, or the di ss olut ion of th e Hou se of th e
P eopl e t ake s pl ac e during th e pe riod of one m onth r ef er re d to in thi s
c la us e, and if a r es olut ion app roving th e Pro cl am at ion has bee n pa ss ed
by th e Counc il of Sta te s, but no re solu tion w ith r es pe ct to su ch
P roc la ma ti on has b een pa ss ed by th e Hous e of the P eople b efo re th e
e xpir at ion of th at pe riod, th e P roc la ma ti on sha ll c ea se to oper at e at th e
e xpir at ion of thi rty day s fro m the da te on w hic h th e Hous e of the
P eopl e fir st s it s a ft er its r ec ons titu tion, unle ss befo re th e expi ra tion of
th e sa id per iod of thi rty day s a re solu tion app roving the Pro cl am at io n
h as be en al so pas se d by th e H ous e of th e Peop le .
(5) A Proc la ma ti on so app roved sh al l, unle ss r evok ed, ce as e to
op er at e on the expi ra tion of a pe riod of six month s f rom the dat e of th e
p as sing of the s ec ond of th e re solu tions a pproving th e Proc la ma ti on
und er cl au se (4 ):
Provid ed th at if and so oft en a s a r eso lution approv ing th e
c ontinu anc e in for ce of su ch a Pro cl am at ion i s p as se d by both Hou se s
of Pa rli am en t th e Pro cl am at ion sha ll, unle ss re voked , cont inue in for ce
fo r a furth er pe riod of s ix m onths fro m th e da te on whi ch it w ould
oth er wi se have c ea se d to ope ra te unde153 r this c la us e:
Provid ed fu rth er tha t if th e di sso lution of the Hous e of the Peop le
t ake s pla ce during a ny su ch pe riod of six m onth s and a r eso lution
a pproving the c ontinu an ce in for ce of s uch Proc la ma ti on ha s b een
p as se d by the Counc il of Sta te s but no r eso lution w ith re sp ec t to th e
c ontinu anc e in for ce of su ch Pro cl am at ion ha s bee n p as se d by the
Hou se of th e P eopl e during the s ai d pe riod, the P roc la ma ti on sh al l
c ea se to ope ra te at th e e xpir at ion of thi rty days fro m th e da te on w hic h
th e Hou se of th e P eople fi rs t si ts af te r it s r ec ons ti tution unl es s befo re
th e expi ra tion of the sa id pe riod of thir ty days , a r es olu tion approv ing
th e cont inuan ce in fo rc e of the Pro cl am at io n has be en al so pa ss ed by
th e Hous e of the P eople .
(6) For th e purpo se s of cl au se s (4 ) a nd (5 ), a re so lution m ay be
p as se d by ei the r Hous e of Pa rli am en t only by a ma jor ity of the tot al
m em be rs hip of tha t Hous e and by a m aj ori ty of not le ss than two -th ird s
of th e M em be rs of th at Hous e pr es en t a nd voting .
(7) Not with st anding anyth ing cont ai ned in the fo re going c la us es , th e
P re sid ent sh al l r evok e a Proc la ma ti on is sue d und er cl au se (1 ) or a
P roc la ma ti on v arying su ch Pro cl am at ion if th e H ous e of th e Peop le
p as se s a r eso lution di sapp roving , or, a s the c as e m ay be , di sa pprov ing
th e cont inuan ce in fo rc e of, su ch Pro cl am at ion.
(8) Wh er e a notic e in wr iting sign ed by not le ss th an one -t enth of the
tot al numb er of me mb er s of th e Hou se of th e Peop le has bee n give n, of
th ei r int ent ion to mov e a re solu tion fo r di sapp roving, or, a s th e c as e
m ay be, fo r di sapp roving th e c ontinu anc e in for ce of, a Pro cl am at ion
i ssu ed unde r c la us e (1) or a Pro cl am at ion v arying su ch Pro cl am at ion,
—
( a) to th e Sp ea ke r, if the Hou se is in s es si on; or
( b) to th e P re sid en t, if the Hou se is not in se ss io n,
a sp ec ia l s itt ing of th e H ous e sha ll be he ld w ith in fou rt ee n d ays f rom
th e dat e on whi ch su ch notic e i s r ec ei ve d by the Spe ak er, or, a s the
c as e ma y b e, by the Pre si den t, fo r the purpos e of c ons ide ring such
r es olut ion.
(9) The pow er con fe rr ed on th e Pre si den t by this a rt ic le s ha ll inc lude
th e pow er to is sue diffe re nt Proc la ma ti ons on di ff er en t ground s,
b eing w ar or ex te rna l agg re ss ion or ar me d r eb el lion or i mm in ent dange r
of wa r or e xt ern al aggr es si on or a rm ed re be llion , wh eth er or not the re
i s a Proc la ma ti on al re ady is sue d by the P re sid en t unde r cl au se (1) and
su ch Pro cl am at ion i s in ope ra tion .
* * * * *
353. Ef fe ct of P ro cl amatio n of E me rg en cy. — Whil e a Proc la ma ti on
of E me rg en cy i s in ope ra tion, th en—
( a) not with st anding anything in this Cons ti tution, the exe cu tive
pow er of the Union sha ll e xte nd to th e giving of dire ct ion s to any
St at e as to th e ma nne r in wh ich th e exe cu tive po we r the re of is to be
e xe rc is ed ;
( b) the pow er of P arl ia me nt to ma ke l aw s wi th re spe ct to any
m at te r sha ll in clud e pow er to m ak e l aw s c onf er ring po we rs and
i mpos ing duti es , or a uthor is ing the con fe rr ing of pow er s a nd the
i mpos it ion of duti es , upon the Union or offi ce rs and autho rit ie s of
th e Union as re spe ct s th at ma tt er, notw iths ta nding tha t i t i s one
wh ic h i s not enu me ra te d in the Union Li st :
Provid ed tha t whe re a Proc la ma ti on of Em erge nc y is in op er at ion
only in a ny p ar t of th e t er ri tory of India ,—
( i) th e e xe cut ive pow er of th e Union to giv e dir ec tion s unde r
c la us e (a) , a nd
( ii) th e powe r of Pa rli am en t to m ak e l aw s unde r c la us e (b) ,
sh al l al so ext end to a ny St at e othe r than a St at e in whi ch or in any pa rt
of whi ch th e Pro cl am at ion of E me rg en cy is in oper at ion if and in so
f ar as the se cu ri ty of Indi a or any pa rt of the te rr itory the reo f i s
th re at en ed by ac ti vit ie s in or in re la tion to the pa rt of the t er rito ry of
Ind ia in whi ch the Pro cl am at ion of E me rg en cy is in oper at ion.
354. A ppli ca tion of provi sion s re la ti ng to di st ri bu tion of re ve nu es
w hil e a P ro cla ma tion of Emer ge nc y i s in ope rat ion. — (1 ) The
P re sid ent m ay, wh ile a P roc la ma ti on of Em erge nc y i s in ope ra tion, by
ord er dire ct th at a ll or any of th e provis ions of a rt ic le s 268 to 279
sh al l for su ch per iod, not ex te nding in any c as e b eyond th e expi ra tion
of th e f inan ci al y ea r in wh ich su ch Pro cl am at ion c ea se s to oper at e, a s
m ay be sp ec if ie d in th e ord er, have e ff ec t subj ec t to suc h e xc ept ions or
m odif ic at ions a s he think s fit .
(2) Eve ry orde r m ad e und er c la us e (1 ) sh al l, a s s oon as m ay b e af te r
it i s m ad e, b e l aid be for e ea ch Hou se of P ar lia me nt .
355. D uty of the U nion to prot ec t S tat es again st ex te rn al
agg re ss io n and in te rn al di st ur banc e. — It s ha ll be the duty of the
Un ion to prot ec t eve ry St at e ag ai ns t ext er na l agg re ss ion a nd int ern al
di stu rban ce and to ens ur e th at th e gove rnm en t of e ve ry St at e is ca rr ie d
on in a cc ord an ce w ith the prov is ions of this Con st itut ion.
356. Provi sio ns i n ca se of fai lure of c ons ti tu tiona l ma ch ine ry in
S tat es .— (1) I f th e Pre si den t, on re ce ip t of a r epo rt fro m the Gov er nor
of a St at e or oth er wi se , i s s at is fi ed th at a si tua tion h as ar is en in w hic h
th e Gov er nm ent of the Sta te ca nnot be c ar ri ed on in ac co rda nc e w ith
th e provi sion s of this Cons titu tion, the P re sid ent ma y by Pro cl am at ion
—
(a ) as su me to hi ms el f al l or any of the fun ct ions of the
Gov er nm en t of th e St at e and al l or any of the powe rs ve st ed in or
e xe rc is ab le by th e Gove rno r or any body or au thor ity in th e Sta te
oth er th an th e Leg is la tur e of the Sta te ;
(b ) d ec la re tha t th e pow er s of th e L egi sl atu re of th e Sta te sh al l
b e e xe rc is ab le by or unde r the au thori ty of P ar lia me nt ;
( c ) ma ke su ch inc iden ta l and cons equ ent ia l provis ions a s app ea r
to the Pr es id ent to be nec es sa ry or d es ir abl e for giving effe ct to the
obj ec ts of th e Pro cl am at ion , includ ing provi sion s fo r su spe nding in
who le or in par t th e ope ra tion of a ny prov is ions of thi s Cons titu tion
r el at ing to any body or au thor ity in th e Sta te :
Provid ed tha t nothing in thi s cl aus e sh al l a utho ris e th e P re sid ent to
a ss um e to him se lf a ny of th e powe rs v es ted in or e xe rc is ab le by a High
Cou rt, or to s usp end in w hole or in par t the ope ra tion of any provis ion
of thi s Cons titu tion re la ting to High Cour ts .
(2) Any suc h P roc la ma ti on ma y b e r evok ed or v ari ed by a sub se que nt
P roc la ma ti on.
(3) Eve ry Pro cl am at ion und er th is ar tic le sh al l be l aid befo re ea ch
Hou se of P ar li am en t a nd s ha ll, ex ce pt wh er e it is a Pro cl am at ion
r evoking a pr eviou s Proc la ma ti on, ce as e to op er at e at th e e xpi ra tion of
t wo month s unle ss b efo re th e e xpir at ion of th at pe riod it ha s b een
a pprov ed by re so lution s of both Hou se s of Pa rli am en t:
Provid ed tha t if any suc h P roc la ma ti on (no t b eing a Pro cl am at ion
r evoking a pr eviou s Proc la ma ti on) i s i ss ued a t a t im e wh en the Hou se
of th e P eopl e is dis solv ed or the di sso lution of the Hou se of th e Peop le
t ake s pla ce during th e p eriod of two month s r ef er re d to in th is c la us e,
a nd i f a r es olut ion approv ing th e Proc la ma ti on ha s b een pa ss ed by the
Coun ci l of St at es , but no re so lution with re sp ec t to su ch P roc la ma ti on
h as be en pas se d by th e H ous e of th e Peop le be for e the exp ir at ion of
th at p er iod, th e Pro cl am at ion s ha ll c ea se to ope ra te at th e e xpir at ion of
thi rty day s fro m the da te on w hic h th e Hous e of the P eopl e fir st s its
a ft er i ts re con st itut ion unle ss be for e the e xpir at ion of th e sa id per iod
of thi rty day s a r es olu tion approv ing th e Pro cl am at ion ha s bee n a ls o
p as se d by the Hou se of th e P eopl e.
(4) A Proc la ma ti on so approv ed s ha ll, unl es s revok ed, ce as e to
op er at e on the expi ra tion of a pe riod of six month s f rom the dat e of
i ssu e of the Pro cl am at ion :
Provid ed th at if and so oft en a s a r eso lution approv ing th e
c ontinu anc e in for ce of su ch a Pro cl am at ion i s p as se d by both H ous es
of P arl ia me nt , th e Proc la ma ti on sha ll , unl es s r evok ed, cont inue in
fo rc e fo r a fu rth er p eriod of six m onths f rom th e dat e on wh ic h und er
thi s c la us e i t would othe rw is e h ave ce as ed to ope ra te , but no suc h
P roc la ma ti on s ha ll in any ca se re ma in in for ce for mo re th an thre e
y ea rs :
Provid ed fu rth er tha t if th e di sso lution of the Hous e of the Peop le
t ake s pla ce during a ny su ch pe riod of six m onth s and a r eso lution
a pproving the c ontinu an ce in for ce of s uch Proc la ma ti on ha s b een
p as se d by the Counc il of Sta te s, but no r es olut ion w ith r esp ec t to the
c ontinu anc e in for ce of su ch Pro cl am at io n ha s be en pa ss ed by the
Hou se of th e P eopl e during the s ai d pe riod, the P roc la ma ti on sh al l
c ea se to ope ra te at th e e xpir at ion of thi rty days fro m th e da te on w hic h
th e Hous e of the P eopl e fir st s it s a ft er its r ec ons titu tion unle ss b efo re
th e expi ra tion of the sa id pe riod of thir ty d ays a re so lution app roving
th e con tinu anc e in for ce of th e Pro cl am at ion h as b een al so pa ss ed by
th e Hous e of the P eople :
Provid ed al so tha t in th e c as e of th e Proc la ma ti on is sue d und er
c la us e (1) on th e 11th d ay of M ay, 1987 wi th r es pe ct to th e St at e of
Punj ab, th e r ef er en ce in the fi rs t provi so to thi s cl aus e to “th re e ye ar s”
sh al l be cons tru ed as a re fe re nc e to five y ea rs .
(5) Not with st anding anyth ing cont ai ned in cl aus e (4), a r es olut ion
w ith r es pe ct to the cont inuan ce in fo rc e of a P roc la ma ti on app roved
und er c la us e (3 ) fo r any p eriod beyond th e exp ir ation of one y ea r f rom
th e da te of is su e of s uch Proc la ma ti on sh al l not be pas se d by ei the r
Hou se of P ar li am en t unl es s—
(a) a P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy is in oper at ion, in th e whol e of
Ind ia or, a s th e c as e ma y be , in the whol e or a ny pa rt of the St at e, at
th e tim e of the pa ss ing of suc h r es olut ion, and
( b) the El ec tion Com mi ss io n c er ti fi es that th e continu an ce in
fo rc e of the Pro cl am at ion app rove d und er cl au se (3 ) during the
p eriod spe ci fi ed in such re solu tion i s ne ce ss ar y on a cc oun t of
di ff ic ult ie s in holding g ene ra l el ec ti ons to the Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly
of th e St at e con ce rn ed:
Provid ed th at nothing in thi s c lau se sh al l app ly to the Proc la ma ti on
i ssu ed unde r c la us e (1) on th e 11th day of M ay, 1987 w ith re sp ec t to
th e Sta te of Punj ab.
357. Ex erci se of l egi sla tiv e pow er s und er P ro cla ma tion i ss ue d
un de r a rti cl e 356.— (1 ) Whe re by a Proc la ma ti on is sue d und er cl au se
(1 ) of a rt ic le 356, it ha s b een dec la re d th at th e pow er s of the
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e sh al l b e e xe rc is ab le by or unde r the au thori ty
of P arl ia me nt , i t sh al l be com pe te nt—
 ( a) fo r Pa rli am en t to c onf er on th e P re sid ent the po we r of th e
L egi sl atu re of th e Sta te to m ak e l aw s, and to au thor is e th e Pr es id ent
to d ele ga te , sub je ct to suc h condi tion s a s he ma y think f it to i mpo se ,
th e pow er so con fe rr ed to any oth er autho rity to be sp ec if ie d by him
in tha t beha lf ;
( b) for Pa rli am en t, or for th e P re sid en t or oth er autho ri ty in
who m such powe r to m ak e la ws is v es ted under sub- cl au se ( a) , to
m ak e l aw s conf er ring powe rs and i mpo sing dut ie s, or autho ri sing th e
c onf er ring of powe rs a nd th e impo si tion of dutie s, upon th e Union or
o ff ic er s and au thor iti es th er eo f;
( c ) for the Pr es id ent to autho ris e wh en the Hou se of th e Peopl e
i s not in s es si on exp endi tur e f rom the Conso lida te d Fund of th e
St at e pend ing th e sa nc tion of s uch exp endi tur e by P arl ia me nt .
(2) Any la w ma de in ex er ci se of th e powe r of the L egis la tu re of the
St at e by P ar lia me nt or th e P re sid ent or othe r autho ri ty r ef er re d to in
sub -c la us e ( a) of cl au se (1 ) whi ch Pa rli am en t or th e Pre si den t or su ch
oth er au thor ity would not, but fo r the is su e of a P roc la ma ti on und er
a rt ic le 356, hav e be en c omp et en t to ma ke sh al l, a ft er the P roc la ma ti on
h as ce as ed to op er at e, con tinue in fo rc e until a lte re d or r ep ea le d or
a me nd ed by a co mpe te nt Leg is la tur e or othe r a utho rity.
358. Sus pe ns ion of p ro vis ion s of a rti cl e 19 du ri ng emer ge nc ie s. —
(1 ) Whil e a Proc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy dec la ri ng tha t the se cu ri ty of
Ind ia or any p art of the te rr ito ry the re of i s thr ea te ne d by wa r or by
e xte rn al agg re ss ion is in oper at ion, nothing in a rt ic le 19 sha ll re st ri ct
th e pow er of th e Sta te a s de fin ed in P ar t II I to m ak e a ny la w or to tak e
a ny ex ec utiv e a ct ion wh ich the S ta te would but fo r th e provi sion s
c onta ine d in th at Pa rt be co mpe te nt to m ak e or to t ake , but any l aw so
m ad e s ha ll, to the e xte nt of the in com pe te ncy, ce as e to h ave effe ct as
soon as the Proc la ma ti on c ea se s to op er at e, exc ep t as r esp ec ts thing s
don e or om itt ed to b e don e b efo re th e la w so c ea se s to have e ff ec t:
P rovide d th at wh er e su ch Proc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy i s in ope ra tion
only in a ny p ar t of th e t er ri tory of India , any suc h l aw m ay be m ad e, or
a ny suc h ex ec utiv e a ct ion m ay be t aken , unde r thi s a rti cl e in re la tion to
or in any Sta te or Un ion t er ri tory in w hic h or in any par t of wh ic h th e
P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy i s not in op er ation , if and in so fa r a s th e
s ec ur ity of India or any par t of th e t er rito ry th er eof is th re at en ed by
a ct ivi tie s in or in r el at ion to the par t of th e t er rito ry of Ind ia in whi ch
th e Proc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy i s in ope ra tion.
(2) No thing in c la us e (1) sh al l a pply—
( a) to any la w wh ich does not cont ai n a r ec it al to the effe ct tha t
su ch la w is in re la tion to the Pro cl am at ion of Em erge nc y in
op er ation wh en it is m ad e; or
( b) to any ex ec ut ive a ct ion t ak en othe rw is e than unde r a la w
c onta ining su ch a re ci ta l.
359. Su sp en sion of th e en force men t of the r igh ts co nf er re d by
Pa rt I II du ri ng e me rg en ci es . — (1) Whe re a Pro cl am at ion of
E me rg en cy i s in ope ra tion, th e P re sid ent m ay by ord er d ec la re th at th e
r ight to m ove any cou rt fo r th e en for ce me nt of su ch of the r ight s
c onf er re d by Pa rt I II ( ex ce pt a rt ic le s 20 and 21) as m ay b e me nt ioned
in the ord er and a ll proc ee ding s pending in any cou rt for the
e nfo rc em en t of th e right s so me nt ioned sh al l r em ai n sus pend ed for th e
p eriod during wh ich th e Proc la ma ti on is in fo rc e or for su ch sho rte r
p eriod a s ma y be spe ci fi ed in the orde r.
 (1A ) Whi le an ord er m ad e unde r c la us e (1) m ent ioning any of the
r ights con fe rr ed by P art II I (e xc ep t ar ti cl es 20 and 21) i s in op er ation ,
nothing in tha t P ar t conf er ring tho se righ ts sh al l re st ri ct the pow er of
th e St at e a s d ef ined in the s ai d Pa rt to ma ke any l aw or to t ake any
e xe cut ive a ct ion whi ch the St at e would but fo r the provi sion s cont ain ed
in th at Pa rt be com pe te nt to m ak e or to tak e, but any l aw so ma de sh al l,
to th e ex te nt of th e in com pe ten cy, ce as e to h ave effe ct a s soon a s th e
ord er a fo re sa id ce as es to ope ra te , exc ep t a s r esp ec ts things don e or
o mit ted to be done befo re th e la w so ce as es to hav e effe ct :
Provid ed tha t whe re a P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy i s in ope ra tion
only in a ny p ar t of th e t er ri tory of India , any suc h l aw m ay be m ad e, or
a ny suc h ex ec utiv e a ct ion m ay be t aken , unde r thi s a rti cl e in re la tion to
or in any Sta te or Un ion t er ri tory in w hic h or in any par t of wh ic h th e
P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy i s not in op er ation , if and in so fa r a s th e
s ec ur ity of India or any par t of th e t er rito ry th er eof is th re at en ed by
a ct ivi tie s in or in r el at ion to the par t of th e t er rito ry of Ind ia in whi ch
th e Proc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy i s in ope ra tion.
(1B ) Nothing in cl au se (1 A) sh al l a pply —
( a) to any la w wh ich does not cont ai n a r ec it al to the effe ct tha t
su ch la w is in re la tion to the Pro cl am at ion of Em erge nc y in
op er ation wh en it is m ad e; or
( b) to any ex ec ut ive a ct ion t ak en othe rw is e than unde r a la w
c onta ining su ch a re ci ta l.
(2) A n orde r m ad e a s afo re sa id ma y ext end to the w hole or any par t
of th e t er ri tory of India :
Provid ed tha t whe re a P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy i s in ope ra tion
only in a pa rt of the t er ri tory of India , any suc h orde r s ha ll not e xte nd
to any othe r par t of th e te rr itory of Indi a unle ss th e Pre si den t, being
s at is fi ed th at the s ec ur ity of Indi a or a ny pa rt of th e t er rito ry th er eo f is
th re at en ed by ac ti vit ie s in or in re la tion to the p art of the te rr ito ry of
Ind ia in whi ch th e Pro cl am at ion of Em erge nc y i s in ope ra tion,
c ons ide rs su ch ext en sion to be nec es sa ry.
(3) Eve ry orde r m ad e und er c la us e (1 ) sh al l, a s s oon as m ay b e af te r
it i s m ad e, b e l aid be for e ea ch Hou se of P ar lia me nt .
359A. [ Appli cat ion of thi s Pa rt to th e Stat e of Pun jab. ] Rep . by th e
Con st itut ion (S ix ty - third Am end me nt) Ac t, 1989, s. 3 ( w. e. f. 6- 1-1990) .
360. Provi sio ns a s to fi nanc ial emer ge nc y. — (1 ) I f the Pre si den t is
s at is fi ed th at a s itua tion has ar is en w he re by the fin anc ia l s tab ili ty or
c re dit of Indi a or of any p art of the te rr itory the re of i s thr ea te ne d, he
m ay by a P roc la ma ti on m ak e a de cl ar at ion to th at e ff ec t.
(2) A Proc la ma ti on is sue d und er cl au se (1 )—
( a) ma y b e r evok ed or v ari ed by a sub se que nt Proc la ma ti on;
( b) sha ll be la id befo re e ac h Hous e of Pa rl ia me nt ;
( c ) sh al l ce as e to op er at e a t th e expi ra tion of two month s, unl es s
b efo re th e e xpir at ion of tha t p er iod it ha s be en approv ed by
r es olut ions of both H ous es of P ar lia me nt :
Provid ed tha t if any suc h P roc la ma ti on i s is sue d a t a tim e wh en the
Hou se of th e Peop le ha s bee n di ss olve d or th e dis solut ion of th e Hous e
of the P eopl e t ake s pl ac e during th e pe riod of two month s r ef er re d to in
sub -c la us e ( c ), a nd if a re so lution approv ing the Proc la ma ti on h as b een
p as se d by the Coun ci l of St at es , but no r es olut ion wi th r esp ec t to suc h
P roc la ma ti on ha s be en p as se d by the H ous e of the P eopl e be for e th e
e xpir at ion of th at p er iod, th e Pro cl am at ion s ha ll c ea se to ope ra te at th e
e xpir at ion of thi rty day s fro m the da te on w hic h th e Hous e of the
P eopl e fi rs t s it s af te r its re con sti tution unle ss be for e th e exp ir ation of
th e sa id per iod of thi rty day s a re solu tion app roving the Pro cl am at ion
h as be en al so pas se d by th e H ous e of th e Peop le .
(3) Dur ing the per iod any s uch Proc la ma ti on a s i s m en tione d in
c la us e (1 ) i s in ope ra tion, the e xe cut ive autho ri ty of th e Union sha ll
e xte nd to the giving of dir ec tion s to a ny S ta te to obse rv e suc h c anon s
of fina nc ia l prop rie ty a s m ay be sp ec if ie d in th e dir ec tion s, and to th e
giving of su ch othe r di re ct ions a s th e P re sid ent m ay de em nec es sa ry
a nd a dequ at e for th e purpo se .
(4) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in thi s Cons titu tion—
( a) any such di re ct ion m ay in clud e—
(i ) a provis ion requ ir ing th e redu ct ion of s al ar ie s a nd
a llo wa nc es of a ll or any c la ss of p er sons se rving in conn ec tion
w ith the a ff ai rs of a Sta te ;
(ii ) a provis ion requ ir ing a ll Money Bi ll s or oth er Bi ll s to
wh ic h the provis ions of a rt ic le 207 a pply to b e re se rv ed fo r th e
c ons ide ra tion of the Pr es id ent af te r the y a re pas se d by the
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e;
( b) it s ha ll be co mpe te nt for th e P re sid ent dur ing th e per iod a ny
P roc la ma ti on i ss ued unde r this a rt ic le i s in ope ra tion to i ss ue
di re ct ions for th e r edu ction of sa la ri es a nd al low an ce s of al l or a ny
c la ss of p er sons se rv ing in conn ec tion with the a ff ai rs of th e Union
in clud ing th e Judge s of the Supr em e Cou rt and the H igh Court s.

PART XIX
MISCELLANEOUS
361. P ro te ct io n of P re si de nt and G ove rno rs and Ra jp ramuk hs .—
(1 ) Th e P re sid en t, or th e Gove rno r or R ajp ra mukh of a Sta te , sha ll not
b e an sw er ab le to any c ourt for th e ex er ci se a nd pe rfo rm an ce of th e
pow er s and duti es of hi s offi ce or fo r any ac t done or purpor ting to b e
don e by him in the ex er ci se and per for ma nc e of thos e pow er s and
duti es :
Provid ed th at the c onduc t of th e Pr es id ent m ay be brough t unde r
r evi ew by any cou rt, tr ibuna l or body a ppoint ed or des igna te d by ei the r
Hou se of P ar li am en t fo r the inv es tiga tion of a ch arge und er ar ti cl e 61:
Provid ed fu rth er tha t nothing in th is c la us e s ha ll b e con st rued as
r es tr ic ting the r ight of any pe rson to bring a pprop ria te pro ce ed ings
a ga ins t th e Gove rn me nt of India or th e G ove rnm en t of a St at e.
(2) No cr im in al pro ce ed ings wh at soe ve r sha ll be in sti tute d or
c ontinu ed aga in st the Pr es id ent, or the Gov er nor of a Sta te , in any
c ourt during hi s t er m of offi ce .
(3) No proc es s for the a rr es t or imp ri sonm en t of th e Pre si den t, or th e
Gov er nor of a St at e, sha ll i ss ue fro m any cour t during his t er m of
o ff ic e.
(4) No ci vil proc ee di ngs in whi ch re lie f is c la im ed ag ai ns t th e
P re sid ent , or th e G ove rnor of a Sta te , sha ll be in sti tute d dur ing his
t er m of offi ce in any cou rt in r es pe ct of any a ct done or purpor ting to
b e done by hi m in hi s pe rson al ca pa ci ty, wh et he r be for e or af te r he
e nte re d upon his offi ce as Pr es ide nt, or as Gov erno r of s uch Sta te , until
th e expi ra tion of two mon ths nex t a ft er not ic e in w ri ting ha s b een
d eliv er ed to the P re sid ent or the Gove rno r, a s th e c as e ma y be , or l ef t
a t hi s offi ce s ta ting th e na tur e of th e pro ce ed ings , the ca us e of ac tion
th er ef or, the n am e, des cr ip tion and pla ce of r es ide nc e of the par ty by
who m su ch proc ee ding s ar e to be inst itut ed and the r el ie f whi ch he
c la im s.
361A. P ro te ct io n of pub li cat ion of p ro ce ed in gs of Par lia me nt and
S tat e L egi sla tures .— (1) No pe rson sha ll b e li abl e to a ny proc ee ding s,
c ivi l or c ri min al , in any c our t in re sp ec t of the publ ic at ion in a
n ew spa pe r of a sub st anti al ly tru e r epo rt of any pro ce ed ings of ei the r
Hou se of P ar li am en t or th e L egis la tiv e A ss em bl y, or, as the ca se m ay
b e, e ithe r H ous e of the L egi sl atu re , of a Sta te , unl es s th e publi ca ti on is
prov ed to h ave be en ma de w ith m al ic e:
Provid ed th at nothing in thi s c lau se sh al l app ly to the public at ion of
a ny r epo rt of th e proc ee ding s of a s ec re t s it ting of e ith er H ous e of
P ar lia me nt or th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bl y, or, as th e ca se ma y be, ei the r
Hou se of th e Leg is la tur e, of a Sta te .
(2) Cl au se (1 ) sha ll apply in re la tion to repo rt s or m at te rs broa dc as t
by me an s of wi re le ss t el eg raphy a s 161 pa rt of a ny prog ra mm e or se rvi ce
165
prov ided by m ea ns of a bro ad ca st ing st at ion a s it app lie s in re la tion to
r epo rts or m at te rs publ ish ed in a n ew spa pe r.
Explanation.—In this article, “newspaper” includes a news agency report containing
material for publication in a newspaper.
361B . D is qual ifi ca tion fo r appoi nt me nt on re mun er at iv e poli ti cal
po st. —A me mb er of a Hous e belonging to any poli ti ca l pa rty who is
di squa li fi ed fo r being a m em be r of the Hous e und er p ar agr aph 2 of th e
Ten th Sch edul e sha ll a lso be di squa li fie d to hold any re mun er at ive
poli ti ca l post for dur at ion of th e p er iod c om me nc ing fro m th e d at e of
hi s disqu ali fi ca tion t ill th e d ate on whi ch the t er m of hi s offi ce a s su ch
m em be r would e xpi re or til l the d at e on whi ch h e cont es ts an el ec tion
to a Hou se and i s d ec la re d el ec te d, whi ch eve r is e ar li er.
E xplana tion . - Fo r th e purpos es of thi s ar ti cl e, —
 (a) th e exp re ss ion “Hou se ” ha s th e me an ing a ss ign ed to it in
c la us e (a ) of par ag raph 1 of th e Ten th Sch edul e;
(b) th e e xpr es si on “ re mu ne ra tiv e polit ic al pos t” m ea ns a ny
o ff ic e —
(i ) under th e Gove rn me nt of Ind ia or th e G ove rnm en t of a
St at e wh er e the s al ar y or r em une ra tion for su ch offi ce is paid
out of the publi c rev enu e of th e Gove rn me nt of India or th e
Gov er nm en t of th e S ta te , a s th e c as e ma y b e; or

( ii) unde r a body, wh eth er in corpo ra te d or not, wh ich i s

who lly or par ti ally own ed by th e G ove rnm en t of Ind ia or the
Gov er nm en t of th e S ta te , a nd th e sa la ry or re mun er at ion for
su ch offi ce is paid by s uch body,
e xc ept wh er e su ch sa la ry or re mun er at ion paid i s c omp en sa tory in
n atur e.
362. [Rights and privileges of Rulers of Indian States.] Rep. by the Constitution
(Twenty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1971, s. 2.
363. Bar to interference by courts in disputes arising out of certain treaties,
agreements, etc.—(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution but subject to the
provisions of article 143, neither the Supreme Court nor any other court shall have
jurisdiction in any dispute arising out of any provision of a treaty, agreement, covenant,
engagement, sanad or other similar instrument which was entered into or executed
before the commencement of this Constitution by any Ruler of an Indian State and to
which the Government of the Dominion of India or any of its predecessor Governments
was a party and which has or has been continued in operation after such commencement,
or in any dispute in respect of any right accruing under or any liability or obligation
arising out of any of the provisions of this Constitution relating to any such treaty,
agreement, covenant, engagement, sanad or other similar instrument.

(2) In this article—

(a) “Indian State” means any territory recognised before the commencement of
this Constitution by His Majesty or the Government of the Dominion of India as
being such a State; and
(b) “Ruler” includes the Prince, Chief or other person recognised before such
commencement by His Majesty or the Government of the Dominion of India as the
Ruler of any Indian State.
363A. Recognition granted to Rulers of Indian States to cease and privy purses
to be abolished.—Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution or in any law for the
time being in force—
(a) the Prince, Chief or other person who, at any time before the commencement
of the Constitution (Twenty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1971, was recognised by the
President as the Ruler of an Indian State or any person who, at any time before such
commencement, was recognised by the President as the successor of such ruler shall,
on and from such commencement, cease to be recognised as such Ruler or the
successor of such Ruler;
(b) on and from the commencement of the Constitution (Twenty-sixth
Amendment) Act, 1971, privy purse is abolished and all rights, liabilities and
obligations in respect of privy purse are extinguished and accordingly the Ruler or, as
the case may be, the successor of such Ruler, referred to in clause (a) or any other
person shall not be paid any sum as privy purse.
 364. Spe ci al p rov is ions as to majo r po rt s and ae ro dromes .— (1 )
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion, th e P re sid en t m ay by
publi c noti fic at ion dir ec t tha t a s f rom su ch dat e as ma y b e s pe ci fi ed in
th e notif ic at ion—
( a) any la w ma de by P ar li am en t or by th e Leg is la tur e of a Sta te
sh al l not app ly to any m aj or port or ae rod rom e or sha ll app ly th er et o
sub je ct to su ch ex ce pt ions or modi fi ca tion s a s m ay be sp ec if ie d in
th e notif ic at ion, or
( b) any exi sting l aw sh al l ce as e to hav e effe ct in any ma jo r por t
or a er odro me e xc ept a s re sp ec ts things done or om itt ed to b e don e
b efo re th e s ai d d ate , or s ha ll in i ts app lic at ion to s uch port or
a er odro me hav e e ff ec t sub je ct to su ch ex ce pt ions or modi fi ca tion s a s
m ay be sp ec if ie d in th e not ifi ca ti on.
(2) In this a rt ic le —
( a) “m aj or port ” me an s a port de cl ar ed to be a ma jo r por t by or
und er any la w ma de by Pa rli am en t or a ny e xi sting l aw and in clud es
a ll ar ea s for the ti me being in clude d w ith in th e lim it s of such por t;
( b) “ ae rod rom e” m ea ns a er odro me as de fin ed fo r the purpos es of
th e ena ct me nt s r el at ing to ai rw ay s, a ir cr af t and ai r navig at ion.
365. Ef fe ct of fa ilu re to co mp ly wi th, or to give ef fe ct to ,
di re ct io ns give n by th e Unio n.— Wh er e any Sta te h as f ai led to com ply
w ith, or to giv e effe ct to, any dir ec ti ons give n in the ex er ci se of the
e xe cut ive powe r of the U nion unde r any of the provi sion s of thi s
Con st itut ion, it sha ll be la wf ul for the P re sid ent to hold th at a si tua tion
h as a ri se n in wh ic h the Gove rn me nt of th e St at e c anno t be ca rr ie d on in
a cc or dan ce with th e prov is ions of thi s Cons titu tion.
366. D ef in itio ns .— In this Con sti tution , unl es s th e c ont ext othe rw is e
r equi re s, th e follo wing exp re ss ion s have th e me an ings h er eby
r es pe ct ive ly as si gned to the m, th at is to sa y—
(1 ) “a gri cul tur al in com e” me an s ag ri cul tur al inco me as d ef ined
fo r the purpos es of th e en ac tm en ts r el at ing to Indi an inco me - t ax;
(2 ) “a n Ang lo- India n” m ea ns a p er son whos e fa th er or any of
who se othe r m al e prog eni tor s in th e ma le line i s or w as of Eu rope an
d es ce nt but w ho is domi ci led with in th e te rr ito ry of Indi a a nd is or
w as born w ith in suc h te rr ito ry of pa re nt s hab itua lly re sid ent the re in
a nd not es ta bl ish ed the re fo r te mpor ar y purpo se s only;
(3 ) “a rt ic le ” m ea ns a n a rt ic le of thi s Cons titu tion;
(4 ) “bor row ” inc lude s th e r ai sing of mon ey by th e gr ant of
a nnuit ie s, and “l oan ” sha ll be con st rue d a cc or dingly ;
* * * * *
(5 ) “c la us e” me an s a cl au se of th e a rt ic le in whi ch the
e xpr es sion oc cu rs ;
(6 ) “c orpo ra tion tax ” me an s any t ax on inco me , so fa r as th at t ax
i s paya ble by com pan ie s and is a t ax in th e c as e of w hic h th e
fo llow ing condi tions a re fulf ill ed :—
( a) that it i s not ch arge ab le in re sp ec t of agr ic ultu ra l
in com e;
( b) th at no dedu ct ion in re sp ec t of the tax p aid by
c omp ani es is, by a ny e na ct me nt s whi ch ma y apply to the tax ,
a uthor is ed to b e ma de f rom divide nds p ayab le by the c omp an ie s
to individu al s;
 ( c ) th at no provi sion exi st s fo r tak ing the tax so pa id into
a cc ount in com puting fo r th e purpos es of Ind ian in com e- t ax the
tot al inco me of ind ividua ls re ce iv ing su ch divid end s, or in
c ompu ting the Indi an inc om e- t ax p ayab le by, or re funda ble to ,
su ch individu al s;
(7 ) “ co rr espond ing Prov inc e” , “ co rr es ponding Ind ian Sta te ” or
“ co rr es ponding Sta te ” m ea ns in c as es of doubt su ch Provin ce , Indi an
St at e or Sta te a s m ay be det er mi ne d by the Pr es ide nt to b e th e
c or re sponding Provin ce , th e co rr es ponding Ind ian Sta te or the
c or re sponding St at e, as the ca se m ay be, fo r th e pa rti cul ar purpo se
in que stion ;
(8 ) “d ebt ” in clud es any l iab ili ty in r esp ec t of any oblig at ion to
r ep ay ca pit al su ms by wa y of annu iti es and any liab ili ty under any
gu ar ant ee , and “de bt cha rg es ” sha ll be con st rue d a cc or dingly ;
(9 ) “ es ta te duty ” me an s a duty to b e as se ss ed on or by r ef er en ce
to th e pr inc ipa l va lue , as ce rt ai ne d in a cc ord an ce wi th su ch ru le s a s
m ay be pr es cr ib ed by or under l aw s ma de by Pa rli am en t or th e
L egi sl atu re of a Sta te re la ting to the duty, of a ll prop er ty pa ss ing
upon de ath or de em ed , unde r the provi sion s of th e s aid la ws , so to
p as s;
(10 ) “e xis ting la w” me an s any la w, O rdin an ce , orde r, bye- la w,
ru le or re gula tion pa ss ed or ma de befo re th e com me nc em en t of thi s
Con st itut ion by any Leg is la tur e, autho ri ty or pe rs on h aving powe r to
m ak e su ch a la w, Or dina nc e, ord er, by e- la w, rul e or r egu la tion;
(11 ) “ Fed er al Cou rt” me an s the F ede ra l Court cons ti tute d unde r
th e Gove rn me nt of Ind ia A ct , 1935;
(12 ) “goods ” inc lude s a ll ma te ri al s, c om mod iti es , and ar ti cl es ;
(13 ) “gu ar an te e” in clud es any oblig at ion unde rt ake n be for e th e
c om me nc em en t of thi s Con st itut ion to m ak e paym en ts in the ev en t of
th e profi ts of an unde rt aking fa ll ing s hort of a sp ec if ied a moun t;
(14 ) “ High Court ” m ea ns any Court whi ch i s de em ed for the
purpo se s of thi s Cons ti tution to be a High Cou rt fo r any Sta te and
in clud es —
( a) any Court in the t er rito ry of Ind ia con st itut ed or
r ec ons titu te d und er this Con st itut ion a s a H igh Cou rt, and
( b) any othe r Cou rt in the te rr ito ry of Indi a whi ch ma y be
d ec la re d by Pa rli am en t by la w to be a High Cou rt fo r a ll or any
of th e purpo se s of thi s Cons titu tion;
(15 ) “ Indi an St at e” m ea ns any t er ri tory wh ic h the Gove rn me nt of
th e Dom inion of Indi a re cogni se d as su ch a St at e;
(16 ) “P ar t” m ea ns a Pa rt of th is Con sti tution ;
(17 ) “pe ns ion” m ea ns a p ens ion, whe the r cont ribu tory or not, of
a ny kind wh at soe ve r paya ble to or in r es pe ct of any pe rson , a nd
in clud es r et ir ed pay so paya bl e; a gra tui ty s o p ayab le and any su m
or su ms s o p ayab le by w ay of the r etu rn, wi th or w ithout int er es t
th er eon or any othe r a ddit ion th er et o, of s ubs cr iption s to a prov ide nt
fund ;
(18 ) “ Pro cl am at ion of Em erge nc y” me an s a Pro cl am at ion i ss ued
und er cl au se (1 ) of a rt ic le 352;
(19 ) “publi c noti fic at ion ” me an s a noti fic at ion in th e Ga ze tt e of
Ind ia , or, a s the c as e m ay b e, the Offi ci al Ga ze tt e of a St at e;
(20 ) “r ai lw ay ” does not inc lude —
( a) a tra mw ay wholly w ithin a mun ic ipa l ar ea , or
 ( b) any othe r l ine of co mm uni ca tion whol ly situ at e in one
St at e and de cl ar ed by P ar lia me nt by la w not to be a ra il wa y;
* * * * *
(22 ) “ Rul er ” m ea ns th e Pr inc e, Chie f or othe r pe rson who, a t any
ti me b efo re the c om me nc em en t of the Cons titu tion ( Tw en ty -s ixth
A me nd me nt) Ac t, 1971, w as r ec ognis ed by th e Pr es id ent as the Rule r
of an Indi an St at e or any p er son who, at a ny ti me be for e su ch
c om me nc em en t, wa s re cogn is ed by the Pr es ide nt a s th e su cc es so r of
su ch Rul er ;
(23 ) “S che dule ” m ea ns a S che dule to thi s Cons titu tion;
(24 ) “ Sch edul ed C as te s” me an s su ch c as te s, r ac es or trib es or
p art s of or group s wi thin suc h c as te s, ra ce s or tr ibe s as ar e de em ed
und er ar ti cl e 341 to be Sch edul ed Ca st es for the purpo se s of this
Con st itut ion;
(25 ) “ Sch edul ed Tr ibe s” m ea ns su ch t ribe s or tr iba l co mm unit ie s
or par ts of or group s wi thin s uch trib es or tr iba l co mm uni ti es as ar e
d ee me d under a rt ic le 342 to be Sch edu led Tr ibe s for th e purpo se s of
thi s Cons ti tution ;
(26 ) “s ec ur iti es ” in clud es s toc k;
* * * * *
(27 ) “ sub- cl au se ” me an s a sub -c lau se of th e c la us e in wh ic h the
e xpr es sion oc cu rs ;
(28 ) “ tax at ion” inc lude s th e i mpos it ion of any tax or impo st ,
wh et he r gen er al or lo ca l or sp ec ia l, and “ ta x” sha ll be con st rue d
a cc or dingly ;
(29 ) “ tax on in com e” includ es a tax in the n atur e of an ex ce ss
pro fit s tax ;
(29 A) “ ta x on the sa le or pur ch as e of goods” in clud es —
( a) a tax on th e tr an sf er, othe rw is e than in pursu anc e of a
c ontr ac t, of prope rt y in any goods for c as h, def er re d paym en t or
oth er va luab le c ons ide ra tion ;
( b) a tax on th e tr an sf er of prope rt y in goods ( whe th er as
goods or in som e oth er for m) involve d in the e xe cut ion of a
wo rks c ontr ac t;
( c ) a tax on th e d eliv er y of goods on hi re -pur ch as e or any
sy st em of paym en t by ins ta lm en ts ;
( d) a tax on th e tr an sf er of the right to use any good s for
a ny purpo se ( wh eth er or not for a spe ci fi ed pe riod ) fo r ca sh ,
d ef er re d p aym ent or othe r valu abl e con sid er at ion;
( e ) a tax on th e s upply of good s by any uninco rpor at ed
a ss oc ia tion or body of pe rson s to a m em be r th er eo f fo r ca sh,
d ef er re d p aym ent or othe r valu abl e con sid er at ion;
( f) a t ax on the suppl y, by wa y of or as par t of any s er vic e
or in any oth er m an ne r wh at soe ve r, of goods, b eing food or any
oth er ar ti cl e fo r hum an con su mpt ion or any drink ( whe the r or
not in toxic at ing ), wh er e s uch supply or se rvi ce , i s fo r ca sh ,
d ef er re d p aym ent or othe r valu abl e con sid er at ion;
a nd suc h tr an sf er, del ive ry or supply of any goods s ha ll b e de em ed
to b e a s al e of thos e good s by the p er son m aking the tra ns fe r,
d eliv ery or supply and a purch as e of tho se goods by the per son to
who m su ch tr ans fe r, de liv ery or supply i s m ad e;
 (30) "Un ion t er ri tory" me an s any Un ion t er ri tory sp ec if ie d in
th e Fir st Sch edu le and in clude s any oth er te rr ito ry c om pri se d with in
th e te rr itory of Indi a but not sp ec if ied in tha t S che dul e.
367. I nt er pret at io n. — (1) Un le ss th e cont ext oth er wi se r equi re s, th e
G en er al C lau se s A ct , 1897, sha ll , s ubje ct to any ad apt at ions and
m odif ic at ions th at m ay be ma de th er ei n und er ar ti cl e 372, a pply for the
int er pr et at ion of thi s Cons titu tion as it a ppli es for the int er pr et at ion of
a n A ct of the L egi sl atu re of the Do mi nion of Ind ia .
(2) Any re fe re nc e in thi s Con st itut ion to Ac ts or l aw s of, or ma de by,
P ar lia me nt , or to A ct s or la ws of, or ma de by, the Leg is la tur e of a
St at e, sha ll be con st rue d as inc luding a re fe re nc e to an Ord inan ce m ad e
by th e Pr es ide nt or, to an O rdin anc e ma de by a Gov erno r, a s the c as e
m ay be .
(3) For th e purpo se s of thi s Cons titu tion “fo re ign Sta te ” m ea ns a ny
St at e othe r than Indi a:
Provid ed th at , subj ec t to th e prov is ions of any l aw ma de by
P ar lia me nt , the Pr es ide nt ma y by orde r de cl ar e any St at e not to be a
fo re ign Sta te fo r such purpo se s a s ma y be spe ci fi ed in th e orde r.
 PART XX
AMENDMENT OF THE CONSTITUTION
368. Pow er of Par lia me nt to a me nd th e C ons ti tu tion and
p ro ce du re th eref or.— (1) Not wi ths tand ing a nything in this
Con st itut ion, Pa rli am en t ma y in ex er ci se of its con st itu ent pow er
a me nd by w ay of addit ion, v ari at ion or r ep ea l any provis ion of th is
Con st itut ion in ac co rd anc e w ith the pro ce dur e la id down in this a rt ic le .
(2) A n am en dm en t of thi s Con sti tution ma y be initi at ed only by th e
int roduc tion of a B ill for th e purpo se in ei the r H ous e of P ar li am en t,
a nd wh en the B ill i s p as se d in ea ch H ous e by a m ajo ri ty of th e to ta l
m em be rs hip of tha t Hous e and by a m aj ori ty of not le ss than two -th ird s
of the m em be rs of tha t Hou se pre se nt a nd voting, it sh al l be pr es en te d
to th e Pr es id ent who sh al l give his a ss en t to th e B ill a nd the re upon th e
Con st itut ion s ha ll st and am en ded in ac co rda nc e wi th th e te rm s of the
B ill :
Provid ed tha t if suc h a me nd me nt se ek s to m ak e any ch ang e in—
(a) a rti cl e 54, ar tic le 55, a rti cl e 73, ar tic le 162 or ar tic le 241,
or
(b) Ch apt er I V of Pa rt V, Cha pt er V of Pa rt VI, or Cha pt er I of
P ar t X I, or
(c ) any of the Li st s in th e Sev enth Sch edu le , or
(d) th e r ep re se nt at ion of St at es in Pa rl ia me nt , or
(e ) th e prov is ions of thi s a rt ic le ,
th e am end me nt sh al l a ls o r equ ir e to be r at ifi ed by th e L egi sl atu re s of
not l es s than on e- hal f of th e St at es by re solu tion s to th at e ff ec t pa ss ed
by tho se Legi sl at ur es befo re the Bil l m aking provi sion fo r su ch
a me nd me nt is pr es en ted to the Pr es ide nt for a ss en t.
(3) No thing in a rt ic le 13 s ha ll apply to any am en dm ent m ad e unde r
thi s ar ti cl e.
1
[ (4) No am en dm en t of thi s Cons titu tion (in clud ing th e provi sion s of
P ar t I II ) ma de or purpor ting to h ave be en ma de under thi s ar ti cl e
wh et he r befo re or a ft er th e c om me nc em en t of s ec tion 55 of th e
Con st itut ion (Fo rty- se co nd Am end me nt ) Ac t, 1976 s ha ll b e ca ll ed in
qu es tion in any cou rt on a ny ground .
(5 ) For the re mov al of doubt s, it i s her eby de cl ar ed th at the re sh al l
b e no lim it at ion w ha tev er on the con st itue nt powe r of Pa rli am en t to
a me nd by w ay of addit ion, v ari at ion or r ep ea l th e provi sion s of th is
Con st itut ion und er thi s a rt ic le .]

1. Cls. (4) and (5) were ins. “in article 368 by s. 55 of the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976. This section has
been declared invalid by the Supreme Court in Minerva Mills Ltd. and Others Vs. Union of India and Others (1980 ) 2
S.C.C. 591.

168
 PART XXI
TEMPORARY, TRANSITIONAL AND SPECIAL
PROVISIONS
369. Tempo ra ry po we r to Pa rlia me nt to mak e la ws wi th res pe ct to
c er ta in ma tt er s in th e Sta te Li st a s i f t hey w ere ma tt er s in th e
Co nc ur re nt Lis t. —No tw ith st anding a nything in this Cons titu tion,
P ar lia me nt s ha ll, during a pe riod of five y ea rs f rom th e co mm en ce me nt
of thi s Cons titu tion, hav e powe r to m ak e l aw s wi th r es pe ct to the
fo llow ing m at te rs a s i f they we re enu me ra te d in the Con cu rr ent Lis t,
n am ely :—
( a) tr ad e and com me rc e with in a S ta te in, and th e produ ct ion,
supply and di str ibution of, co tton and wool len t exti le s, r aw c otton
(in clud ing ginn ed cot ton a nd unginn ed cot ton or k apas ), cot ton
se ed , p ape r (in cluding ne ws pr int) , food -s tuffs (in clud ing e dibl e
oils ee ds and oil), c at tl e fodde r (in cluding oil -c ak es and othe r
con ce ntr at es ), co al ( inc luding c oke and de riv at ive s of coa l) , iron ,
st ee l and mi ca ;
(b) o ff enc es ag ain st la ws with r es pe ct to any of th e ma tt er s
me nt ioned in cl aus e ( a) , ju ris dic tion and pow er s of al l c ourt s ex ce pt
the Supr em e Cou rt w ith re sp ec t to any of thos e ma tt er s, and fe es in
re sp ec t of any of tho se m at te rs but not inc luding fe es tak en in a ny
cou rt;
but any la w ma de by Pa rli am en t, wh ich P arl ia me nt wou ld not but for
th e provis ions of thi s ar ti cl e have b een co mp et ent to ma ke , sha ll, to the
e xte nt of th e inco mp et en cy, ce as e to h ave e ff ec t on the exp ir at ion of
th e s aid per iod, ex ce pt as re sp ec ts thing s done or omi tt ed to be done
b efo re th e e xpir at ion the reo f.
1
370. Te mp or ary provi sion s w it h re sp ec t to the Sta te of Jammu
and Ka sh mi r. — (1) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in thi s Cons titu tion, —
( a) th e provi sion s of a rt ic le 238 sha ll not apply in r el at ion to th e
St at e of Ja mm u a nd K as hm ir ;
( b) th e pow er of Pa rli am en t to m ak e la ws for th e s ai d Sta te sh al l
b e li mi te d to —
( i) tho se m at te rs in th e U nion Lis t and the Con cur re nt Lis t
wh ic h, in con sul ta tion w ith th e Gov er nm en t of the Sta te , a re
d ec la re d by the Pr es ide nt to c or re spond to m at te rs spe ci fi ed in
th e In st rum en t of Ac ce ss io n gove rning the a cc es si on of th e
St at e to the
Do mi nion of Indi a as th e ma tt er s wi th re spe ct to wh ich th e
Do mi nion Leg is la tur e ma y ma ke l aw s for th at Sta te ; and
( ii) su ch othe r ma tt er s in the sa id Li st s a s, w ith the
c oncu rr en ce of th e Gov ern me nt of the Sta te , the Pr es ide nt m ay
by orde r spe ci fy.

________________________________________________________________________________________
1. In exercise of the powers conferred by this article the President, on the recommendation of the Constituent
Assembly of the State of Jammu and Kashmir, declared that, as from the 17 th day of November, 1952, the
said art. 370 shall be operative with the modification that for the Explanation in cl. (1) thereof, the following
Explanation is substituted, namely:-
Exp“Explanation
lanation .–—ForFor the purposes
the of this article,
purpo se sthe Government
of of is
th the State means
a rti cl e,the person
th e for the
time being recognised by the President on the recommendation of the Legislative Assembly of the State as
Govthe er*Sadar-I
nm en t Riyasat
of th e St at e m ea ns the per son fo r th e ti me being
of Jammu and Kashmir, acting on the advice of the Council of Ministers of the State
r ec ogni
for these d being
time by the Pr es ide nt as th e Mah ar aj a of Ja mm u a nd K as hm ir
in office.”.
a ct ing on the a dvic e No.
(Ministry of Law Order ofC.O.
the44,Coun
dated ci
thel 15
ofth November,
Min is te rs fo r the ti me b eing in
1952).
*Now “Governor”.
169
o ff ic e unde r th e Mah ar aj a’s Pro cl am at ion da ted th e fif th d ay of M ar ch,
1948;
( c ) the provi sion s of a rt ic le 1 and of th is ar ti cl e sh al l a pply in
r el at ion to th at Sta te ;
( d) su ch of th e oth er provis ions of thi s Con st itut ion sha ll apply
in re la tion to tha t St at e sub je ct to suc h e xc ept ions and m odif ic at ions
a s the P re sid ent m ay by ord er sp ec if y:
Provid ed th at no su ch ord er whi ch r el at es to th e m at te rs sp ec if ie d in
th e Ins tru me nt of A cc es si on of the St at e re fe rr ed to in par ag raph ( i ) of
sub -c la us e ( b) sh al l b e i ss ued ex ce pt in c onsu lt ation w ith the
Gov er nm en t of th e S ta te :
Provid ed fu rth er tha t no suc h orde r wh ic h re la te s to ma tt er s othe r
th an tho se re fe rr ed to in the la st pr ec ed ing prov iso sha ll b e is su ed
e xc ept w ith the con cu rr enc e of tha t G ove rnm en t.
(2) I f th e conc ur ren ce of the Gov ern me nt of the St at e re fe rr ed to in
p ar agr aph ( ii) of sub- cl au se ( b) of c la us e (1 ) or in th e s ec ond provi so
to sub -c lau se ( d) of th at cl au se b e giv en be for e the Cons ti tuen t
A ss em bl y for the purpos e of f ra mi ng th e Cons ti tution of the St at e is
c onven ed, it sh al l b e pl ac ed be for e su ch A ss em bl y for suc h d ec is ion as
it m ay t ake th er eon.
(3) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in the fo re going provis ions of thi s
a rt ic le , th e Pr es ide nt m ay, by public notif ic at ion, d ec la re th at thi s
a rt ic le sha ll ce as e to be oper at ive or sh al l be op er at ive only with suc h
e xc ept ions and mod if ic at ions and f rom su ch da te a s he ma y spe ci fy :
Provid ed tha t the re co mm en da tion of the Con sti tuen t A ss em bl y of
th e Sta te r ef er re d to in cl au se (2 ) sha ll be ne ce ss ar y be for e the
P re sid ent i ssu es s uch a noti fi ca tion .
371. Sp ec ial p rov is ion wi th re sp ec t to th e Stat es of Maha ra sht ra
and Gu jara t. — * * * *
*
(2) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in thi s Cons titu tion, the Pr es id ent m ay
by ord er ma de with re sp ec t to th e St at e of Maha ra sh tr a or Guj ar at ,
prov ide fo r a ny s pe ci al r es pons ibil ity of th e Gove rno r fo r—
( a) th e es ta bl ish me nt of se pa ra te dev elop me nt bo ard s fo r
Vid arbh a, Ma ra thw ad a, a nd the re st of Mah ar as ht ra or, a s th e c as e
m ay be , S aur as ht ra , K utc h a nd th e re st of Guj ar at with th e prov is ion
th at a re por t on the wo rking of ea ch of the se board s wi ll be pla ce d
e ac h ye ar be for e the St at e Leg is la tiv e A ss em bl y;
( b) th e equi ta ble al loc at ion of fund s fo r dev elop me nt al
e xpend itur e ove r th e sa id ar ea s, subj ec t to th e requ ir em en ts of th e
St at e as a whol e; and
( c ) an equit ab le ar ra nge me nt prov iding ad equ at e f ac il iti es fo r
t ec hnic al educ at ion and voca tion al t ra ining, and ad equa te
oppor tunit ie s fo r e mploy me nt in se rvi ce s unde r the cont rol of the
St at e G ove rnm en t, in r es pe ct of a ll th e s aid ar ea s, sub je ct to the
r equi re me nt s of the St at e as a w hole .
371A. Spe ci al provi sio n w it h res pe ct to t he Sta te of Naga land. —
(1 ) Not with st anding any thing in th is Con sti tution ,—
( a) no Ac t of P ar li am en t in r esp ec t of —
( i) r elig ious or so ci al pr ac ti ce s of the N ag as ,
( ii) N aga c us tom ar y la w and proc edu re ,
 ( iii ) ad min is tr at ion of c ivil and c ri min al jus tic e involving
d ec is ions a cc ord ing to Na ga c us tom ar y l aw,
( iv ) owne rs hip and tr ans fe r of land and it s re sou rc es ,
sha ll apply to the St at e of Na ga la nd unle ss the Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly
of N aga la nd by a re so lution so de cid es ;
( b) th e Gov erno r of N ag al and sh al l hav e s pe ci al re spon sibi lity
w ith r es pe ct to la w a nd orde r in the St at e of Na ga la nd for so long a s
in his opinion int ern al di stu rban ce s o ccu rr ing in the N ag a Hi lls -
Tu en sa ng A re a i mm ed ia te ly befo re th e for ma tion of tha t Sta te
c ontinu e th er ein or in any pa rt the reo f and in the dis cha rg e of his
fun ct ions in re la tion th er et o the Gove rno r sh all , af te r consu lting the
Coun ci l of Min is te rs , e xe rc is e hi s ind ividua l judgm en t a s to the
a ct ion to b e t ake n:
Provid ed th at if any ques tion a ri se s whe the r a ny ma tt er i s or i s not a
m at te r as re sp ec ts whi ch th e Gov er nor i s unde r thi s sub -c lau se
r equi re d to ac t in the ex er ci se of hi s individu al judg men t, the de ci sion
of the G ove rnor in hi s di sc re tion sha ll b e fina l, and th e val idity of
a nything don e by the Gove rnor sha ll not be c al le d in que stion on th e
ground that he ought or ought not to hav e a ct ed in th e e xe rc is e of his
indiv idua l judgm ent :
Provid ed fur the r tha t i f th e Pr es ide nt on re ce ip t of a repo rt fro m the
Gov er nor or othe rw is e is s at is fi ed tha t i t i s no longe r nec es sa ry for th e
Gov er nor to have sp ec ia l r es pons ibil ity with r es pe ct to la w and orde r in
th e St at e of Nag al and , he m ay by ord er dir ec t th at th e Gov er nor s ha ll
c ea se to hav e such r es pons ibil ity wi th e ff ec t fro m suc h d at e as m ay be
sp ec if ie d in th e orde r;
( c ) in m ak ing hi s re co mm end at ion with r es pe ct to any de ma nd
fo r a gran t, th e Gov erno r of N ag al and s ha ll en su re tha t any m oney
prov ided by th e Gove rn me nt of India out of the Con solid at ed Fund
of Ind ia for a ny sp ec if ic se rvi ce or purpo se i s inc lude d in the
d em and for a gr ant re la ting to tha t s er vi ce or purpo se a nd not in any
oth er de ma nd;
( d) as f rom su ch da te a s the Gov erno r of N ag al and ma y by publi c
noti fi ca tion in this beh al f sp ec if y, th er e sh al l be e st ab li she d a
r egion al counc il for th e Tue ns ang di st ri ct c ons is ting of thi rty -f ive
m em be rs and the Gov er nor sh all in his di sc re tion ma ke rule s
prov iding for —
( i) the c ompo si tion of the r eg iona l coun ci l and th e m ann er
in whi ch the m em be rs of the re giona l coun cil sh al l be chos en :
Provided that the Deputy Commissioner of the Tuensang district shall be the
Chairman ex officio of the regional council and the Vice-Chairman of the regional
council shall be elected by the members thereof from amongst themselves;
(ii) the qualifications for being chosen as, and for being, members of the
regional council;
(iii) the term of office of, and the salaries and allowances, if any, to be paid
to members of, the regional council;
(iv) the procedure and conduct of business of the regional council;
(v) the appointment of officers and staff of the regional council and their
conditions of services; and
(vi) any other matter in respect of which it is necessary to make rules for
the constitution and proper functioning of the regional council.
(2) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, for a period of ten years from the
date of the formation of the State of Nagaland or for such further period as the Governor
may, on the recommendation of the regional council, by public notification specify in
this behalf,—
(a) the administration of the Tuensang district shall be carried on by the
Governor;
(b) where any money is provided by the Government of India to the Government
of Nagaland to meet the requirements of the State of Nagaland as a whole, the
Governor shall in his discretion arrange for an equitable allocation of that money
between the Tuensang district and the rest of the State;
(c) no Act of the Legislature of Nagaland shall apply to Tuensang district unless
the Governor, on the recommendation of the regional council, by public notification
so directs and the Governor in giving such direction with respect to any such Act may
direct that the Act shall in its application to the Tuensang district or any part thereof
have effect subject to such exceptions or modifications as the Governor may specify
on the recommendation of the regional council:
Provided that any direction given under this sub-clause may be given so as to
have retrospective effect;
(d) the Governor may make regulations for the peace, progress and good
government of the Tuensang district and any regulations so made may repeal or
amend with retrospective effect, if necessary, any Act of Parliament or any other law
which is for the time being applicable to that district;
(e) (i) one of the members representing the Tuensang district in the Legislative
Assembly of Nagaland shall be appointed Minister for Tuensang affairs by the
Governor on the advice of the Chief Minister and the Chief Minister in tendering his
advice shall act on the recommendation of the majority of the members as aforesaid;
( ii) th e Min is te r for Tuen sa ng affa ir s s ha ll de al wi th, and have
di re ct a cc es s to th e Gove rno r on, al l ma tt er s re la ting to the
Tu en sa ng di st ri ct but h e s ha ll ke ep the Chi ef Min is te r infor me d
a bout the sa me ;
( f) notwi ths tand ing any thing in th e fo rego ing provi sion s of th is
c la us e, the f ina l de ci sion on a ll ma tt er s r el at ing to th e Tue ns ang
di st ric t sha ll be m ad e by the Gov er nor in his dis cr et ion;
( g) in a rt ic le s 54 a nd 55 and cl aus e (4 ) of a rti cl e 80, re fe re nc es
to th e e le ct ed me mb er s of the Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly of a St at e or to
e ac h su ch m em be r sh all inc lude re fe re nc es to th e m em be rs or
m em be r of the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of Na ga la nd e le ct ed by the
r egion al coun ci l es ta bli she d und er thi s ar tic le ;
( h) in a rt ic le 170—
(i ) cl aus e (1 ) sh al l, in r el at ion to th e Leg is la tive A ss em bl y
of N aga la nd, hav e effe ct as if for the wo rd “s ixty ”, th e w ord
“ fo rty- six ” had be en subs titu te d;
( ii) in the s ai d cl au se , th e r ef er en ce to dir ec t el ec tion fro m
t er ri tori al cons ti tuen ci es in th e St at e sh al l in clude el ec ti on by
th e me mb er s of the r egion al coun ci l es ta bli she d und er thi s
a rt ic le ;
(ii i) in cl aus es (2) and (3 ), re fe re nc es to t er ri tori al
c ons titu enc ie s sha ll me an re fe re nc es to t er ri tori al con sti tuen ci es
in the Koh im a and Mokokchung di st ric ts .
(3) If a ny diffi cu lty a ri se s in giving e ff ec t to any of the for egoing
prov is ions of this ar ti cl e, the P re sid en t ma y by orde r do any thing
( inc luding any ad apt at ion or mod if ic at ion of any oth er a rti cl e) whi ch
a ppe ar s to him to be nec es sa ry for the purpo se of r em oving tha t
di ff ic ulty :
 Provid ed tha t no suc h ord er s ha ll be ma de a ft er th e expi ra tion of
th re e ye ar s fro m the da te of th e fo rm at ion of the St at e of N ag al and.
E xplana tion.. —In thi s ar ti cl e, the Koh im a, Mokok chung a nd
Tu en sa ng di st ri ct s sha ll hav e the sa me m ea ning s as in th e St at e of
N ag al and Ac t, 1962.
371B. Sp ec ial p rov is ion wi th re sp ec t to the S tat e of A ss am. —
No tw ith st anding a nything in this Cons titu tion, the P re sid en t ma y, by
ord er m ad e wi th r es pe ct to th e St at e of As sa m, provid e for the
c ons titu tion and func tion s of a com mi tt ee of the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly
of the St at e cons is ting of me mb er s of tha t As se mb ly el ec te d f rom the
t riba l ar ea s s pe ci fi ed in P ar t I of the t abl e appe nded to pa rag ra ph 20 of
th e Sixth Sch edul e and su ch numbe r of othe r m em be rs of tha t A ss em bl y
a s m ay be sp ec if ie d in th e ord er and fo r the modi fi ca tion s to b e ma de
in the ru le s of pro ce dur e of tha t A ss em bl y fo r the con st itut ion a nd
prop er fun ct ioning of such co mm it te e.
371C. Spe ci al provi sio n w it h res pe ct to t he Sta te of Mani pur.— (1 )
No tw ith st anding a nything in this Cons titu tion, the P re sid en t ma y, by
ord er ma de wi th re sp ec t to the St at e of Man ipur, prov ide for the
c ons titu tion and func tion s of a co mm it te e of th e Leg is la tiv e A ss em bl y
of the St at e c ons is ting of m em be rs of tha t As se mb ly e le ct ed fro m th e
H ill A re as of th at St at e, for th e modi fi ca tion s to be m ad e in th e rul es of
bus ine ss of th e Gove rn me nt and in th e rul es of proc edu re of th e
L egi sl at ive A ss em bl y of th e St at e a nd for any sp ec ia l r es pons ibi lity of
th e Gove rno r in orde r to s ec ur e th e prop er fun ct ioning of suc h
c om mi tt ee .
(2) The Governor shall annually, or whenever so required by the President, make a
report to the President regarding the administration of the Hill Areas in the State of
Manipur and the executive power of the Union shall extend to the giving of directions to
the State as to the administration of the said areas.
Explanation.—In this article, the expression “Hill Areas” means such areas as the
President may, by order, declare to be Hill areas.
371D. Special provisions with respect to the State of Andhra Pradesh.—(1) The
President may by order made with respect to the State of Andhra Pradesh provide,
having regard to the requirements of the State as a whole, for equitable opportunities and
facilities for the people belonging to different parts of the State, in the matter of public
employment and in the matter of education, and different provisions may be made for
various parts of the State.
(2) An order made under clause (1) may, in particular,—
(a) require the State Government to organise any class or classes of posts in a
civil service of, or any class or classes of civil posts under, the State into different
local cadres for different parts of the State and allot in accordance with such
principles and procedure as may be specified in the order the persons holding such
posts to the local cadres so organised;
(b) specify any part or parts of the State which shall be regarded as the local area
—
(i) for direct recruitment to posts in any local cadre (whether organised in
pursuance of an order under this article or constituted otherwise) under the State
Government;
(ii) for direct recruitment to posts in any cadre under any local authority
within the State; and
(iii) for the purposes of admission to any University within the State or to any
other educational institution which is subject to the control of the State
Government;
 (c) specify the extent to which, the manner in which and the conditions subject to
which, preference or reservation shall be given or made—
(i) in the matter of direct recruitment to posts in any such cadre referred to
in sub-clause (b) as may be specified in this behalf in the order;
(ii) in the matter of admission to any such University or other educational
institution referred to in sub-clause (b) as may be specified in this behalf in the
order,
to or in favou r of c and ida te s who hav e r es ide d or s tudi ed fo r any
p eriod sp ec if ie d in th e ord er in the lo ca l ar ea in r es pe ct of su ch ca dr e,
Un ive rs ity or othe r educ at ion al ins titu tion, a s the c as e m ay be .
(3) Th e Pr es ide nt m ay, by orde r, prov ide for th e c ons titu tion of a n
Ad mi nis tr at ive Tr ibuna l for th e St at e of Andhr a Pr ade sh to exe rc is e
su ch ju ri sdi ct ion, pow er s a nd autho ri ty [in clud ing any ju ri sdi ction ,
pow er and a utho rity w hic h im me di at el y be for e th e co mm en ce me nt of
th e Con sti tution (Thi rty -s ec ond Am en dm en t) A ct , 1973, wa s
e xe rc is ab le by a ny cou rt (o the r th an the Supre me Court ) or by any
t ribuna l or othe r autho ri ty] a s ma y be s pe ci fi ed in th e ord er with
r es pe ct to the fo llow ing ma tt er s, n am ely :—
( a) appoint me nt , a llo tm en t or pro mot ion to su ch cl as s or cl as se s
of pos ts in any civi l se rvi ce of th e Sta te , or to su ch cl as s or cl as se s
of c ivil pos ts unde r th e Sta te , or to su ch cl as s or cl as se s of po sts
und er the con tro l of any lo ca l a utho rity wi thin the St at e, a s ma y be
sp ec if ie d in th e orde r;
( b) sen ior ity of p er sons a ppoint ed, al lot ted or prom ote d to su ch
c la ss or c la ss es of pos ts in any civi l se rvi ce of th e Sta te , or to su ch
c la ss or c la ss es of c ivil post s unde r the Sta te , or to such cl as s or
c la ss es of post s und er th e con tro l of any loc al a utho rity w ith in the
St at e, a s ma y be spe ci fi ed in the orde r;
( c ) su ch oth er condit ions of se rv ic e of per son s appo inte d,
a llo tte d or pro mot ed to s uch cl as s or cl as se s of pos ts in any c ivi l
s er vi ce of th e Sta te or to s uch cl as s or cl as se s of c ivi l post s unde r
th e St at e or to suc h cl as s or cl as se s of post s unde r the cont rol of any
lo ca l autho rity w ithin th e S ta te , a s m ay be sp ec if ied in the ord er.
(4 ) A n ord er m ad e unde r c la us e (3) m ay —
(a) au thori se the Adm ini st ra tiv e Tribun al to re ce iv e
r ep re se nt ation s fo r th e re dr es s of gri eva nc es r el at ing to any
m at te r with in it s jur isd ic tion a s the P re sid ent ma y sp ec if y in the
ord er and to m ak e s uch orde rs the re on as th e Adm ini st ra tiv e
Tribun al de em s f it;
(b) con ta in s uch provi sion s wi th r es pe ct to th e po we rs and
a uthor iti es and proc edu re of the A dm ini st ra tiv e Tr ibuna l
( inc luding provi sion s with r es pe ct to the pow er s of the
Ad mi nis tr at ive Tr ibuna l to puni sh for cont em pt of it se lf ) as th e
P re sid ent m ay de em nec es sa ry ;
(c ) provid e for th e t ra ns fe r to th e A dm ini st ra tiv e Tribun al of
suc h c la ss es of pro ce ed ings , b eing proc ee ding s re la ting to
ma tt er s w ithin it s juri sdi ct ion and pending be for e any cour t
(oth er th an th e Supr em e Cou rt) or tr ibuna l or oth er au thori ty
im me di at el y b efo re th e c om me nc em en t of su ch orde r, as m ay b e
spe ci fi ed in the ord er ;
(d) cont ain s uch suppl em en ta l, in cid ent al and con se que nti al
provi sion s (inc luding provi sion s as to f ee s and as to li mi ta tion ,
evid en ce or fo r th e appl ic at ion of a ny l aw fo r the ti me b eing in
 for ce sub je ct to any ex ce pt ions or modi fi ca tion s) as th e
Pr es ide nt ma y d ee m ne ce ss ar y.
1
(5 ) Th e O rd er of the Ad min is tr at ive Tr ibuna l fina lly di spos ing of
a ny c as e s ha ll be com e e ff ec ti ve upon it s c onf ir ma tion by th e Sta te
Gov er nm en t or on th e expi ry of th re e mon ths fro m th e d ate on whi ch
th e orde r is ma de , whi che ve r is ea rl ie r:
Provid ed th at the St at e Gove rnm en t m ay, by spe ci al orde r m ad e in
w ri ting and for re as on s to be sp ec if ie d th er ei n, modi fy or a nnul any
ord er of th e Adm ini st ra tiv e Tr ibuna l be for e i t be com es e ff ec ti ve a nd in
su ch a ca se , th e orde r of th e Adm ini st ra tiv e Tribun al sh al l h ave e ff ec t
only in s uch mod if ied fo rm or be of no effe ct , as th e ca se ma y be.
(6) Eve ry sp ec ia l ord er ma de by the St at e Gove rnm en t unde r th e
prov iso to cl aus e (5 ) s ha ll be la id, as soon a s ma y be af te r it is ma de ,
_______________________________________________
b efo re both Hous es of th e Sta te L egi sl atu re .
1. In P.(7)
Sambamurthy and others vs.t State
Th e High Cour forof the
Andhara Pradesh
St at e sha and
ll other
not(1987) 1SCC,
h ave anyp. pow
362, the
er sSupreme
of Court
declared clause (5) of art. 371D along with the proviso to be unconstitutional and void.
sup er int end enc e over the Ad mi nis tr at ive Tribun al and no cou rt (o the r
th an th e Supr em e Cour t) or tribun al sha ll e xe rc is e any ju ris dic tion ,
pow er or au thor ity in r es pe ct of any m at te r subj ec t to th e juri sdi ct ion,
pow er or au thor ity of, or in r el at ion to, th e Ad mi nis tr at ive Tr ibuna l.
(8) I f th e Pre si den t i s sa ti sf ie d th at the c ontinu ed exi st en ce of th e
Ad mi nis tr at ive Tribun al is not nec es sa ry, the P re sid ent ma y by orde r
a boli sh th e Adm ini st ra tiv e Tr ibuna l a nd ma ke su ch provi sion s in s uch
ord er a s he ma y de em f it for th e t ran sf er and dispo sa l of c as es pend ing
b efo re th e Tr ibuna l im me di at el y b efo re su ch abol ition .
(9) No tw iths ta nding any judgm ent , d ec re e or orde r of any cour t,
t ribuna l or othe r a uthor ity, —
( a) no appoin tm en t, posting , pro mo tion or t ra ns fe r of a ny p er son
—
( i) ma de befo re the 1st d ay of Nov em be r, 1956, to any pos t
und er th e Gov er nm ent of, or a ny loc al autho ri ty wi thin, the
St at e of Hyde ra ba d a s it ex is ted be for e tha t d at e; or
( ii) ma de befo re the com me nc em en t of th e Con sti tution
( Thir ty- se cond A me ndm en t) Ac t, 1973, to any pos t und er the
Gov er nm en t of , or any lo ca l or oth er au thor ity with in, the St at e
of Andh ra Pr ad esh ; and
( b) no ac tion t ake n or thing done by or be for e any per son
r ef er re d to in sub -c lau se ( a) ,
sh al l be dee me d to be il leg al or void or ev er to hav e b eco me il leg al or
void me re ly on the ground tha t th e appoin tm ent , po sting , pro mot ion or
t ran sf er of su ch p er son w as not m ad e in a cc ord an ce wi th any la w, th en
in fo rc e, provid ing for any r equi re me nt as to re si den ce w ithin th e St at e
of Hyde ra bad or, a s th e c as e ma y be , wi thin a ny pa rt of th e St at e of
Andh ra P rad es h, in r es pe ct of su ch appoin tm en t, post ing, promo tion or
t ran sf er.
(10) Th e provi sion s of th is ar tic le and of any ord er ma de by the
P re sid ent the reund er sh al l hav e e ff ec t notw ith st anding a nything in any
oth er provis ion of th is Cons titu tion or in a ny othe r l aw for the t im e
b eing in fo rc e.
371E. Es tab lis hmen t of Ce nt ra l U niv er si ty in A ndh ra Pra de sh .—
P ar lia me nt ma y by la w prov ide for the e st ab li shm en t of a Univ er si ty in
th e Sta te of Andh ra Pr ad esh .
371F. Spe ci al provi sion s wi th re sp ec t to the S tat e of S ikki m. —
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion, —
 ( a) the Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly of th e Sta te of Sikk im sh al l cons is t
of not le ss th an thir ty m em be rs ;
( b) a s f rom the dat e of c om me nc em en t of th e Cons ti tution
( Thir ty- six th A me ndm en t) Ac t, 1975 (h er ea ft er in this a rt ic le
r ef er re d to a s th e a ppoint ed day )—
( i) the A ss em bl y for Sikki m fo rm ed a s a r es ult of the
e le ct ion s h eld in Sikk im in Apr il, 1974 w ith thi rty- two m em be rs
e le ct ed in the s aid e le ct ions (h er ei na ft er r ef er re d to a s the
s itt ing me mb er s) sha ll be de em ed to be the L egi sl at ive
A ss em bl y of th e St at e of S ikkim duly con st itut ed und er thi s
Con st itut ion;
( ii) th e s it ting me mb er s sh al l be dee me d to b e th e me mb er s
of th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bly of the St at e of Sikki m duly e le ct ed
und er this Con st itut ion; and
( iii ) the sa id Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly of th e Sta te of Sikk im
sh al l ex er ci se th e pow er s and pe rfo rm the func tion s of th e
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of a Sta te under thi s Cons titu tion;
(c ) in the ca se of the A ss em bly de em ed to be th e L egi sl at ive
A ss em bl y of th e Sta te of Sikki m unde r c la us e ( b), the r ef er en ce s to
th e per iod of f ive ye ar s, in cl au se (1 ) of a rt ic le 172 sha ll be
c ons tru ed as r ef er en ce s to a pe riod of four ye ar s and the s aid pe riod
of fou r y ea rs sh al l be dee me d to c om me nc e f rom th e appoin ted day ;
( d) unti l othe r provi sion s a re m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt by l aw, th er e
sh al l be al lott ed to th e St at e of Sikkim one se at in the Hous e of the
P eopl e and the St at e of Sikk im s ha ll for m one pa rli am en ta ry
c ons titu enc y to be c al led th e par lia me nt ar y cons ti tuen cy for Sikki m;
( e ) the re pr es en ta tiv e of th e Sta te of Sikki m in the Hou se of th e
P eopl e in ex is te nc e on th e appoin te d day sh al l be el ec te d by the
m em be rs of the Le gis la tiv e As se mb ly of the Sta te of Sikk im ;
( f) Pa rli am en t m ay, for the purpo se of pro te ct ing th e righ ts a nd
int er es ts of the di ff er en t s ec ti ons of the popula tion of Sikkim m ak e
prov is ion fo r the numb er of s ea ts in th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bly of the
St at e of Sikki m wh ich ma y be fil led by c and ida te s b elonging to suc h
s ec ti ons and fo r th e del im it ation of the a ss em bl y cons titu en ci es f rom
wh ic h ca ndid at es belong ing to su ch s ec ti ons alon e m ay s ta nd for
e le ct ion to th e Leg is la tiv e A ss em bl y of th e Sta te of Sikki m;
(g) the Governor of Sikkim shall have special responsibility for peace and for an
equitable arrangement for ensuring the social and economic advancement of different
sections of the population of Sikkim and in the discharge of his special responsibility
under this clause, the Governor of Sikkim shall, subject to such directions as the
President may, from time to time, deem fit to issue, act in his discretion;
(h) all property and assets (whether within or outside the territories comprised in
the State of Sikkim) which immediately before the appointed day were vested in the
Government of Sikkim or in any other authority or in any person for the purposes of
the Government of Sikkim shall, as from the appointed day, vest in the Government
of the State of Sikkim;
(i) the High Court functioning as such immediately before the appointed day in
the territories comprised in the State of Sikkim shall, on and from the appointed day,
be deemed to be the High Court for the State of Sikkim;
(j) all courts of civil, criminal and revenue jurisdiction, all authorities and all
officers, judicial, executive and ministerial, throughout the territory of the State of
Sikkim shall continue on and from the appointed day to exercise their respective
functions subject to the provisions of this Constitution;
 (k) all laws in force immediately before the appointed day in the territories
comprised in the State of Sikkim or any part thereof shall continue to be in force
therein until amended or repealed by a competent Legislature or other competent
authority;
(l) for the purpose of facilitating the application of any such law as is referred to
in clause (k) in relation to the administration of the State of Sikkim and for the
purpose of bringing the provisions of any such law into accord with the provisions of
this Constitution, the President may, within two years from the appointed day, by
order, make such adaptations and modifications of the law, whether by way of repeal
or amendment, as may be necessary or expedient, and thereupon, every such law
shall have effect subject to the adaptations and modifications so made, and any such
adaptation or modification shall not be questioned in any court of law;
(m) neither the Supreme Court nor any other court shall have jurisdiction in
respect of any dispute or other matter arising out of any treaty, agreement,
engagement or other similar instrument relating to Sikkim which was entered into or
executed before the appointed day and to which the Government of India or any of its
predecessor Governments was a party, but nothing in this clause shall be construed to
derogate from the provisions of article 143;
(n) the President may, by public notification, extend with such restrictions or
modifications as he thinks fit to the State of Sikkim any enactment which is in force
in a State in India at the date of the notification;
(o) if any difficulty arises in giving effect to any of the foregoing provisions of
this article, the President may, by order, do anything (including any adaptation or
modification of any other article) which appears to him to be necessary for the
purpose of removing that difficulty:
P rovide d th at no su ch orde r sh al l b e m ad e af te r the e xpiry of two
y ea rs f rom th e appoin ted day ;
(p) all things done and all actions taken in or in relation to the State of Sikkim or
the territories comprised therein during the period commencing on the appointed day
and ending immediately before the date on which the Constitution (Thirty-sixth
Amendment) Act, 1975, receives the assent of the President shall, in so far as they are
in conformity with the provisions of this Constitution as amended by the Constitution
(Thirty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1975, be deemed for all purposes to have been validly
done or taken under this Constitution as so amended.
371G. Special provision with respect to the State of Mizoram.—Notwithstanding
anything in this Constitution,—
(a) no Act of Parliament in respect of—
(i) religious or social practices of the Mizos,
(ii) Mizo customary law and procedure,
(iii) administration of civil and criminal justice involving decisions
according to Mizo customary law,
(iv) ownership and transfer of land,
shall apply to the State of Mizoram unless the Legislative Assembly of the State of
Mizoram by a resolution so decides :
Provided that nothing in this clause shall apply to any Central Act in force in
the Union territory of Mizoram immediately before the commencement of the
Constitution (Fifty-third Amendment) Act, 1986;
( b) the Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly of th e Sta te of Mi zor am sha ll
c ons is t of not le ss th an forty m em be rs .
371H. Special provision with respect to the State of Arunachal Pradesh.—
Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution,—
(a) the Governor of Arunachal Pradesh shall have special responsibility with
respect to law and order in the State of Arunachal Pradesh and in the discharge of his
 functions in relation thereto, the Governor shall, after consulting the Council of
Ministers, exercise his individual judgment as to the action to be taken:
Provided that if any question arises whether any matter is or is not a matter as
respects which the Governor is under this clause required to act in the exercise of his
individual judgment, the decision of the Governor in his discretion shall be final, and
the validity of anything done by the Governor shall not be called in question on the
ground that he ought or ought not to have acted in the exercise of his individual
judgment:
Provided further that if the President on receipt of a report from the Governor or
otherwise is satisfied that it is no longer necessary for the Governor to have special
responsibility with respect to law and order in the State of Arunachal Pradesh, he
may by order direct that the Governor shall cease to have such responsibility with
effect from such date as may be specified in the order;
( b) th e Leg is la tiv e A ss em bly of the Sta te of A runa ch al Pra de sh
sh al l cons is t of not le ss than thi rty me mb er s.
371-I . Sp ec ia l p rov is ion wi th re sp ec t to th e Stat e of Goa. —
No tw ith st anding a nything in this Cons titu tion, the L egi sl at ive
A ss em bl y of th e Sta te of Go a sha ll con si st of not l es s tha n thi rty
m em be rs .
372. Con tin uanc e in force of ex is ti ng law s and t he ir adap tat ion. —
(1 ) No tw iths ta nding th e r epe al by this Cons titu tion of the e na ct me nt s
r ef er re d to in ar ti cl e 395 but subj ec t to th e othe r provis ions of thi s
Con st itut ion, al l th e la w in fo rc e in the te rr ito ry of Indi a im me di at el y
b efo re th e c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion sha ll con tinue in for ce
th er ein unti l a lt er ed or re pe al ed or am en ded by a c omp et en t L egi sl atu re
or oth er co mpe te nt autho ri ty.
(2) For th e purpos e of brining the provis ions of any la w in fo rc e in
th e te rr itory of Indi a into ac co rd with th e provis ions of thi s
Con st itut ion, the Pr es ide nt ma y by orde r ma ke s uch ad apt at ions a nd
m odif ic at ions of su ch l aw, wh eth er by wa y of r epe al or a me ndm en t, a s
m ay be ne ce ss ar y or exp edi ent , and prov ide tha t the la w sh al l, a s f rom
su ch da te a s ma y be spe ci fi ed in th e orde r, hav e effe ct sub je ct to the
a dap ta tion s and m odi fic at ion s so m ad e, and a ny suc h ad apt at ion or
m odif ic at ion sha ll not be ques tion ed in a ny c ourt of la w.
(3) No thing in c la us e (2) sh al l b e d ee me d—
( a) to e mpo we r th e Pr es id ent to ma ke any ad ap ta tion or
m odif ic at ion of a ny la w a ft er th e expi ra tion of thr ee ye ar s f rom the
c om me nc em en t of thi s Con st itut ion; or
( b) to pr eve nt any com pe te nt L egi sl atu re or othe r c omp et en t
a uthor ity f rom re pe al ing or a me nding any l aw ada pt ed or m odif ie d
by the Pr es ide nt under th e sa id cl aus e.
Exp lanation I .—Th e exp re ss ion “l aw in fo rc e” in thi s ar ti cl e sha ll
in clud e a la w pas se d or ma de by a L egi sl atu re or oth er co mp et ent
a uthor ity in th e te rr itory of Indi a be for e the co mm en ce me nt of th is
Con st itut ion and not pr ev ious ly re pe al ed, notwi ths ta nding th at it or
p art s of it m ay not be then in ope ra tion ei the r at al l or in pa rti cul ar
a re as .
Exp lanation II .— Any la w p as se d or m ad e by a Leg is la tur e or oth er
c omp et en t autho ri ty in the te rr itory of Indi a wh ic h im me di at el y be for e
th e co mm en ce me nt of this Cons titu tion h ad ext ra - te rr itor ia l e ff ec t a s
w el l as e ff ec t in th e te rr itory of Indi a sha ll , sub je ct to any su ch
a dap ta tion s a nd m odi fic at ion s as a for es ai d, con tiue to hav e suc h e xtr a-
t er ri tori al e ff ec t.
 Exp lanation I II .— Nothing in this a rt ic le sh al l be cons tru ed as
c ontinu ing any t em por ary la w in fo rc e beyond th e dat e f ixe d for its
e xpir at ion or th e da te on w hic h it w ould hav e e xpir ed i f thi s
Con st itut ion h ad not co me into for ce .
Exp lanation I V. — An Ord inan ce prom ulga te d by the Gov erno r of a
P rovinc e unde r se ct ion 88 of the Gov ern me nt of Indi a Ac t, 1935, a nd in
fo rc e i mm ed ia te ly befo re th e com me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion sh all ,
unl es s wi thdr aw n by the Gov erno r of th e co rr espond ing Sta te e ar li er,
c ea se to ope ra te a t th e expi ra tion of six w ee ks f rom th e fir st m ee ti ng
a ft er su ch co mm en ce me nt of the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of that Sta te
fun ct ioning und er c la us e (1 ) of a rt ic le 382, and nothing in this ar ti cl e
sh al l be cons tru ed as continu ing any such O rdin anc e in for ce beyond
th e sa id per iod.
372A. Po we r of t he Pres id en t to adapt la ws . —(1 ) For the purpo se s
of bringing th e prov is ions of any l aw in for ce in Ind ia or in any p art
th er eo f, im me di at ely be for e the co mm en ce me nt of the Con sti tution
( Sev enth Am en dm en t) Ac t, 1956, in to a cc or d w ith the prov is ions of this
Con st itut ion a s a me nde d by tha t A ct , th e Pre si den t ma y by orde r ma de
b efo re th e f ir st day of Nove mb er, 1957, m ak e suc h a dap ta tion s and
m odif ic at ions of th e l aw, whe th er by w ay of rep ea l or am en dm en t, as
m ay be ne ce ss ar y or exp edi ent , and prov ide tha t the la w sh al l, a s f rom
su ch da te a s ma y be spe ci fi ed in the ord er, hav e effe ct s ubje ct to th e
a dap ta tion s and m odi fic at ion s so m ad e, and a ny suc h ad apt at ion or
m odif ic at ion sha ll not be ques tion ed in a ny c ourt of la w.
(2) No thing in c la us e (1) sh al l b e d ee me d to pr ev ent a co mp et ent
L egi sl atu re or oth er c omp et en t autho ri ty fro m r ep ea ling or am en ding
a ny l aw a dap ted or mod ifi ed by th e P re sid en t under th e s ai d c la us e.
373. Po we r of P re si de nt to mak e ord er in re sp ec t of pe rs on s unde r
p re ve nt ive de te nt ion in ce rt ain cas es .— Unt il prov is ion is ma de by
P ar lia me nt und er cl au se (7 ) of a rt ic le 22, or until the exp ir at ion of one
y ea r fro m the co mm en ce me nt of this Con sti tution , w hic hev er is ea rl ie r,
th e sa id ar ti cl e sh all hav e effe ct a s if fo r a ny r ef er en ce to P ar li am en t
in cl au se s (4 ) a nd (7 ) the reo f the re w er e sub st itut ed a re fe re nc e to the
P re sid ent and fo r a ny r ef er en ce to a ny l aw m ad e by P ar lia me nt in thos e
c la us es th er e w er e sub sti tut ed a re fe re nc e to an orde r ma de by the
P re sid ent .
374. Provi sio ns a s to Judg es of th e F ed er al Co ur t and p ro ce ed in gs
p end ing in t he Fe de ral Cou rt or be fore Hi s Maje st y in Co unc il . — (1)
Th e Judg es of th e F ede ra l Cou rt holding offi ce im me di at el y be for e th e
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution sha ll, unle ss they have el ec te d
oth er wi se , b eco me on su ch co mm en ce me nt th e Judg es of th e Supr em e
Cou rt a nd sh all the re upon be e nti tle d to su ch s al ar ie s and a llo wan ce s
a nd to su ch righ ts in re sp ec t of l ea ve of ab se nc e a nd pen sion a s ar e
prov ided for und er a rt ic le 125 in re sp ec t of th e Judg es of th e Supr em e
Cou rt.
(2) A ll s uit s, a ppe al s a nd proc ee di ngs, civ il or c ri mi na l, p ending in
th e Fed er al Cou rt at th e c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion sha ll s tand
r em ove d to the Sup re me Court , a nd th e Supr em e Cou rt sha ll hav e
ju ris dic tion to hea r a nd de te rm ine the sa me , and th e judg me nts and
ord er s of the F ede ra l Court de liv er ed or ma de be for e the
c om me nc em en t of thi s Con st itut ion sha ll hav e the sa me fo rc e and effe ct
a s if th ey h ad b een de liv er ed or ma de by th e Supre me Cou rt.
(3) No thing in thi s Cons titu tion sh all ope ra te to inv alid at e the
e xe rc is e of juri sdi ct ion by Hi s M aj es ty in Coun ci l to dispo se of a ppe al s
a nd pet ition s f rom , or in r es pe ct of, a ny judgm en t, de cr ee or orde r of
a ny cou rt w ithin the t er ri tory of India in so f ar as th e ex er ci se of s uch
ju ris dic tion is a uthor is ed by l aw, and any ord er of Hi s M aje st y in
Coun ci l ma de on any su ch a ppe al or pe tit ion af te r th e c om me nc em en t
of thi s Cons titu tion sha ll fo r a ll purpos es hav e effe ct as if it we re an
ord er or de cr ee ma de by the Supr em e Cou rt in th e ex er ci se of th e
ju ris dic tion con fe rr ed on s uch Cou rt by thi s Con st itut ion.
(4) On and fro m th e c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion the
ju ris dic tion of the autho rity func tioning as the Privy Counc il in a Sta te
sp ec if ie d in P ar t B of th e Fi rs t Sch edu le to ent er ta in and dispo se of
a ppe al s a nd pet ition s f rom or in r es pe ct of any judg me nt, dec re e or
ord er of any cou rt wi thin tha t S ta te sh al l c ea se , and al l a ppe al s and
oth er pro ce ed ings pend ing b efo re th e sa id autho rity a t s uch
c om me nc em en t sha ll b e tr an sf er re d to, a nd dispo se d of by, th e Supr em e
Cou rt.
(5) Fur the r provis ion ma y be ma de by P ar li am en t by la w to giv e
e ff ec t to th e provis ions of thi s ar ti cl e.
375. Co ur ts , autho ri ti es and off ic er s to co nt inu e to f unc tio n
s ubj ec t to th e p rov is ions of th e Co ns ti tut ion. — A ll c ourt s of civ il,
c ri mi na l and r ev enue jur isd ic tion, a ll autho rit ie s a nd al l o ffi ce rs ,
judi ci al , exe cu tiv e and min is te ri al, th roughout the te rr ito ry of Ind ia ,
sh al l cont inue to exe rc is e th ei r re spe ct iv e func tion s s ubje ct to th e
prov is ions of this Con st itut ion.
376. P rov is ion s a s to Judg es of H igh Cou rt s. — (1 ) Not with st anding
a nything in cl aus e (2 ) of a rti cl e 217, the Judg es of a High Cou rt in a ny
P rovinc e holding o ffi ce im me di at ely be for e the c om me nc em en t of thi s
Con st itut ion sh all , unle ss th ey hav e e le ct ed othe rw is e, bec om e on su ch
c om me nc em en t the J udge s of the H igh Cou rt in th e co rr es ponding
St at e, and sh al l the reupon be en tit led to suc h s al ar ie s a nd a llo wa nc es
a nd to su ch righ ts in r es pe ct of l ea ve of ab sen ce and pens ion a s a re
prov ided for und er a rt ic le 221 in re sp ec t of th e Judg es of s uch High
Cou rt. A ny su ch Judg e sh al l, not with st and ing tha t he i s not a ci ti ze n of
Ind ia , be e lig ible for appoin tm en t as Chi ef Jus ti ce of su ch H igh Cou rt,
or a s Chi ef Ju st ic e or othe r J udge of any othe r High Cour t.
(2) The Judg es of a H igh Cou rt in a ny Ind ia n St at e co rr es ponding to
a ny Sta te sp ec if ie d in Pa rt B of the Fir st Sch edul e holding offi ce
i mm ed ia te ly be for e the co mm en ce me nt of th is Con sti tution sh al l,
unl es s the y h ave e le ct ed othe rw is e, b eco me on su ch com me nc em en t the
Judg es of th e High Cour t in th e S ta te so sp ec if ie d a nd s ha ll,
not with st and ing a nything in cl aus es (1) and (2 ) of a rt ic le 217 but
sub je ct to the provi so to c lau se (1 ) of th at a rt ic le , con tinue to hold
o ff ic e unt il th e exp ir at ion of su ch pe riod as the Pre si den t ma y by orde r
d ete rm in e.
(3) In thi s ar ti cl e, the exp re ss ion “ Judg e” do es not includ e an ac ti ng
Judg e or an addi tiona l Judge .
377. P rov is ion s a s to Co mp trol le r and A udi tor- Ge ne ra l of Ind ia.
— The Audi tor- Ge ne ra l of Ind ia holding o ff ic e im me di at el y b efo re th e
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution sha ll, unle ss he ha s e le ct ed
oth er wi se , b eco me on su ch co mm en ce me nt th e Co mpt rol le r and
Aud ito r- G ene ra l of Indi a and sha ll the re upon be enti tl ed to su ch
s al ar ie s a nd to su ch right s in r es pe ct of le av e of abs en ce a nd p ens ion a s
a re provide d fo r under c lau se (3) of ar ti cl e 148 in r es pe ct of th e
Co mpt rol le r and A udito r- G en er al of Indi a and be ent itl ed to c ontinu e to
hold offi ce until the exp ir at ion of hi s t er m of offi ce a s de te rm in ed
und er th e provi sion s w hic h we re a ppli ca bl e to hi m i mm ed ia te ly be for e
su ch co mm en ce me nt .
378. P rov is ion s a s to Pub li c Se rvi ce C ommi ss io ns .— (1 ) Th e
m em be rs of the Publi c Se rvi ce Co mm is si on for th e D om inion of India
holding offi ce im me di at el y be for e th e co mm en ce me nt of this
Con st itut ion sh all , unle ss th ey hav e e le ct ed othe rw is e, bec om e on su ch
c om me nc em en t th e m em be rs of the Publ ic S ervi ce Com mi ss ion fo r th e
Un ion and sha ll, notwi ths ta nding any thing in c la us es (1 ) and (2 ) of
a rt ic le 316 but sub je ct to the provi so to c la us e (2) of tha t ar ti cl e,
c ontinu e to hold o ff ic e until th e exp ir at ion of th ei r te rm of o ff ic e a s
d ete rm in ed unde r th e rule s wh ich w er e app lic ab le i mm ed ia te ly be for e
su ch co mm en ce me nt to s uch m em be rs .
(2) The Me mb er s of a Publi c Se rvic e Co mm is si on of a P rovinc e or of
a Publ ic S erv ic e Com mi ss ion s er ving the ne ed s of a group of Provin ce s
holding offi ce im me di at el y be for e th e co mm en ce me nt of this
Con st itut ion sh all , unle ss th ey hav e e le ct ed othe rw is e, bec om e on su ch
c om me nc em en t th e m em be rs of the Publ ic S ervi ce Com mi ss ion fo r th e
c or re sponding St at e or th e me mb er s of th e J oint St at e Publi c Se rvic e
Co mm is si on se rv ing th e ne eds of the c or re sponding St at es , as th e ca se
m ay be , a nd s ha ll, notw ith st anding any thing in c la us es (1 ) and (2) of
a rt ic le 316 but sub je ct to the provi so to c la us e (2) of tha t ar ti cl e,
c ontinu e to hold o ff ic e until th e exp ir at ion of th ei r te rm of o ff ic e a s
d ete rm in ed unde r th e rule s wh ich w er e a ppli ca bl e im me di at ely be for e
su ch co mm en ce me nt to s uch m em be rs .
378A. Sp ec ia l provi sio n as to du ra tion of And hra Prad es h
L egi sla tiv e As se mb ly.— No tw ith st anding any thing cont ain ed in a rt ic le
172, the L egi sl ativ e As se mb ly of the St at e of Andh ra P rad es h as
c ons titu ted unde r the provi sion s of s ec ti ons 28 a nd 29 of th e Sta te s
R eo rg ani sa tion Ac t, 1956, sha ll, unl es s soon er di sso lved , c ontinu e for a
p eriod of fiv e yea rs fro m the da te r ef er re d to in the s aid s ec tion 29 a nd
no longe r a nd th e expi ra tion of the s aid pe riod sh all ope ra te as a
di sso lution of tha t Leg is la tive A ss em bl y.
379.—391. R ep. by the Con st itut ion (S ev en th A mend me nt ) A ct, 1956,
s . 29 and Sch .
392. Po we r of t he P re si de nt to remov e di ff ic ul tie s. —(1 ) Th e
P re sid ent ma y, fo r th e purpos e of re mov ing any di ff ic ul tie s,
p art icu la rly in re la tion to the t ran si tion f rom the provi sion s of th e
Gov er nm en t of Indi a Ac t, 1935, to th e prov is ions of thi s Cons titu tion,
by orde r dire ct th at thi s Cons titu tion sha ll , dur ing s uch pe riod as ma y
b e spe ci fi ed in the orde r, hav e e ff ec t s ubje ct to su ch ad ap ta tions ,
wh et he r by wa y of m odif ic at ion, addi tion or omi ss ion, as he ma y d ee m
to be ne ce ss ar y or expe di ent:
Provid ed th at no su ch ord er sh al l be m ad e a ft er the fi rs t me et ing of
P ar lia me nt duly con st itut ed under Ch apt er I I of P ar t V.
(2) Eve ry orde r m ad e und er c la us e (1 ) sh al l be laid befo re
P ar lia me nt .
(3) The pow er s con fe rr ed on th e P re sid ent by th is a rti cl e, by ar tic le
324, by c lau se (3 ) of a rti cl e 367 a nd by ar tic le 391 sha ll , be for e th e
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution , be e xe rc is ab le by th e Gov er nor-
G en er al of th e D om inion of India .
 PART XXII
SHORT TITLE, COMMENCEMENT, AUTHORITATIVE
TEXT IN HINDI AND REPEALS
393. Shor t t itl e. — This Cons ti tution m ay be c al le d the Cons titu tion
of Indi a.
394. Comme nc e me nt . —Thi s ar ti cl e and ar ti cl es 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 60,
324, 366, 367, 379, 380, 388, 391, 392 and 393 sh al l com e into fo rc e at
on ce , a nd th e re ma in ing prov is ions of thi s Con st itut ion sha ll co me in to
fo rc e on th e t wen ty- six th day of Janu ar y, 1950, wh ic h day i s r ef er re d to
in thi s Con st itut ion as th e com me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion.
394A. A utho ri ta tive te xt in the Hi ndi languag e. — (1) Th e Pr es ide nt
sh al l ca us e to b e publ ish ed under hi s a utho rity,—
( a) th e tr ans la tion of thi s Cons ti tution in the H indi langu age ,
s igne d by the m em be rs of the Cons titu ent A ss em bl y, w ith s uch
m odif ic at ions a s m ay be ne ce ss ar y to bring it in con for mi ty with th e
l angua ge , s tyl e and te rm inology adop ted in the au thori ta tiv e tex ts of
C ent ra l A ct s in th e H indi l angua ge , and in corpo ra ting the re in al l th e
a me nd me nt s of thi s Cons titu tion ma de b efo re su ch publi ca tion ; a nd
( b) the tr ans la tion in the H indi langu age of ev er y a me nd me nt of
thi s Cons ti tution ma de in th e Eng lis h l angua ge .
(2) The tr an sl ation of thi s Cons titu tion and of e ve ry am end me nt
th er eo f publi shed under cl au se (1) s ha ll b e con st rued to have the sa me
m ea ning as the or igin al th er eo f and if any diffi cul ty a ri se s in so
c ons truing any pa rt of suc h t ran sl at ion, the Pr es id ent sh al l c au se the
s am e to be r evi se d s uit ably.
(3) The tr an sl ation of thi s Cons titu tion and of e ve ry am end me nt
th er eo f publ ish ed under thi s ar ti cl e sha ll b e d ee me d to b e, for al l
purpo se s, th e autho rit at ive t ext th er eof in the H indi langu age .
395. Re pe al s. — The India n Inde pend en ce Ac t, 1947, and th e
Gov er nm en t of Indi a A ct , 1935, tog ethe r w ith all ena ct me nt s am end ing
or suppl em en ting th e l att er Ac t, but not inc luding th e Abol ition of
P rivy Counc il Jur isd ic tion Ac t, 1949, ar e he reby r epe al ed .

184
 FIRST SCHEDULE
[Articles 1 and 4]
I. T HE STATE S

Nam e Ter ri tor ie s

1. A ndh ra Prad es h Th e t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed in su b- se ct ion (1)
of s ec ti on 3 of the A ndh ra Stat e Ac t, 1953,
s ub- se ct io n (1) of se ct io n 3 of the Sta te s
R eo rgan isa tion A ct , 1956, t he Fir st
S ch edu le to th e An dhr a Pra de sh and
Mad ra s ( Al te ra tio n of Bou ndar ie s) A ct ,
1959, and the Sc he dul e to t he A ndh ra
P rad es h and My sore ( Tr ans fe r of
Ter ri to ry ) A ct , 1968, bu t e xc lud ing the
t er ri to ri es sp ec if ie d in t he S eco nd
S ch edu le to th e An dhr a Pra de sh and
Mad ra s ( Al te ra tio n of Bou ndar ie s) A ct ,
1959.
2. A ss am Th e t er ri to ri es w hic h i mmed ia te ly b efo re
t he co mmen ce me nt of thi s Con st itu tio n
w ere compr is ed in t he Provin ce of A ss am,
t he K has i S tat es and th e As sa m Tri ba l
A re as , but e xc lud ing th e t er ri to ri es
s pe ci fi ed in th e Sch ed ul e to t he As sa m
( Al te ra tion of Boun dar ie s) A ct , 1951 and
t he t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed in su b- se ct ion (1 )
of se ct ion 3 of the Sta te of Nagala nd Ac t,
1962 and t he te rr it or ie s s pe ci fi ed in
s ec ti on s 5, 6 and 7 of th e No rt h- Eas te rn
A re as (R eo rgan isa tion ) Ac t, 1971.
3. B ihar Th e t er ri to ri es w hic h i mmed ia te ly b efo re
t he co mmen ce me nt of thi s Con st itu tio n
w ere e ith er co mp ri se d in th e Provi nc e of
B ihar or we re b eing ad min is te re d as if
t hey fo rmed par t of tha t Provi nc e and the
t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed in clau se (a ) of su b-
s ec ti on (1 ) of s ec ti on 3 of t he Biha r and
U tta r P rade sh (A lt er at ion of Bo unda ri es )
A ct , 1968, bu t e xc lud ing the t er ri to ri es
s pe ci fi ed in su b- se ct ion (1) of se ct ion 3 of
t he Biha r and We st Be ngal ( Tr an sf er of
Ter ri to ri es ) A ct , 1956, and the t er ri to ri es
s pe ci fi ed in cl aus e ( b) of sub -s ec ti on (1 ) of
s ec ti on 3 of th e fir st me nt ion ed Ac t and the
t er ri to ri es sp ec if ie d i n s ec ti on 3 of th e
B ihar Re or gani sat ion Ac t, 2000.
4. G uja ra t T he t er ri to ri es ref e r red to in sub -s ec ti on
(1 ) of s ec ti on 3 of t he Bombay
R eo rgan isa tion Ac t, 1960.
5. K er ala Th e t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed in su b- se ct ion (1)
of se ct ion 5 of the Sta te s R eo rgani sa tion
A ct , 1956.
6. Mad hya P rad es h The t er ri to ri es sp ec if ie d in s ub -
s ec ti on (1 ) of se ct io n 9 of th e Sta te s
R eo rgan isa tion A ct , 1956 and t he Fir st
S ch edu le to th e Raja st han and Mad hya
P rad es h (Tran sf er of Te rr it or ie s) Ac t, 1959
bu t ex cl uding the te rr it or ie s sp ec if ie d in
s ec ti on 3 of th e Madhya Prad es h
R eo rgan isa185 tion Ac t, 2000.
7. Tamil N adu Th e t er ri to ri es w hic h i mmed ia te ly b efo re
t he co mmen ce me nt of thi s Con st itu tio n
w ere e ith er co mp ri se d in th e Provi nc e of
Mad ra s o r w ere be ing admini st ered as i f
t hey for me d par t of tha t P rov inc e and th e
t er ri to ri es sp ec if ie d i n s ec ti on 4 of th e
S tat es R eo rgani sa tion A ct , 1956, and the
S ec ond S ch edu le to th e An dhr a Pra de sh
and Mad ras ( Al te ra tion of Boun dar ie s)
A ct , 1959, bu t e xc lud ing the t er ri to ri es
s pe ci fi ed in su b- se ct ion (1) of se ct ion 3 and
s ub- se ct io n (1 ) of s ec ti on 4 of th e Andh ra
S tat e A ct , 1953 and th e te rr it or ie s
s pe ci fi ed in cl aus e ( b) of sub -s ec ti on (1 ) of
s ec ti on 5, s ec ti on 6 and c lau se (d ) of su b-
s ec ti on (1) of se ct io n 7 of t he Sta te s
R eo rgan isa tion A ct , 1956 and th e
t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed i n th e Fi rs t S ch edu le
to th e And hra P rade sh and Mad ras
( Al te ra tion of Boun dar ie s) A ct , 1959.
8. Maha ra sht ra Th e t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed in su b- se ct ion (1)
of se ct ion 8 of the Sta te s R eo rgani sa tion
A ct , 1956, bu t e xc lud ing the t er ri to ri es
ref er re d to in sub -s ec ti on (1) of se ct ion 3
of th e Bombay Re orga ni sat ion A ct , 1960.
9. K ar nataka Th e t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed in su b- se ct ion (1)
of se ct ion 7 of the Sta te s R eo rgani sa tion
A ct , 1956 but exc lu ding t he te rr it ory
s pe ci fi ed in th e Sch ed ul e to t he An dhr a
P rad es h and My sore ( Tr ans fe r of
Ter ri to ry ) A ct , 1968.
10. O ri ss a Th e t er ri to ri es w hic h i mmed ia te ly b efo re
t he co mmen ce me nt of thi s Con st itu tio n
w ere e ith er co mp ri se d in th e Provi nc e of
O ri ss a o r w ere bei ng admin is te re d as if
t hey fo rmed par t of tha t Provin ce .
11. Pun jab The t er ri to ri es sp ec if ie d in se ct ion 11 of
t he Stat es Re or gani sat ion A ct , 1956 and
t he te rr it or ie s ref er re d to in Pa rt I I of th e
Fi rs t Sch ed ule to th e A cq ui re d Ter ri to ri es
( Me rg er ) A ct , 1960 but exc lud ing th e
t er ri to ri es ref er re d to in Par t I I of the
Fi rs t Sch ed ule to th e C ons ti tu tion ( Ni nth
A me nd me nt ) Ac t, 1960 and the te rr it or ie s
s pe ci fi ed in su b- se ct ion (1) of se ct ion 3,
s ec ti on 4 and s ub- se ct io n (1) se ct ion 5 of
t he Pun jab Re or gani sat ion A ct , 1966.
12. Ra jas tha n The t er ri to ri es sp ec if ie d in s ec ti on 10 of
t he Sta te s Re or gani sat ion Ac t, 1956 bu t
e xc ludi ng th e t er ri to ri es sp ec if ie d in the
Fi rs t S che dul e to the R aja st han and
Mad hya Pra de sh (Tran sf er of Te rr it or ie s)
A ct , 1959.
13. U tta r Prad es h Th e te rr it or ie s wh ic h i mmed ia te ly be fore
t he co mmen ce me nt of thi s Con st itu tio n
w ere ei the r co mp ri se d in th e P rov in ce
kno wn a s th e U nit ed P ro vin ce s or we re
b eing ad min is te re d as if th ey for me d pa rt
of that Provin ce , t he te rr it or ie s s pe ci fi ed
in c laus e (b ) of s ub -s ec ti on (1) of se ct ion 3
of th e Biha r and U tta r P rad es h (A lt er at ion
of Bounda ri es ) A ct , 1968, and the
t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed i n cla us e ( b) of sub -
s ec ti on (1) of se ct io n 4 of t he Ha ryana and
U tta r P rade sh (A lt er at ion of Bo unda ri es )
A ct , 1979, bu t e xc lud ing the t er ri to ri es
s pe ci fi ed in cl aus e (a) of su b- se ct ion (1 ) of
s ec ti on 3 of t he Biha r and Ut ta r Pra de sh
( Al te ra tion of Boun dar ie s) A ct , 1968, and
t he te rr it or ie s s pe ci fi ed in s ec ti on 3 of th e
U tta r Prad es h Re orga ni sat ion A ct , 2000
and th e te rr it or ie s s pe ci fi ed in cla us e (a)
of sub -s ec ti on (1 ) of s ec ti on 4 of th e
H arya na and U tta r P rad es h (A lt er atio n of
Bo unda ri es ) Ac t, 1979.
14. We st B enga l Th e te rr it or ie s wh ic h i mmed ia te ly be fore
t he co mmen ce me nt of thi s Con st itu tio n
w ere e ith er co mp ri se d in th e Provi nc e of
Wes t Be ngal or w ere b eing ad min is te re d as
i f t hey fo rmed par t of tha t Provin ce and
t he t er ri to ry of C hand er nago re as de fin ed
in c laus e ( c) of se ct io n 2 of t he
C hand er nagore (M er ge r) A ct , 1954 and
al so th e t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed in sub -
s ec ti on (1 ) of s ec ti on 3 of t he Biha r and
Wes t Be ngal (Tra ns fe r of Ter ri to ri es ) Ac t,
1956.
15. Ja mmu and Kas hmir The t er ri to ry wh ic h i mmed ia te ly
b efo re th e co mmen ce men t of thi s
Co ns ti tut ion wa s c ompr is ed in th e I ndia n
S tat e of Jammu and Ka sh mi r.
16. Naga land Th e t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed in su b- se ct ion (1)
of se ct ion 3 of the Sta te of Nagala nd Ac t,
1962.
17. H arya na Th e t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed in su b- se ct ion (1)
of se ct ion 3 of the Pun jab R eo rgani sa tion
A ct , 1966 and th e t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed in
c lau se (a ) of s ub- se ct io n (1 ) of s ec ti on 4 of
t he Ha ryana and Ut ta r P rade sh ( Al te ra tion
of Bounda ri es ) A ct , 1979, bu t ex cl uding
t he t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed in c laus e (v ) of
s ub- se ct io n (1 ) of s ec ti on 4 of tha t A ct .
18. H imac hal P rade sh T he t er ri to ri es w hi ch imme di at el y
b efo re th e co mmen ce men t of thi s
Co ns ti tut ion w ere bei ng admin is te re d as i f
t hey we re Ch ie f Co mmis si on er s’ Provi nc es
un de r t he na me s of H imac hal Pra de sh and
B ilas pu r and th e t er ri to ri es sp ec if ie d in
s ub- se ct io n (1 ) of s ec ti on 5 of th e Pun jab
R eo rgan isa tion Ac t, 1966.
19. Man ipu r The t er ri to ry wh ic h i mmed ia te ly be fore
t he co mmen ce me nt of thi s Con st itu tio n
wa s b eing admini st ered as i f it w ere a
C hi ef Co mmis si on er ’s P ro vin ce un de r t he
na me of Man ipu r.
20.Tri pu ra The t er ri to ry wh ic h i mmed ia te ly be fore
t he co mmen ce me nt of thi s Con st itu tio n
wa s b eing admini st ered as i f it w ere a
C hi ef Co mmis si on er ’s P ro vin ce un de r t he
na me of Tr ip ur a.
21. M eghalaya The te rr it or ie s sp ec if ie d in s ec ti on 5 of
t he Nor th -Ea st er n A re as
( Re orga ni sat ion) Ac t, 1971.
22. Si kki m Th e te rr it or ie s w hic h imme di at ely b efo re
t he comme nc e men t of t he Cons ti tu tion
( Thi rt y- six th A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1975, w ere
c ompr is ed in Sik ki m.
23. Mi zo ram Th e t er ri to ri es sp ec if ie d in se ct ion 6 of
t he Nor th -Ea st er n A re as ( Re or gani sat ion)
A ct , 1971.
24. A ru nac hal Prad es h Th e t er ri to ri es sp ec if ie d in se ct ion 7
of th e Nor th -Ea st er n Area s
( Re orga ni sat ion) Ac t, 1971.
25. G oa T he t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed in s ec ti on 3 of
t he Goa, D aman and D iu R eo rgan isa tion
A ct , 1987.
26. C hhat ti sgar h T he te rr it or ie s s pe ci fi ed in s ec ti on 3 of th e
Mad hya P rad es h Reo rgan isa tio n A ct , 2000.
27. Ut tar anc hal Th e t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed in se ct io n 3 of
t he U tta r P rad es h R eo rgan isa tion Ac t,
2000.
28. Jhar khand Th e t er ri to ri es s pe ci fi ed in se ct io n
3 of t he Bi har
Re orga ni sat ion A ct , 2000.

I I. TH E U NI ON T ER RI TO RI ES
Nam e Exte nt
1. De lhi The t er ri to ry wh ic h i mmed ia te ly be fore
t he co mmen ce me nt of thi s Con st itu tio n
wa s co mp ri se d in the C hi ef
Co mmis si on er ’s Provin ce of D el hi.
* *
* * *
 * *
* * *

2. The Anda ma n and The te rr it or y wh ic h i m me di at e ly

N ic obar I sl and s
3. Laks hadw ee p
4. Da dra and
Naga r Hav el i
5. Da ma n and D iu
6. Pon dic he rr y
7. C hand igar h
b efo re t he co mmen ce men t of
t hi s Con st it utio n wa s co mp ri se d in th e C hie f
Co mmis si on er ’s P rov inc e of t he
A ndaman and Ni coba r Is land s.
Th e t er ri to ry s pe ci fi ed in se ct io n 6 of th e
Sta te s R eo rgani sa tion Ac t, 1956.
T he t er ri to ry wh ic h i m me di at e ly
b efo re the e le ve nth day of
A ugu st 1961 wa s c ompr is ed in F re e
Da dra and N agar Have li .
Th e t er ri to ri es sp ec if ie d in s ec ti on 4 of
t he Goa, D aman and Di u Re orga ni sat ion
A ct , 1987.
Th e te rr it or ie s wh ic h i mmed ia te ly be fore
t he six te en th day of Aug us t, 1962, w ere
c ompr is ed in th e Fren ch Es tab lis hmen ts in
I ndia known as Pond ic he rr y, K ar ikal ,
Mah e and Ya nam.
The te rr it or ie s sp ec if ie d in s ec ti on 4 of
t he Pun jab R eo rgani sa tion Ac t, 1966.

* * *
* *
* * *
* *
 SECOND SCHEDULE
[ Ar ti cl es 59(3 ), 65(3) , 75(6 ), 97, 125, 148(3) , 158(3 ),
164(5) , 186 and 221]
PART A
P R O V I S I O N S A S TO T H E P R E S I D E N T A N D T H E G O V E R N O R S O F S TAT E S
1. Th ere shal l be paid to the P re si de nt and to t he Gov er no rs of
t he Sta te s th e follo wi ng e mo lu me nt s p er me ns em, that i s to say :—
Th e Pres id en t .. 10,000 ru pe es *.
Th e Gove rn or of a Stat e .. 5,500
r up ee s**.
2. Th ere shal l also be pai d to th e Pres id en t and to th e Gove rn or s
of th e Sta te s su ch allo wanc es as we re payable res pe ct iv el y to th e
G ove rno r- G en er al of th e Domin ion of Ind ia and to th e Gove rn or s of
t he co rres po nd ing Provi nc es imme di at ely b efo re th e comme nc e men t
of th is Con st it ut ion.
3. T he Pres id en t and th e Gov er no rs of th e S tat es throu ghou t th ei r
res pe ct iv e te rms of of fi ce s hall b e e nt it le d to th e sa me priv il ege s to
w hi ch th e Gove rn or- Ge ne ra l and th e Gov er no rs of th e
c or re sp on ding Provin ce s we re res pe ct iv el y e nt itl ed imme di at ely
b efo re th e co mmen ce men t of thi s Con st itu tion .
4. W hil e t he Vic e- P re si de nt o r any ot he r pe rs on i s dis ch arg ing
t he fu nc tion s of, or i s act ing as, Pres id en t, or any pe rs on is
di sc ha rging the fun ct ion s of t he Gove rn or, he shal l be en tit le d to
t he same emol umen ts , allo wan ce s and pr ivil eg es as t he Pres id en t o r
t he Gove rn or w hos e f unc tio ns he di sc ha rge s o r for w hom he act s, a s
t he ca se may be.
* * * *
*
PART C
PROVISIONS AS TO THE SPEAKE R AND T HE DE PUTY SPE AKER OF THE
HOUSE OF THE PEOPLE AND THE CHAIRMAN AND THE DEPUTY CHAIRMAN
O F T H E C O U N C I L O F S TAT E S A N D T H E S P E A K E R A N D T H E
D E P U T Y S P E A K E R O F T H E L E G I S L AT I V E A S S E M B LY
AND THE CHAIRMAN AND THE DEPUTY
C H A I R M A N O F T H E L E G I S L AT I V E
C O U N C I L O F A S TAT E
7. T he re shal l b e paid to the Spe ake r of t he Hou se of th e P eop le
and th e Cha ir ma n of th e Coun ci l of Stat es suc h sala ri es and
allo wan ce s as w ere payab le to th e Sp eak er of th e Co ns ti tue nt
A ss embl y of the D ominio n of I ndia imme di at el y b efo re t he
c omme nc e me nt of th is Con st it ut ion, and the re s hall b e pa id to t he
D ep uty Sp eak er of th e H ous e of th e P eopl e and to the De pu ty
C hai rman of the Coun ci l of S tat es su ch s alar ie s and allo wan ce s a s
w ere payabl e to the D ep uty Sp eak er of the C ons ti tu en t A ss embl y of
t he Do mi nion of In dia imme di at ely b efo re su ch co mmen ce me nt .
8. T he re shal l be paid to t he Spea ke r and th e D ep uty Spea ke r of
t he L egi sla tive A ss embl y and to t he C hair ma n and t he D ep uty
C hai rman of the Le gis lat ive Coun ci l of a Sta te su ch s alar ie s and
________________________________________________________________________________________________
allo
* Now wanrupees,
50,000 ce s asvidewAct
ere25 of
payab le2 (w.e.f.
1998, s. re sp 1.1.1996).
ec ti ve ly to th e Sp eak er and th e
** Now 36,000 rupees, vide Act 27 of 1998, s. 2 (w.e.f. 1.1.1996)

189
 D ep uty Spe ake r of the L egi sla tiv e As se mb ly and th e Pres id en t and
t he D epu ty Pres id en t of th e Leg is lat ive Cou nc il of the
c or re sp on ding Provin ce i mmed ia te ly b efo re t he comme nc e men t of
t his Con st itu tio n and, w he re th e co rres po nd ing P ro vin ce had no
L egi sla tiv e Co unc il imme di at ely be fore su ch comme nc e men t, t he re
s hall be pai d to th e C hai rman and the De pu ty C hair ma n of t he
L egi sla tiv e Coun ci l of t he Sta te s uc h s alar ie s and allo wan ce s as th e
G ove rno r of th e Sta te may d et er mi ne .
PART D
PROVISIONS A S TO T H E J U D G E S O F T H E S U P R E M E C O U RT AND OF THE
H I G H C O U RT S
9. (1) Th ere s hal l be paid to t he Judge s of the Sup re me Co ur t, in
res pe ct of t ime sp en t on ac tual s er vi ce , s alar y at th e fo llo wing rat es
p er me ns em, tha t i s to say :—
The Chi ef J us tic e .. 10,000 rupe es *.
Any othe r Judge .. 9,000 rup ee s** :
Provi de d t hat if a Judg e of t he Sup re me Cou rt at th e ti me of h is
appo int me nt i s in rec ei pt of a pen sio n (ot he r than a d isab ili ty or
wo und p en sion ) in re sp ec t of any prev ious se rv ic e unde r th e
G ove rn me nt of I ndia or any of it s p re de ce ss o r G ove rn me nt s or
un de r th e Gov er nmen t of a Sta te or any of it s p re de ce ss or
G ove rn me nt s, hi s sa lary in re sp ec t of se rv ic e in th e Sup re me Cour t
s hall b e red uc ed —
( a) by the a moun t of th at pens ion, and
( b) if he has , befo re su ch appo intm en t, re ce iv ed in l ieu of a
por tion of th e pen sion due to hi m in r es pe ct of su ch pre vious s er vi ce
th e com mu te d v alue th er eo f, by th e a moun t of th at port ion of th e
p ens ion, and
( c ) if he ha s, befo re suc h appo intm en t, r ec ei ve d a r et ir em en t
gr atu ity in r es pe ct of su ch pre vious s er vi ce , by the pen sion
e quiva le nt of that gr atu ity.
(2) Ev er y Judg e of the Su preme Co ur t shal l b e en tit le d wi thou t
pay me nt of ren t to th e us e of an off ic ial re si de nc e.
(3) No thi ng in s ub- parag rap h (2 ) of t his pa ragr aph sha ll apply to
a Judge who , i mmed ia te ly be fore th e comme nc e men t of t his
Co ns ti tut ion, —
( a) w as holding o ff ic e a s the Ch ie f Ju st ic e of the Fed er al Cour t
a nd h as be com e on such co mm en ce me nt th e Ch ie f Jus ti ce of th e
Sup re me Court unde r cl au se (1 ) of a rt ic le 374, or
( b) wa s holding offi ce a s any oth er Judg e of th e Fed er al Cou rt
a nd ha s on suc h co mm en ce me nt be co me a Judge (oth er than th e
Ch ie f Jus ti ce ) of the Supr em e Cou rt unde r th e sa id cl au se ,
du ri ng t he p er iod he hold s off ic e as su ch Ch ie f Jus tic e or
ot he r Judg e, and ev er y Judg e who so be co me s t he C hie f Jus ti ce o r
ot he r Judge of th e Su preme Cou rt shal l, in res pe ct of t ime sp en t on
a ctua l se rv ic e as su ch Chi ef Jus ti ce or oth er Judge , as t he cas e may
b e, b e e nti tl ed to re ce iv e in add it ion to t he sala ry s pe ci fi ed i n sub -
pa ragr aph (1) of thi s parag rap h as s pe cia l pay an amou nt
e quiva le nt to the d if fe re nc e be tw ee n th e sala ry so sp ec if ie d and t he
sa lar y w hi ch he wa s dra wing
__________________________________________________________ i mmed ia te ly be fore s uc h
c*Now
omme nc e me
33.000 nt .vide Act 18 of 1998, s. 7 (w.e.f. 1-1-1996)
rupees,
** Now 30.000 rupees, vide s. 7, ibid (w.e.f. 1-1-1996).
 (4) Eve ry Judg e of the Sup re me Co ur t sha ll rec ei ve su ch
rea so nabl e al lowan ce s to rei mb ur se hi m fo r exp en se s inc ur re d in
t rav ell ing on du ty wi thin th e te rr it or y of I ndia and shal l be
af for de d suc h re as onab le fa ci li tie s in con ne ct ion wi th tr ave lli ng a s
t he P re si de nt may from ti me to t ime p re sc ri be .
(5) The r igh ts in re sp ec t of le ave of abs en ce ( in clu ding le ave
allo wan ce s) and pen sio n of th e Judge s of the Su preme Co ur t shal l
b e gover ne d by th e provi sion s wh ic h, imme di at ely b efo re th e
c omme nc e me nt of th is Con st it ut ion, w ere appli cab le to th e Judge s
of th e Fe de ral Co ur t.
10. (1 ) Th ere sha ll be paid to th e Judge s of High Co ur ts , in
res pe ct of t ime sp en t on ac tual s er vi ce , s alar y at th e fo llo wing rat es
p er me ns em, tha t i s to sa y, —
The Chi ef J us tic e .. 9,000 rupe es *.
Any othe r Judge .. 8,000 rupe es **:
Provi de d t hat if a Judg e of a Hig h Co ur t at t he t ime of hi s
appo int me nt i s in rec ei pt of a pen sio n (ot he r than a d isab ili ty or
wo und p en sion ) in re sp ec t of any prev ious se rv ic e unde r th e
G ove rn me nt of I ndia or any of it s p re de ce ss o r G ove rn me nt s or
un de r the Gov er nmen t of a Stat e o r any of it s p re de ce ss or
G ove rn me nt s, hi s sa lary in re sp ec t of se rv ic e in th e H igh C our t
s hall b e red uc ed —
(a) by th e am ount of that pen sion , a nd
( b) if he has , befo re su ch appo intm en t, re ce iv ed in l ieu of a
por tion of th e p ens ion due to hi m in r es pe ct of su ch pr eviou s s er vi ce
th e com mu te d v alue th er eo f, by th e a moun t of th at port ion of th e
p ens ion, and
(c ) if he ha s, be for e suc h a ppoint me nt , r ec ei ve d a r et ir em en t
gr atu ity in r es pe ct of su ch pre vious s er vi ce , by the pen sion
e quiva le nt of that gr atu ity.
(2) Eve ry p er son who i mmed ia te ly b efo re the co mmen ce men t of
t his Co ns ti tut ion —
( a) w as holding o ff ic e a s the Ch ie f Ju st ic e of a H igh Cou rt in
a ny P rovinc e and ha s on su ch com me nc em en t bec om e the Ch ie f
Ju st ic e of the High Cou rt in the c or re sponding Sta te unde r cl au se (1)
of a rti cl e 376, or
( b) wa s holding offi ce a s any oth er Judg e of a H igh Court in any
P rovinc e and ha s on su ch co mm en ce me nt bec om e a Judg e (oth er than
th e Chie f Ju sti ce ) of the H igh Court in the co rr es ponding Sta te
und er the s aid c lau se ,
s hall , i f h e was i mmed ia te ly be fore su ch co mmen ce men t
d raw ing a sa lary at a rat e hig he r than that sp ec if ie d in s ub -
pa ragr aph (1) of thi s parag rap h, be en ti tle d to rec e iv e in res pe ct of
t ime s pe nt on a ctua l s er vi ce as suc h Chi ef Ju st ic e or othe r Judge , a s
t he ca se may be, in addi tion to th e sala ry sp ec if ie d in t he sa id sub -
pa ragr aph as sp ec ial pay an amou nt e quiva le nt to the di ff eren ce
b et we en th e sa lary so s pe ci fi ed and the sala ry w hi ch h e wa s d raw ing
i mmed ia te ly be fore su ch co mmen ce men t.

____________________________________________________
________
* Now 30,000 rupees, vide Act 18 of 1988, s. 4 (w.e.f. 1.1.1996)
** Now 26,000 rupees, vide s. 4, ibid. (w.e.f. 1.1.1996)
 (3) Any p er son who , i mmed ia te ly be fore the c omme nc e me nt of th e
Co ns ti tut ion (S eve nt h A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1956, wa s holdi ng of fi ce a s
t he Ch ie f Jus ti ce of th e Hig h C our t of a Sta te s pe ci fi ed in Pa rt B of
t he Fi rs t Sc he dul e and ha s on s uc h c omme nc e me nt b ec ome th e Ch ie f
Ju st ic e of the H igh Cou rt of a S tat e sp ec if ie d i n t he sa id Sch ed ule a s
a me nd ed by t he said A ct , s hall , if h e wa s i mmed ia te ly b efo re su ch
c omme nc e me nt d raw ing any a moun t as al lowa nc e in addit ion to his
sa lar y, b e en tit le d to rec ei ve in res pe ct of ti me sp en t on ac tual
s er vi ce as s uc h C hie f Ju st ic e, the sa me a moun t as allo wan ce in
add itio n to th e sala ry sp ec if ie d in sub -pa ragr aph (1) of thi s
pa ragr aph.
11. I n t his Pa rt , un le ss the c ont ex t ot he rw is e req ui re s, —
( a) the exp re ss ion “C hie f Ju sti ce ” in clud es a n a ct ing Chi ef
Ju st ic e, a nd a “ Judg e” in clud es an ad hoc Judg e;
( b) “a ct ua l s er vi ce ” in clud es —
( i) tim e spen t by a Judg e on duty a s a Judg e or in th e
p er for ma nc e of suc h oth er fun ct ions as he ma y a t the r eque st of
th e Pre si den t und er tak e to di sc ha rg e;
(ii ) vac at ions , exc luding any ti me during whi ch the Judg e
i s abs en t on le ave ; and
( iii ) join ing tim e on tra ns fe r f rom a H igh Cou rt to th e
Sup re me Court or fro m one H igh Cou rt to a noth er.

PART E
P R O V I S I O N S A S TO T H E C O M P T R O L L E R A N D
A U D I TO R -G E N E R A L O F I N D I A
12. (1) Th ere s hal l be paid to t he Compt ro ll er and Au dito r-
G en er al of In dia a sala ry at the ra te of * fou r thou sand rup ee s pe r
men se m.
(2) The p er so n w ho w as hold ing off ic e imme di at el y b efo re th e
c omme nc e me nt of th is Cons ti tu tion as Aud ito r- G en er al of In dia and
ha s be co me on s uc h co mmen ce men t t he Compt ro ll er and Au dito r-
G en er al of In dia und er ar tc le 377 s hall in addi tion to th e sa lary
s pe ci fi ed in su b- parag raph (1) of thi s pa ragra ph b e en ti tl ed to
rec ei ve as s pe cia l pay an amo unt equ ival en t to th e di ff eren c e
b et we en th e sa lary so s pe ci fi ed and the sala ry w hi ch h e wa s d raw ing
as Aud ito r- Ge ne ra l of Ind ia imme di at el y be fore s uc h
c omme nc e me nt .

(3) The rights in respect of leave of absence and pension and the other conditions of
service of the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India shall be governed or shall
continue to be governed, as the case may be, by the provisions which were applicable to
the Auditor-General of India immediately before the commencement of this Constitution
and all references in those provisions to the Governor-General shall be construed as
references to the President.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________
* The Comptroller and Auditor-General of India shall be paid a salary equal to the salary of the Judges of the Supreme
Court vide s. 3 of Act 56 of 1971. The salary of Judges of the Supreme Court has been raised to Rs. 30,000 per
mensem by Act 18 of 1998, s. 7 (w.e.f.1.1.1996).
THIRD SCHEDULE
 [Articles 75(4), 99, 124(6), 148(2), 164(3), 188 and 219]*

For ms of Oat hs o r A ff ir ma ti ons

I
For m of oath of offi ce for a Min is te r for th e Unio n: —
“ I , A.B ., do s w e a r i n the name of God tha t I w ill
b ear tr ue fai th and
solemnly affirm
all eg ianc e to th e Cons ti tu tion of Ind ia as by law e st abl ish ed ,
t hat I wi ll uphold th e sov erei gn ty and int egr ity of In dia, tha t I wil l
fa ith ful ly and c ons ci en tio us ly di sc ha rge my duti es as a Mini st er fo r
t he Unio n and tha t I w il l do rig ht to all mann er of peop le in
a cco rda nc e w it h th e Con st it ut ion and t he law, w it hout fea r or
favo ur, af fe ct ion o r ill -w ill .”
II

For m of oath of se cre cy for a Mi nis te r for th e Unio n: —

“ I, A. B., do s w e a r in the name of God tha t I w ill
no t direc tl y or ind irec tl y
solemnly affirm
c ommu ni ca te o r re ve al to any p er so n o r pe rs on s any ma tt er
w hi ch s hall be b ro ught unde r my co ns ide ra tion or shal l b eco me
kno wn to me as a Min is te r for the U nion ex ce pt a s may be re qu ired
fo r t he du e dis cha rg e of my duti es as suc h Mini st er.”
II I
A
For m of oath o r af fi rmat ion to be mad e by a can dida te for
e le ct ion to Par lia me nt :—
“ I, A .B. , having be en no mi nat ed a s a c andi dat e to fi ll a s ea t
in the Cou nc il of S tat es (or th e H ous e of th e P eopl e) do s w e a r
in the name of God tha t I wi ll bea r tr ue fa it h
solemnly affirm
and all eg ianc e to th e Con st it ut ion of I ndia as by law
e st abl is he d and tha t I w il l up hold th e sove re ig nt y and in te gr ity of
I ndia .”
B
For m of oath or af fi rmat ion to be ma de by a me mb e r of
Pa rl iamen t: —
“I, A .B. , having be en e le ct ed (o r nomina te d) a membe r of th e
Co unc il of Sta te s (o r th e Hou se of t he P eopl e) do s w e a r i n t h e n a m e
o f G o d t hat I wi ll bea r t ru e fai th and all eg ianc e
solemnly affirm
to th e Con st itu tio n of In dia as by la w e st abl is he d, that I w ill
up hold th e sove re ig nt y and in te gr ity of Ind ia and tha t I wil l
fa ith ful ly dis cha rg e the du ty upon whi ch I am abou t to e nt er.”
________________________________________________
IV
______
For m of oath o r af fi rmat ion to be mad e by th e Judg es of t he
*See also arts. 84(a) and 173(a).
Su preme Cou rt and th e Co mp trol le r and A udi tor- Ge ne ra l of I ndia :
— 193
“I, A. B., hav ing b ee n appoin te d Chi ef Jus tic e (o r a Judg e)
of t he Sup re me Co ur t of Ind ia (or Co mp trol le r and A udi tor-
G en er al of In dia) do s w e a r i n t h e n a m e o f G o d that I

solemnly affirm
w ill bea r t ru e fai th and all egia nc e to the C ons ti tu tion of
I ndia as by law es tab li she d, t hat I wi ll up hold t he sove re ig nt y and
in te gr ity of Ind ia, tha t I wil l duly and fai thf ully and to th e b es t of
my abili ty, know le dge and judg me nt pe rfo rm th e duti es of my offi ce
w it hout f ear or favo ur, aff ec tio n o r ill -w il l and tha t I wil l up hold
t he Con st it ut ion and t he la ws.”
V
For m of oath of offi ce for a Min is te r for a Sta te :—
“ I , A. B., do s w e a r i n t h e n a m e o f G o d that I w il l bea r t ru e
fa ith and all egian ce to t he
solemnly affirm
Co ns ti tut ion of Ind ia as by la w es ta bli sh ed, that I w ill uphold
t he sov erei gn ty and int egr it y of In dia, tha t I w il l fa ith fu lly and
c ons ci en tio us ly dis ch arg e my du tie s as a Mini st er for the Sta te
of ..... .... .and t hat I wi ll do r ight to all mann er of peo pl e in
a cco rda nc e wi th th e Cons ti tu tion and th e law wi thou t fea r o r
favo ur, af fe ct ion o r ill -w ill .”
VI
For m of oath of se cre cy for a Mi nis te r for a Sta te :—
“ I, A. B., do s w e a r i n t h e name of God that I wi ll not
di re ct ly o r in di re ct ly
solemnly affirm
c ommu ni ca te o r re ve al to any p er so n o r pe rs on s any ma tt er
w hi ch s hall be b ro ught unde r my co ns ide ra tion or shal l b eco me
kno wn to me as a Mi ni st er for th e S tat e of .. .... .... .... .... ..e xc ep t as
may be re qu ired fo r t he du e dis cha rg e of my duti es as suc h
Mi nis te r. ”
V II
A
For m of oath o r af fi rmat ion to be mad e by a can dida te for
e le ct ion to th e Leg is lat ure of a S tat e: —
“ I, A. B., havi ng be en no mina te d as a c andi dat e to f ill a s ea t
in the Le gis lat ive As se mb ly (or L egi sla tive Coun ci l) , do s w e a r i n
the name of God that I wi ll bea r t ru e
solemnly affirm
 fa ith and all egian ce to t he Co ns ti tut ion of I ndia as by law
e st abl is he d and tha t I w il l up hold th e sove re ig nt y and in te gr ity of
I ndia .”
B
For m of oath or af fi rmat ion to be ma de by a me mb e r of th e
L egi sla tu re of a Sta te :—
“ I , A .B. , hav ing be en el ec te d (o r no mi nat ed ) a me mb e r of the
L egi sla tiv e As se mb ly (o r
L egi sla tiv e Cou nc il ), do swear in the name of God that
I w il l b ear tr ue fa it h and
solemnly affirm
all eg ianc e to th e Cons ti tu tion of Ind ia as by law e st abl ish ed ,
t hat I wi ll upho ld th e s ove re ig nt y and in teg ri ty of I ndia and tha t I
w ill fa ith ful ly d is cha rge t he du ty upo n w hi ch I am abou t to e nt er.”
VI II
For m of oath o r af fi rmat ion to be mad e by th e Judg es of a H igh
Co ur t: —
“ I, A .B. , having b ee n appoin te d C hie f Ju st ic e (o r a Judge ) of
t he High Cou rt at (o r of ) .... .... ..do s w e a r i n t h e n a m e o f
G o d tha t I wi ll b ear tr ue fa it h and alleg ian ce to
solemnly affirm
t he Con st it ut ion of I ndia as by la w es tab li she d, tha t I w il l
up hold t he sove re ig nt y and in te gr ity of Ind ia, tha t I wil l duly and
fa ith ful ly and to th e be st of my abi lit y, kno wl edg e and judg me nt
p er fo rm th e du ti es of my off ic e w it hout fea r or favou r, aff ec tio n or
il l- wi ll and t hat I wi ll uphol d t he Co ns ti tut ion and t he la ws .”
 FOURTH SCHEDULE
[A rt ic le s 4(1 ) and 80(2 )]
A llo ca tion of se at s in the Coun ci l of St at es
To ea ch Stat e o r U nion te rr it or y sp ec if ie d in t he fi rs t co lu mn of
t he follo wing tabl e, the re sha ll b e allo tt ed t he numbe r of s ea ts
s pe ci fi ed in th e se co nd colu mn t he re of oppos it e to that Sta te o r tha t
U nion t er ri to ry, as the c as e may b e.

TABLE

1 A n dh ra 1
. P ra de sh …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 8
2 A ss am 7
. … …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …. .
3 B ih ar …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… 1
. … …… ……. . 6
4 J ha rk ha nd… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 6
. … …… ……. .
5 G oa …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 1
. … …… ……. .
6 G uj ar at …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 1
. … …… …… …. 1
7 H ar ya na …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 5
. … …… …… …
8 K er al a… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 9
. … …… ……. .
9 M ad hy a 1
. P ra de sh …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …. 1
1 C h ha tt is ga rh …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 5
0. … …… …… …
1 Tam il N a du 1
1. … …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… 8
1 M ah ar as ht ra …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 1
2. … …… …… …… 9
1 K ar na ta ka …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… 1
3. … …… …… …. 2
1 O ri ss a… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 1
4. … …… …… … 0
1 P u nj ab …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… 7
5. … …… …… …
1 R a ja st ha n… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 1
6. … …… …… …. . 0
1 U tt ar 3
7. P ra de sh …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… 1
….
1 U tt ar an ch al …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 3
8. … …… …… ……
1 Wes t 1
9. B eng al …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …. 6
.
2 J am mu a nd 4
0. K as hm ir …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… .
 2 N a ga la nd …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 1
1. … …… …… ….
2 H im ac ha l 3
2. P ra de sh …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… ….
2 M an ip ur …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 1
3. … …… …… …. .
2 Tri pu ra …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 1
4. … …… …… …….
2 M eg ha la ya …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… 1
5. … …… …… ….
2 S ik ki m… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 1
6. … …… …… ….
2 M iz or am …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 1
7. … …… …… …. .
2 A r un ac ha l 1
8. P ra de sh …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… ……. .
2 D e lh i… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… 3
9. … …… …… …
3 P ond ic he rr y… …… …… …… …… …… …… …… 1
0. … …… …… ……
To ta l… …… …… …… …… …… …… … 2
… …… … 33
196

FIFTH SCHEDULE
[Article 244(1)]
Provisions as to the Administra tion and Control of Sche dule d
Areas and Scheduled Tribe s
PART A
GENERAL
1. Int erp re ta tion . — In t hi s Sc he dul e, unle ss th e c ont ex t oth er wi se
req ui re s, t he ex pres si on “S tat e” doe s not inc lud e th e Stat es of
A ss am, Meg halaya, Tri pu ra and Miz ora m.
2. Ex ec utiv e powe r of a Sta te in Sch edu led Ar ea s . —Sub je ct to t he
p rov is ions of th is S che dul e, th e ex ec ut ive po we r of a Stat e ex te nds
to th e Sc he dul ed Area s t he re in .
3. R epo rt by the Gov er nor to th e Pr es ide nt reg ar ding the
a dm ini st ra tion of S che dul ed A re as .— T he Gov er no r of ea ch Sta te
havi ng S ch edu le d A re as th erei n s hall annua ll y, or whe ne ve r so
req ui re d by t he Pres id en t, mak e a rep or t to th e P re si de nt re ga rd ing
t he admini st ra tion of the Sc he dul ed A re as in tha t Sta te and th e
e xe cu tiv e po we r of th e U nion shal l ex te nd to t he giving of direc ti on s
to th e Sta te as to the ad mi ni st ra tion of the s aid area s.
PART B
A D M I N I S T R AT I O N AND CONTROL OF SCHEDULED AREAS AND
SCHEDULED TRIBES
4. Trib es Adv iso ry Counc i l. —(1 ) Th ere sha ll be e st abli sh ed in ea ch
S tat e having Sch ed ule d Area s th erei n and, if the P re si de nt so
di re ct s, al so in any Sta te havi ng S ch edu le d Tr ib es but not S che dul ed
A re as th erei n, a Tri be s A dvis ory Co unc il con si st ing of not mo re
t han tw en ty membe r s of who m, as nea rl y as may b e, th re e- fou rt hs
s hall b e t he rep res en ta ti ve s of th e Sch ed ul ed Tri be s in th e
L egi sla tiv e As se mb ly of th e Stat e:
Provi de d t hat if th e numbe r of rep re se nt at iv es of t he S che dul ed
Tri be s in th e Le gis lat ive A ss embl y of t he Sta te i s le ss t han the
nu mb er of s ea ts i n th e Tr ib es Adv iso ry Co unc il to be fil le d by su ch
rep res e nt at iv es , the remai ni ng se at s shal l be fil le d by oth er
membe rs of t hos e tr ib es .
(2) I t s hal l b e the du ty of t he Tr ib es A dvi sor y Co unc il to advis e
on su ch ma tt er s p er tai ning to th e we lfa re and advanc emen t of t he
S ch edu le d Tri be s in th e S tat e as may b e ref er re d to the m by th e
G ove rno r.
(3) Th e G ove rno r may ma ke rul es p re sc ri bi ng o r re gu lat ing, as
t he ca se may be, —
( a) the nu mb er of membe rs of t he Cou nc il, th e mo de of th ei r
appo int me nt and t he appoin tmen t of the Cha ir ma n of th e C oun ci l
and of th e offi ce rs and se rva nt s the re of ;
( b) th e c ondu ct of it s mee ti ng s and its proc ed ure in gen er al;
and
( c ) all ot he r inc ide nta l ma tt er s.
5. La w a ppli ca bl e to S chedu led Ar ea s. —(1 ) No tw ith st andi ng
any thing in th is C ons ti tu tion, the Gov er no r may by pu bli c
no tif ica tio n direc t t hat any pa rt ic ula r Ac t of Pa rl iamen t o r of th e
L egi sla tu re of the Sta te shal l not apply to a S che dul ed Area or
any pa rt the re of in the Sta te or sha ll apply to a Sch ed ul ed A re a or
any pa rt the re of in the Sta te s ub je ct to s uc h ex ce pt ions and
modi fi cat ion s a s h e may sp ec if y in th e not ifi ca tion and
any di re ct io n given unde r th is197sub -pa ragr aph may b e give n so
as to have ret ros pe ct iv e e ff ec t.
(2) The G ove rno r may ma ke reg ula tion s for th e pea ce and good
gov er nmen t of any area in a S tat e w hic h i s for the ti me b eing a
S ch edu le d A re a.
In pa rt ic ula r and wi thou t p re ju di ce to t he gen er ali ty of t he
fo re go ing pow er, su ch re gu la tion s may —
( a) p roh ibi t o r res tr ic t t he tra ns fe r of la nd by o r a mong
membe rs of t he S che du le d Tr ib es in su ch area ;
( b) reg ula te the allo tmen t of land to membe r s of the
S ch edu le d Tr ib es in su ch area ;
( c ) reg ula te the ca rr ying on of bus in es s a s mo ney -l end er by
p er son s who l end mo ney to me mb er s of th e Sc he dul ed Tri be s in
s uc h a re a.
(3) In maki ng any su ch reg ul atio n as i s ref er re d to in su b-
pa ragr aph (2) of thi s parag rap h, the G ove rno r may re pe al o r amen d
any Ac t of Parl iamen t o r of t he L egi sla ture of the S tat e or any
e xis ti ng law whi ch is fo r th e t ime bei ng appl ica ble to th e a re a in
qu es ti on.
(4) A ll reg ul atio ns mad e un de r th is pa ragr aph s hal l be sub mi tt ed
fo rt hw it h to th e Pres id en t and, un til as se nt ed to by h im, shal l hav e
no ef fe ct .
(5) No re gu la tion s hal l be mad e un de r thi s pa ragr aph un le ss th e
G ove rno r mak ing the reg ula tio n ha s, in the c as e wh ere the re is a
Tri be s Adv iso ry Cou nc il for th e Stat e, co ns ult ed s uc h Co unc il .

PART C
 SCHEDULED AREAS
6. S che dule d A re as .— (1) In th is Con st it utio n, the e xpres si on
“S ch edu le d A re as ” me an s su ch area s as th e Pres id en t may by ord er 1
d ec lare to b e Sch ed ul ed Area s.
(2) The P re si de nt may at any t ime by ord er 2 —
( a) direc t that th e who le o r any s pe ci fi ed pa rt of a Sc he dul ed
A re a sha ll c ea se to b e a Sch ed ule d Area o r a pa rt of su ch an
a re a;
( aa ) in crea se the area of any Sc he dul ed A re a in a Sta te aft er
c ons ul tatio n w it h t he Gov er no r of tha t Stat e;
( b) alt er, bu t only by way of rec ti fi ca ti on of bounda ri es , any
S ch edu le d A re a;
( c ) on any alt er at ion of t he bounda ri es of a Sta te or on th e
ad mi ss ion into t he Unio n or th e e st abl ish me nt of a n ew Stat e,
d ec lare any t er ri to ry not prev iou sly in clu de d in any Stat e to be,
o r to for m pa rt of, a S che dul ed A re a;
( d) res ci nd , in re la tio n to any Sta te or Sta te s, any ord er or
o rde rs mad e und er th is pa ragra ph, and in c ons ul tatio n w it h t he
G ove rno r of th e Sta te co nc er ne d, make f re sh or de rs re de fi ni ng
t he a re as wh ic h are to be Sc he dul ed Area s;
and any suc h or de r may con tain su ch in ci de nta l and
c ons eq ue nt ial provi sion s as appea r to th e Pres id en t to b e n ec es sa ry
and prope r, but save as afo re sa id , th e o rde r made und er sub -
pa ragr aph (1 ) of t his parag rap h sha ll not be va rie d by any
s ubs eq ue nt or de r.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1. See the Scheduled Areas (Part A States) Order, 1950 (C.O. 9), the Scheduled Areas (Part B States) Order, 1950
(C.O.26), the Scheduled Areas (Himachal Pradesh) Order, 1975 (C.O. 102) and the Scheduled Areas (States of
Bihar, Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh and Orissa) Order, 1977 (C.O. 109)

2. See the Madras Scheduled Areas (Cessor) Order, 1950 (C.O. 30) and the Andhra Scheduled Areas (Cessor) Order,
1955 (C.O. 50). PA RT D
AMENDMENT OF THE SCHEDULE
7. Am en dm ent of the Sch edul e. —(1 ) Pa rlia me nt may from t ime to
t ime by law a me nd by w ay of addi tion , var iatio n or re pe al any of
t he p rovi sio ns of thi s Sc he dul e and, wh en th e Sch ed ule i s so
a me nd ed, any re fe ren c e to thi s S che du le in thi s C ons ti tu tion s hall
b e con st ru ed as a ref e ren ce to s uc h S ch edu le as so a me nde d.
(2) No su ch law a s is me nt ion ed in sub -pa ragr aph (1 ) of t his
pa ragr aph s hall be d ee me d to b e an amen dmen t of thi s Co ns ti tut ion
fo r t he pu rpo se s of art ic le 368.
 SIXTH SCHEDULE
[A rt ic le s 244(2) and 275(1 )]
Provi sio ns as to the A dmin is tra tio n of Tr iba l A re as in th e Stat es
of A ss am, Meg halaya, Tr ip ura and Miz ora m
1
1. Au tonom ous dist ri ct s and autono mou s r egion s. —( 1) Subj ec t to
t he provis ion s of t his parag rap h, th e t ri bal a re as in ea ch ite m of
Pa rt s I, II and I IA and in Par t II I of th e tabl e appe nde d to
pa ragr aph 20 of thi s Sc he dul e shal l b e an auto nomous di st ri ct .
(2) I f t he re a re dif fe re nt S che dul ed Tr ib es in an autono mo us
di st ri ct , th e Gove rn or ma y, by publ ic not ifi ca tion , div ide t he a re a
o r area s inhab it ed by the m in to autono mou s re gi ons .
(3) The G ove rno r ma y, by pu bli c noti fi cat ion, —
( a) inc lud e any a re a in any of the Pa rt s of the s aid tabl e,
( b) exc lud e any a re a from any of th e Par ts of th e sai d ta ble ,
( c ) crea te a n ew auto nomous di st ri ct ,
( d) inc re as e the a re a of any autono mo us di st ri ct ,
( e ) dimin ish th e area of any autono mou s dis tr ic t,
( f) unit e t wo o r more auto nomous dis tr ic ts o r pa rt s t he re of so
as to for m on e autono mou s dis tr ic t,
( ff ) alt er th e name of any au tonomou s dis tr ic t,
( g) de fin e the bou ndar ie s of any au tonomou s dis tr ic t:
Provi de d tha t no ord er shal l be mad e by t he Gov er nor un de r
c lau se s ( c ) , ( d), (e ) and ( f) of thi s sub -pa ragr aph ex ce pt af te r
 c ons id er atio n of th e re po rt of a Commi ss io n appoin te d unde r sub -
pa ragr aph (1) of parag rap h 14 of t his S ch edu le :
Provi de d f ur th er tha t any ord er made by th e Gov er nor und er th is
s ub- parag rap h may con tain su ch in ci de ntal and con se qu en tia l
p rov is ions ( inc lu ding any a me nd me nt of pa ragra ph 20 and of any
i te m in any of th e Par ts of th e sai d ta bl e) as appe ar to the G ove rno r
to b e n ec es sa ry fo r givi ng e ff ec t to th e provi sio ns of the o rde r.
2
2. Con st itut ion of D is tri ct Counc ils and Re giona l Coun ci ls .— ( 1)
T he re s hall b e a

1. Paragraph 1 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution
(Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003),s. 2 , so as to insert the following proviso after sub-paragraph (2), namely:
“Provided that nothing in this sub-paragraph shall apply to the Bodoland Territorial Areas District.”\
*2. Paragraph 2 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by s. 2, ibid., so as to insert the following
proviso after sub-paragraph (1), namely: —
“Provided that the Bodoland Territorial Council shall consist of not more than forty-six members of whom
forty shall be elected on the basis of adult suffrage, of whom thirty shall be reserved for the Scheduled Tribes, five
for non-tribal communities, five open for all communities and the remaining six shall be nominated by the
Governor having same rights and privileges as other members, including voting rights, from amongst the un-
represented communities of the Bodoland Territorial Areas District, of which at least two shall be women.”
*Paragraph 2 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution
(Amendment) Act, 1995 (42 of 1995), s.2 so as to insert the following proviso after sub-paragraph (3), namely,-
“Provided that the District Council constituted for the North Cachar Hills District shall be called as the North Cachar
Hills Autonomous Council and the District Council constituted for the Karbi Anglong District shall be called as the
D is tr ic
Karbi Anglong t
Autonomous Cou nc il
Council.” for ea ch autono mo us dis tr ic t
c ons is ti ng
*Paragraph ofbeen
2 has notamended
mo re int han th ir tytomembe
its application the State rs
of ,Assam
of who mSixth
by the no tSchedule
mo re tothan the Constitution
(Amendment)
fo ur p er son sAct, 2003 (44
s hall beofno2003)s.
mi nat2 , so
edas by
to insert
t hetheGove
following proviso
rn or andafter
thethe re
proviso
st shain sub-paragraph
ll
b e (3), namely: —
el ec te d on t he ba sis of adul t su ff rage .
“Provided further that the District Council constituted for the Bodoland Territorial Areas District shall be called
(2)Bodoland
the Th ere s hal Council.”
Territorial l be a s epa ra te Re giona l Coun ci l fo r eac h a re a
c ons ti tu te d an autono mo us reg io n200und er s ub -pa ragra ph (2 ) of
pa ragr aph 1 of thi s Sc he dul e.
(3) Ea ch Di st ri ct Coun ci l and ea ch R egio nal Coun ci l shal l b e a
body cor por at e by th e na me res pe ct iv el y of “t he Di st ri ct Cou nc il of
( nam e of dist ri ct )” and “t he R egio nal Coun ci l of ( nam e of re gion )” ,
s hall hav e p er pe tua l s uc ce ss io n and a co mmon s eal and sha ll by th e
sa id name su e and be su ed .
(4) Sub je ct to t he p rovi sio ns of thi s Sc he dul e, th e admini st ra tion
of an autono mou s di st ri ct sha ll, in so fa r as i t is not ve st ed und er
t his Sc he dul e in any R eg ional Coun ci l wi thi n su ch dis tr ic t, be
v es te d i n t he D is tr ic t Coun ci l for su ch dis tr ic t and th e
ad mi nis tr at ion of an au tonomou s reg ion shal l be ves te d in the
R eg ional Cou nc il for su ch re gi on.
(5) In an autono mou s dis tr ic t w ith R egio nal Coun ci ls , the D is tr ic t
Co unc il s hall have only su ch po we rs wi th re sp ec t to the a re as un de r
t he autho ri ty of th e R eg ional C oun ci l as may be de lega te d to i t by
t he Reg ional Coun ci l in add itio n to th e po we rs c onf er re d on i t by
t his S ch edu le w ith res pe ct to s uc h a re as .
(6) The G ove rno r shal l mak e rul es for the f ir st c ons ti tu tion of
D is tr ic t Cou nc il s and R eg ional Cou nc ils in co ns ulta tio n w it h t he
e xis ti ng t ri bal Coun ci ls o r oth er re p re s en ta ti ve t ri bal organ isa tion s
w it hin t he autono mou s di st ri ct s or re gi on s con ce rn ed , and su ch
r ul es s hall p rov ide fo r—
( a) th e c ompos it ion of t he Di st ri ct Cou nc ils and R egio nal
Co unc il s and the allo ca tion of se at s the re in ;
 ( b) the d eli mi ta tion of te rr it or ial co ns ti tue nc ie s fo r th e
pu rpo se of e le ct ion s to thos e Cou nc il s;
( c ) th e qua lif ic atio ns for voti ng at s uc h el ec ti on s and th e
p re pa ra tion of el ec to ral rol ls th eref or ;
( d) th e qua lif ic atio ns for b eing e le ct ed at suc h e le ct ion s as
membe rs of s uc h Coun ci ls ;
( e ) the t er m of of fi ce of membe rs of R eg ional Cou nc ils ;
( f) any othe r mat te r re la ti ng to o r conn ec te d wi th e le ct ion s or
no mi natio ns to su ch Cou nc il s;
( g) th e p ro ce du re and th e co ndu ct of bus in es s (in clu ding the
po we r to a ct not wi ths tand ing any va canc y) in the D is tr ic t and
R eg ional Cou nc ils ;
( h) the appoin tmen t of off ic er s and s taf f of t he Di st ri ct and
R eg ional Cou nc ils .
(6A ) T he e le ct ed membe r s of the D is tr ic t Cou nc il sha ll hold off ic e
fo r a te rm of five yea rs from t he date appoi nt ed fo r th e fi rs t
mee ti ng of th e Co unc il af te r t he gen er al e le ct ion s to t he Coun ci l,
un le ss th e D is tr ic t C oun ci l is soone r di ss olv ed un de r parag rap h 16
and a no mi nat ed membe r s hall hold of fic e at th e pl ea sure of the
G ove rno r:
Provi de d t hat th e said p er iod of f ive yea rs ma y, wh il e a
P ro cl amatio n of E me rg en cy i s in op era tio n o r if ci rc ums ta nc es ex is t
w hi ch, in th e opinio n of th e Gov er nor, re nd er the hol ding of
e le ct ion s i mp ra ct ic abl e, b e ex te nd ed by t he Gove rn or fo r a pe riod
no t e xc ee di ng on e year at a ti me and in any ca se w he re a
P ro cl amatio n of E me rg en cy is in ope rat ion no t ex te nding beyon d a
p er iod of six mo nth s aft er th e Proc la ma tion has c ea se d to op er at e:
Provi de d fu rt he r tha t a me mb e r e le ct ed to fil l a cas ual va canc y
s hall hold of fi ce only fo r th e re mai nd er of th e te rm of off ic e of the
membe r who m he rep la ce s.
(7) Th e D is tr ic t or the Re giona l Cou nc il may af te r it s f ir st
c ons ti tu tion mak e ru le s w it h th e app rova l of t he Gove rn or w ith
reg ar d to t he mat te rs spe ci fi ed in s ub- parag rap h (6 ) of t his
pa ragr aph and may also make r ul es w it h li ke app ro val re gu lat ing—
( a) th e for ma ti on of subo rdin at e lo ca l Coun ci ls or Boa rds and
the ir proc edu re a nd th e condu ct of the ir busin es s; a nd
(b) gen er al ly al l m at te rs re la ting to the tr an sa ct ion of bu sine ss
pe rta ining to the a dm ini st ra tion of the di st ri ct or reg ion, a s th e c as e
ma y be:
Provi de d tha t unt il r ul es are mad e by t he Di st ri ct or th e R egio nal
Co unc il unde r th is sub -pa ragr aph t he rul es made by th e Gov er no r
un de r su b- parag raph (6) of thi s pa ragra ph sha ll hav e e ff ec t in
res pe ct of e le ct ion s to , th e of fic er s and s ta ff of , and th e p ro ce du re
and th e con duc t of bus ine ss in, eac h su ch Cou nc il.
* * * *
*
1
3. Pow er s of the Di st ri ct Coun ci ls and Re gion al Counc il s to m ak e
l aw s .— (1) T he R egio nal Coun ci l for an au tonomou s re gi on in
res pe ct of all a re as w ith in su ch reg ion and
______________________________________________________
___________
*1. Paragraph 3 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule
to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003), s. 2 , so as to substitute sub-
paragraph (3) as under, -
“(3) Save as otherwise provided in sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 3A or sub-paragraph
(2) of paragraph 3B , all laws made under this paragraph or sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph
3A or sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 3B shall be submitted forthwith to the Governor and,
until assented to by him, shall have no effect.”
After paragraph 3, the following paragraph has been inserted in its
application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the
Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1995 (42 of 1995) , s.2 , namely:—
“3A. Additional powers of the North Cachar Hills Autonomous Council
a n d t h e K a r b i A n g l o n g A u t o n o m o u s C o u n c i l t o m a k e l a w s . — ( 1 ) Wi t h o u t
p re j u d i c e t o t h e p ro v i s i o n s o f p a r a g r a p h 3 , t h e N o r t h C a c h a r H i l l s
Autonomous Council and the Karbi Anglong Autonomous Council within
t h e i r re s p e c t i v e d i s t r i c t s , s h a l l h a v e p o w e r t o m a k e l a w s w i t h re s p e c t t o —
(a) industries, subject to the provisions of entries 7 and 52 of List I
of the Seventh Schedule;
( b ) c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , t h a t i s t o s a y, r o a d s , b r i d g e s , f e r r i e s a n d o t h e r
means of communication not specified in List I of the Seventh Schedule;
m u n i c i p a l t r a m w a y s , r o p e w a y s , i n l a n d w a t e r w a y s a n d t r a ff i c t h e r e o n
subject to the provisions of List I and List III of the Seventh Schedule
with regard to such waterways; vehicles other than mechanically propelled
vehicles;
(c) preservation, protection and improvement of stock and
prevention of animal diseases; veterinary training and practice; cattle
pounds;
(d) primary and secondary education ;
(e) agriculture, including agricultural education and research,
protection against pests and prevention of plant diseases;
(f) fisheries;
( g ) w a t e r, t h a t i s t o s a y, w a t e r s u p p l i e s , i r r i g a t i o n a n d c a n a l s ,
drainage and embankments, water storage and water power subject to the
provisions of entry 56 of List I of the Seventh Schedule;
(h) social security and social insurance; employment and
unemployment;
(i) flood control schemes for protection of villages, paddy fields,
markets, towns, etc. (not of technical nature);
(j) theatre and dramatic performances, cinemas subject to the
provisions of entry 60 of List I of the Seventh Schedule; sports
entertainments and amusements;
(k) public health and sanitation, hospitals and dispensaries;
(l) minor irrigation;
( m ) t r a d e a n d c o m m e rc e i n , a n d t h e p ro d u c t i o n s u p p l y a n d
d i s t r i b u t i o n o f , f o o d s t u f f s , c a t t l e f o d d e r, r a w c o t t o n a n d r a w j u t e ;
( n ) l i b r a r i e s , m u s e u m s a n d o t h e r s i m i l a r I n s t i t u t i o n s c o n t ro l l e d o r
f i n a n c e d b y t h e S t a t e ; a n c i e n t a n d h i s t o r i c a l m o n u m e n t s a n d re c o r d s
o t h e r t h a n t h o s e d e c l a re d b y o r u n d e r a n y l a w m a d e b y P a r l i a m e n t t o
be of national importance; and
(o) alienation of land.
(2) All laws made by the North Cachar Hills Autonomous Council and the
Karbi Anglong Autonomous Council under paragraph 3 or under this
p a r a g r a p h s h a l l , i n s o f a r a s t h e y re l a t e t o m a t t e r s s p e c i f i e d i n L i s t I I I o f
the Seventh Schedule, be submitted forthwith to the Governor who shall
re s e r v e t h e s a m e f o r t h e c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f t h e P re s i d e n t .
( 3 ) W h e n a l a w i s re s e r v e d f o r t h e c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f t h e P re s i d e n t , t h e
P re s i d e n t s h a l l d e c l a re e i t h e r t h a t h e a s s e n t s t o t h e s a i d l a w o r t h a t h e
w i t h h o l d s a s s e n t t h e re f ro m :
P ro v i d e d t h a t t h e P re s i d e n t m a y d i re c t t h e G o v e r n o r t o re t u r n t h e l a w t o
the North Cachar Hills Autonomous Council or the Karbi Anglong
 A u t o n o m o u s C o u n c i l , a s t h e c a s e m a y b e , t o g e t h e r w i t h a m e s s a g e re q u e s t i n g
t h a t t h e s a i d C o u n c i l w i l l re c o n s i d e r t h e l a w o r a n y s p e c i f i e d p ro v i s i o n s
t h e re o f a n d , i n p a r t i c u l a r, w i l l , c o n s i d e r t h e d e s i r a b i l i t y o f i n t ro d u c i n g a n y
s u c h a m e n d m e n t s a s h e m a y re c o m m e n d i n h i s m e s s a g e a n d , w h e n t h e l a w
i s s o re t u r n e d , t h e s a i d C o u n c i l s h a l l c o n s i d e r t h e l a w a c c o r d i n g l y w i t h i n a
p e r i o d o f s i x m o n t h s f ro m t h e d a t e o f re c e i p t o f s u c h m e s s a g e a n d , i f t h e l a w
is again passed by the said Council with or without amendment it shall be
p re s e n t e d a g a i n t o t h e P re s i d e n t f o r h i s c o n s i d e r a t i o n . ” .
*After paragraph 3A, the following paragraph has been inserted in its application to the State of
Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003, (44 0f 2003), s. 2 ,
namely: —
“3B. Additional powers of the Bodoland Territorial Council to make laws.—(1) Without
prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 3, the Bodoland Territorial Council within its areas
shall have power to make laws with respect to :- (i) Agriculture, including agricultural
education and research, protection against pests and prevention of plant diseases; (ii) Animal
husbandry and veterinary, that is to say, preservation, protection and improvement of stock
and prevention of animal diseases, veterinary training and practice, cattle pounds; (iii) Co-
operation; (iv) Cultural affairs; (v) Education, that is to say, primary education, higher
secondary including vocational training, adult education, college education (general); (vi)
Fisheries; (vii) Flood control for protection of village, paddy fields, markets and towns (not of
technical nature); (viii) Food and civil supply; (ix) Forests (other than reserved forests); (x)
Handloom and textile; (xi) Health and family welfare, (xii) Intoxicating liquors, opium and
derivatives, subject to the provisions of entry 84 of List I of the Seventh Schedule; (xiii)
Irrigation; (xiv) Labour and employment; (xv) Land and Revenue; (xvi) Library services
(financed and controlled by the State Government); (xvii) Lotteries (subject to the provisions
of entry 40 of List I of the Seventh Schedule), theatres, dramatic performances and cinemas
(subject to the provisions of entry 60 of List I of the Seventh Schedule); (xviii) Markets and
fairs; (xix) Municipal corporation, improvement trust, district boards and other local
authorities; (xx) Museum and archaeology institutions controlled or financed by the State,
ancient and historical monuments and records other than those declared by or under any law
made by Parliament to be of national importance; (xxi) Panchayat and rural development;
(xxii) Planning and development; (xxiii) Printing and stationery; (xxiv) Pubic health
engineering; (xxv) Public works department; (xxvi) Publicity and public relations; (xxvii)
Registration of births and deaths; (xxviii) Relief and rehabilitation; (xxix) Sericulture; (xxx)
Small, cottage and rural industry subject to the provisions of entries 7 and 52 of List I of the
Seventh Schedule; (xxxi) Social Welfare; (xxxii) Soil conservation; (xxxiii) Sports and youth
welfare; (xxxiv) Statistics; (xxxv) Tourism; (xxxvi) Transport (roads, bridges, ferries and
other means of communications not specified in List I of the Seventh Schedule, municipal
tramways, ropeways, inland waterways and traffic thereon subject to the provision of List I
and List III of the Seventh Schedule with regard to such waterways, vehicles other than
mechanically propelled vehicles); (xxxvii) Tribal research institute controlled and financed by
the State Government; (xxxviii) Urban development—town and country planning; (xxxix)
Weights and measures subject to the provisions of entry 50 of List I of the Seventh Schedule;
and (xl) Welfare of plain tribes and backward classes:
Provided that nothing in such laws shall--
(a) extinguish or modify the existing rights and privileges of any citizen in respect of
his land at the date of commencement of this Act; and
(b) disallow and citizen from acquiring land either by way of inheritance, allotment,
settlement or by any other way of transfer if such citizen is otherwise eligible for such
acquisition of land within the Bodoland Territorial Areas District.
(2) All laws made under paragraph 3 or under this paragraph shall in so far as they relate to
matters specified in List III of the Seventh Schedule, be submitted forthwith to the Governor
who shall reserve the same for the consideration of the President.
(3) When a law is reserved for the consideration of the President, the President shall declare
either that he assents to the said law or that he withholds assent therefrom:
Provided that the President may direct the Governor to return the law to the Bodoland
Territorial Council, together with the message requesting that the said Council will reconsider
the law or any specified provisions thereof and, in particular, will consider the desirability of
introducing any such amendments as he may recommend in his message and, when the law is so
returned, the said Council shall consider the law accordingly within a period of six month from
the date of receipt of such message and, if the law is again passéd by the said Council with or
without amendments it shall be presented again to the President for his consideration.”
 t he Di st ri ct Coun ci l fo r an autono mou s di st ri ct in re sp ec t of
all a re as w ith in th e dis tr ic t ex ce pt tho se whi ch a re un de r t he
au thor ity of Re giona l C oun ci ls, i f an y, wi thi n t he di st ri ct shal l hav e
po we r to mak e law s w it h res pe ct to—
( a) th e al lot me nt, occ upa tion or u se , or th e se tt ing ap ar t, of
l and, oth er th an a ny land whi ch i s a r es er ve d fo re st for th e purpo se s
of agr icu ltu re or gra zi ng or fo r re si den ti al or othe r non-a gr icu ltur al
purpo se s or for any oth er purpo se lik ely to prom ote the inte re st s
of th e inh abi tan ts of any vill ag e or to wn:
P rovide d tha t nothing in such la ws sh all prev en t the com pul sory
a cqu is ition of any l and, whe the r oc cupi ed or uno ccup ie d, for public
purpo se s by th e Gove rn me nt of the Sta te conc er ne d in ac co rd anc e
w ith the l aw fo r th e tim e b eing in fo rc e au thori sing su ch ac qui sit ion;
( b) the ma na ge me nt of any for es t not b eing a re se rv ed for es t;
( c ) th e use of any c an al or wa te r- cou rs e fo r the purpos e of
a gri cul tur e;
( d) the re gula tion of the pr ac ti ce of jhu m or othe r fo rm s of
sh if ting cul tiva tion ;
( e ) the es ta bl ish me nt of vill age or to wn c om mi tt ee s or coun ci ls
a nd th ei r po we rs ;
( f) any oth er ma tt er re la ting to vi lla ge or town ad mi nis tr at ion,
in clud ing vil la ge or town poli ce a nd publ ic he al th and san it at ion;
( g) the appoin tm en t or su cc es si on of Chi ef s or He ad me n;
( h) the inhe ri tan ce of prop er ty;
( i) m ar ri ag e and divor ce ;
( j) so ci al cu sto ms .
 (2) In th is pa ragra ph, a “ re se rv ed fores t” me an s any a re a w hi ch
i s a re se r ve d fo re st un de r t he As sa m Fo re st R egu latio n, 1891, or
un de r any oth er la w fo r th e ti me b eing in fo rc e in t he area in
qu es ti on.
(3) A ll la ws ma de unde r th is parag raph shal l b e sub mi tt ed
fo rt hw it h to th e Gov er nor and, unt il as se nt ed to by hi m, s hall hav e
no ef fe ct .
1
4. Adm ini st ra tion of jus ti ce in autono mou s dis tri ct s and autono mou s
r egion s .— (1) T he R egio nal Coun ci l for an auto nomous reg ion in
res pe ct of a re as wi thi n su ch re gio n and th e D is tr ic t Coun ci l fo r an
au tonomou s di st ri ct in res pe ct of a re as wi thin the di st ri ct oth er
t han tho se wh ic h are und er t he autho ri ty of th e R eg ional Coun ci ls ,
i f an y, wi th in the di st ri ct may con st it ut e villag e coun ci ls o r cou rt s
fo r t he t ria l of su it s and c as es be tw ee n t he pa rt ie s
all of who m belo ng to S che du le d Tri be s wi thi n su ch area s, ot he r
t han sui ts and ca se s to wh ic h the p rov is ions of s ub- parag rap h (1 )
of pa ragra ph 5 of thi s Sch ed ule apply, to

_________________________________________________
_______
1. Paragraph 4 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the
Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003), s. 2 , so as to insert the following sub-paragraph after
sub-paragraph (5), namely: —
t he exc lu sion of any cou rt in th e S tat e, and may appo in t
“(6) Nothing in this paragraph shall apply to the Bodoland Territorial Council constituted under the
s uiproviso
tabl e topesub-paragraph
rs ons to be(3)membe rs of
of paragraph 2 ofs uc
thishSchedule
villag.”e coun ci ls o r pres id ing
of fi ce rs of suc h co ur ts , and may al so appoin t s uc h off ic er s as may
b e ne ce ss ar y fo r t he ad mi nis tr at ion of t he la ws made un de r
pa ragr aph 3 of thi s Sc he dul e.
(2) No tw ith st andi ng any thi ng in th is Co ns ti tut ion, th e Re gional
Co unc il for an auto nomous re gi on o r any c our t c ons ti tu te d in tha t
b ehal f by th e Re giona l C oun ci l o r, if in re sp ec t of any a re a w it hin
an autono mo us di st ri ct t he re i s no Re giona l C oun ci l, the D is tr ic t
Co unc il fo r s uc h di st ri ct , or any co ur t con st itu te d in t hat be half by
t he Di st ri ct Coun ci l, s hall exe rc is e th e pow er s of a cou rt of app eal
in re sp ec t of all su it s and c as es t riab le by a vi llage cou nc il o r c our t
c ons ti tu te d und er s ub -pa ragra ph (1 ) of th is parag raph wi thin su ch
reg ion o r area , a s t he ca se may be, oth er t han thos e to whi ch th e
p rov is ions of s ub- parag rap h (1) of parag rap h 5 of thi s S ch edu le
app ly, and no oth er cou rt ex ce pt the Hig h Cou rt and th e Su preme
Co ur t shal l have ju ri sdi ct ion ove r s uc h s ui ts o r cas es .
(3) The H igh Cou rt s hal l hav e and e xe rc is e su ch ju ri sd ic tion ove r
t he su it s and c as es to w hi ch th e provis ion s of s ub -pa ragra ph (2) of
t his parag rap h apply a s th e Gov er no r may f ro m ti me to time by
o rde r sp ec if y.
(4) A Re gional Coun ci l o r D is tr ic t C oun cil , as t he cas e may b e,
may w ith the prev iou s app rova l of t he Gove rn or make ru le s
reg ula ti ng —
( a) th e con sti tution of vill ag e coun ci ls and c ourt s a nd the
pow er s to be exe rc is ed by the m unde r th is pa rag ra ph;
( b) th e proc edu re to be fo llo we d by vill age coun cil s or cour ts in
th e tr ia l of s uit s and ca se s unde r sub -pa ra gr aph (1 ) of thi s
p ar agr aph;
 ( c ) th e proc edu re to be fo llo we d by the R egion al or D is tri ct
Coun ci l or any cou rt con st itut ed by su ch Counc il in a ppe al s and
oth er pro ce ed ings unde r sub- pa rag ra ph (2 ) of thi s pa rag ra ph;
( d) the en for ce me nt of de ci sion s and orde rs of su ch coun ci ls and
c ourt s;
( e ) a ll oth er anc il la ry m at te rs for the ca rr ying out of th e
prov is ions of sub- pa rag ra phs (1 ) a nd (2 ) of th is pa rag ra ph.
(5) O n and f ro m s uc h da te as th e Pres id en t may, aft er con su lti ng
t he Gove rn me nt of the Sta te con ce rn ed , by not if ica tion appoin t in
t his be half , thi s pa ragr aph s hall have e ff ec t in rel at ion to su ch
au tonomou s d is tr ic t or reg io n as may b e sp ec if ie d in t he
no tif ica tio n, as i f—
( i) in sub- pa rag ra ph (1) , for the w ord s “b et we en the par tie s al l
of whom belong to Sch edul ed Tr ibe s with in su ch a re as , othe r than
su it s and ca se s to whi ch the prov is ions of sub- pa rag ra ph (1 ) of
p ar agr aph 5 of this S che dule a pply, ”, th e w ord s “not being su it s a nd
c as es of the natu re re fe rr ed to in sub -pa ra gr aph (1 ) of pa ra gr aph (5 )
of thi s Sch edul e, whi ch the Gov er nor ma y spe ci fy in this beh al f, ”
h ad b een sub st itut ed;
( ii) sub -pa ra gr aphs (2 ) and (3) had be en omi tte d;
( iii ) in sub -p ar agr aph (4) —
( a) fo r the word s “ A R egion al Counc il or Di st ric t Coun ci l,
a s th e c as e ma y b e, m ay w ith th e pr eviou s a pprov al of the
Gov er nor ma ke rule s r egul at ing” , th e word s “th e Gove rno r m ay
m ak e rul es r egul at ing” h ad b een sub st itut ed; and
( b) fo r cl au se ( a) , the follo wing cl aus e had be en
sub st itut ed, na me ly :—
“ ( a) th e con sti tution of vill ag e coun ci ls and c ourt s, the
pow er s to be exe rc is ed by the m unde r th is pa rag ra ph a nd
th e cour ts to whi ch appe al s f rom th e dec is ions of vil lag e
c ounc ils a nd c ourt s sh all li e; ”;
( c ) for cl au se ( c ), the fol low ing cl aus e had be en subs ti tute d,
n am ely :—
“ ( c ) th e tr ans fe r of app ea ls and oth er proc ee ding s
p ending be for e th e R egion al or Di st ri ct Counc il or a ny
c ourt cons ti tute d by suc h Counc il i mm ed ia te ly b efo re the
d ate a ppoint ed by th e P re sid ent unde r sub- pa rag ra ph (5 ); ”;
a nd
( d) in c lau se ( e ), fo r th e wo rds, bra ck et s and figu re s “ sub -
p ar agr aph s (1 ) and (2) ”, the wo rd, bra ck et s and figu re “ sub -
p ar agr aph (1) ” had be en subs titu ted .
5. Con fe rm en t of po we rs und er the Cod e of C ivil Pro ce dur e, 1908,
a nd th e Code of Cr im ina l Proc edu re , 1898 1 , on the Re giona l and
D is tr ic t Counc il s a nd on ce rt ain cour ts and o ff ic er s for th e tr ia l of
c er ta in sui ts , c as es a nd o ff en ce s . —(1 ) Th e Gove rn or ma y, fo r th e
t ria l of s uit s o r c as es ar is ing out of any law in force in any
au tonomou s d is tr ic t or reg io n b eing a la w sp ec if ie d i n t hat be half
by th e Gove rn or, o r fo r th e tr ial of off en ce s pun is habl e wi th dea th,
t ran spo rta tio n for l if e, o r i mp ri son me nt fo r a te rm of not l es s tha n
f ive yea rs unde r the I ndia n P ena l Co de o r und er any ot he r la w for
t he time be ing app lic abl e to s uc h di st ri ct or reg ion, con fe r on th e
D is tr ic t Coun ci l or th e R egio nal Co unc il having aut hor ity over s uc h
di st ri ct or reg ion o r on co ur ts c ons ti tu te d by su ch D is tr ic t Coun ci l
 o r on any of fi ce r appo int ed in tha t be hal f by th e Gov er no r, s uc h
po we rs und er the Cod e of Civi l P ro ce du re , 1908, or, as th e c as e may
b e, t he Code of C ri mi nal Proc ed ure, 1898 1 , as h e de ems app ro pr iat e,
and the re up on the sai d Cou nc il, c our t o r offi ce r s hal l tr y th e su it s,
c as es o r off en ce s in ex erci s e of the po we rs so con fe rred .
(2) The G ove rno r may wi thd ra w o r modi fy any of the po we rs
c onf er re d on a Di st ri ct C oun cil , R eg ional Cou nc il, co ur t or of fi ce r
un de r s ub -pa ragra ph (1) of thi s parag raph .
(3) Save as exp re ss ly p rov ide d in t hi s parag rap h, th e C ode of
C ivil P ro ce du re , 1908, and the C ode of C ri mi nal P ro ce du re , 1898 1 ,
s hall not apply to th e t ria l of any s uit s, cas es o r of fe nc es in an
au tonomou s d is tr ic t or in any autono mou s re gi on to whi ch th e
p rov is ions of th is pa ragra ph apply.
(4) O n and f ro m th e dat e appoin te d by th e Pres id en t und er s ub-
pa ragr aph (5 ) of pa ragr aph 4 in rel at ion to any autono mo us dis tr ic t
o r au tonomou s reg ion, noth ing co ntai ne d in th is parag raph shal l, in
i ts appli cat ion to that dis tr ic t o r reg io n, b e de emed to autho ri se th e
G ove rno r to co nf er on the D is tr ic t Cou nc il or R eg ional Co unc il or
on c our ts con st it ut ed by t he Di st ri ct Cou nc il any of the pow er s
ref er re d to in sub -pa ragra ph (1) of thi s parag raph .
6. Pow er s of the D is tr ic t Coun ci l to es ta bl ish pr im ar y s chool s, et c . —
(1 ) The Di st ri ct Co unc il fo r an auto nomous dis tr ic t may e st abl is h,
c ons tr uc t, or ma nage pri ma ry s ch ools , di sp en sar ie s, ma rk et s, cat tl e
pou nds , f er ri es , f is he ri es , ro ad s, ro ad tra nspo rt and wa te rw ay s i n
t he dis tr ic t and ma y, w it h th e p re vio us approval of the Gov er no r,
mak e re gu lat ions fo r t he reg ula tion and con trol th ereo f and, in
pa rt ic ular, may p re sc ri be th e languag e and t he mann er in wh ic h
p ri ma ry e duc atio n sha ll b e i mpa rt ed in th e p ri ma ry s choo ls i n th e
di st
1. See ri ct
now the. Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (Act 2 of 1974).
(2) The G ove rno r ma y, wi th th e con se nt of any D is tr ic t Cou nc il,
e nt ru st e it he r c ondi tio nally or unco ndi tiona lly to t hat Cou nc il or to
i ts offi ce rs fun ct ions in rel at ion to agri cu ltu re , animal husba ndr y,
c ommu ni ty proj ec ts , co -op era tiv e soc ie ti es , so cia l w el fa re , vil lage
pla nning or any oth er mat te r to w hi ch t he exe cu ti ve powe r of the
S tat e ext en ds.
7. D is tr ic t a nd R eg iona l Fund s. —( 1) Th ere sha ll be co ns ti tut ed fo r
e ac h au tonomou s d is tr ic t, a D is tr ic t Fun d and fo r ea ch auto nomous
reg ion , a Re giona l Fu nd to w hi ch sha ll be cred it ed all mone ys
rec ei ve d re sp ec ti ve ly by th e D is tr ic t Coun ci l for that dis tr ic t and
t he R egio nal Coun ci l fo r that reg ion in th e cou rs e of the
ad mi nis tr at ion of s uc h dis tr ic t or re gio n, as the c as e may b e, in
a cco rda nc e wi th th e provis ion s of t his C ons ti tu tion.
(2) The G ove rno r may ma ke r ule s fo r th e ma nage me nt of t he
D is tr ic t Fund, or, a s th e ca se may be , th e R egio nal Fun d and fo r th e
p ro ce du re to be follo we d in re sp ec t of paymen t of mon ey in to th e
sa id Fund , t he w ith dra wal of mo ney s th eref rom, the c us tody of
mon eys th erei n and any oth er ma tt er c onn ec te d wi th or an ci llar y to
t he mat te rs afores ai d.
(3) The a cco unt s of the D is tr ic t Cou nc il or, as th e ca se may be,
t he R egio nal Coun ci l s hal l b e kep t in s uc h for m as th e Compt ro ll er
and Au dito r- G en er al of In dia ma y, w ith th e approval of th e
P re si de nt , pres cr ib e.
(4) Th e C ompt ro ll er and Aud ito r- G en er al shal l cau se th e a cco unt s
of the Di st ri ct and R eg ional C oun cil s to be aud it ed i n su ch mann er
as he may th ink fit , and th e rep or ts of the Co mp trol le r and A udi tor-
G en er al re la ti ng to s uc h ac coun ts sha ll b e su bmit te d to t he
G ove rno r w ho shal l c aus e th em to be laid b efo re th e Coun ci l.
8. Pow er s to a ss es s a nd col le ct land rev enu e and to impo se t axe s . —
(1 ) The Re giona l Cou nc il fo r an autono mo us re gio n in res pe ct of all
lan ds wi thin su ch reg ion and th e D is tr ic t C oun ci l for an
au tonomou s di st ri ct in res pe ct of all lands wi thi n th e di st ri ct ex ce pt
t hos e w hic h a re in t he area s und er the autho ri ty of Reg ional
Co unc il s, if an y, wi thi n t he di st ri ct , shal l hav e the po we r to a ss es s
and co lle ct re ve nu e in re sp ec t of su ch land s in acc or danc e w ith th e
p rin ci pl es for t he time be ing fo llow ed by th e Gov er nmen t of th e
S tat e in a ss es si ng land s fo r th e pu rpo se of land re ve nu e in th e Sta te
g ene ra lly.
(2) The R eg ional Cou nc il for an au tonomou s re gio n i n res pe ct of
a re as w it hin su ch reg ion and the D is tr ic t Co unc il fo r an autono mou s
di st ri ct in res pe ct of al l area s in the di st ri ct ex ce pt thos e w hi ch a re
un de r th e aut hor ity of Re giona l Coun ci ls , if any, wi thi n th e di st ri ct ,
s hall have po we r to l evy and c oll ec t taxe s on lan ds and buil ding s,
and tol ls on pe rs ons res id en t w it hin su ch a re as .
(3) Th e D is tr ic t Coun ci l for an autono mou s di st ri ct sha ll hav e th e
po we r to l evy and c oll ec t all or any of t he follo wing taxe s w it hin
s uc h d is tr ic t, tha t is to say —
( a) tax es on prof es sion s, tr ad es , ca ll ings and e mploy me nt s;
( b) tax es on ani ma ls , vehi cl es and boat s;
( c ) t axe s on th e ent ry of good s into a ma rk et for s al e the re in,
a nd tol ls on p as se nge rs a nd good s c ar ri ed in fe rr ie s; a nd
( d) tax es fo r the ma in ten an ce of s chool s, di spen sa ri es or ro ad s.
(4) A Re gional Coun ci l o r D is tr ic t C oun cil , as t he cas e may b e,
may make re gu lat ion s to p rov ide for t he levy and col le ct ion of any
of th e taxe s sp ec if ie d in sub -pa ragr aph s (2 ) and (3 ) of t hi s
pa ragr aph and eve ry suc h reg ula tion shal l b e sub mi tt ed fo rt hw ith
to th e Gov er nor and, unt il as se nt ed to by hi m, s hall hav e no ef fe ct .
1
9. Lic en ce s or l ea se s fo r the purpos e of prosp ec ti ng fo r, or
e xtr ac ti on of , m ine ra ls .— (1) Suc h share of the royal ti es a cc ru ing
e ac h yea r from li ce nc es or lea se s for th e pu rpo se of p ro sp ec ti ng fo r,
o r th e ext ra ct ion of, mi ne ra ls gra nt ed by t he Gov er nmen t of th e
S tat e in res pe ct of any area w ith in an au tonomou s d is tr ic t as may be
ag re ed upon be tw ee n th e Gove rn me nt of the S tat e and t he D is tr ic t
Co unc il of su ch di st ri ct s hall b e mad e over to tha t D is tr ic t Cou nc il.
(2) I f any di spu te ar is es as to t he sha re of su ch royal ti es to b e
mad e over to a Di st ri ct Coun ci l, it sha ll be re fe r red to t he Gov er no r
fo r de te rmin at ion and the amo unt de te rmin ed by th e Gov er no r in
hi s di sc re ti on s hall be d ee me d to b e th e a moun t payabl e und er sub -
pa ragr aph (1 ) of t his parag rap h to th e D is tr ic t Coun ci l and th e
d ec is ion of the G ove rno r shal l b e fina l.
2
10. Pow er of Di st ri ct Coun ci l to ma ke r egu la tions fo r the con trol of
m oney -l ending a nd tra ding by non-t riba ls . —(1 ) Th e D is tr ic t
Co unc il of an autono mou s di st ri ct may ma ke re gu lat ions for
t he reg ula tion and con trol of mo ney -l en ding or t rad ing wi thi n t he
di st ri ct by p er son s oth er than Sch ed ule d Tr ib es res id en t in th e
di st ri ct .
(2) In pa rt ic ular and wi thou t p re ju di ce to the g ene ra li ty of th e
fo re go ing pow er, su ch re gu la tion s may —
 (
a) prescribe that no one except the holder of a licence issued in that
behalf shall carry on the business of money-lending;
( b) p re sc ri be the max imum ra te of in te re st wh ic h may be
c har ge d o r be rec ov ered by a mone y- len de r;
( c ) provid e for th e mai nt enan ce of a cco unt s by mon ey- le nde rs
and for th e in sp ec ti on of s uc h ac cou nt s by of fic er s appoi nt ed in
t hat be half by the D is tr ic t Co unc il ;

__________________________________________________________________________________________________
1. Paragraph 9 has been amended in its application to the States of Tripura and Mizoram by the Sixth Schedule to the
Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1988 (67 of 1988), s.2, so as to insert the following sub-paragraph after sub-
paragraph (2), namely:-
“(3) The Governor may, by order, direct that the share of royalties to be made over to a District Council
under this paragraph shall be made over to that Council within a period of one year from the date of any
agreement under sub-paragraph (1) or, as the case may be, of any determination under sub-paragraph
(2).”.

*2. Paragraph 10 has been amended in its application to the States of Tripura and Mizoram by the Sixth
Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1988 (67 of 1988), s.2, as under-

(a) in the heading, the words “by non-tribals” shall be omitted;

(b) in sub-paragraph (1), the words “other than Scheduled Tribes” shall be omitted;
(c) in sub-paragraph (2), for clause (d), the following clause shall be substituted, namely:-
(d) prescribe that no person resident in the district shall carry on any trade, whether wholesale or
retail, except under a licence issued in that behalf by the District Council.”.
*Paragraph 10 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the
Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003), s. 2 , so as to insert the following sub-paragraph after
sub-paragraph (3), namely:
“(4) Nothing in this paragraph shall apply to the Bodoland Territorial Council constituted under
the proviso to sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 2 of this Schedule.”

( d ) p res cr ib e th at n o p er so n w h o i s n ot a m em be r of t he
S ch ed u l ed Tri be s re si de n t i n th e d is tr ic t sh al l ca rr y on w h ol es al e o r
ret ai l b u si ne ss i n a ny c om mo di ty e xc ep t u nd er a l ic en ce i ss ue d i n
t h a t b e h a lf by t he D is tr ic t C ou nc il :
P rov id ed th at n o reg ul at i on s ma y be ma de un de r th is pa ra gr ap h
u n l es s th ey a re p as se d b y a ma jo ri ty of n ot le ss t ha n th re e- f ou rt hs o f
t h e t ot al me mb er sh ip o f t he D is tr ic t C ou nc il :
P rov id ed f ur th er th at it sh al l no t b e co mp et en t und er a ny s uc h
reg u l at i on s t o ref us e t he g ra nt of a li ce nc e to a mo ne y- l en de r or a
t ra d e r w h o h as b ee n c ar ry in g on bus in es s w i th in t he d is tr ic t si nc e
b ef ore t h e t im e o f th e ma ki ng o f su ch re gu la t io ns .
(3 ) A ll re gu la t io n s ma de un de r th is pa ra gr ap h s ha ll be su bm it te d
f or th w i th to t he Go ve rn or a nd, u nt il as se nt ed to b y h im , s ha ll ha ve no
e ff ec t.
11 . P ub li ca t io n o f la w s , ru le s an d re gu la t io ns ma de un de r t he Sc he du le .
—A ll la w s, ru le s a nd re gu la ti on s m ad e u nd er th is S ch ed ul e by a D is tr ic t
C o u n ci l o r a R eg io na l C ou nc il sh al l b e pu bl is he d f or th w i th in t he
O ff ic i a l G az et te of t he St at e a nd s ha ll o n su ch p ub li ca ti on ha ve t he
f orce o f l aw.
1
12. A pp li ca t io n of A c ts o f Pa rl ia m en t an d of th e L e gi sl at u re o f th e
S ta te of A s sa m t o au to no mo us di st r ic t s an d a ut on om ou s re gi on s i n th e St at e
o f A s sa m. —( 1) N otw it hs ta nd in g an yt hi ng i n th is C on st it ut i on —
( a ) no A c t o f th e L eg is la tu re o f t he S ta te o f A s sa m i n
re sp ec t o f a ny o f th e m at te rs sp ec if ie d i n pa ra gr ap h 3 of th is
S c h e d u le as m at te rs w i th re sp ec t t o w hi ch a D i st ri ct C ou nc il o r a
 R eg io n a l C ou nc il m ay m ak e l aw s, an d no A c t o f t he L eg is la tu re o f t he
S t at e of A ss am p ro hi bi t in g or re st ri c t in g th e co ns um pt io n o f a ny
n o n - d i st i l le d al co ho li c l iq uo r sh al l a pp ly t o a ny au to no mo us di st ri ct
or au t on om ou s reg io n i n th at S ta te u nl es s i n ei th er c as e th e D is tr ic t
C ou n c il f or s uc h di st ri c t o r h av in g j ur is di ct i on ov er s uc h re gi on b y
p u b l ic n o ti fi ca t i on so d irec t s, a nd t he D is tr ic t C o un ci l in gi vi ng su ch
d i re ct i on w it h res pe ct t o an y A c t ma y di re ct t ha t th e A ct s ha ll in i ts
ap p l ic at io n to s uc h d is tr ic t o r re gi on or an y p ar t t he re of h av e e ff ec t
su b j ec t t o su ch ex ce pt io ns or mo di fi ca t io ns a s it t hi nk s f it ;
( b ) t h e G ov er no r m ay, by pu bl ic n ot if ic a ti on , di re ct th at an y A c t
of P ar li am en t o r of th e L e gi sl at u re of th e St at e of A ss am to w hi ch th e
p rov is i on s of c la us e ( a ) of th is su b- p ar ag ra ph do no t a pp ly s ha ll no t
ap p l y t o an a ut on om ou s d is tr ic t or an a ut on om ou s re gi on in th at
S t at e, or sh al l a pp ly to s uc h d is tr ic t o r reg io n o r an y p ar t th ereo f
su b j ec t t o su ch ex ce pt io ns or mo di fi ca t io ns a s he ma y sp ec if y i n t he
n o ti fi ca t i on .
(2 ) A n y d irec t io n g iv en u nd er s ub - pa ra gr ap h ( 1) o f th is
p ar ag ra p h ma y be gi ve n s o as to h av e ret ros pe c t iv e ef fe ct .
12A . A pp li ca t io n of A c ts o f Pa rl ia m en t an d of th e L e gi sl at u re o f th e
S ta te of M eg ha la ya to au to no mo us d is tr i ct s a nd au to no mo us re gi on s in th e
S ta te of M eg ha la ya . —N o tw it hs ta nd in g an yt hi ng i n th is C ons ti tu t io n, —
( a ) if a ny pr ov is io n of a la w m ad e by a D i st ri ct o r R e gi on al C ou nc il
i n t he S t at e of M eg ha la ya w it h r es pe ct to an y ma tt er sp ec if i ed in s ub -
p ar ag ra ph (1 ) of p ar ag ra ph 3 o f t hi s Sc he du le o r i f a ny pr ov is io n of a ny
r eg ul at i on ma de by a D is tr ic t C ou nc il o r a R e gi on al C o un ci l in th at
S ta te u nd er pa ra gr ap h 8 or p ar ag ra ph 1 0 of th is S ch ed ul e, i s r ep ug na nt
t o a ny p ro vi si on of a la w ma de by t he L e gi sl at u re of t he St at e of
M eg ha la ya w it h r es pe ct t o t ha t ma tt e r, t he n, t he la w or re gu la ti on ma de
b y th e D is tr ic t C ou nc il o r, a s t he ca se ma y b e, t he R eg io na l C o un ci l
wh et he r ma de be for e

___________________________________________________
_______
or af te12
1. Paragraph r has
th ebeen
la wamended
m ad etoby th e L egitoslthe
its application atu re of
State ofAssam
the by
StatheteSixth
of Schedule
M egha to
lay
thea,Constitution
(Amendment)
sh al l, Act,
to th1995
e e(42
xteofnt1995),
of rs.2, as under,-
epugn anc y, b e void and th e l aw ma de by the
‘inegi
L paragraph
sl atu re12,
ofinthsub-paragraph
e St at e of Megh (1), foral
the
aywords
a shaand figure
ll pre “matters specified in paragraph 3 of
va il;
this Schedule”, the words, figures and letter “matters specified in paragraph 3 or paragraph 3A of this
Schedule”( b) the
shall Pr es ide nt ma y, wi th r es pe ct to any Ac t of Pa rli am en t, by
be substituted.’;
noti fi ca tion , di re ct th at it sh al l not apply to an autono mou s dist ri ct
Paragraph
or an12auhas been amended
tonomou in itsinapplication
s re gion th e Sta tetooftheMegh
State al
ofay
Assam
a, orbysha
thell Sixth Schedule
app ly to to the
Constitution
su ch dis(Amendment) Act, 2003
tr ic t or r egion or(44 of 2003),
any pa rt s.the
2, as
reounder,
f subj— ec t to s uch ex ce ption s
in paragraph 12, in sub-paragraph (1), in clause (a), for the words, figures and letter “matters specified
or modi fi ca tion s a s h e ma y sp ec if y in the notif ic at ion and any su ch
in paragraph 3 or paragraph 3A of this Schedule”, the words, figures and letter “matters specified in
di re ct ion ma y b e giv en so as to hav e re tro spe ct iv e effe ct .
12AA . Appl ic at ion of A ct s of Pa rli am en t and of th e Leg is la tur e of
th e Sta te of Tr ipur a to th e autono mou s dist ri ct s and autono mou s
r egion s in th e St at e of Tr ipur a . —No tw ith st andi ng anyth ing in thi s
Co ns ti tut ion, —
( a) no Ac t of th e Leg is la tur e of th e Sta te of Tr ipur a in r es pe ct of
a ny of th e ma tt er s spe ci fi ed in par ag raph 3 of this Sch edul e a s
m at te rs wi th r es pe ct to whi ch a Di st ri ct Coun cil or a Re gion al
Coun ci l ma y m ak e l aw s, and no Ac t of the L egi sl atu re of th e St at e
of Tr ipur a prohibi ting or r es tr ic ting th e consu mp tion of a ny non-
di sti ll ed al cohol ic liquo r sha ll apply to the au tonom ous dis tr ic t or an
a utonom ous reg ion in th at St at e unl es s, in ei the r c as e, th e D is tri ct
Coun ci l for tha t dis tr ic t or hav ing jur isd ic tion ov er su ch r eg ion by
 publi c noti fic at ion so dir ec ts , and the Di st ri ct Coun ci l in giving
su ch dir ec tion w ith re sp ec t to a ny A ct m ay dir ec t tha t the Ac t sha ll ,
in it s a ppli ca ti on to tha t dist ri ct or suc h r eg ion or any pa rt the re of,
h ave e ff ec t s ubje ct to su ch ex ce ption s or m odi fic at ion s a s it think s
f it;
( b) the Gov erno r ma y, by publi c notif ic at ion, dir ec t tha t a ny A ct
of th e Leg is la tur e of the S ta te of Tripu ra to wh ich the prov is ions of
cl au se (a ) of this sub- pa rag ra ph do not apply, sha ll not apply to the
autono mou s dist ri ct or any autono mou s reg ion in th at Sta te , or s ha ll
apply to tha t dis tr ic t or su ch r egion , or any par t the re of , subj ec t to
suc h e xc ep tions or mod if ic at ions , a s he m ay sp ec ify in the
notif ic at ion;
(c ) th e P re sid ent m ay, w ith re sp ec t to any A ct of P arl ia me nt , by
notif ic at ion, dir ec t tha t it s ha ll not a pply to th e autono mou s di st ri ct
or an autono mous re gion in th e St at e of Tripu ra , or sh al l app ly to
suc h di st ri ct or reg ion or a ny p art th er eof , s ubje ct to su ch ex ce ption s
or mod if ic at ions as he m ay spe ci fy in th e noti fi ca tion and any suc h
dir ec tion m ay be given so a s to h ave r et rosp ec ti ve e ff ec t.
12B. Appl ic at ion of A ct s of Pa rli am en t and of th e Leg is la tur e of th e
St at e of Mizo ra m to autono mou s di st ric ts and a utonom ous reg ions in
th e Sta te of Mi zor am . —No tw ith st andi ng any thi ng in th is
Co ns ti tut ion, —
( a) no Ac t of th e Leg is la tur e of th e Sta te of Mi zor am in r es pe ct
of any of th e m at te rs sp ec if ie d in pa rag ra ph 3 of thi s S chedu le as
m at te rs wi th r es pe ct to whi ch a Di st ri ct Coun cil or a Re gion al
Coun ci l ma y m ak e l aw s, and no Ac t of the L egi sl atu re of th e St at e
of Mi zor am prohibi ting or r es tr ic ting th e consu mp tion of a ny non-
di sti ll ed a lcoho li c liquo r sh al l apply to any a utonom ous dist ri ct or
a utonom ous reg ion in th at St at e unl es s, in ei the r c as e, th e D is tri ct
Coun ci l fo r suc h di st ri ct or having jur isd ic tion ove r su ch re gion, by
publi c noti fic at ion, so dir ec ts , and the D is tr ic t Coun ci l, in giv ing
su ch dir ec tion w ith re sp ec t to a ny A ct , m ay di re ct th at the A ct sh al l,
in i ts a ppli ca ti on to su ch di str ic t or r egion or any p art the re of, have
e ff ec t subj ec t to s uch ex ce ption s or modi fi ca tion s as i t think s fi t;
( b) the Gov erno r ma y, by publi c notif ic at ion, dir ec t tha t a ny A ct
of th e L egi sl atu re of th e S ta te of Miz or am to wh ich th e prov is ions
of c lau se ( a) of this s ub- par ag raph do not appl y, sha ll not a pply to
a n autono mou s di str ic t or a n autono mou s r egion in tha t Sta te , or
sh al l apply to such di st ric t or r eg ion, or a ny p art th er eof , s ubje ct to
su ch ex ce ption s or modi fi ca tion s, as he ma y s pe ci fy in th e
noti fi ca tion ;
( c ) the Pr es ide nt ma y, wi th r es pe ct to any Ac t of Pa rli am en t, by
noti fi ca tion , di re ct th at it sh al l not apply to an autono mou s dist ri ct
or an au tonomou s re gion in th e Sta te of Mi zor am , or sha ll app ly to
su ch di st ri ct or reg ion or a ny pa rt th er eof , subj ec t to suc h
e xc ept ions or mod ifi ca ti ons as he ma y s pe ci fy in th e notif ic at ion and
a ny su ch dir ec tion m ay be giv en s o a s to have r et ros pe ct ive e ff ec t.
13. E sti ma te d re ce ip ts and exp end itur e pe rta ining to autono mou s
di st ric ts to be shown se pa ra te ly in th e annu al fin anc ia l s ta te me nt .— The
e st imat ed rec ei pt s and exp end itu re p er tai ning to an auto nomous
di st ri ct w hic h a re to b e cred it ed to, o r i s to b e ma de from, the
Co nso lida te d Fun d of th e S tat e s hall b e f ir st plac ed be fore th e
D is tr ic t Cou nc il for di sc us sio n and th en af te r s uc h dis cu ss ion b e
s how n s ep ara te ly in t he annua l finan cia l sta te me nt of t he Sta te to
b e laid be fore the L egi sla tu re of the S tat e unde r ar tic le 202.
 1
14. Appo int me nt of Com mi ss ion to inquir e into and r epor t on the
a dm ini st ra tion of a utono mous dis tri ct s a nd au tonomou s r egion s . —(1 )
T he Gov er no r may at any ti me appoin t a Commi ss io n to examin e
and re po rt on any ma tt er sp ec if ie d by hi m rel at ing to th e
ad mi nis tr at ion of t he autono mou s di st ri ct s and auto nomous re gi ons
in th e Sta te , in cl udi ng mat te rs sp ec if ie d in c lau se s ( c ) , ( d), (e ) and
( f) of sub -pa ragr aph (3) of parag rap h 1 of t hi s S ch edu le , or may
appo int a C ommi ss io n to in qui re into and re po rt from time to ti me
on t he admini st ra tion of autono mou s di st ri ct s and auto nomous
reg ion s in the S tat e gen er ally and in par ti cula r on —
( a) the provi sion of educ at ion al and me di ca l fa ci li ti es a nd
c om mun ic at ions in suc h di st ri ct s and reg ions ;
( b) the ne ed for any ne w or sp ec ia l l egi sl ation in re sp ec t of such
di st ric ts a nd r eg ions ; a nd
( c ) the ad min is tr at ion of th e l aw s, ru le s and re gula tion s ma de by
th e Di st ric t and Re giona l Counc il s;
and d efi ne th e proc ed ure to be follo we d by s uc h Commi ss io n.
(2) Th e rep or t of ev er y su ch Commi ss io n w it h th e
rec ommen da ti ons of th e G ove rno r w ith re sp ec t t he re to s hall b e lai d
b efo re the Le gis lat ure of t he Stat e by t he Mini st er con ce rn ed
tog et he r wi th an ex plana tory memor an dum re ga rd ing the a ctio n
p ro pos ed to be tak en th ereo n by the G ove rn me nt of t he Sta te .

_________________________________________________
_______
(3) In allo ca ting th e bus ine ss of the G ove rn me nt of t he Sta te
a mong his Mi nis te rs th e Gov er nor may pla ce one of his Min is te rs
1. Paragraph 14 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the
s peConstitution
ci ally in(Amendment)
cha rg e of t he w el fare of t he auto nomous di st ri ct s and
Act, 1995 (42 of 1995) , s. 2, as under,-
au tonomou s reg io ns in th e Stat e.
In paragraph 14 , in sub-paragraph (2), the words “with the recommendations of the Governor
1
15.respect
with Annul me nt shall
thereto” or sus pen sion of ac ts and re solu tions of D is tri ct a nd
be omitted.
R egion al Counc il s . — (1) If at any ti me th e G ove rno r is sat is fi ed t hat
an ac t o r re so lu ti on of a Di st ri ct o r a R egio nal Coun ci l is lik ely to
e ndang er th e sa fe ty of I ndia o r is lik ely to be p re ju di cia l to pub li c
o rde r, h e may annul o r su sp end s uc h a ct or res ol ut ion and tak e suc h
s te ps a s h e may con si de r n ec es sa ry ( inc lud ing the s us pe ns ion of the
Co unc il and th e as su mp tio n to hi ms el f of all o r any of the pow er s
v es te d in o r e xe rc is ab le by th e Co unc il ) to p re ve nt th e co mmis si on
o r con tin uanc e of su ch ac t, or t he givi ng of e ff ec t to su ch res ol ut ion.
(2) Any or de r mad e by th e Gov er nor und er s ub- parag rap h (1 ) of
t his parag rap h toge th er wi th th e rea so ns th eref or sha ll b e laid
b efo re th e Le gis lat ure of t he Sta te as soo n a s po ss ibl e and the o rde r
s hall , unl es s re vok ed by the Le gis lat ure of t he Stat e, con tinu e in
fo rc e for a p er iod of tw elv e mo nth s from th e date on wh ic h i t w as so
mad e:
Provi de d t hat if and so oft en as a re so lu ti on approvi ng t he
c ont inuan ce in fo rc e of su ch o rde r i s pas se d by t he Leg is latu re of
t he Stat e, the ord er shal l unl es s can ce ll ed by the Gov er nor c ont inu e
in fo rc e for a fu rt he r pe riod of tw el ve mont hs f ro m th e dat e on
w hi ch und er thi s parag rap h i t w ould oth er wi se hav e c ea se d to
op er at e.
2
16. Di ss olut ion of a D is tri ct or a R egion al Counc il . —(1 ) Th e
G ove rno r may on th e re co mmen da tio n of a C ommi ss io n appoin te d
un de r parag rap h 14 of thi s S ch edu le by publ ic noti fi cat ion or de r
t he di sso lu tion of a Di st ri ct or a R eg ional Cou nc il, and —
 ( a) dir ec t th at a f re sh g ene ra l e le ct ion sh al l be h eld i mm ed ia te ly
fo r the re con st itut ion of th e Counc il, or
( b) subj ec t to th e prev ious app rova l of th e Leg is la tur e of th e
St at e as su me the ad mi nis tr at ion of th e ar ea under th e autho rity of
su ch Counc il hi ms el f or pla ce th e adm ini st ra tion of su ch ar ea under
th e Co mm is si on appo inte d unde r the sa id p ar agr aph or any oth er
body con sid er ed suit abl e by hi m fo r a p eriod not ex ce ed ing tw elv e
m onths :
Provi de d t hat wh en an o rde r und er cla us e ( a) of thi s parag rap h
ha s b ee n mad e, th e Gov er no r may ta ke th e ac tion re fe r re d to in
c lau se (b) of thi s pa ragr aph w it h re ga rd to th e ad min is tr at ion of t he
a re a in qu es ti on pen ding th e re co ns ti tu tio n of th e Cou nc il on f re sh
g ene ra l e le ct io n:
Provi de d fu rt he r tha t no ac tion s hal l be take n und er clau se ( b) of
t his pa ragr aph wi thou t giving the D is tr ic t o r th e Reg ional Co unc il,
as the ca se may be, an oppor tun ity of plac ing i ts vie ws be fore th e
L egi sla tu re of the S tat e.

_________________________________________________
_______
1. Paragraph 15 has been amended in its application to the States of Tripura and Mizoram by the Sixth
Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1988 (67 of 1988), s. 2, as under,-
(a) in the opening paragraph, for the words “by the Legislature of the State”, the words “by him”
shall be substituted;
(b) the proviso shall be omitted.
2. Paragraph 16 has been amended in its application to the States of Tripura and Mizoram by s. 2, ibid., as
under,-
(2)(a) Iinf sub-paragraph
at any ti me (1), the G ove
the words rno r toi sthesat
“subject is fi edapproval
previous tha t aof the
si tuat ion has
Legislature of the State”
a ris en in inwclause
occurring hic h (b),
theand adthemi ni stproviso
second rat ionshallofbean auto nomous di st ri ct or
omitted;
reg ion
(b) for casub-paragraph
nnot b e c ar (3),rithe
edfollowing
on in sub-graph
acc or danc shallebe w ith th e namely:-
substituted, provi sio ns of
t his S ch“(3) eduEvery
le , horder
e ma y, by
made pusub-paragraph
under bli c noti fi ca (1) tion, as su me (2)
or sub-paragraph to ofh this
imse lf all along
paragraph,
o r any withof the th e fun
reasons ct ionshall
therefor s orbe po
laidwe rs ves
before te d in or
the Legislature ex erci
of the sa bl e by th e
State.”’.
D is tr ic t Coun ci l or, as th e c as e may b e, th e R eg ional C oun cil and
d ec lare tha t s uc h fun ct ion s o r po we rs sha ll b e ex erci sa bl e by su ch
p er son o r autho ri ty as he may sp ec if y in t his b ehal f, for a p er iod
no t e xc ee di ng s ix mon th s:
P rov id ed tha t t he Gov er no r may by a fu rt he r ord er o r ord er s
e xt end the ope rat ion of t he ini tial o rde r by a p er iod not exc ee di ng
s ix mon th s on ea ch oc cas ion.
(3) Ev er y o rde r mad e und er su b- parag raph (2 ) of th is pa ragra ph
w it h th e rea so ns t he re fo r shal l be laid b efo re the Le gi sla ture of t he
S tat e and s hall c ea se to op era te at th e exp ira tion of th ir ty days
f ro m t he dat e on w hi ch th e Stat e Le gis lat ure fir st si ts aft er t he i ssu e
of th e ord er, unl es s, b efo re th e exp iry of tha t p er iod it ha s b ee n
app ro ve d by tha t S tat e Leg is latu re .
1
17. Ex clu sion of ar ea s fro m a utono mous dis tri ct s in for ming
c ons titu enc ie s in suc h dis tr ic ts . —For t he pur pos es of e le ct ion s to the
L egi sla tiv e As se mb ly of As sa m or Megha laya o r Tr ip ura or
Mi zo ram, th e Gove rn or may by ord er de cla re t hat any a re a wi thin
an autono mo us di st ri ct in th e Sta te of As sa m or Megha laya o r
Tri pu ra or Mi zo ram, as th e cas e may b e, sha ll not for m pa rt of any
c ons ti tu en cy to f ill a s ea t o r s eat s in the A ss embl y re se r ve d fo r any
s uc h d is tr ic t but sha ll for m pa rt of a co ns ti tue nc y to fi ll a s ea t o r
s ea ts in th e As se mb ly not so res er ve d to b e spe ci fi ed in th e ord er.
 * * *
* *
2
19. Tra ns ition al provi sion s . —(1 ) As soon a s pos sib le aft er the
c omme nc e me nt of th is Cons ti tu tion the Gov er nor s hal l tak e s te ps
fo r th e co ns ti tut ion of a D is tr ic t C oun ci l for e ac h autono mo us
di st ri ct in t he Sta te un de r thi s Sch ed ule and , un ti l a Di st ri ct
Co unc il is s o con st it ut ed fo r an autono mo us dis tr ic t, the
ad mi nis tr at ion of s uc h di st ri ct sha ll b e ve st ed in th e G ove rno r and
t he fol low ing provi sion s sha ll apply to t he ad mi nis tr at ion of t he
a re as wi thi n su ch dis tr ic t in st ea d of th e fo re go ing p rov is ions of th is
S ch edu le , na me ly :—

( a) no Ac t of Par lia me nt or of th e L egi sla tu re of th e Sta te

s hall apply to any s uc h a re a unl es s the Gov er nor by publi c
no tif ica tio n so di re ct s; and t he Gove rn or in giving s uc h a
di re ct io n wi th res pe ct to any Ac t may di re ct tha t th e A ct shal l,
in it s appl ica tion to th e area or to any sp ec if ie d par t t he re of ,
hav e ef fe ct sub je ct to s uc h e xc ep tion s or mod ifi ca tion s as he
t hink s fi t;

____________________________________________
1. Paragraph 17 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by the Sixth Schedule to the
Constitution (Amendment) Act, 2003 (44 of 2003), s. 2 , so as to insert the following proviso, namely: —
“Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall apply to the Bodoland Territorial Areas District.”
2. Paragraph 19 has been amended in its application to the State of Assam by s. 2 , ibid., so as to insert the
following sub-paragraph after sub-paragraph (3), namely: —
“(4) As soon as possible after the commencement of this Act, and Interim Executive Council for Bodoland
Territorial Areas District in Assam shall be formed by the Governor from amongst leaders of the Bodo movement,
including the signatories to the Memorandum of Settlement, and shall provide adequate representation to the non-
tribal communities in that area:
Provided that Interim Council shall be for a period of six months during which endeavour to hold the
election to the Council shall be made.
Explanation.---For the purposes of this sub-paragraph, the expression “Memorandum of Settlement”
means the Memorandum signed on the 10th day of February, 2003 between Government of India,
( b) of
Government thAssam
e Gov anderno
Bodor Liberation
m ay m ak e r egu la tions for the p ea ce and good
Tigres.”
gove rnm ent of any su ch ar ea and any regu la tion s so m ad e m ay re pe al
or a me nd any A ct of P ar lia me nt or of th e L egi sl atu re of the Sta te or
any exi st ing l aw w hic h i s for the ti me being app li ca ble to su ch ar ea .
(2) A ny di re ct io n giv en by t he Gove rn or un de r cla us e ( a) of s ub-
pa ragr aph (1 ) of t his parag rap h may be giv en s o as to hav e
ret ros pe ct iv e e ff ec t.
(3) A ll reg ul atio ns mad e un de r cl aus e ( b) of sub -pa ragr aph (1 ) of
t his parag rap h shal l be sub mi tt ed for th wi th to the Pres id en t and,
un til as se nt ed to by him, shal l hav e no e ff ec t.
20. Trib al a re as .— (1) T he a re as s pe ci fi ed in Par ts I , I I, I IA and
I II of t he tab le b elow s hall res pe ct iv el y be th e tr iba l a re as w it hin
t he Stat e of A ss am, t he Stat e of Megha laya, th e S tat e of Tri pu ra and
t he Sta te of Mi zor am.
(2) Any ref e re nc e i n Pa rt I , Pa rt I I or Pa rt I II of th e tabl e be low
to any dis tr ic t sha ll be con st ru ed a s a re fe ren c e to the t er ri to ri es
c ompr is ed wi thi n th e auto nomous dis tr ic t of tha t name exi st ing
i mmed ia te ly b efo re the day appoin te d und er cla us e ( b) of s ec ti on 2
of th e Nor th -Ea st er n Area s (R eo rgani sa tion ) A ct , 1971:
P rov id ed t hat fo r th e pu rpo se s of cla us es ( e ) and ( f) of sub -
pa ragr aph (1 ) of pa ragr aph 3, pa ragr aph 4, pa ragr aph 5, pa ragr aph
6, sub -pa ragr aph (2) , c lau se s ( a), (b) and ( d) of s ub- parag rap h (3 )
and sub -pa ragra ph (4 ) of pa ragra ph 8 and c lau se ( d) of sub -
pa ragr aph (2) of parag rap h 10 of t his S ch edu le , no par t of t he a re a
c ompr is ed wi thi n th e muni ci pali ty of Sh illo ng sha ll b e d ee me d to be
w it hin th e Kha si Hi ll s Di st ri ct .
(3) Th e ref e ren c e in Par t II A in th e tab le be low to the "Tri pu ra
Tri bal Area s Di st ri ct " shal l b e con st ru ed as a ref e ren ce to t he
t er ri to ry co mp ri si ng t he t ri bal area s sp ec if ie d i n t he Fi rs t Sc he dul e
to th e Tri pu ra Tri ba l A re as Au tonomou s D is tr ic t Co unc il Ac t, 1979.

TAB LE
P A RT I
1. T he No rt h C ac har Hi ll s D is tr ic t.
2. T he Ka rb i A nglong D is tr ic t.
3. Th e Bodo land Te rr it or ia l A re as Di st ri ct.
P A RT II

1. K has i Hi lls D is tr ic t.
2. Jain tia Hi ll s Di st ri ct .
3. T he Ga ro H il ls D is tr ic t.
P A RT II A
Tri pu ra Tri bal A re as Di st ri ct

P A RT I II
* * *
1. T he Cha kma D is tr ic t.
2. T he Ma ra D is tr ic t.
3. T he Lai D is tr ic t.

20A. Di ss olut ion of th e Mi zo Di st ri ct Coun ci l . —(1 )

No tw it hs tand ing anyth ing in t his S ch edu le , t he D is tr ic t Cou nc il of
t he Mi zo Di st ri ct e xis ti ng i mmed ia te ly be fore th e pres cr ib ed dat e
( he re in af te r ref er re d to as th e Mi zo D is tr ic t Coun ci l) shal l st and
di ss olv ed and ce as e to e xi st.
(2) The A dmin is tra tor of th e Unio n t er ri to ry of Mizo ra m ma y, by
on e o r more ord er s, p rov ide for al l or any of th e fo llo wing ma tt er s,
na me ly :—
(a) the t ran sf er, in w hole or in pa rt , of th e as se ts , right s a nd
lia bil iti es of th e Mizo D is tri ct Coun ci l ( inc luding the r ights a nd
lia bil iti es unde r any cont ra ct ma de by it) to the U nion or to a ny
othe r autho rity ;
(b) the s ubs titu tion of th e Un ion or any othe r au thori ty fo r the
Miz o Di st ri ct Coun ci l, or the a ddit ion of th e Un ion or any othe r
 autho ri ty, as a p arty to any leg al pro ce ed ings to whi ch the Mi zo
Di st ri ct Counc il i s a p arty ;
(c ) th e t ran sf er or r e- e mp loym ent of any em ploy ee s of th e Mi zo
Di st ri ct Counc il to or by the Un ion or any oth er autho ri ty, the t er ms
and condi tion s of s er vic e app li ca ble to su ch em ploy ee s a ft er su ch
tr ans fe r or re - em ploym en t;
( d) the cont inua nc e of any la ws , m ad e by th e Mizo D is tri ct
Counc il a nd in fo rc e i mm ed ia te ly b efo re its dis solut ion, sub je ct to
suc h a dap ta tion s and modi fi ca tion s, wh eth er by w ay of re pe al or
am en dm en t, as th e A dm ini st ra tor ma y ma ke in thi s b eha lf , unti l such
la ws ar e al te re d, r epe al ed or am en de d by a co mp et ent Legi sl at ur e or
othe r com pe te nt autho rity ;
( e ) su ch in cid ent al , con sequ en tia l and suppl em en ta ry m at te rs a s
the Ad min is tr ato r c ons ide rs n ec es sa ry.
Explana tion . — In th is parag rap h and in pa ragra ph 20B of th is
S ch edu le , t he ex pres si on "p re sc r ib ed dat e" me an s the da te on whi ch
t he L egi sla tiv e As se mb ly of th e Unio n t er ri to ry of Miz ora m i s du ly
c ons ti tu te d un de r and in ac cor dan ce w it h t he p rov is ions of th e
G ove rn me nt of U nion Te rr it or ie s Ac t, 1963.
1
20B . Autono mou s r egion s in th e Union te rr itory of Miz or am to be
a utonom ous dist ri ct s a nd tr ans ito ry provi sion s con se que nt th er eto . —
(1 ) Not wi ths tan ding anyth ing in thi s Sch ed ule ,—

_________________________________________________
_______
1. After paragraph 20B, the following paragraph has been inserted in its application to the State of Assam by the
Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1995 (42 of 1995), s. 2, namely:-
“20BA. Exercise of discretionary powers by the Governor in the discharge of his functions.-The Governor in the
discharge of his functions under sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) of paragraph 1, sub-paragraphs (1), (6), sub-
paragraph (6A) excluding the first proviso and sub-paragraph (7) of paragraph 2, sub-paragraph (3) of
paragraph 3, sub-paragraph (4) of paragraph 4, paragraph 5, sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 6, sub-paragraph
(2) of paragraph 7, sub-paragraph (4) of paragraph 8, sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 9, sub-paragraph (3) of
paragraph 10, sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 14, sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 15 and sub-paragraphs (1)
and (2) of paragraph 16 of this Schedule, shall, after consulting the Council of Ministers and the North Cachar
Hills Autonomous Council or the Karbi Anglong Autonomous Council, as the case may be, take such action as he
considers necessary in his discretion.”
2. After paragraph 20B, the following paragraph has been inserted in its application to the States of Tripura and
Mizoram, by the Sixth Schedule to the Constitution (Amendment) Act, 1988 (67 of 1988), s. 2, namely:-
“20BB. Exercise of discretionary powers by the Governor in the discharge of his functions.-The Governor, in the
(a) ev er y a utonom ous r egion ex is ting im me di at ely be for e the
discharge of his functions under sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) of paragraph 1, sub-paragraphs (1) and (7) of
pre sc ri be
paragraph 2, d d ate in the
sub-paragraph Un
(3) of ion te rri
paragraph tory of Miz
3, sub-paragraph (4)or
ofam s ha ll,4, on
paragraph and f5,rom
paragraph sub-paragraph
tha
(1) oft paragraph
d at e, be6, an autono mou
sub-paragraph (2) ofs paragraph
dist ri ct 7,insub-
tha t U nion(3)te
paragraph of rrparagraph
itory (h9,ersub-paragraph
ea ft er (1) of
paragraph
re fe rr ed 14, to sub-paragraph
as the co rr(1)esofponding
paragraph new15 anddisub-paragraphs
st ric t) a nd (1)
th eand (2) ini
A dm of paragraph
st ra tor 16 of this
Schedule, shall, after consulting the Council of Ministers, and if he thinks it necessary, the District Council or
the re of ma y, by on e or mo re ord er s, di re ct th at su ch cons equ ent ia l
the Regional Council concerned, take such action as he considers necessary in his discretion.”
am en dm en ts as ar e ne ce ss ar y to give effe ct to the prov is ions of this
cl au se sh al l be ma de in pa rag ra ph 20 of thi s Sch edul e (in clud ing P ar t
II I of th e tab le app end ed to th at pa rag ra ph) and the re upon th e sa id
pa rag ra ph and th e s aid Pa rt I II s ha ll b e de em ed to have be en
am en ded a cc ord ingly;
( b) eve ry Re giona l Counc il of an autono mou s r eg ion in the
Union t er rito ry of Mi zo ra m exi st ing im me di at ely be for e the
pre sc ri be d d ate (h er ea ft er re fe rr ed to a s the ex is ting Reg iona l
Counc il ) s ha ll, on a nd f rom th at da te and unti l a D is tr ic t Counc il is
duly con sti tut ed fo r the cor re spond ing ne w di str ic t, b e de em ed to be
the D is tri ct Coun ci l of th at dis tr ic t (h er ea ft er re fe rr ed to a s the
co rr espond ing new D is tr ic t Coun ci l) .
 (2) Ev er y membe r wh et he r e le ct ed or no mi nat ed of an ex is ting
R eg ional Cou nc il shal l be de emed to have be en e le ct ed o r, as the
c as e may be , no mi nat ed to th e cor re sp on di ng n ew D is tr ic t Cou nc il
and shal l hold of fi ce un til a D is tr ic t C oun ci l is duly co ns ti tut ed for
t he co rres po nd ing ne w dis tr ic t und er th is S che du le .
(3) Un ti l r ul es a re mad e und er su b- parag raph (7 ) of pa ragra ph 2
and sub -pa ragra ph (4 ) of pa ragra ph 4 of th is Sch ed ul e by th e
c or re sp on ding n ew D is tr ic t Coun ci l, th e rul es mad e und er th e said
p rov is ions by th e exi st ing Re giona l Co unc il and in force
i mmed ia te ly b efo re the pres cr ib ed date sha ll hav e e ff ec t in re la ti on
to th e co rres po nd ing ne w Di st ri ct Co unc il s ubj ec t to su ch
adap tat ions and modi fic at ions as may b e mad e th erei n by th e
A dmin is tr ato r of th e Unio n t er ri to ry of Miz ora m.
(4) The A dmin is tra tor of th e Unio n t er ri to ry of Miz ora m may,
by on e o r more ord er s, p rov ide for al l or any of th e fo llo wing
mat te rs , namel y: —
(a) th e t ran sf er in who le or in par t of th e a ss et s, right s and
lia bil iti es of th e exi st ing R egion al Coun ci l ( inc luding the r ights a nd
lia bil iti es under any con tr ac t ma de by it) to the co rr es ponding new
Di st ri ct Counc il ;
(b) th e s ubs titu tion of th e cor re spond ing n ew D is tri ct Coun ci l fo r
the ex is ting Re giona l Counc il as a par ty to the l ega l proc ee ding s to
whi ch the ex is ting Re giona l Counc il is a pa rty ;
( c ) the tr ans fe r or re - em ploy me nt of a ny e mp loye es of the
exi st ing R eg iona l Coun ci l to or by th e c or re sponding ne w Di st ri ct
Counc il, th e te rm s and condi tion s of s er vi ce a ppli ca bl e to su ch
em ploy ee s a ft er su ch tr ans fe r or re - em ploy me nt;
(d) the c ontinu an ce of any la ws ma de by the e xis ting Reg iona l
Counc il a nd in fo rc e i mm ed ia te ly b efo re the pr es cr ib ed d ate , sub je ct
to su ch ad apt at ions and m odif ic at ions , wh eth er by way of re pe al or
am en dm en t, a s th e Ad min is tr ato r ma y m ak e in th is b eha lf until su ch
la ws ar e al te re d, r epe al ed or am en de d by a co mp et ent Legi sl at ur e or
othe r com pe te nt autho rity ;
( e ) su ch in cid ent al , con sequ en tia l and suppl em en ta ry m at te rs a s
the Ad min is tr ato r c ons ide rs n ec es sa ry.
20C. Int erp re ta tion .—S ubj ec t to any p rov is ion mad e in thi s be half ,
t he provis ion s of t his Sc he dul e s hall , in th ei r appl ica tio n to th e
U nion t er ri to ry of Mi zo ram, have e ff ec t—
(1 ) a s i f re fe re nc es to the G ove rnor and Gov ern me nt of the
Sta te we re r ef er en ce s to th e Adm ini st ra to r of th e Union te rr itory
appoin ted under ar ti cl e 239, r ef er en ce s to St at e ( exc ep t in th e
exp re ss ion "Gove rn me nt of the St at e") w er e r ef er en ce s to the Un ion
te rr ito ry of Mi zor am and re fe re nc es to th e St at e L egi sl atu re we re
re fe re nc es to the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of th e Un ion t er rito ry of
Miz or am ;
(2) a s if —
( a) in sub -p ar agr aph (5) of pa rag ra ph 4, the provi sion fo r
con sult at ion w ith th e Gov ern me nt of the Sta te con ce rn ed had
be en omi tte d;
( b) in sub -p ar agr aph (2 ) of p ar agr aph 6, fo r th e wo rds "to
whi ch the ex ec ut ive pow er of the St at e ex tend s", th e w ord s
"wi th re sp ec t to whi ch th e Leg is la tiv e A ss em bly of the Union
 te rr ito ry of Mi zor am has pow er to m ak e la ws " h ad b een
subs ti tute d;
( c ) in pa ra gr aph 13, th e w ord s and figur es "under a rt ic le
202" had be en om itt ed.
21. Am en dm ent of the Sch edul e .— (1) Pa rl iamen t may f ro m time to
t ime by law a me nd by w ay of addi tion , var iatio n or re pe al any of
t he p rovi sio ns of thi s Sc he dul e and, wh en th e Sch ed ule i s so
a me nd ed, any re fe ren c e to thi s S che du le in thi s C ons ti tu tion s hall
b e con st ru ed as a ref e ren ce to s uc h S ch edu le as so a me nde d.
(2) No su ch law a s is me nt ion ed in sub -pa ragr aph (1 ) of t his
pa ragr aph s hall be d ee me d to b e an amen dmen t of thi s Co ns ti tut ion
fo r t he pu rpo se s of art ic le 368.

SEVENTH SCHEDULE
( Ar ti cl e 246)
Lis t I— Union Li st
1. De fe nc e of I ndia and eve ry par t th ereo f inc lud ing p re pa ra tion
fo r d ef en ce and al l s uc h a ct s as may be co ndu civ e in t imes of war to
i ts p ro se cu tio n and af te r i ts t er mi na tion to ef fe ct iv e de mo bil isa tion .
2. Naval , mi li tar y and ai r fo rc es ; any othe r a rmed force s of th e
U nion .
2A . De ploy me nt of any a rmed force of t he Unio n or any oth er
fo rc e s ub je ct to th e c ont ro l of t he Unio n or any co nti nge nt o r un it
t he re of in any Sta te in aid of the c ivi l po we r; powe rs , ju ri sd ic tio n,
p rivi le ge s and l iabi lit ie s of the me mb er s of su ch force s w hi le on
s uc h d ep loymen t.
3. De li mi ta tion of can ton me nt area s, local se lf -gov er nmen t i n
s uc h a re as , the c ons ti tu tion and pow er s w ith in su ch area s of
c anto nmen t autho ri ti es and th e re gu la tion of hous e ac commo da tion
( inc lud ing th e con trol of re nt s) in su ch area s.
4. Nava l, mi li tar y and ai r force wor ks .
5. A rms, fi re ar ms , ammu nit ion and e xplo siv es .
6. A tomic en er gy and min er al re so urc es ne ce ss ar y fo r i ts
p ro duc tio n.
7. I ndu st ri es de cla re d by Par lia me nt by law to be n ec es sa ry for
t he pu rpo se of de fe nc e o r for th e pros ec ut ion of war.
8. C en tr al Bu re au of In te ll ige nc e and Inve st iga tion .
9. Prev en ti ve de te ntio n for rea so ns con ne ct ed wi th D ef en ce ,
Fo re ig n Af fai rs , o r t he se cu ri ty of Ind ia; p er so ns s ub je ct ed to s uc h
d et en tion .
10. Fo re ig n affai rs ; all ma tt er s w hi ch br ing the U nion in to
rel at ion w ith any forei gn cou nt ry.
11. D iplo ma ti c, con su lar and t rad e re p re s en ta ti on.
12. U ni te d Na tio ns Or gan isa tion .
13. Par ti ci patio n in in te rn atio nal co nf eren ce s, as soc iat ions and
ot he r bod ie s and impl emen ti ng of d ec is ion s mad e th erea t.
14. En te ri ng into trea ti es and agree me nt s w it h forei gn coun tr ie s
and imple me nt in g of t re at ie s, ag re emen ts and co nve ntio ns wi th
fo re ig n coun tr ie s.
15. Wa r and pea ce .
16. Fo re ig n jur is di ct ion.
17. C it iz en sh ip, natu ral isa tio n and ali en s.
18. Ex tr adi tion.
19. Ad mi ss ion into, and emig ra tion and exp uls ion f ro m, I ndia ;
pa ss por ts and vi sas.
20. Pi lgr image s to plac es out sid e Ind ia.
21. Pi ra ci es and c ri me s commi tt ed on the hig h s ea s or in th e air ;
of fe nc es again st the law of nat ions commi tt ed on land o r th e h igh
s ea s or in th e air.
22. Ra il ways .
23. Hig hway s d ec lared by o r unde r la w ma de by Par liamen t to be
na tional hig hway s.
24. Sh ippi ng and naviga tion on inlan d wa te rw ay s, de cla re d by
Pa rl iamen t by la w to b e nationa l w at er way s, as re ga rd s
mec ha ni cal ly prop el le d ve ss el s; th e r ule of th e roa d on su ch
wa te rw ay s. 219
25. Ma ri time s hip ping and navigat ion, in clu ding sh ipp ing and
naviga tion on tida l wa te rs ; p ro vis ion of edu ca tion and tra ini ng for
t he merca nt il e mar in e and reg ul atio n of s uc h e du cat ion and t rai ning
p rov ide d by Sta te s and oth er agen ci es .
26. L ight hous es , in clu ding ligh ts hip s, b eaco ns and othe r provi sion
fo r t he sa fe ty of shi pping and aircr af t.
 27. Por ts de cla re d by or und er law mad e by Pa rlia me nt or
e xis ti ng la w to b e ma jor por ts , in cl udi ng t he ir de limit at ion, and the
c ons ti tu tion and pow er s of por t au thor it ie s th erei n.
28. Por t qua ran tin e, i nc ludi ng hos pita ls conn ec te d the re wi th ;
s ea me n' s and ma ri ne hos pi tals .
29. Ai rw ays ; aircr af t and ai r navigatio n; p ro vis ion of
a erod ro me s; reg ula tion and organ isa tion of air tr af fic and of
a erod ro me s; provi sion for ae ro nau ti cal e du cat ion and t ra ining and
reg ula tio n of su ch e duc at ion and t rai ning provi de d by Sta te s and
ot he r ag enc ie s.
30. Ca rr iag e of pass en ge rs and good s by ra ilw ay, s ea o r air, o r by
na tional wa te rw ay s i n mec ha ni cal ly p ro pe ll ed ve ss el s.
31. Pos ts and te le gr aph s; t el ep hon es , wi re le ss , b ro adc as ting and
ot he r l ike fo rms of co mmun ic at ion.
32. P ro pe rt y of th e Un ion and t he rev en ue the re f ro m, bu t as
reg ar ds p ro pe rt y s it uat ed in a Sta te s ubj ec t to leg is lat ion by th e
S tat e, save i n so fa r as Pa rlia me nt by la w ot he rw is e p rov id es .
* * * *
*
34. Co ur ts of wa rd s for th e es tat es of R ul er s of Ind ian Sta te s.
35. Pu bli c de bt of the U nion .
36. C ur re nc y, c oinag e and l egal t end er ; fo re ig n ex chang e.
37. Fo re ig n loans .
38. R es er ve Bank of In dia.
39. Po st O ff ic e Saving s Bank.
40. Lot te ri es o rgani se d by th e G ove rn me nt of I ndia or the
G ove rn me nt of a Stat e.
41. Tr ad e and comme rc e w ith fo re ig n coun tr ie s; impor t and
e xpor t ac ro ss c us to ms fron tie rs ; d ef ini tion of cu st oms fron ti er s.
42. I nt er- Sta te t rad e and c omme rc e.
43. I nco rpo ra tion , reg ula tio n and w indi ng up of tr ading
c or pora tion s, in clu ding bank ing, ins ur anc e and fina nc ial
c or pora tion s, bu t no t in cl udi ng c o- ope rat ive so ci et ie s.
44. In cor por at ion, reg ula tio n and w indi ng up of c or pora tion s,
w he th er t radi ng o r not, w ith obj ec ts not con fin ed to one Sta te , but
no t in cl udi ng un ive rs it ie s.
45. Ba nking .
46. B ill s of e xc hange , ch equ es , promis so ry not es and ot he r l ike
in st ru me nt s.
47. I ns ura nc e.
48. S toc k e xc hange s and fut ures mar ke ts .
49. Pat en ts , inve nt ions and d es igns ; c opyr igh t; t rad e- mar ks and
merc ha nd is e ma rk s.
50. E sta bli sh me nt of s tanda rd s of we igh t and mea su re .
51. Es tab lis hmen t of sta ndar ds of qual ity for good s to b e
e xpor te d out of Ind ia o r tr ans por te d from one Sta te to anot he r.
52. I ndu st ri es , th e con trol of wh ic h by th e Unio n i s de cla re d by
Pa rl iamen t by la w to b e exp edi en t in t he pub li c int eres t.
53. Re gula tion and dev elo pmen t of oilf ie ld s and min er al oi l
res ou rc e s; p et ro le um and p et ro le um p rod uc ts ; ot he r liq uid s and
s ubs tan ce s de cla re d by Par lia me nt by law to be dange ro us ly
in fla mmab le .
54. Re gula tion of mi ne s and mi ne ra l d eve lopmen t to th e ex te nt to
w hi ch su ch re gu la tion and dev elo pmen t und er th e con trol of th e
U nion is d ec lared by Pa rl iamen t by la w to b e ex pe di en t in th e
pu bli c int eres t.
55. R egu lat ion of labo ur and saf ety in min es and oil fi eld s.
56. Re gula tion and dev elo pmen t of int er- Sta te riv er s and ri ve r
vall ey s to t he ex te nt to wh ic h s uc h re gu lat ion and d eve lop me nt
un de r th e co nt ro l of t he Unio n is de cla re d by Par liamen t by law to
b e exp edi en t in t he pub li c int eres t.
57. Fi sh ing and f is he ri es beyon d t er ri to ri al wat er s.
58. Manu fac tu re , sup ply and di st ri bu tion of sal t by Un ion
ag enc ie s; re gu lat ion and c ont ro l of manu fac tu re , supp ly and
di st ri bu tion of sal t by oth er age nc ie s.
59. C ul tivat ion, ma nufa ct ure, and sal e for expo rt , of opi um.
60. San ct ioni ng of c in ematog rap h f ilms fo r e xhi bit ion.
61. I ndu st ria l dis put es c onc er ni ng Un ion employ ee s.
62. Th e ins ti tut ion s kno wn at th e comme nc e men t of t his
Co ns ti tut ion as the Na tiona l Lib ra ry, th e I ndia n Mus eu m, th e
I mp er ia l War Mu se um, th e Vic to ria Me mo ria l and t he In dian Wa r
M emor ial, and any oth er like in st itu tion finan ce d by t he
G ove rn me nt of I ndia w holly or in par t and d ec lared by Pa rl iamen t
by law to be an ins ti tut ion of na tiona l i mpo rt anc e.
63. Th e ins ti tut ion s kno wn at th e comme nc e men t of t his
Co ns ti tut ion as the B ena re s Hi ndu U nive rs it y, the A liga rh Mus li m
U niv er si ty and the D el hi Un ive rs it y; th e Univ er si ty e st abli sh ed in
pu rs uan ce of ar ti cl e 371E; any othe r ins ti tu tion de cla re d by
Pa rl iamen t by la w to b e an in st itu tion of nat ional impor tan ce .
64. I ns ti tut ion s fo r sc ie nt ifi c or te ch nic al edu ca tion fi nanc ed by
t he Gov er nmen t of I ndia who lly or in pa rt and de cla re d by
Pa rl iamen t by la w to b e ins ti tut ions of nat ional i mpo rta nc e.
65. U nion age nc ie s and ins ti tut ions fo r—
(a ) pro fe ss ion al , voc ation al or t echn ic al tr ain ing, in cluding the
t ra ining of polic e offi ce rs ; or
(b ) the prom otion of sp ec ia l stud ie s or r es ea rc h; or
( c) sc ie nti fi c or te chni ca l a ss is ta nc e in the inve st iga tion or
d ete ct ion of cr im e.
66. Co -o rdi natio n and d et er mi na tion of sta ndar ds in in st it utio ns
fo r high er edu ca tion o r res ea rc h and s ci en ti fi c and t ec hn ic al
in st it utio ns .
67. An ci en t and hi sto ri ca l mo numen ts and rec or ds , and
a rc ha eolog ica l si te s and re ma in s, d ec lared by o r un de r law mad e by
Pa rl iamen t to be of nationa l i mp or tan ce .
68. T he Surv ey of Ind ia, th e G eo logi cal, Botan ic al, Zoo logi cal and
A nth ro polog ica l Surv ey s of I ndia ; M et eo ro logi cal orga nis atio ns .
69. C en su s.
70. Un ion Pub li c S erv ic e; Al l- Ind ia Se rvi ce s; U nion Publ ic
S er vic e Co mmis si on .
71. Un ion p ens ion s, tha t i s to sa y, pen sio ns payable by th e
G ove rn me nt of I ndia o r out of t he Co nso lida te d F und of Ind ia.
 72. El ec tio ns to Par lia me nt , to t he Leg is latu re s of Stat es and to
t he of fic es of Pres id en t and Vic e- P re si de nt ; t he El ec ti on
Co mmis si on .
73. Salar ie s and allo wanc es of me mb er s of Par lia me nt , th e
C hai rman and De puty Chai rman of th e Co unc il of Sta te s and t he
Sp eak er and De pu ty Spea ke r of th e Hou se of t he P eopl e.
74. Pow er s, pr ivil eg es and i mmun it ie s of eac h Ho us e of
Pa rl iamen t and of th e membe rs and th e C ommi tt ee s of eac h Ho us e;
e nfo rc e me nt of at te ndan ce of p er son s for giving ev ide nc e or
p ro duc ing doc umen ts be fore c ommi tt ee s of Par liamen t or
c ommi ss io ns appo int ed by Parl iamen t.
75. E mo lumen ts , allo wan ce s, p rivi le ge s, and rig ht s i n res pe ct of
l eave of ab se nc e, of th e P re si de nt and G ove rno rs ; s alar ie s and
allo wan ce s of th e Mi nis te rs for th e U nion ; th e s alar ie s, allo wanc es ,
and r ight s in re sp ec t of leav e of ab se nc e and oth er con di tion s of
s er vi ce of t he Co mp trol le r and A udi tor- Ge ne ra l.
76. A udi t of th e ac coun ts of th e Un ion and of th e Sta te s.
77. Con st itu tio n, orga nis atio n, ju ri sd ic tio n and pow er s of th e
Su preme Cou rt (in clu ding con te mp t of suc h Co ur t) , and th e f ee s
ta ke n th erei n; p er son s e nt itl ed to pra ct is e be fore th e Su preme
Co ur t.
78. Con st itu tio n and orga nis atio n (in cl udi ng vaca tion s) of th e
H igh Cou rt s ex ce pt p rov is ions a s to of fic er s and s er van ts of Hi gh
Co ur ts ; pe rs on s e nt it le d to p rac ti se b efo re th e Hi gh Cou rt s.
79. Ext en sio n of th e j ur is dic tio n of a Hi gh Co ur t to, and
e xc lus ion of the ju ri sdi ct ion of a High Cou rt from, any U nion
t er ri to ry.
80. Ext en sio n of th e po we rs and j ur is dic ti on of membe rs of a
pol ic e force belo nging to any Sta te to any area out si de tha t Stat e,
bu t not so as to enab le the poli ce of on e Sta te to ex erci se po we rs
and ju ri sd ic tion in any area out sid e tha t S tat e wi thou t t he co ns en t
of the Gov er nmen t of th e Sta te in w hic h s uc h area is s it uat ed ;
e xt en sion of th e powe rs and jur is di ct ion of me mb er s of a poli ce
fo rc e be longi ng to any Stat e to rail way area s out sid e tha t S tat e.
81. I nt er- Sta te migr at ion; in te r- S tat e quara nti ne .
82. Taxe s on inco me oth er tha n ag ric ul tur al inc ome.
83. D ut ie s of c us to ms inc lud ing expo rt du tie s.
84. Du ti es of ex ci se on toba cc o and oth er goods manu fac tu re d or
p ro duc ed in I ndia ex ce pt —
(a) a lcoho li c liquor s for hum an cons ump tion;
(b) opiu m, Indi an hem p a nd oth er na rc oti c drugs a nd n ar coti cs ,
bu t inc lud ing me di ci nal and toil et p re pa ra tion s con taini ng
al cohol o r any s ubs tan ce inc lud ed in su b- parag raph ( b) of thi s
e nt ry.
85. Co rpo ra tion tax.
86. Taxe s on the c api tal value of th e as se ts , exc lu siv e of
ag ric ul tur al land, of ind ividua ls and co mpa nie s; taxe s on t he ca pita l
of co mp ani es .
87. E sta te du ty in re sp ec t of prope rt y othe r than agr ic ult ura l
lan d.
88. D ut ie s in re sp ec t of suc ce ss io n to prope rt y othe r than
ag ric ul tur al land.
 89. Te rmin al tax es on goods or pass en ge rs , ca rr ie d by ra il way, sea
o r air ; taxe s on r ail way fares and frei gh ts .
90. Taxe s oth er tha n s ta mp du tie s on tra nsa ct ion s in s to ck
e xc hange s and fut ures mar ke ts .
91. Ra te s of st amp duty in re sp ec t of bill s of exc hang e, ch eq ue s,
p ro mi ss or y note s, bi lls of lad ing, le tt er s of c re di t, po lic ie s of
in su ran ce , tr ans fe r of shares , deb en tu re s, proxi es and rec ei pt s.
92. Tax es on th e s ale or purch as e of n ew spa pe rs and on
adv er ti se me nt s publ is he d t he re in .
92A. Tax es on th e sa le or purch as e of goods othe r tha n
n ew spa pe rs , w he re su ch s ale or pu rc ha se tak es pla ce in th e c our se
of in te r- S tat e tra de o r comme rc e.
92B. Tax es on th e con sig nmen ts of good s ( wh et he r the
c ons ign me nt i s to t he p er son ma king it o r to any oth er p er son ),
w he re s uc h c ons ign me nt ta ke s plac e in th e cou rs e of in te r- Sta te
t rad e or comme rc e.
93. O ff en ce s agains t law s w it h res pe ct to any of the mat te rs in
t his L is t.
94. Inq ui re s, s urv ey s and s ta tis ti cs fo r the pur pos e of any of th e
mat te rs in thi s Lis t.
95. Jur is dic tio n and po we rs of all cou rt s, exc ep t t he Supreme
Co ur t, w it h re sp ec t to any of th e mat te rs in thi s L is t; ad mi ra lty
j ur is dic tio n.
96. Fe es in res pe ct of any of the ma tt er s in th is Lis t, but no t
in cl udi ng f ee s tak en in any cou rt .
97. A ny ot he r mat te r not enu me ra te d in Li st I I or L is t II I
in cl udi ng any tax not me nt ion ed in ei th er of thos e Li st s.
Li st I I—S ta te L is t
1. Pu bli c ord er (b ut not inc lu ding th e us e of any naval, mi li tar y
o r ai r force or any oth er armed fo rc e of t he Unio n or of any oth er
fo rc e su bj ec t to the c ont ro l of t he U nion or of any con ting en t or
un it th ereo f in aid of the c ivi l po we r) .
2. Pol ic e (i nc lud ing rail way and villag e poli ce ) sub je ct to t he
p rov is ions of e nt ry 2A of Li st I .
3. O ff ic er s and s er van ts of th e Hig h C our t; p ro ce du re in ren t and
rev en ue cou rt s; f ee s tak en in all cou rt s ex ce pt t he Sup re me Cou rt .
4. P ri son s, re fo rmat or ie s, Bor st al ins ti tut ion s and oth er
in st it utio ns of a li ke nat ure, and p er so ns de tai ne d t he re in ;
a rra nge me nt s wi th oth er Sta te s fo r th e us e of pr ison s and othe r
in st it utio ns .
5. Lo cal gove rn me nt , tha t i s to s ay, t he co ns ti tut ion and po we rs
of mu nic ipa l co rpo rat ions , i mp rov emen t tr us ts , di st ri ct s boar ds,
min ing s et tl emen t autho ri ti es and ot he r loca l aut hor iti es fo r the
pu rpo se of lo cal se lf - gover nmen t o r villag e admini st ra tion .
6. Pu bli c hea lth and san ita tion ; ho spi tal s and d isp en sa ri es .
7. Pi lgr image s, ot he r t han pilg ri mag es to pla ce s out si de In dia.
8. In toxi cat ing li quor s, that is to say, th e p ro du ct ion,
manu fac tu re , po ss es si on, t ran spo rt , pu rc ha se and sal e of
in toxi cat ing liquo rs .
9. R el ie f of the di sab le d and un empl oyabl e.
 10. Bu rial s and bur ial g rou nds ; c re mat io ns and cre ma ti on
g rou nds .
* * * *
*
12. L ibr ar ie s, mus eu ms and othe r si mi lar in st itu tion s con trol le d
o r f inan ce d by th e S tat e; anc ie nt and his tor ic al monu me nt s and
rec or ds othe r tha n tho se de cla re d by or und er law mad e by
Pa rl iamen t to be of nationa l i mp or tan ce .
13. Co mmun ic at ion s, tha t i s to sa y, road s, b ridg es , fe rr ie s, and
ot he r mea ns of co mmun ic at ion not sp ec if ie d in L is t I; muni ci pal
t ra mw ays ; ro pe way s; inla nd wat er wa ys and tra ff ic t he re on s ub je ct
to th e provi sion s of Lis t I and Lis t II I w ith reg ar d to s uc h
wa te rw ay s; ve hic le s oth er tha n mec ha ni cal ly p ro pe ll ed veh ic le s.
14. Agr ic ul ture, inc lud ing agr ic ult ura l e duc atio n and res ea rch ,
p ro te ct ion again st p es ts and p re ve nt ion of p lant di se as es .
15. Pres er va ti on, p ro te ct io n and i mp ro ve me nt of s toc k and
p re ve nt ion of animal dis ea se s; vet er in ary t rain ing and p rac ti ce .
16. Pou nds and th e prev en tio n of ca tt le t re sp as s.
17. Wa te r, tha t i s to sa y, wa te r sup pli es , ir riga tio n and ca nals ,
d rainag e and emban kmen ts , wat er s tor age and wa te r po we r sub je ct
to th e provi sion s of en try 56 of Li st I .
18. La nd, tha t i s to sa y, r igh ts in or ov er land, land t enu re s
in cl udi ng th e rel at ion of landlo rd and te nant , and th e c oll ec ti on of
ren ts ; tra ns fe r and ali ena tio n of agr ic ult ura l land; land
i mp ro ve me nt and ag ri cul tu ral loan s; co loni zat ion.
* * *
* *
21. Fi sh er ie s.
22. Co ur ts of wa rd s sub je ct to t he p rov is ions of en tr y 34 of L is t I;
e nc umbe re d and atta ch ed es ta te s.
23. R egu lat ion of min es and min er al d eve lopmen t s ubj ec t to th e
p rov is ions of
L is t I w it h res pe ct to reg ul atio n and d eve lop me nt un de r t he co nt ro l
of th e Un ion.
24. I ndu st ri es sub je ct to t he p rovi sio ns of en tr ie s 7 and 52 of Li st
I.
25. G as and gas- wo rk s.
26. Tra de and co mme rce w ith in th e S tat e s ubj ec t to th e p rov is ions
of e nt ry 33 of Lis t II I.
27. P ro d u ct io n, s up pl y an d d is tr ib ut i on o f g oo ds s ub je ct t o th e
p ro vi s io n s o f en tr y 3 3 o f L i st I II .
28. Ma rk et s and fa ir s.
* * *
* *
30. Mone y- len ding and mon ey -l end er s; rel ie f of agr ic ul tur al
in de bt edn es s.
31. I nns and inn -k ee pe rs .
32. In cor por at ion, reg ula tio n and w indi ng up of c or pora tion s,
ot he r than thos e spe ci fi ed in L is t I, and univ er si ti es ;
un inc or pora te d tra ding, li te ra ry, sc ie nt if ic , re li giou s and othe r
so ci et ie s and as soc iat ion s; co -op era tiv e soc ie ti es .
 33. T h e at re s and dr am at ic p er fo rm an ce s; c in em as su bj ec t t o t he
p ro vi s io n s o f en tr y 6 0 o f L i st I ; s po rt s, en te rt ai nm en t s an d a mu se me nt s.
34. B et ti ng and ga mbl ing.
35. Wo rk s, lands and bui ldi ngs ve st ed in o r in t he po ss es si on of
t he Sta te .
* * * *
*
37. El ec tio ns to th e L egi sla ture of the Sta te sub je ct to th e
p rov is ions of any law ma de by Par liamen t.
38. Sala ri es and al lowan ce s of membe rs of t he L egi sla ture of t he
S tat e, of the Sp eak er and De pu ty Spea ke r of th e Le gis lat ive
A ss embl y and, if th ere is a L egi sla tiv e Coun ci l, of the C hai rman and
D ep uty Cha ir ma n t he re of .
39. Pow er s, pr ivil eg es and i mmun it ie s of the Le gis lat ive As se mb ly
and of th e me mb er s and the c ommi tt ee s th ereo f, and, if the re i s a
L egi sla tiv e Co unc il , of tha t Cou nc il and of th e membe rs and t he
c ommi tt ee s t he re of ; en force men t of at te ndan ce of p er so ns for givi ng
e vid en ce o r prod uc ing docu me nt s b efo re co mmit te es of t he
L egi sla tu re of the S tat e.
40. Sala ri es and al lowan ce s of Min is te rs for th e Stat e.
41. S tat e publi c se rv ic es ; S tat e Publ ic S erv ic e Co mmis si on .
42. S tat e pen sio ns, tha t is to say, pen sio ns payabl e by t he Sta te o r
ou t of th e Con sol idat ed Fun d of th e Sta te .
43. Pu bli c de bt of the S tat e.
44. Trea su re t rov e.
45. La nd re ve nu e, in cl uding th e as se ss me nt and col le ct ion of
rev en ue , th e mai nt enan ce of la nd re co rd s, sur vey fo r rev en ue
pu rpo se s and re co rd s of r igh ts , and ali ena tion of re ve nu es .
46. Taxe s on agri cu ltu ral in come.
47. D ut ie s in re sp ec t of suc ce ss io n to agri cu ltu ral land .
48. E sta te du ty in re sp ec t of agri cul tu ral land .
49. Taxe s on lands and bui ldi ngs .
50. Tax es on min er al r igh ts sub je ct to any li mi ta tion s i mpo se d by
Pa rl iamen t by la w re la ti ng to min er al dev elo pmen t.
51. Du ti es of ex ci se on th e fo llow ing good s manu fac tu re d or
p ro duc ed in th e Sta te and cou nt er vail ing dut ie s at t he sa me or
lo we r ra te s on si mi lar good s ma nufa ct ured or produ ce d e ls ew he re in
I ndia :—
( a) a lc oholi c liquor s for hum an con sum ption ;
(b ) opium, Ind ian he mp and othe r nar co tic drug s and na rco tic s,
bu t not inc lud ing med ic ina l and toi le t p re pa ra tion s
c onta ining alco hol o r any s ubs tan ce in clu de d in s ub- parag rap h (b )
of th is e nt ry.
52. Tax es on th e e nt ry of goods in to a loca l a re a for c ons umpt ion,
u se o r sal e th erei n.
53. Taxe s on the c ons umpt ion or s ale of e le ct ri ci ty.
54. Tax es on th e s ale or purch as e of good s oth er t han n ew spa pe rs ,
s ubj ec t to th e provi sion s of en try 92 A of Lis t I.
 55. Tax es on adv er ti se me nt s oth er than adv er ti se me nt s pu bli sh ed
in th e ne ws pap er s and adve rt is emen ts b roa dca st by rad io o r
t el evi sio n.
56. Taxe s on goods and pass en ge rs car ri ed by ro ad or on inlan d
wa te rw ay s.
57. Taxe s on vehi cl es , wh et he r me ch an ica lly prop ell ed o r not,
s ui tabl e fo r us e on road s, in cl udi ng tr amca rs su bj ec t to the
p rov is ions of e nt ry 35 of Lis t II I.
58. Taxe s on animal s and boat s.
59. Tol ls .
60. Taxe s on prof es si ons , tra de s, ca lling s and employ me nt s.
61. Ca pi tatio n tax es .
62. Taxe s on luxur ie s, i nc ludi ng tax es on e nt er tai nmen ts ,
a mu se me nt s, be tti ng and ga mbl ing.
63. Rat es of s ta mp duty in re sp ec t of docu me nt s oth er t han tho se
s pe ci fi ed in th e p rov is ions of Li st I w ith re ga rd to ra te s of s ta mp
du ty.
64. O ff en ce s agains t law s w it h res pe ct to any of the mat te rs in
t his L is t.
65. Jur is dic tio n and po we rs of all cou rt s, exc ep t t he Supreme
Co ur t, wi th re sp ec t to any of th e ma tt er s in th is L is t.
66. Fe es in res pe ct of any of the ma tt er s in th is Lis t, but no t
in cl udi ng f ee s tak en in any cou rt .

L ist III —Concurre nt List

1. C ri mi nal law, inc lud ing all mat te rs in cl ud ed in the In dian
P enal Co de at th e comme nc e men t of t his C ons ti tu tion but ex cl udi ng
of fe nc es again st law s w ith re sp ec t to any of th e mat te rs sp ec if ie d in
L is t I o r Lis t I I and exc lud ing t he use of naval , mi li tar y or air
fo rc es or any othe r armed force s of the U nion in aid of the c ivi l
po we r.
2. Cr imin al proc ed ure, inc lu ding all ma tt er s in cl ude d in t he
Co de of Cr imin al P ro ce du re at th e c omme nc e me nt of th is
Co ns ti tut ion.
3. P re ve nt iv e d et en tion fo r re as on s c onn ec te d w it h th e s ec ur it y
of a S tat e, t he mai nt enan ce of pu bli c o rde r, or th e main te nan ce of
s upp lie s and se rv ic es e ss en ti al to t he commu ni ty ; p er son s s ubj ec te d
to su ch d et en tion .
4. R emova l from on e Sta te to anot he r Sta te of pr iso ne rs , a cc us ed
p er son s and pe rs ons s ubj ec te d to prev en ti ve d et en tion for re as on s
s pe ci fi ed in en tr y 3 of t hi s L is t.
5. Ma rr iage and divo rc e; infa nt s and mino rs ; adoptio n; w il ls,
in te st ac y and su cc es si on ; join t family and par ti tion ; all mat te rs in
res pe ct of w hi ch pa rt ie s in judi ci al p ro ce ed ing s w ere i mmed ia te ly
b efo re th e co mmen ce men t of thi s Con st itu tion s ubj ec t to th ei r
p er sona l law.
6. Tr an sf er of p rop er ty othe r tha n agr ic ult ura l land ; reg is tr at ion
of d ee ds and docu me nt s.
7. Con tr ac ts , inc lud ing par tne rs hi p, agen cy, con tr ac ts of
c ar riag e, and oth er sp ec ia l fo rms of co nt rac ts , but not in cl uding
c ont ra ct s re la ti ng to agr ic ul tur al land.
8. Ac ti onabl e wron gs .
 9. Ban kr upt cy and inso lve nc y.
10. Tr us t and Tr us te es .
11. A dmin is tra tor s- g ene ra l and of fi cial t ru st ee s.
11 A. Ad mi nis tr at ion of Ju st ic e; c ons ti tu tion and organ isa tion of
all co ur ts , exc ep t th e Supreme C our t and the H igh Cou rt s.
12. Ev ide nc e and oath s; rec og nit ion of law s, publ ic ac ts and
rec or ds , and ju dic ial p ro ce ed ing s.
13. C ivil p ro ce du re , in cl udi ng al l mat te rs inc lud ed in th e Cod e of
C ivil P ro ce du re at th e comme nc e men t of t hi s C ons ti tu tion,
li mi ta tion and arb it rat ion.
14. Co nt empt of co ur t, but not in cl uding co nt empt of th e Sup re me
Co ur t.
15. Vag ran cy; no madi c and mi gra tor y t ri be s.
16. Luna cy and me nt al d efi ci en cy, inc lud ing pla ce s for th e
rec ep ti on o r t re at me nt of lunat ic s and me nt al de fi ci en ts .
17. P re ve nt ion of cr ue lt y to ani ma ls.
17A. Fo re st s.
17B. Prot ec ti on of wil d ani ma ls and bi rd s.
18. A dul te ra tion of foods tu ff s and othe r goods.
19. Dr ugs and poi son s, sub je ct to t he p rov is ions of e nt ry 59 of
L is t I w it h res pe ct to op ium.
20. E cono mi c and so cial pla nning .
20A. Popu latio n c ont ro l and family plan ning.
21. Co mme rci al and i ndu st ria l monopo li es , c ombi ne s and t ru st s.
22. Tr ad e union s; in dus tr ial and labou r di sp ut es .
23. So cial s ec ur it y and so cia l ins ura nc e; e mp loy me nt and
un empl oymen t.
24. Wel fa re of labo ur in cl udi ng con dit ions of wo rk , provid en t
f und s, e mp loy er s' liab ili ty, wo rk me n' s c ompe ns atio n, inva lid ity and
old age p ens ion s and mat er ni ty ben ef it s.
25. Edu ca tion, inc lud ing t ec hni ca l ed uca tion , me di ca l e duc atio n
and univ er si ti es , s ubj ec t to th e provis ion s of e nt ri es 63, 64, 65 and
66 of L is t I; voca tiona l and t ec hni ca l t rai ning of labou r.
26. L egal , med ic al and oth er prof es si on s.
27. R el ie f and re ha bil ita tion of pe rs ons di sp lac ed f ro m t he ir
o rigina l plac e of re si de nc e by rea so n of th e se tt ing up of the
Do mi nio ns of Ind ia and Pak is tan.
28. Cha ri ti es and c har itab le ins ti tu tion s, c har ita ble and rel ig iou s
e ndo wmen ts and rel ig iou s ins ti tut ion s.
29. P re ve nt ion of th e ext en sio n f ro m on e Stat e to anoth er of
in fe ct iou s or c ontag iou s d is eas es or p es ts af fe ct in g men , animal s or
pla nt s.
30. Vi tal s tat is ti cs in cl udi ng reg is tr at ion of bir th s and d eat hs .
31. Po rt s oth er than tho se de cla re d by or un de r la w mad e by
Pa rl iamen t or e xis ti ng la w to b e ma jor por ts .
32. Ship ping and navigat ion on in land wa te rw ay s as reg ar ds
mec ha ni cal ly p ro pe ll ed ve ss el s, and th e rul e of the roa d on su ch
wa te rw ay s, and the ca rr iage of pa ss eng er s and goods on inland
wa te rw ay s su bj ec t to the provi sio ns of Li st I wi th res pe ct to
na tional wa te rw ay s.
 33. Tr ad e and comme rc e in, and th e produ ct ion, s upply and
di st ri bu tion of, —
(a) the produ ct s of any indu stry whe re th e con trol of su ch
indu st ry by the U nion i s de cl ar ed by P ar lia me nt by la w to be
e xped ien t in th e publ ic int er es t, and i mpor ted goods of the s am e
kind as such produ ct s;
(b) food stu ff s, in clud ing e dibl e oils ee ds a nd oi ls ;
(c ) c at tl e fodde r, inc luding oilc ak es and othe r c onc ent ra te s;
( d) ra w cot ton, whe the r ginned or unginne d, and cotton s ee d;
a nd
(e ) r aw jut e.
33A. We ig ht s and me as ures e xc ep t es tab lis hmen t of
s tanda rd s.
34. Pr ic e con trol .
35. Me cha nic ally prope ll ed vehi cl es in cl uding the pr inc ip le s on
w hi ch taxe s on s uc h vehi cl es are to be l evie d.
36. Fa cto ri es
37. Bo ile rs .
38. E le ct ri ci ty.
39. N ew sp ap er s, book s and p rin ti ng p re ss es .
40. Arch ae olog ica l si te s and re ma in s oth er t han tho se d ec lared by
o r und er law made by Par lia me nt to b e of nat ional i mpo rta nc e.
41. Cu sto dy, ma nage me nt and d ispo sal of prop er ty (in clu ding
ag ric ul tur al land ) d ec lared by law to be eva cu ee p ro pe rt y.
42. A cq uis it ion and req ui si ti oni ng of p rop er ty.
43. R ec ove ry in a S tat e of c lai ms in res pe ct of tax es and ot he r
pu bli c de man ds , in cl udi ng a rrea rs of land- re ve nu e and su ms
rec ov er ab le as s uc h a rrea rs , ar is ing outs id e that Sta te .
44. Sta mp duti es oth er than du ti es or fe es c oll ec te d by me an s of
j udi cia l s tamps , but not in cl uding ra te s of sta mp du ty.
45. Inq ui ri es and s tat is ti cs for t he pur pos es of any of t he ma tt er s
s pe ci fi ed in
L is t II o r Li st II I.
46. Jur is dic tio n and po we rs of all cou rt s, exc ep t t he Supreme
Co ur t, wi th re sp ec t to any of th e ma tt er s in th is L is t.
47. Fe es in res pe ct of any of the ma tt er s in th is Lis t, but no t
in cl udi ng f ee s tak en in any cou rt .
 EIGHTH SCHEDULE
[Articles 344 (1) and 351]
Lan guages
1. As sa me se .
2. Be ngali .
3. Bodo.
4. Dogr i.
5. Gu jar ati .
6. Hi ndi .
7. Kan nada.
8. Ka sh mi ri .
9. Kon kani.
10. Mai thi li.
11. Malaya lam.
12. Manipu ri .
13. Mara thi.
14. Ne pali .
15. Or iya.
16. Punja bi.
17. Sansk ri t.
18. Santha li.
19. Sindh i.
20. Ta mi l.
21. Tel ugu.
22. Ur du.

229
 NINTH SCHEDULE
(Ar ticle 31B)
1. Th e Biha r La nd Re for ms Ac t, 1950 (Bi har Ac t XX X of 1950).
2. Th e Bombay Tena ncy and Agr ic ul tur al Land s Ac t, 1948
( Bombay Ac t LX VI I of 1948).
3. Th e Bombay Male ki Ten ure A boli tio n A ct , 1949 (Bo mb ay A ct
L XI of 1949).
4. T he Bombay Talu qdar i Te nu re A boli tion Ac t, 1949 ( Bombay A ct
L XI I of 1949).
5. Th e Panc h Maha ls M ehw as si Te nure Abol it ion A ct , 1949
( Bombay Ac t LX II I of 1949).
6. T he Bombay K hot i Abol it ion Ac t, 1950 (Bo mbay A ct VI of
1950) .
7. T he Bombay Pa ragana and K ul kar ni Wa tan A bol itio n Ac t, 1950
( Bombay A ct L X of 1950) .
8. Th e Madhya Prad es h Abol it ion of P ro pr ie ta ry Righ ts ( Es tat es ,
Maha ls , A lie nat ed Lan ds ) A ct , 1950 (Ma dhya Prad es h Ac t I of
1951) .
9. Th e Madra s Es tat es (A boli tion and Conv er si on into Ryot war i)
A ct , 1948 (Mad ra s A ct XX VI of 1948) .
10. Th e Madra s Es tat es (A boli tion and Conv er si on into Ryot war i)
A me nd me nt Ac t, 1950 ( Madr as Ac t I of 1950).
11. The U tt ar Pra de sh Za mi nda ri Abol it ion and La nd Re fo rms
A ct , 1950 (U tt ar Pra de sh Ac t I of 1951).
12. Th e Hyd er abad (A bol itio n of Jagi rs ) Re gula tion, 1358F (N o.
L XI X of 1358, Fa sli ).
13. T he Hyd er abad Jagi rs (C ommu ta tion ) R egu lat ion, 1359F (No.
X XV of 1359, Fa sl i).
14. Th e Biha r D is pla ce d Pe rs ons R eha bil ita tion (A cq ui si tion of
La nd) Ac t, 1950 (Bi har Ac t XX XV II I of 1950) .
15. Th e Uni te d Provin ce s La nd A cq ui si tion (R eh abi lita tion of
R ef uge es ) A ct , 1948 (U .P. A ct X XV I of 1948).
16. T he Re se tt le me nt of D isp lac ed Pe rs on s (La nd A cqu is it ion)
A ct , 1948 (A ct LX of 1948).
17. S ec tio ns 52 A to 52G of t he I nsu ran ce Ac t, 1938 ( Ac t IV of
1938) , as in se rt ed by s ec ti on 42 of th e I ns ur anc e (A me nd me nt ) Ac t,
1950 (A ct X LV II of 1950) .
18. T he Rail way C ompani es ( Emer ge nc y P rov is ions ) A ct , 1951
( Ac t LI of 1951).
19. C hapt er I II - A of t he In dus tr ie s ( De ve lop me nt and R egu latio n)
A ct , 1951 (A ct LX V of 1951), as in se rt ed by se ct io n 13 of t he
I ndu st ri es (D ev elop me nt and R eg ulat ion) A me nd me nt Ac t, 1953 ( Ac t
X XV I of 1953).
20. T he Wes t B enga l Land Dev el opmen t and Plann ing A ct , 1948
( We st Be ngal A ct XX I of 1948), a s amen de d by Wes t B enga l Ac t
X XI X of 1951.
21. Th e A ndh ra Pra de sh C ei ling on A gr ic ult ura l Hold ing s A ct ,
1961 (An dhr a P rad es h Ac t X of 1961) .
 22. T he A ndh ra P rad es h ( Te langana A re a) Te nan cy and
Ag ri cu lt ura l Land s ( Val ida tion ) Ac t, 1961 ( An dhr a Pra de sh A ct X XI
of 1961).
23. T he A ndh ra P rade sh (Tel angana A re a) I jar a and Ko wl i Land
Ca nc el lat ion of I rreg ul ar Patta s and A bol itio n of Co nc es si onal
A ss es sme nt Ac t, 1961 (A ndh ra Prad es h Ac t XX XV I of 1961).
24. Th e A ss am Stat e Ac qu is itio n of Lan ds b elongi ng to R el igiou s
o r C har ita ble In st it utio n of Pu bli c Na tu re A ct , 1959 (A ss am A ct IX
of 1961). 230
25. T he Biha r Land Re for ms (A me nd me nt ) Ac t, 1953 ( Biha r Ac t
X X of 1954).
26. Th e Biha r La nd Re for ms (F ixat ion of C ei li ng A re a and
A cq ui si tion of Sur plu s Lan d) A ct , 1961 (B ihar A ct X II of 1962),
e xc ep t se ct ion 28 of th is Ac t.
27. T he Bombay Talu qdar i Te nu re A boli tion (A me nd me nt ) Ac t,
1954 (Bo mbay Ac t I of 1955).
28. T he Bombay Talu qdar i Te nu re A boli tion (A me nd me nt ) Ac t,
1957 (Bo mbay Ac t X VI II of 1958) .
29. Th e Bombay Ina ms ( Ku tc h Area ) Abo li tion Ac t, 1958 ( Bombay
A ct X CV II I of 1958) .
30. Th e Bombay Tena ncy and Agr ic ul tur al Land s (G uja ra t
A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1960 (G uj ara t A ct XV I of 1960).
31. Th e Gu jara t Agr ic ul tur al Land s Ce il ing A ct , 1960 ( Gu jara t
A ct X XV I of 1961).
32. T he Sagbara and Me hwa ss i E sta te s (Prop ri et ar y Rig ht s
A boli tion , e tc .) R eg ulat ion, 1962 ( Gu jar at Re gula tion I of 1962).
33. T he Gu jara t Su rviv ing Al ie nat ions Abol it ion Ac t, 1963
( Gu jar at Ac t XX XI II of 1963), ex ce pt in so far as thi s Ac t re la te s to
an alie nat ion re fe r red to in su b- cla us e (d) of cl aus e (3) of se ct io n 2
t he re of .
34. T he Mahara sh tr a Agr ic ul tur al La nds (C ei ling on Hol ding s)
A ct , 1961 (Maha ra sh tra Ac t X XV II of 1961) .
35. T he Hyd er abad Tenan cy and A gr ic ul tur al Lan ds (R e-
e nac tmen t, Val idat ion and Fu rt he r A me nd me nt ) Ac t, 1961
( Mahar ash tr a A ct X LV of 1961).
36. T he Hyd er abad Tenan cy and A gr ic ul tur al Lan ds A ct , 1950
( Hyd er abad Ac t X XI of 1950).
37. T he Jen mi kara m Paymen t ( Abo lit ion) Ac t, 1960 ( Ke ra la Ac t
I II of 1961) .
38. Th e Ke ra la Land Tax A ct , 1961 (K er ala Ac t X II I of 1961).
39. Th e Ke ra la Land Re fo rms A ct , 1963 (K er al a A ct I of 1964).
40. T he Madhya P rade sh Land Re ve nue Cod e, 1959 (Ma dhya
P rad es h A ct XX of 1959).
41. T he Madhya P rade sh Ce il ing on Ag ri cu ltu ra l Hol ding s A ct ,
1960 (Madhya P rade sh A ct X X of 1960).
42. T he Madra s C ul tivat ing Te nan ts Prot ec ti on Ac t, 1955 (Mad ras
A ct X XV of 1955).
43. T he Madra s C ul tivat ing Te nan ts (Paymen t of Fai r Re nt ) Ac t,
1956 (Mad ras A ct X XI V of 1956) .
44. Th e Madra s Oc cu pan ts of K udiy ir uppu (P ro te ct io n from
Ev ic tion ) Ac t, 1961 (Ma dra s Ac t XX XV II I of 1961).
 45. Th e Madra s Publ ic Tr us ts (R eg ulat ion of A dmin is tr atio n of
Ag ri cu lt ura l La nds ) Ac t, 1961 ( Madr as Ac t LVI I of 1961).
46. T he Madra s La nd R efo rms (F ixat ion of C ei li ng on Land ) Ac t,
1961 (Mad ras A ct LVI II of 1961) .
47. Th e Myso re Te nan cy A ct , 1952 (My sore Ac t XI II of 1952) .
48. Th e Coor g Te nan ts Ac t, 1957 (Mys ore A ct X IV of 1957).
49. T he Myso re Vi llag e O ff ic es A boli tion A ct , 1961 (My so re A ct
X IV of 1961).
50. Th e Hyd er abad Te nanc y and Ag ri cu ltu ral Lan ds ( Vali dat ion)
A ct , 1961 (My sore Ac t XX XV I of 1961).
51. Th e Myso re Land R ef or ms Ac t, 1961 (My so re Ac t X of 1962).
52. Th e Or is sa Lan d R ef or ms Ac t, 1960 ( Or is sa A ct X VI of 1960) .
53. Th e Or is sa M erg ed Te rr it or ie s ( Vi llage O ff ic es Abo lit ion ) A ct ,
1963 (O ri ss a A ct X of 1963).
54. T he Punja b Se cu ri ty of Land Te nu re s A ct , 1953 (Pu njab A ct X
of 1953).
55. Th e Raja st han Tena ncy Ac t, 1955 (Ra jas than A ct I II of 1955).
56. Th e Raja st han Zamin dar i and Bi sw ed ar i A bol itio n A ct , 1959
( Raja st han Ac t V II I of 1959).
57. Th e Ku mau n and U tta rak hand Zamin dar i A boli tio n and Lan d
R ef or ms Ac t, 1960 ( Ut ta r P rade sh A ct X VI I of 1960).
58. T he Ut tar P rad es h I mp os itio n of C ei ling on Land H old ings
A ct , 1960 (U tt ar Pra de sh Ac t I of 1961).
59. T he Wes t B enga l Es tat es Ac qu is it ion Ac t, 1953 (Wes t B engal
A ct I of 1954).
60. T he Wes t B enga l Land Re for ms A ct , 1955 ( We st Be ngal A ct X
of 1956).
61. Th e De lhi Lan d R ef or ms Ac t, 1954 (D el hi A ct V II I of 1954).
62. Th e De lhi Lan d H old ings ( Ce il ing ) A ct , 1960 (C en tr al Ac t 24
of 1960).
63. T he Manipu r Lan d Re ve nue and Lan d Re fo rms Ac t, 1960
( Ce nt ra l A ct 33 of 1960) .
64. T he Tri pu ra Lan d Re ve nu e and La nd R ef or ms A ct , 1960
( Ce nt ra l A ct 43 of 1960) .
65. Th e Ke ra la Land Re fo rms ( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1969 (K er ala Ac t
35 of 1969) .
66. Th e Ke ra la Land Re fo rms ( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1971 (K er ala Ac t
25 of 1971) .
67. Th e A ndh ra Pra de sh Lan d R ef or ms (C ei li ng on Agr ic ul tu ral
H old ings ) Ac t, 1973 ( And hra P rade sh A ct 1 of 1973) .
68. Th e Biha r La nd Re for ms (F ixat ion of C ei li ng A re a and
A cq ui si tion of Sur plu s Land ) ( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1972 (Bi har Ac t 1
of 1973).
69. Th e Biha r La nd Re for ms (F ixat ion of C ei li ng A re a and
A cq ui si tion of Sur plu s Land ) ( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1973 (Bi har Ac t IX
of 1973).
70. T he Biha r Land Re for ms (A me nd me nt ) Ac t, 1972 ( Biha r Ac t V
of 1972) .
71. T he Gu jara t Ag ri cu ltu ral Land s C ei ling (A me nd me nt ) Ac t,
1972 (G uja rat Ac t 2 of 1974).
 72. T he Har yana C ei ling on Land H old ings Ac t, 1972 ( Ha ryana
A ct 26 of 1972) .
73. T he Hi ma cha l Pra de sh Ce il ing on Lan d Hol ding s A ct , 1972
( Hi ma cha l Prad es h Ac t 19 of 1973).
74. Th e Ke ra la Land Re fo rms ( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1972 (K er ala Ac t
17 of 1972) .
75. Th e Madhya Prad es h Ce il ing on Ag ri cu ltu ra l H old ings
( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1972 ( Madhya Pr ade sh A ct 12 of 1974).
76. Th e Madhya Prad es h Ce il ing on Ag ri cu ltu ra l H old ings
( Se con d A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1972 (Mad hya P rad es h A ct 13 of 1974).
77. T he Myso re La nd R ef or ms ( Amen dmen t) A ct , 1973
( Ka rna taka A ct 1 of 1974).
78. Th e Punja b La nd Re fo rms A ct , 1972 (Pu njab Ac t 10 of 1973).
79. T he Raja st han I mp os itio n of C ei ling on A gr ic ul tur al Ho ldi ngs
A ct , 1973 (R aja st han A ct 11 of 1973) .
80. T he Guda lu r Janma m Es tat es (A bol itio n and Co nve rs ion into
Ryot war i) A ct , 1969 (Ta mi l Nadu A ct 24 of 1969).
81. Th e We st Be ngal Land R ef or ms ( Amen dmen t) A ct , 1972 ( We st
B enga l A ct X II of 1972) .
82. Th e Wes t Be ngal Es tat es A cq ui si tion ( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1964
( We st B enga l A ct X XI I of 1964).
83. T he Wes t B enga l Es tat es Ac qu is it ion (S ec ond A me nd me nt )
A ct , 1973 (Wes t Be ngal Ac t X XX II I of 1973).
84. Th e Bombay Tena ncy and Agr ic ul tur al Land s (G uja ra t
A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1972 (G uj ara t A ct 5 of 1973).
85. Th e Or is sa Lan d R ef or ms (A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1974 ( Or is sa Ac t
9 of 1974) .
86. Th e Tri pu ra Land Re ve nu e and La nd Re fo rms (S ec ond
A me nd me nt ) A ct ,1974 (Tri pu ra Ac t 7 of 1974).
* * * *
*
88. T he Ind us tr ie s ( De ve lop me nt and R egu lat ion) A ct , 1951
( Ce nt ra l A ct 65 of 1951) .
89. T he Re qui si tion ing and A cq ui si tion of Immo vabl e P ro pe rt y
A ct , 1952 (C en tr al Ac t 30 of 1952).
90. Th e Mine s and Min er al s ( Re gula tio n and D eve lop me nt ) Ac t,
1957 (C en tra l A ct 67 of 1957).
91. Th e Monopol ie s and R es tr ic ti ve Tra de P rac ti ce s A ct , 1969
( Ce nt ra l A ct 54 of 1969) .
* * * *
*
93. Th e Coki ng C oal Mine s ( Emer ge nc y Provi sion s) A ct , 1971
( Ce nt ra l A ct 64 of 1971) .
94. T he Coki ng Coal Mine s (Na tiona li sat ion) A ct , 1972 ( Ce nt ral
A ct 36 of 1972) .
95. T he Ge ne ra l In su ran ce Bu si ne ss (N atio nali sa tion ) Ac t, 1972
( Ce nt ra l A ct 57 of 1972) .
96. Th e Ind ian Copp er Co rpo ra tion (A cq ui si tion of Und er ta king )
A ct , 1972 (C en tr al Ac t 58 of 1972).
 97. T he Sic k Tex ti le Und er tak ing s (Taking Ove r of Manage me nt )
A ct , 1972 (C en tr al Ac t 72 of 1972).
98. Th e Coal Min es ( Tak ing Ove r of Manag emen t) Ac t, 1973
( Ce nt ra l A ct 15 of 1973) .
99. T he Coal Mi ne s ( Na tional isa tio n) A ct , 1973 (C en tr al A ct 26 of
1973) .
100. T he Forei gn Ex cha nge Re gula tion A ct , 1973 (C en tr al A ct 46
of 1973).
101. T he A lc oc k As hdo wn Co mp any L imit ed (A cq uis it ion of
U nde rt ak ings ) Ac t, 1973 ( Ce nt ral A ct 56 of 1973).
102. Th e Coal Min es ( Con se rva tio n and D eve lop me nt ) Ac t, 1974
( Ce nt ra l A ct 28 of 1974) .
103. T he A ddi tio nal E mol umen ts ( Compu lso ry D epo si t) Ac t, 1974
( Ce nt ra l A ct 37 of 1974) .
104. T he Con se rva tion of Forei gn Exc hange and P re ve nt ion of
S mugg ling Ac ti vit ie s Ac t, 1974 ( Ce nt ra l A ct 52 of 1974) .
105. T he Sic k Tex ti le Und er tak ing s (N atio nali sa tion ) Ac t, 1974
( Ce nt ra l A ct 57 of 1974) .
106. T he Mahara sh tr a Agr ic ul tur al La nds (C ei ling on Hol ding s)
( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1964 ( Mahar as ht ra A ct XV I of 1965).
107. T he Mahara sh tr a Agr ic ul tur al La nds (C ei ling on Hol ding s)
( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1965 ( Mahar as ht ra A ct XX XI I of 1965).
108. T he Mahara sh tr a Agr ic ul tur al La nds (C ei ling on Hol ding s)
( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1968 ( Mahar as ht ra A ct XV I of 1968).
109. T he Mahara sh tr a Agr ic ul tur al La nds (C ei ling on Hol ding s)
( Se con d A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1968 (Maha ra sht ra Ac t XX XI II of 1968).
110. The Maha ra sh tra Ag ri cu ltu ral Lan ds ( Ce ili ng on Ho lding s)
( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1969 ( Mahar as ht ra A ct XX XV II of 1969).
111. Th e Maha ra sht ra Ag ri cu lt ura l Land s ( Ce il ing on H old ings )
( Se con d A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1969 (Maha ra sht ra Ac t XX XV II I of 1969).
112. The Maha ra sh tra Ag ri cu ltu ral Lan ds ( Ce ili ng on Ho lding s)
( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1970 ( Mahar as ht ra A ct XX VI I of 1970).
113. The Maha ra sh tra Ag ri cu ltu ral Lan ds ( Ce ili ng on Ho lding s)
( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1972 ( Mahar as ht ra A ct XI II of 1972) .
114. The Maha ra sh tra Ag ri cu ltu ral Lan ds ( Ce ili ng on Ho lding s)
( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1973 ( Mahar as ht ra A ct L of 1973).
115. The O ri ss a Land R ef or ms (A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1965 (O ri ss a
A ct 13 of 1965) .
116. The O ri ss a Land R ef or ms (A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1966 (O ri ss a
A ct 8 of 1967) .
117. The O ri ss a Land R ef or ms (A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1967 (O ri ss a
A ct 13 of 1967) .
118. The O ri ss a Land R ef or ms (A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1969 (O ri ss a
A ct 13 of 1969) .
119. The O ri ss a Land R ef or ms (A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1970 (O ri ss a
A ct 18 of 1970) .
120. T he Ut tar P rad es h I mp os itio n of C ei ling on Land H old ings
( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1972 ( Ut ta r P rad es h Ac t 18 of 1973).
121. T he Ut tar P rad es h I mp os itio n of C ei ling on Land H old ings
( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1974 ( Ut ta r P rad es h Ac t 2 of 1975).
 122. T he Tri pu ra Lan d Re ve nu e and La nd R ef or ms (T hi rd
A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1975 (Tri pu ra Ac t 3 of 1975).
123.Th e Da dra and Naga r Hav eli Land R ef or ms Reg ula tion, 1971
(3 of 1971).
124. T he Dad ra and Naga r Hav el i Lan d Re fo rms (A me nd me nt )
R egu lat ion, 1973 (5 of 1973).
125. Se ct ion 66 A and Cha pt er I VA of t he Motor Veh ic le s A ct ,
1939 * (C en tr al Ac t 4 of 1939).
126. Th e Es se nt ial Co mmod iti es A ct , 1955 ( Ce nt ral Ac t 10 of
1955) .
127. T he Smuggle rs and Forei gn Ex cha nge Manipu lato rs
( For fe it ure of P ro pe rt y) Ac t, 1976 ( Ce nt ra l A ct 13 of 1976) .
128. Th e Bond ed Labou r Sy st em (A boli tio n) Ac t, 1976 ( Ce nt ra l
A ct 19 of 1976) .
129. T he Con se rva tion of Forei gn Exc hange and P re ve nt ion of
S mugg ling A ct ivi ti es (A me nd me nt ) Ac t, 1976 (C en tra l Ac t 20 of
1976) .
* * * *
*
131. T he Levy Sugar P ri ce Equa li sat ion Fun d Ac t, 1976 ( Ce nt ra l
A ct 31 of 1976) .
__________________________________________________________________________________________
132.
* See now T he Ur
the relevant ban Laofnd
provisions ( Ce iliVehicles
the Motor ng and Act,R1988
egu(59
latofion)
1988).A ct , 1976 ( Ce nt ral
A ct 33 of 1976) .
133. Th e De par tmen ta li sat ion of U nion A cc oun ts ( Tr an sf er of
P er so nne l) Ac t, 1976 (C en tr al A ct 59 of 1976).
134. T he A ss am Fixa tion of Ce il ing on La nd Ho ldi ngs A ct , 1956
( As sa m Ac t 1 of 1957).
135. Th e Bombay Tena ncy and Agr ic ul tur al Land s (Vida rbha
R eg ion) Ac t, 1958 (Bo mbay Ac t X CI X of 1958).
136. T he Gu jara t P riva te Fores ts (A cq uis it ion) Ac t, 1972 ( Gu jar at
A ct 14 of 1973) .
137. T he Har yana C ei ling on Land H old ings (A me nd me nt ) Ac t,
1976 (Ha ryana Ac t 17 of 1976).
138. Th e Hi ma cha l P rad es h Tena ncy and Land R efo rms A ct , 1972
( Hi ma cha l Prad es h Ac t 8 of 1974).
139. Th e Hi ma cha l P rad es h Vil lage Co mmon Lan ds Ve st ing and
U ti liz at ion A ct , 1974 ( Hi ma cha l P rad es h A ct 18 of 1974).
140. T he Kar nata ka Land Re fo rms (S ec ond A me nd me nt and
Mi sc el lan eou s Provi sio ns ) A ct , 1974 ( Kar nata ka A ct 31 of 1974) .
141. Th e Kar nata ka La nd Re fo rms ( Se con d A me nd me nt ) A ct ,
1976 (Ka rna taka Ac t 27 of 1976).
142. T he Ke ra la P re ve nt ion of Evic tio n Ac t, 1966 ( Ke ra la A ct 12
of 1966).
143. Th e Th ir upp uvara m Pay me nt ( Abol it ion) Ac t, 1969 (K er ala
A ct 19 of 1969) .
144. Th e Sree pa dam La nds E nf ran chi se me nt Ac t, 1969 (K er ala
A ct 20 of 1969) .
145. Th e Sree Panda ravaka Lan ds (Ves ti ng and Enf ran ch is emen t)
A ct , 1971 (K er al a A ct 20 of 1971) .
 146. Th e Ke ra la Priva te Fo re st s (Ves ti ng and As sig nmen t) A ct ,
1971 (K er ala Ac t 26 of 1971).
147. Th e Ke ra la A gr ic ult ura l Wor ke rs Ac t, 1974 ( Ke ra la Ac t 18 of
1974) .
148. T he Ke ra la Ca sh ew Fac tor ie s (A cq uis it ion) Ac t, 1974 ( Ke ra la
A ct 29 of 1974) .
149. Th e Ke ra la Chi tt ie s Ac t, 1975 ( Ke ra la Ac t 23 of 1975).
150. T he Ke ra la S che dul ed Tri be s (R es tr ic ti on on Tr an sf er of
La nds and Re st or at ion of A li ena te d Land s) Ac t, 1975 ( Ke ra la Ac t 31
of 1975).
151. Th e K er al a Land Re for ms (A me nd me nt ) Ac t, 1976 ( Ke ra la
A ct 15 of 1976) .
152. T he Kana m Tenan cy A boli tion A ct , 1976 ( Ke ra la Ac t 16 of
1976) .
153. T he Madhya P rade sh Ce il ing on Ag ri cu ltu ra l Hol ding s
( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1974 ( Madhya Pr ade sh A ct 20 of 1974).
154. T he Madhya P rade sh Ce il ing on Ag ri cu ltu ra l Hol ding s
( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1975 ( Madhya Pr ade sh A ct 2 of 1976).
155. T he Wes t K hand es h M ehw as si Es tat es (P ro pr ie ta ry R ight s
A boli tion , et c. ) R eg ulat ion, 1961 ( Mahar ash tr a Re gula tio n 1 of
1962) .
156. Th e Mahara sh tr a R es to ra tion of Land s to S ch edu le d Tri be s
A ct , 1974 (Maha ra sh tra Ac t X IV of 1975).
157. T he Mahara sh tr a Agr ic ul tur al La nds (Lo we ri ng of C ei li ng
on Hol ding s) and (A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1972 (Ma hara sh tr a A ct X XI of
1975) .
158. T he Mahara sh tr a Pr ivat e Fo re st (A cqu is it ion) A ct , 1975
( Mahar ash tr a A ct X XI X of 1975).
159. T he Mahara sh tr a Agr ic ul tur al La nds (Lo we ri ng of C ei li ng
on H old ings ) and ( Amen dmen t) A me nd me nt A ct , 1975 (Ma hara sh tr a
A ct X LV II of 1975).
160. T he Mahara sh tr a Agr ic ul tur al La nds (C ei ling on Hol ding s)
( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1975 ( Mahar as ht ra A ct II of 1976).
161. Th e Or is sa E sta te s Abo lit ion Ac t, 1951 ( Or is sa A ct I of
1952) .
162. Th e Raja st han Colon isa tio n A ct , 1954 (Ra jas tha n A ct X XV II
of 1954).
163. T he Raja st han Lan d Re fo rms and A cq uis it ion of
La ndow ne rs ’ Es tat es A ct , 1963 (R aja stha n A ct 11 of 1964) .
164. Th e Raja st han Impo si tion of Ce il ing on Ag ri cu ltu ral
H old ings ( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1976 ( Ra jas than Ac t 8 of 1976).
165. T he Raja st han Te nan cy ( Amen dmen t) A ct , 1976 (Ra jas tha n
A ct 12 of 1976) .
166. Th e Ta mi l Nadu Lan d R ef or ms (R ed uc tio n of C ei ling on
La nd) Ac t, 1970 (Ta mi l Nadu A ct 17 of 1970).
167. T he Ta mi l Na du Lan d Re fo rms (F ixatio n of C ei ling on Land )
A me nd me nt Ac t, 1971 ( Ta mi l N adu Ac t 41 of 1971).
168. Th e Tamil Nad u La nd Re fo rms ( Fixat ion of C ei li ng on Land )
A me nd me nt Ac t, 1972 ( Ta mi l N adu Ac t 10 of 1972).
169. T he Ta mi l Na du Lan d Re fo rms (F ixatio n of C ei ling on Land )
S ec ond Amen dmen t A ct , 1972 (Ta mi l Nadu A ct 20 of 1972).
 170. T he Ta mi l Na du Lan d Re fo rms (F ixatio n of C ei ling on Land )
T hir d A me nd me nt Ac t, 1972 (Ta mi l Nadu Ac t 37 of 1972).
171. T he Ta mi l Na du Lan d Re fo rms (F ixatio n of C ei ling on Land )
Fou rt h A me nd me nt Ac t, 1972 (Ta mi l Nadu Ac t 39 of 1972).
172. T he Ta mi l Na du Lan d Re fo rms (F ixatio n of C ei ling on Land )
Six th Amen dmen t A ct , 1972 (Ta mi l Nad u A ct 7 of 1974) .
173. T he Ta mi l Na du Lan d Re fo rms (F ixatio n of C ei ling on Land )
Fi ft h A me nd me nt Ac t, 1972 ( Ta mi l N adu Ac t 10 of 1974).
174. T he Ta mi l Na du Lan d Re fo rms (F ixatio n of C ei ling on Land )
A me nd me nt Ac t, 1974 ( Ta mi l N adu Ac t 15 of 1974).
175. T he Ta mi l Na du Lan d Re fo rms (F ixatio n of C ei ling on Land )
T hir d A me nd me nt Ac t, 1974 (Ta mi l Nadu Ac t 30 of 1974).
176. Th e Ta mi l Nadu La nd Re fo rms ( Fixat ion of C ei li ng on Land )
S ec ond Amen dmen t A ct , 1974 (Ta mi l Nadu A ct 32 of 1974).
177. T he Ta mi l Na du Lan d Re fo rms (F ixatio n of C ei ling on Land )
A me nd me nt Ac t, 1975 ( Ta mi l N adu Ac t 11 of 1975).
178. T he Ta mi l Na du Lan d Re fo rms (F ixatio n of C ei ling on Land )
S ec ond Amen dmen t A ct , 1975 (Ta mi l Nadu A ct 21 of 1975).
179. Amen dmen ts mad e to t he Ut tar P rad es h Za mi nda ri A boli tion
and Lan d R ef or ms Ac t, 1950 ( Ut ta r P rade sh A ct I of 1951) by t he
U tta r Prad es h Land La ws ( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1971 ( Ut tar P rade sh
A ct 21 of 1971) and t he Ut tar P rad es h Lan d Law s (A me nd me nt ) Ac t,
1974 (U tta r P rad es h A ct 34 of 1974).
180. T he Ut tar P rad es h I mp os itio n of C ei ling on Land H old ings
( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1976 ( Ut ta r P rad es h A ct 20 of 1976) .
181. Th e Wes t Be ngal Land R efo rms (Se co nd A me nd me nt ) A ct ,
1972 (Wes t Be ngal A ct XX VI II of 1972).
182. Th e Wes t Be ngal Re st or atio n of A lie nat ed Lan d A ct , 1973
( We st B enga l A ct X XI II of 1973).
183. Th e Wes t Be ngal Land R efo rms (A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1974
( We st B enga l A ct X XX II I of 1974) .
184. Th e Wes t Be ngal Land R efo rms (A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1975
( We st B enga l A ct X XI II of 1975).
185. Th e Wes t Be ngal Land R efo rms (A me nd me nt ) A ct , 1976
( We st B enga l A ct X II of 1976) .
186. T he De lhi Land H old ings (C ei li ng) A me nd me nt A ct , 1976
( Ce nt ra l A ct 15 of 1976) .
187. Th e Goa, Da man and Di u Mu ndka rs ( Prot ec ti on from
Ev ic tion ) Ac t, 1975 ( Goa, Da man and Di u A ct 1 of 1976) .
188. Th e Pondi ch er ry La nd Re for ms (F ixat ion of C ei li ng on
La nd) Ac t, 1973 (Pond ic he rr y Ac t 9 of 1974).
189. Th e A ss am (Tempo ra rily S et tl ed Area s) Tena ncy A ct , 1971
( As sa m Ac t X XI II of 1971) .
190. T he A ss am ( Te mp or ar ily S et tl ed A re as ) Tena ncy
( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1974 ( As sa m A ct X VI II of 1974).
191. Th e Biha r La nd Re for ms (F ixat ion of C ei li ng A re a and
A cq ui si tion of Sur plu s Land ) ( Amen dmen t) Amen di ng A ct , 1974
( Biha r A ct 13 of 1975) .
192. Th e Biha r La nd Re for ms (F ixat ion of C ei li ng A re a and
A cq ui si tion of Sur plu s Land ) ( Amen dmen t) Ac t, 1976 (Bi har Ac t 22
of 1976).
 193. The Bihar Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling Area and Acquisition of Surplus
Land) (Amendment) Act, 1978 (Bihar Act VII of 1978).

194. The Land Acquisition (Bihar Amendment) Act, 1979 (Bihar Act 2 of 1980).
195. The Haryana Ceiling on Land Holdings (Amendment) Act, 1977 (Haryana Act
14 of 1977).
196. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act,
1978 (Tamil Nadu Act 25 of 1978).
197. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act,
1979 (Tamil Nadu Act 11 of 1979).
198. The Uttar Pradesh Zamindari Abolition Laws (Amendment) Act, 1978
(Uttar Pradesh Act 15 of 1978).
199. The West Bengal Restoration of Alienated Land (Amendment) Act, 1978 (West
Bengal Act XXIV of 1978).
200. The West Bengal Restoration of Alienated Land (Amendment) Act, 1980 (West
Bengal Act LVI of 1980).
201. The Goa, Daman and Diu Agricultural Tenancy Act, 1964 (Goa, Daman and Diu
Act 7 of 1964).
202. The Goa, Daman and Diu Agricultural Tenancy (Fifth Amendment) Act, 1976
(Goa, Daman and Diu Act 17 of 1976).
203. The Andhra Pradesh Scheduled Areas Land Transfer Regulation, 1959
(Andhra Pradesh Regulation 1 of 1959).
204. The Andhra Pradesh Scheduled Areas Laws (Extension and Amendment)
Regulation, 1963 (Andhra Pradesh Regulation 2 of 1963).
205. The Andhra Pradesh Scheduled Areas Land Transfer (Amendment) Regulation,
1970 (Andhra Pradesh Regulation 1 of 1970).
206. The Andhra Pradesh Scheduled Areas Land Transfer (Amendment) Regulation,
1971 (Andhra Pradesh Regulation 1 of 1971).
207. The Andhra Pradesh Scheduled Areas Land Transfer (Amendment) Regulation,
1978 (Andhra Pradesh Regulation 1 of 1978).
208. The Bihar Tenancy Act, 1885 (Bihar Act 8 of 1885).
209. The Chota Nagpur Tenancy Act, 1908 (Bengal Act 6 of 1908) (Chapter VIII—
sections 46, 47, 48, 48A and 49; Chapter X—sections 71, 71A and 71B; and Chapter
XVIII—sections 240, 241 and 242).
 210. The Santhal Parganas Tenancy (Supplementary Provisions) Act, 1949 (Bihar Act
14 of 1949) except section 53.
211. The Bihar Scheduled Areas Regulation, 1969 (Bihar Regulation 1 of 1969).
212. The Bihar Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling Area and Acquisition of Surplus
Land) (Amendment) Act, 1982 (Bihar Act 55 of 1982).
213. The Gujarat Devasthan Inams Abolition Act, 1969 (Gujarat Act 16 of 1969).

214. The Gujarat Tenancy Laws (Amendment) Act, 1976 (Gujarat Act 37 of 1976).
215. The Gujarat Agricultural Lands Ceiling (Amendment) Act, 1976 (President's Act
43 of 1976).
216. The Gujarat Devasthan Inams Abolition (Amendment) Act, 1977 (Gujarat Act 27
of 1977).
217. The Gujarat Tenancy Laws (Amendment) Act, 1977 (Gujarat Act 30 of 1977).
218. The Bombay Land Revenue (Gujarat Second Amendment) Act, 1980 (Gujarat
Act 37 of 1980).
219. The Bombay Land Revenue Code and Land Tenure Abolition Laws (Gujarat
Amendment) Act, 1982 (Gujarat Act 8 of 1982).
220. The Himachal Pradesh Transfer of Land (Regulation) Act, 1968
(Himachal Pradesh Act 15 of 1969).
221. The Himchal Pradesh Transfer of Land (Regulation) (Amendment) Act, 1986
(Himachal Pradesh Act 16 of 1986).
222. The Karnataka Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Prohibition of Transfer
of Certain Lands) Act, 1978 (Karnataka Act 2 of 1979).
223. The Kerala Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1978 (Kerala Act 13 of 1978).
224. The Kerala Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1981 (Kerala Act 19 of 1981).
225. The Madhya Pradesh Land Revenue Code (Third Amendment) Act, 1976
(Madhya Pradesh Act 61 of 1976).
226. The Madhya Pradesh Land Revenue Code (Amendment) Act, 1980
(Madhya Pradesh Act 15 of 1980).
227. The Madhya Pradesh Akrishik Jot Uchchatam Seema Adhiniyam, 1981
(Madhya Pradesh Act 11 of 1981).
228. The Madhya Pradesh Ceiling on Agricultural Holdings (Second Amendment)
Act, 1976 (Madhya Pradesh Act 1 of 1984).
229. The Madhya Pradesh Ceiling on Agricultural Holdings (Amendment) Act, 1984
(Madhya Pradesh Act 14 of 1984).
230. The Madhya Pradesh Ceiling on Agricultural Holdings (Amendment) Act, 1989
(Madhya Pradesh Act 8 of 1989).
231. The Maharashtra Land Revenue Code, 1966 (Maharashtra Act 41 of 1966),
sections 36, 36A and 36B.
232. The Maharashtra Land Revenue Code and the Maharashtra Restoration of Lands
to Scheduled Tribes (Second Amendment) Act, 1976 (Maharashtra Act 30 of 1977).
233. The Maharashtra Abolition of Subsisting Proprietary Rights to Mines and
Minerals in certain Lands Act, 1985 (Maharashtra Act 16 of 1985).
234. The Orissa Scheduled Areas Transfer of Immovable Property (by Scheduled
Tribes) Regulation, 1956 (Orissa Regulation 2 of 1956).
 235. The Orissa Land Reforms (Second Amendment) Act, 1975 (Orissa Act 29 of
1976).
236. The Orissa Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1976 (Orissa Act 30 of 1976).
237. The Orissa Land Reforms (Second Amendment) Act, 1976 (Orissa Act 44 of
1976).
238. The Rajasthan Colonisation (Amendment) Act, 1984 (Rajasthan Act 12 of 1984).
239. The Rajasthan Tenancy (Amendment) Act, 1984 (Rajasthan Act 13 of 1984).
240. The Rajasthan Tenancy (Amendment) Act, 1987 (Rajasthan Act 21 of 1987).
241. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Second
Amendment Act, 1979 (Tamil Nadu Act 8 of 1980).
242. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act,
1980 (Tamil Nadu Act 21 of 1980).
243. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act,
1981 (Tamil Nadu Act 59 of 1981).
244. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Second
Amendment Act, 1983 (Tamil Nadu Act 2 of 1984).
245. The Uttar Pradesh Land Laws (Amendment) Act, 1982 (Uttar Pradesh Act 20 of
1982).
246. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1965 (West Bengal Act 18 of
1965).
247. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1966 (West Bengal Act 11 of
1966).
248. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Second Amendment) Act, 1969 (West Bengal
Act 23 of 1969).
249. The West Bengal Estate Acquisition (Amendment) Act, 1977 (West Bengal Act
36 of 1977).
250. The West Bengal Land Holding Revenue Act, 1979 (West Bengal Act 44 of
1979).
251. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1980 (West Bengal Act 41 of
1980).
252. The West Bengal Land Holding Revenue (Amendment) Act, 1981 (West Bengal
Act 33 of 1981).
253. The Calcutta Thikka Tenancy (Acquisition and Regulation) Act, 1981
(West Bengal Act 37 of 1981).
254. The West Bengal Land Holding Revenue (Amendment) Act, 1982
(West Bengal Act 23 of 1982).
255. The Calcutta Thikka Tenancy (Acquisition and Regulation) (Amendment) Act,
1984 (West Bengal Act 41 of 1984).
256. The Mahe Land Reforms Act, 1968 (Pondicherry Act 1 of 1968).
257. The Mahe Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1980 (Pondicherry Act 1 of 1981).
257A. The Tamil Nadu Backward Classes, Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes
(Reservation of Seats in Educational Institutions and of appointments or posts in the
Services under the State) Act, 1993 (Tamil Nadu Act 45 of 1994).
258. The Bihar Privileged Persons Homestead Tenancy Act, 1947 (Bihar Act 4
of 1948).
259. The Bihar Consolidation of Holdings and Prevention of Fragmentation Act, 1956
(Bihar Act 22 of 1956).
260. The Bihar Consolidation of Holdings and Prevention of Fragmentation
(Amendment) Act, 1970 (Bihar Act 7 of 1970).
 261. The Bihar Privileged Persons Homestead Tenancy (Amendment) Act, 1970
(Bihar Act 9 of 1970).
262. The Bihar Consolidation of Holdings and Prevention of Fragmentation
(Amendment) Act, 1973 (Bihar Act 27 of 1975).
263. The Bihar Consolidation of Holdings and Prevention of Fragmentation
(Amendment) Act, 1981 (Bihar Act 35 of 1982).
264. The Bihar Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling Area and Acquisition of Surplus
Land) (Amendment) Act, 1987 (Bihar Act 21 of 1987).
265. The Bihar Privileged Persons Homestead Tenancy (Amendment) Act, 1989
(Bihar Act 11 of 1989).
266. The Bihar Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1989 (Bihar Act 11 of 1990).
267. The Karnataka Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Prohibition of Transfer
of Certain Lands) (Amendment) Act, 1984 (Karnataka Act 3 of 1984).
268. The Kerala Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1989 (Kerala Act 16 of 1989).
269. The Kerala Land Reforms (Second Amendment) Act, 1989 (Kerala Act 2 of
1990).
270. The Orissa Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1989 (Orissa Act 9 of 1990).
271. The Rajasthan Tenancy (Amendment) Act, 1979 (Rajasthan Act 16 of 1979).
272. The Rajasthan Colonisation (Amendment) Act, 1987 (Rajasthan Act 2 of 1987).
273. The Rajasthan Colonisation (Amendment) Act, 1989 (Rajasthan Act 12 of 1989).
274. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act,
1983 (Tamil Nadu Act 3 of 1984).
275. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment Act,
1986 (Tamil Nadu Act 57 of 1986).
276. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Second
Amendment Act, 1987 (Tamil Nadu Act 4 of 1988).
277. The Tamil Nadu Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling on Land) Amendment
(Amendment) Act, 1989 (Tamil Nadu Act 30 of 1989).
278. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1981 (West Bengal Act 50 of
1981).
279. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1986 (West Bengal Act 5 of
1986).
280. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Second Amendment) Act, 1986 (West Bengal
Act 19 of 1986).
281. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Third Amendment) Act, 1986 (West Bengal Act
35 of 1986).
282. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1989 (West Bengal Act 23 of
1989).
283. The West Bengal Land Reforms (Amendment) Act, 1990 (West Bengal Act 24 of
1990).
284. The West Bengal Land Reforms Tribunal Act, 1991 (West Bengal Act 12 of
1991).
Explanation.—Any acquisition made under the Rajasthan Tenancy Act, 1955
(Rajasthan Act III of 1955), in contravention of the second proviso to clause (1) of article
31A shall, to the extent of the contravention, be void.
 TENTH SCHEDULE
[Articles 102(2) and 191(2)]
P rovision s as to disqualificat ion on ground of defection
1. Interpretation.—In this Schedule, unless the context otherwise requires,—
( a) "Hou se " me an s eith er Hou se of P arl ia me nt or the Leg is la tiv e
A ss em bl y or, a s th e c as e ma y b e, ei the r Hous e of the Le gis la tur e of
a St at e;
(b ) "leg is la tur e par ty", in r el at ion to a m em be r of a Hou se
b elonging to any poli tic al pa rty in a cc or dan ce w ith th e provi sion s of
p ar agr aph 2 or pa rag ra ph 4, me an s th e group con si st ing of a ll the
m em be rs of tha t Hous e for th e ti me be ing be longing to th at pol iti ca l
p arty in ac co rda nc e wi th the sa id provi sion s;
( c) "or igin al polit ic al p arty" , in r el at ion to a me mb er of a Hous e,
m ea ns th e polit ic al pa rty to wh ich he be longs for th e purpo se s of
sub -p ar agr aph (1) of pa rag ra ph 2;
(d ) "par ag raph" m ea ns a p ar agr aph of this S che dule .
2. Disqualification on ground of defection.—(1) Subject to the provisions of
paragraphs 4 and 5, a member of a House belonging to any political party shall be
disqualified for being a member of the House—
( a) if h e ha s volunt ar ily giv en up his me mb er sh ip of s uch
poli ti ca l par ty; or
(b ) if he vote s or a bs ta ins f rom voting in suc h H ous e cont ra ry to
a ny di re ct ion is sued by th e polit ic al pa rty to whi ch he belong s or by
a ny p er son or au thor ity autho ri se d by it in thi s beha lf , w ithou t
obt ain ing, in e ith er c as e, th e prio r p er mi ss ion of s uch poli tic al
p arty, p er son or a uthor ity and su ch voting or ab st en tion has not be en
c ondoned by su ch polit ic al p art y, per son or a utho rity wi thin fi ft ee n
d ays fro m th e d ate of su ch voting or abs te ntion.
Explanation.—For the purposes of this sub-paragraph,—
( a) an e le ct ed me mb er of a Hou se sha ll be de em ed to be long to
th e politi ca l pa rty, i f a ny, by whi ch he wa s s et up a s a c andid at e fo r
e le ct ion as s uch m em be r;
(b ) a nomin at ed me mb er of a H ous e sha ll ,—
(i) where he is a member of any political party on the date of his
nomination as such member, be deemed to belong to such political party;
(ii) in any other case, be deemed to belong to the political party of which
he becomes, or, as the case may be, first becomes, a member before the expiry
of six months from the date on which he takes his seat after complying with
the requirements of article 99 or, as the case may be, article 188.
(2) An elected member of a House who has been elected as such otherwise than as a
candidate set up by any political party shall be disqualified for being a member of the
House if he joins any political party after such election.
(3) A nominated member of a House shall be disqualified for being a member of the
House if he joins any political party after the 243expiry of six months from the date on
which he takes his seat after complying with the requirements of article 99 or, as the case
may be, article 188.
(4) Notwithstanding anything contained in the foregoing provisions of this paragraph,
a person who, on the commencement of the Constitution (Fifty-second Amendment) Act,
1985, is a member of a House (whether elected or nominated as such) shall,—
 ( i) wh er e he wa s a m em be r of polit ic al pa rty i mm ed ia te ly befo re
su ch c om me nc em en t, be dee me d, for th e purpo se s of sub- pa rag ra ph
(1 ) of thi s p ar agr aph, to have be en e le ct ed as a m em be r of su ch
Hou se as a c and ida te s et up by suc h pol iti ca l pa rty;
( ii) in any othe r ca se , be de em ed to be an el ec te d me mb er of the
Hou se who has bee n el ec te d a s such othe rw is e th an a s a ca ndid at e
s et up by any polit ic al pa rty fo r th e purpos es of sub -p ar agr aph (2) of
thi s p ar agr aph or, as the ca se m ay be, be de em ed to be a nom ina ted
m em be r of the Hou se for the purpo se s of sub- pa rag ra ph (3 ) of th is
p ar agr aph.
* * * * *
4. Disqualification on ground of defection not to apply in case of merger.—(1) A
member of a House shall not be disqualified under sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 2
where his original political party merges with another political party and he claims that
he and any other members of his original political party—
( a) h ave be co me m em be rs of suc h oth er poli ti ca l par ty or, a s th e
c as e m ay b e, of a n ew polit ic al p arty fo rm ed by su ch me rg er ; or
(b ) have not ac ce pt ed th e me rg er and opted to func tion as a
s ep ar at e group,
a nd f rom th e tim e of su ch me rg er, su ch othe r pol iti ca l pa rty or n ew
poli ti ca l par ty or group , a s the ca se ma y be, sha ll be de em ed to be th e
poli ti ca l par ty to wh ich he be longs fo r th e purpos es of sub -p ar agr aph
(1 ) of p ar agr aph 2 and to be his orig ina l pol iti ca l pa rty for the purpo se s
of thi s sub- pa rag ra ph.
(2) For th e purpos es of sub -p ar agr aph (1 ) of th is p ar agr aph, the
m erge r of th e origin al poli ti ca l par ty of a m em be r of a Hou se sh al l be
d ee me d to hav e ta ken pl ac e if, and only if, not le ss th an two -thi rds of
th e m em be rs of th e l egi sl atu re pa rty con ce rn ed h ave agr ee d to su ch
m erge r.
5. Exe mp ti on, — No tw ith st anding a nything cont ain ed in th is
S che dule , a p er son who h as bee n el ec te d to th e o ff ic e of the Sp ea ke r
or the D epu ty Spe ak er of the Hous e of the Peopl e or the Depu ty
Ch ai rm an of the Coun ci l of S ta te s or the Cha ir ma n or the De puty
Ch ai rm an of the Leg is la tiv e Coun ci l of a Sta te or the Spe ak er or the
D epu ty Sp ea ke r of th e Leg is la tive A ss em bl y of a St at e, sh al l not be
di squa li fi ed under thi s Sch edul e, —
( a) if h e, by re as on of his e le ct ion to s uch offic e, volunt ar ily
giv es up the me mb er sh ip of the polit ic al p arty to whi ch he belong ed
i mm ed ia te ly be for e such e le ct ion and does not, so long as h e
c ontinu es to hold such o ff ic e the re af te r, r ej oin tha t poli ti ca l par ty or
b eco me a me mb er of anoth er poli tic al par ty; or
(b ) if he, h aving giv en up by re as on of hi s el ec ti on to suc h
o ff ic e hi s m em be rs hip of the polit ic al par ty to wh ich he be longed
i mm ed ia te ly be for e such e le ct ion, r ejo ins su ch polit ic al p arty a ft er
h e c ea se s to hold su ch offi ce .
6. De ci si on on qu es ti ons as to di sq uali fi cat ion on groun d of
d ef ec ti on. — (1 ) I f any qu es tion a ri se s as to whe th er a m em be r of a
Hou se has b eco me subj ec t to di squa li fi ca tion unde r this S che dule , the
qu es tion sh al l be r ef er re d fo r th e de ci sion of the Cha ir ma n or, as the
c as e m ay b e, the Spe ak er of su ch Hous e and his de ci sion sh al l be fina l:
Provided that where the question which has arisen is as to whether the Chairman or
the Speaker of a House has become subject to such disqualification, the question shall be
referred for the decision of such member of the House as the House may elect in this
behalf and his decision shall be final.
(2) All proceedings under sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph in relation to any
question as to disqualification of a member of a House under this Schedule shall be
deemed to be proceedings in Parliament within the meaning of article 122 or, as the case
may be, proceedings in the Legislature of a State within the meaning of article 212.
*7. Bar of jurisdiction of courts.—Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, no
court shall have any jurisdiction in respect of any matter connected with the
disqualification of a member of a House under this Schedule.
8. Rules.—(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph, the
Chairman or the Speaker of a House may make rules for giving effect to the provisions
of this Schedule, and in particular, and without prejudice to the generality of the
foregoing, such rules may provide for—
( a) th e ma int en anc e of re gis te rs or oth er r ec ord s as to the
poli ti ca l par ti es , if any, to whi ch diffe re nt m em be rs of th e Hous e
b elong;
(b ) th e re port whi ch th e l ead er of a leg is la tur e pa rty in re la tion
to a me mb er of a Hous e sh all fu rni sh w ith r ega rd to a ny c ondona tion
of the n atur e r ef er re d to in cl aus e (b) of sub- pa rag ra ph (1) of
p ar agr aph 2 in r es pe ct of su ch m em be r, the t im e w ith in whi ch a nd
th e autho rity to whom s uch r epor t s ha ll be furn ish ed;
( c) the repo rt s wh ich a poli tic al pa rty s ha ll fu rni sh wi th r ega rd
to ad mi ss ion to su ch polit ic al p arty of any me mb er s of th e Hous e
a nd the offi ce r of the H ous e to who m such repo rt s sh al l be
fu rni she d; and
(d ) th e proc edu re for dec iding any que st ion re fe rr ed to in sub -
p ar agr aph (1) of pa rag ra ph 6 includ ing the proc edu re fo r any inquiry
wh ic h m ay be m ad e for the purpo se of de ci ding suc h qu es tion.
(2) The rules made by the Chairman or the Speaker of a House under sub-paragraph
(1) of this paragraph shall be laid as soon as may be after they are made before the House
for a total period of thirty days which may be comprised in one session or in two or more
successive sessions and shall take effect upon the expiry of the said period of thirty days
unless they are sooner approved with or without modifications or disapproved by the
House and where they are so approved, they shall take effect on such approval in the
form in which they were laid or in such modified form, as the case may be, and where
_________________________________________________________________
*they are so 7disapproved,
Paragraph they
declared invalid forshall beratification
want of of no effect.
in accordance with the proviso to clause (2) of article
368 as per majority opinion in Kihoto Hollohon Vs. Zachilhu and others (1992) 1 S.C.C . 309.
(3) The Chairman or the Speaker of a House may, without prejudice to the provisions
of article 105 or, as the case may be, article 194, and to any other power which he may
have under this Constitution direct that any wilful contravention by any person of the
rules made under this paragraph may be dealt with in the same manner as a breach of
privilege of the House.
 ELEVENTH SCHEDULE
(Ar ticle 243G)
1. Agriculture, including agricultural extension.
2. Land improvement, implementation of land reforms, land consolidation
and soil conservation.
3. Minor irrigation, water management and watershed development.
4. Animal husbandry, dairying and poultry.
5. Fisheries.
6. Social forestry and farm forestry.
7. Minor forest produce.
8. Small scale industries, including food processing industries.
9. Khadi, village and cottage industries.
10. Rural housing.
11. Drinking water.
12. Fuel and fodder.
13. Roads, culverts, bridges, ferries, waterways and other means of
communication.
14. Rural electrification, including distribution of electricity.
15. Non-conventional energy sources.
16. Poverty alleviation programme.
17. Education, including primary and secondary schools.
18. Technical training and vocational education.
19. Adult and non-formal education.
20. Libraries.
21. Cultural activities.
22. Markets and fairs.
23. Health and sanitation, including hospitals, primary health centres and
dispensaries.
24. Family welfare.
25. Women and child development.
26. Social welfare, including welfare of the handicapped and mentally
retarded.
27. Welfare of the weaker sections, and in particular, of the Scheduled Castes
and the Scheduled Tribes.
28. Public distribution system.
29. Maintenance of community assets.

247
 TWELFTH SCHEDULE
(Artic le 243W)
1. Urban planning including town planning.
2. Regulation of land-use and construction of buildings.
3. Planning for economic and social development.
4. Roads and bridges.
5. Water supply for domestic, industrial and commercial purposes.
6. Public health, sanitation conservancy and solid waste management.
7. Fire services.
8. Urban forestry, protection of the environment and promotion of
ecological aspects.
9. Safeguarding the interests of weaker sections of society, including the
handicapped and mentally retarded.
10. Slum improvement and upgradation.
11. Urban poverty alleviation.
12. Provision of urban amenities and facilities such as parks, gardens,
playgrounds.
13. Promotion of cultural, educational and aesthetic aspects.
14. Burials and burial grounds; cremations, cremation grounds; and electric
crematoriums.
15. Cattle pounds; prevention of cruelty to animals.
16. Vital statistics including registration of births and deaths.
17. Public amenities including street lighting, parking lots, bus stops and
public conveniences.
18. Regulation of slaughter houses and tanneries.

248
 APPENDIX I
THE CONSTITUTION (APPLICATION TO JAMMU AND
KASHMIR) ORDER, 1954
C.O. 48
In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (1) of article 370 of the Constitution,
the President, with the concurrence of the Government of the State of Jammu and
Kashmir, is pleased to make the following Order:—
1. (1) This Order may be called the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir)
Order, 1954.
(2) It shall come into force on the fourteenth day of May, 1954, and shall thereupon
supersede the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1950.
2. The provisions of the Constitution as in force on the 20th day of June, 1964 and as
amended by the Constitution (Nineteenth Amendment) Act, 1966, the Constitution
(Twenty-first Amendment) Act, 1967, section 5 of the Constitution (Twenty-third
Amendment) Act, 1969, the Constitution (Twenty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1971, section
2 of the Constitution (Twenty-fifth Amendment) Act, 1971, the Constitution (Twenty-
sixth Amendment) Act, 1971, the Constitution (Thirtieth Amendment) Act, 1972, section
2 of the Constitution (Thirty-first Amendment) Act, 1973, section 2 of the Constitution
(Thirty-third Amendment) Act, 1974, sections 2, 5, 6 and 7 of the Constitution (Thirty-
eighth Amendment) Act, 1975, the Constitution (Thirty-ninth Amendment) Act, 1975,
the Constitution (Fortieth Amendment) Act, 1976, sections 2, 3 and 6 of the Constitution
(Fifty-second Amendment) Act, 1985 and the Constitution (Sixty-first Amendment) Act,
1988 which, in addition to article 1 and article 370, shall apply in relation to the State of
Jammu and Kashmir and the exceptions and modifications subject to which they shall so
apply shall be as follows:—
(1) THE PREAMBLE.
(2) PART I.
To article 3, there shall be added the following further proviso, namely:—
"P rovide d fur the r th at no B ill prov iding fo r in cr ea si ng or
di min ish ing th e ar ea of th e Sta te of J am mu and Ka sh mi r or
a lt er ing th e na me or bound ary of that Sta te sh all be int roduc ed in
P ar lia me nt w ithou t th e cons en t of th e L egi sl atu re of th at Sta te .".
(3) PART II.
( a) Th is P ar t sh al l be d ee me d to h ave bee n appl ic ab le in re la tion
to th e St at e of Ja mm u a nd Ka sh mi r a s fro m th e 26th day of Ja nua ry,
1950.
(b)To article 7, there shall be added the following further proviso, namely:—
"Provided further that nothing in this article shall apply to a permanent
resident of the State of Jammu and Kashmir, who, after having so migrated to
the territory now included in Pakistan, returns to the territory of that State
under a permit for resettlement in that State or permanent return issued by or
under the authority of any law made by the Legislature of that State, and every
such person shall be deemed to be a citizen of India.".

(4) PART III. 249

( a) In a rti cl e 13, re fe re nc es to th e co mm en ce me nt of the
Con st itut ion sh all be con st rue d as r ef er en ce s to the com me nc em en t
of thi s Ord er.
* * * * *
 ( c) In c lau se (3) of ar tic le 16, th e r ef er en ce to th e Sta te s ha ll be
c ons tru ed as not inc luding a re fe re nc e to the St at e of Ja mm u and
K as hm ir.
(d ) In a rt ic le 19, for a pe riod of tw enty -f ive yea rs fro m the
c om me nc em en t of thi s O rd er :—
(i) in clauses (3) and (4), after the words "in the interests of", the words "the
security of the State or" shall be inserted;
(ii) in clause (5), for the words "or for the protection of the interests of any
Scheduled Tribes", the words "or in the interests of the security of the State"
shall be substituted; and
(iii) the following new clause shall be added, namely:—
'(7) The words "reasonable restrictions" occurring in clauses (2), (3),
(4) and (5) shall be construed as meaning such restrictions as the appropriate
Legislature deems reasonable.'.
( e) In c lau se s (4 ) a nd (7 ) of a rt ic le 22, for th e word
"P ar li am en t", the wo rds "th e Leg is la tur e of th e Sta te " s ha ll be
sub st itut ed.
( f) In ar ti cl e 31, c la us es (3 ), (4) and (6 ) s ha ll be omi tt ed; and
fo r c lau se (5 ), th er e sh al l be s ubs titu ted the fo llo wing c la us e,
n am ely :—
"(5) Nothing in clause (2) shall affect—
( a) the provisions of any existing law; or
(b) the provisions of any law which the State may hereafter make—
(i) for the purpose of imposing or levying any tax or penalty; or
(ii) for the promotion of public health or the prevention of danger to
life or property; or
(iii) with respect to property declared by law to be evacuee
property.".
(g ) In a rt ic le 31A, th e prov iso to cl aus e (1) s ha ll be omi tt ed; a nd
fo r sub -c la us e ( a) of cl au se (2) , the follo wing sub- cl au se sh all be
sub st itut ed, na me ly :—
'(a) "estate" shall mean land which is occupied or has been let for
agricultural purposes or for purposes subservient to agriculture, or for pasture,
and includes—
(i) sites of buildings and other structures on such land;
(ii) trees standing on such land;
(iii) forest land and wooded waste;
(iv) area covered by or fields floating over water;
(v) sites of jandars and gharats;
(vi) any jagir, inam, muafi or mukarrari or other similar grant, but
does not include—
(i) the site of any building in any town, or town area or village
abadi or any land appurtenant to any such building or site;
(ii) any land which is occupied as the site of a town or village;
or
(iii) any land reserved for building purposes in a municipality
or notified area or cantonment or town area or any area for which a
town planning scheme is sanctioned.'.
(h ) In a rt ic le 32, cl au se (3 ) sha ll be om itt ed.
 ( i) In ar ti cl e 35—
(i) references to the commencement of the Constitution shall be construed
as references to the commencement of this Order;
(ii) in clause (a) (i), the words, brackets and figures "clause (3) of article
16, clause (3) of article 32" shall be omitted; and
(iii) after clause (b), the following clause shall be added, namely:—
"(c) no law with respect to preventive detention made by the
Legislature of the State of Jammu and Kashmir, whether before or after
the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and
Kashmir) Order, 1954, shall be void on the ground that it is inconsistent
with any of the provisions of this part, but any such law shall, to the
extent of such inconsistency, cease to have effect on the expiration of
twenty-five years from the commencement of the said Order, except as
respects things done or omitted to be done before the expiration thereof.".
( j) A ft er ar ti cl e 35, th e fol low ing ne w a rt ic le sha ll b e add ed,
n am ely :—
"35A. Saving of laws with respect to permanent residents and their rights.
—Notwithstanding anything contained in this Constitution, no existing law in
force in the State of Jammu and Kashmir, and no law hereafter enacted by the
Legislature of the State,—
(a) defining the classes of persons who are, or shall be, permanent
residents of the State of Jammu and Kashmir; or
(b) conferring on such permanent residents any special rights and
privileges or imposing upon other persons any restrictions as respects—
(i) employment under the State Government;
(ii) acquisition of immovable property in the State;
(iii) settlement in the State; or
(iv) right to scholarships and such other forms of aid as the
State Government may provide,
sha ll be void on the ground th at it is in cons is te nt w ith or
t ake s a wa y or ab ridg es a ny r ight s c onf er re d on the othe r
c it iz en s of Ind ia by a ny prov is ion of thi s Pa rt." .

(5) PART V.
(a ) Fo r the purpos es of a rt ic le 55, the populat ion of th e St at e of
J am mu and Ka sh mi r sha ll be de em ed to be six ty- thr ee l akhs .
(b) In ar ti cl e 81, fo r c lau se s (2) a nd (3) , the follo wing cl au se s
sh al l be subs titu te d, nam el y: —
"(2 ) For the purpos es of sub- cl au se ( a) of cl au se (1 ), —
(a) there shall be allotted to the State six seats in the House of the
People;
(b) the State shall be divided into single member territorial
constituencies by the Delimitation Commission constituted under the
Delimitation Act, 1972, in accordance with such procedure as the Commission
may deem fit;
(c) the constituencies shall, as far as practicable, be geographically
compact areas, and in delimiting them regard shall be had to physical features,
existing boundaries of administrative units, facilities of communication and
public convenience; and
 (d) the constituencies into which the State is divided shall not comprise
the area under the occupation of Pakistan.
(3) Nothing in clause (2) shall affect the representation of the State in the
House of the People until the dissolution of the House existing on the date of
publication in the Gazette of India of the final order or orders of the Delimitation
Commission relating to the delimitation of parliamentary constituencies under
the Delimitation Act, 1972.
(4) (a) The Delimitation Commission shall associate with itself for the
purpose of assisting it in its duties in respect of the State, five persons who shall
be members of the House of the People representing the State.
(b) The persons to be so associated from the State shall be nominated by the
Speaker of the House of the People having due regard to the composition of the
House.
(c) The first nominations to be made under sub-clause (b) shall be made by
the Speaker of the House of the People within two months from the
commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Second
Amendment Order, 1974.
(d) None of the associate members shall have a right to vote or to sign any
decision of the Delimitation Commission.
(e) If owing to death or resignation, the office of an associate member falls
vacant, it shall be filled as soon as may be practicable by the Speaker of the
House of the People and in accordance with the provisions of sub-clauses (a) and
(b).".
( c) In a rti cl e 133, af te r cl aus e (1 ), the fol low ing c la us e sh all be
ins er te d, nam el y: —
‘(1A) The provisions of section 3 of the Constitution (Thirtieth Amendment)
Act, 1972, shall apply in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir subject to
the modification that references therein to "this Act", "the commencement of this
Act", "this Act had not been passed" and "as amended by this Act" shall be
construed respectively as references to "the Constitution (Application to Jammu
and Kashmir) Second Amendment Order, 1974", "the commencement of the said
Order", "the said Order had not been made" and "as it stands after the
commencement of the said Order’’.’.
(d) In ar ti cl e 134, c la us e (2 ), a ft er the word s "P ar li am en t ma y",
the word s "on th e re que st of the Leg is la tur e of th e St at e" sha ll b e
ins er te d.
(e ) Ar tic le s 135 a nd 139 sha ll be om itt ed.
* * * * *
(5A ) PA RT V I.
( a) Ar tic le s 153 to 217, ar tic le 219, a rti cl e 221, ar tic le s 223,
224, 224A and 225 and ar ti cl es 227 to 237 sha ll be om itt ed.
(b ) In a rt ic le 220, re fe re nc es to the co mm en ce me nt of th e
Con st itut ion sh all be con st rue d as r ef er en ce s to the com me nc em en t
of th e Con st itut ion ( Appl ic at ion to J am mu and Ka sh mi r) Am en dm en t
O rde r, 1960.
( c) In a rti cl e 222, af te r c lau se (1 ), th e fol low ing ne w c lau se
sh al l be ins er ted , n am el y:—
"(1A) Every such transfer from the High Court of Jammu and Kashmir or
to that High Court shall be made after consultation with the Governor.".
(6) PART XI.
 ( a) In a rti cl e 246, for the wo rds , br ac ke ts a nd f igur es " cl aus es (2)
and (3)" oc cu rring in cl au se (1 ), the wo rd, bra ck et s and figu re
"cl au se (2 )" sha ll be sub st itut ed, and the wo rds , bra ck et s and figur e
"Not wi ths tand ing any thing in c la us e (3 )," o ccu rr ing in c lau se (2 ) and
the who le of cl au se s (3 ) a nd (4 ) sha ll be om itt ed.
(b) For a rti cl e 248, the fo llo wing a rt ic le sha ll be sub st itut ed,
na me ly: —
"248. Residuary powers of legislation. —Parliament has exclusive power
to make any law with respect to—
(a) prevention of activities involving terrorist acts directed towards
overawing the Government as by law established or striking terror in the
people or any section of the people or alienating any section of the people
or adversely affecting the harmony amongst different sections of the
people;
(aa) prevention of other activities directed towards disclaiming,
questioning or disrupting the sovereignty and territorial integrity of India
or bringing about cession of a part of the territory of India or secession of a
part of the territory of India from the Union or causing insult to the Indian
National Flag, the Indian National Anthem and this Constitution; and
(b) taxes on—
(i) foreign travel by sea or air;
(ii) inland air travel;
(iii) postal articles, including money orders, phonograms and
telegrams.".
Explanation.—In this article, "terrorist act" means any act or thing by
using bombs, dynamite or other explosive substances or inflammable
substances or firearms or other lethal weapons or poisons or noxious gases or
other chemicals or any other substances (whether biological or otherwise) of a
hazardous nature.
(bb) In ar ti cl e 249, in cl au se (1 ), for th e w ord s "any ma tt er
e num er at ed in the Sta te Lis t sp ec if ie d in th e re so lution" , the
wo rds "any m at te r spe ci fi ed in the r es olu tion, b eing a ma tt er
wh ic h i s not enu me ra te d in the Union Li st or in th e Conc ur ren t
Li st " sh al l be subs titu te d.
(c ) In ar tic le 250, fo r the word s "to a ny of th e ma tt er s
e num er at ed in the Sta te Lis t", the wo rds " als o to ma tt er s not
e num er at ed in the Un ion L is t" s ha ll be subs ti tute d.
* * * * *
(e ) To ar ti cl e 253, th e follo wing provi so sha ll be add ed, na me ly :—
"Provided that after the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu
and Kashmir) Order, 1954, no decision affecting the disposition of the State of Jammu
and Kashmir shall be made by the Government of India without the consent of the
Government of that State.".
* * * * *
(f ) A rt ic le 255 sha ll be om itt ed.
(g ) Ar ti cl e 256 sh al l be r e- numb er ed as cl au se (1) of tha t a rti cl e, and
th e follo wing ne w cl au se sh al l be adde d th er eto , n am el y:—
"(2) The State of Jammu and Kashmir shall so execise its executive power
as to facilitate the discharge by the Union of its duties and responsibilities
under the Constitution in relation to that State; and in particular, the said State
shall, if so required by the Union, acquire or requisition property on behalf and
at the expense of the Union, or if the property belongs to the State, transfer it to
 the Union on such terms as may be agreed, or in default of agreement, as may
be determined by an arbitrator appointed by the Chief Justice of India.".
* * * * *
(h ) In c la us e (2) of ar ti cl e 261, th e word s "m ade by Pa rli am en t"
sh al l be omi tte d.
(7) PART XII.
* * * * *
( a) Cl aus e (2) of ar tic le 267, a rti cl e 273, cl aus e (2) of
ar ti cl e 283 and a rti cl e 290 sh al l be omi tte d.
(b) In ar ti cl es 266, 282, 284, 298, 299 and 300, r ef er en ce s to
th e St at e or Sta te s s ha ll be cons tru ed a s not inc luding
r ef er en ce s to th e St at e of Ja mm u and K as hm ir.
( c) In a rti cl es 277 and 295, r ef er en ce s to th e co mm en ce me nt
of the Con st itut ion sh al l be c ons tru ed a s r ef er en ce s to the
c om me nc em en t of thi s ord er.

(8) PART XIII.

In c lau se (1 ) of a rti cl e 303, the w ord s "by virtu e of any en try
r el at ing to tr ad e and com me rc e in any of th e Lis ts in the S eve nth
S che dule " s ha ll be omi tt ed.
* * * * *
(9) PART XIV.
In article 312, after the words "the States", the brackets and words "(including
the State of Jammu and Kashmir)" shall be inserted.
(10) PART XV.
( a) In c lau se (1) of ar tic le 324, th e r ef er en ce to th e
Con st itut ion sh all , in r el at ion to el ec ti ons to ei the r Hou se of th e
L egi sl atu re of J am mu a nd K as hm ir, be cons tru ed as a r ef er en ce to
th e Cons titu tion of J am mu and Ka sh mi r.
(b) In ar ti cl es 325, 326, 327 and 329, th e re fe re nc e to a Sta te
sh al l be cons tru ed as not in cluding a r ef er en ce to th e Sta te of Ja mm u
a nd K as hm ir.
( c) A rti cl e 328 sh al l be omi tte d.
(d ) In a rt ic le 329, the wo rds and f igur es "or a rti cl e 328" s ha ll be
o mit ted .
( e) In a rti cl e 329A, c la us es (4 ) and (5) sh all be o mit ted .
(11) PART XVI.
* * * * *
( a) A rti cl es 331, 332, 333, 336 a nd 337 sha ll be om itt ed.
(b ) In a rt ic le s 334 and 335, re fe re nc es to th e Sta te or th e Sta te s
sh al l be cons tru ed as not in cluding r ef er en ce s to the St at e of Ja mm u
a nd K as hm ir.
( c) In c lau se (1) of ar tic le 339, th e w ord s "th e ad min is tr at ion of
th e Sch edul ed Ar ea s and" sh al l be omi tte d.
(12) PART XVII.
The provis ions of th e Pa rt sha ll a pply only in s o fa r a s th ey
r el at e to —
(i) the official language of the Union;
 (ii) the official language for communication between one State and another,
or between a State and the Union; and
(iii) the language of the proceedings in the Supreme Court.
(13) PART XVIII.
(a ) To ar ti cl e 352, th e follo wing ne w cl aus e sh al l b e a dded ,
n am ely :—
"(6) No Proclamation of Emergency made on grounds only of internal
disturbance or imminent danger thereof shall have effect in relation to the State
of Jammu and Kashmir (except as respects article 354) unless—
(a) it is made at the request or with the concurrence of the
Government of that State, or
(b) where it has not been so made, it is applied subsequently by
the President to that State at the request or with the concurrence of the
Government of that State.";
(b ) In c la us e (1 ) of a rt ic le 356, re fe re nc es to provis ions or
prov is ion of thi s Cons titu tion sha ll , in re la tion to the St at e of
J am mu and Ka sh mi r, b e con st rued as inc luding r ef er en ce s to
prov is ions or provi sion of the Cons ti tution of Ja mm u and K as hm ir.
(bb ) In c la us e (4 ) of th e a rt ic le 356, af te r th e s ec ond provi so,
th e follo wing provi so sha ll be in se rt ed, na me ly: —
"Provided also that in the case of the Proclamation issued under clause (1)
on the 18th day of July, 1990 with respect to the State of Jammu and Kashmir,
the reference in the first proviso to this clause to "three years" shall be
construed as a reference to “seven years".
( c) A rti cl e 360 sh al l be omi tte d.
(14) PART XIX.
* * * * *
( a) A rti cl e 365 sh al l be omi tte d.
* * * * *
(b ) To a rt ic le 367, the re sha ll be add ed the fol low ing c la us e,
n am ely :—
"(4) For the purposes of this Constitution as it applies in relation to the
State of Jammu and Kashmir—
(a) references to this Constitution or to the provisions thereof shall
be construed as references to the Constitution or the provisions thereof
as applied in relation to the said State;
(aa) references to the person for the time being recognised by the
President on the recommendation of the Legislative Assembly of the
State as the Sadar-i-Riyasat of Jammu and Kashmir, acting on the
advice of the Council of Ministers of the State for the time being in
office, shall be construed as references to the Governor of Jammu and
Kashmir;
(b) references to the Government of the said State shall be
construed as including references to the Governor of Jammu and
Kashmir acting on the advice of his Council of Ministers:
Provided that in respect of any period prior to the 10th day of
April, 1965, such references shall be construed as including references
to the Sadar-i-Riyasat acting on the advice of his Council of Ministers;
(c) references to a High Court shall include references to the High
Court of Jammu and Kashmir;
 * * * * *

(d) references to the permanent residents of the said State shall

be construed as meaning persons who, before the commencement of
the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954
were recognised as State subjects under the laws in force in the State
or who are recognised by any law made by the Legislature of the
State as permanent residents of the State; and
(e) references to a Governor shall include references to the
Governor of Jammu and Kashmir:
Provided that in respect of any period prior to the 10th day of
April, 1965, such references shall be construed as references to the
person recognised by the President as the Sadar-i-Riyasat of Jammu
and Kashmir and as including references to any person recognised by
the President as being competent to exercise the powers of the Sadar-
i-Riyasat.".
(15) PART XX.
( a) To c la us e (2 ) of a rt ic le 368, the follo wing prov iso sha ll be
a dded , n am ely :—
"Provided further that no such amendment shall have effect in relation to
the State of Jammu and Kashmir unless applied by order of the President under
clause (1) of article 370.".
(b ) A ft er c la us e (3) of ar ti cl e 368, th e follo wing c lau se sha ll be
a dded , n am ely :—
"(4) No law made by the Legislature of the State of Jammu and Kashmir
seeking to make any change in or in the effect of any provision of the
Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir relating to—
(a) appointment, powers, functions, duties, emoluments,
allowances, privileges or immunities of the Governor; or
(b) superintendence, direction and control of elections by the
Election Commission of India, eligibility for inclusion in the electoral
rolls without discrimination, adult suffrage and composition of the
Legislative Council, being matters specified in sections 138, 139, 140
and 50 of the Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir,
shall have any effect unless such law has, after having been reserved for the
consideration of the President, received his assent.".
(16) PART XXI.
( a) Ar tic le s 369, 371, 371A, 372 A, 373, c lau se s (1), (2), (3) a nd
(5 ) of a rt ic le 374 and ar tic le s 376 to 378 A and 392 sh al l b e o mit ted .
(b ) In a rt ic le 372—
(i) clauses (2) and (3) shall be omitted;
(ii) references to the laws in force in the territory of India shall include
references to hidayats, ailans, ishtihars, circulars, robkars, irshads,
yadashts, State Council Resolutions, Resolutions of the Constituent
Assembly, and other instruments having the force of law in the territory of
the State of Jammu and Kashmir; and
(iii) references to the commencement of the Constitution shall be
construed as references to the commencement of this Order.
( c) In c lau se (4 ) of a rti cl e 374, the r ef er en ce to th e a uthor ity
fun ct ioning as th e Privy Coun ci l of a St at e sha ll be con st rue d a s a
r ef er en ce to th e Advi sory Boa rd con st itut ed under th e Ja mm u and
 K as hm ir Con st itut ion A ct , 1996 and re fe re nc es to th e co mm en ce me nt
of th e Con st itut ion s ha ll be con st rued a s re fe re nc es to th e
c om me nc em en t of thi s O rd er.
(17) PART XXII.
A rt ic le s 394 and 395 s ha ll be omi tt ed.
(18) FIRST SCHEDULE.
(19) SECOND SCHEDULE.
* * * * *
(20) THIRD SCHEDULE.
Fo rm s V, V I, VI I and V II I sha ll be om itt ed.
(21) FOURTH SCHEDULE.
(22) SEVENTH SCHEDULE.
( a) In th e U nion Lis t—
(i) for entry 3, the entry "3. Administration of cantonments." shall be
substituted;
(ii) entries 8, 9 and 34, entry 79, and the words "Inter-State migration" in
entry 81 shall be omitted;
* * * * *
(iii) in entry 72, the reference to the States shall be construed,—
(a) in relation to appeals to the Supreme Court from any decision
or order of the High Court of the State of Jammu and Kashmir made in
an election petition whereby an election to either House of the
Legislature of that State has been called in question, as including a
reference to the State of Jammu and Kashmir;
(b) in relation to other matters, as not including a reference to that
State; and
(iv) for entry 97, the following entry shall be substituted, namely:—
"97. Prevention of activities—
(a) involving terrorist acts directed towards overawing
the Government as by law established or striking terror in the
people or any section of the people or alienating any section
of the people or adversely affecting the harmony amongst
different sections of the people;
(b) directed towards disclaiming, questioning or
disrupting the sovereignty and territorial integrity of India or
bringing about cession of a part of the territory of India or
secession of a part of the territory of India from the Union or
causing insult to the Indian National Flag, the Indian
National Anthem and this Constitution;
taxes on foreign travel by sea or air, on inland air travel and on postal
articles, including money orders, phonograms and telegrams.
Explanation.—In this entry, "terrorist act" has the same meaning
as in the Explanation to article 248.".
(b ) Th e S ta te Li st sh al l b e o mit ted .
( c) In th e Con cu rr ent Li st —
(i) for entry 1, the following entry shall be substituted, namely:—
"1. Criminal law (excluding offences against laws with respect to
any of the matters specified in List I and excluding the use of naval,
military or air forces or any other armed forces of the Union in aid of the
 civil power) in so far as such criminal law relates to offences against laws
with respect to any of the matters specified in this List.";
(ia) for entry 2, the following entry shall be substituted, namely:—
"2. Criminal procedure (including prevention of offences and
constitution and organisation of criminal courts, except the
Supreme Court and the High Court) in so far as it relates to,—
(i) offences against laws with respect to any matters being
matters with respect to which Parliament has power to make
laws; and
(ii) administration of oaths and taking of affidavits by
diplomatic and consular officers in any foreign country.";
(ib) for entry 12, the following entry shall be substituted, namely:—
"12. Evidence and oaths in so far as they relate to,—
(i) administration of oaths and taking of affidavits by
diplomatic and consular officers in any foreign country; and
(ii) any other matters being matters with respect to
which Parliament has power to make laws.";
(ic) for entry 13, the entry "13. Civil procedure in so far as it
relates to administration of oaths and taking of affidavits by diplomatic
and consular officers in any foreign country." shall be substituted;
* * * *
*
(ii) for entry 30, the entry “30. Vital statistics in so far as they relate to
births and deaths including registration of births and deaths." shall be
substituted;
* * * *
*
(iii) entry 3, entries 5 to 10 (both inclusive), entries 14, 15, 17, 20, 21, 27,
28, 29, 31, 32, 37, 38, 41 and 44 shall be omitted;
(iiia) for entry 42, the entry "42. Acquisition and requisitioning of
property, so far as regards acquisition of any property covered by entry 67 of
List I or entry 40 of List III or of any human work of art which has artistic or
aesthetic value." shall be substituted; and
(iv) in entry 45, for the words and figures "List II or List III", the words
"this List" shall be substituted.
(23) EIGHTH SCHEDULE.
(24) NINTH SCHEDULE.
( a) A ft er en try 64, th e follo wing en tr ie s sha ll be add ed,
na me ly: —
64A. The Jammu and Kashmir State Kuth Act (No. I of Svt. 1978).
64B. The Jammu and Kashmir Tenancy Act (No. II of Svt. 1980).
64C. The Jammu and Kashmir Alienation of Land Act (No. V of Svt.
1995).
* * * * *
64D. The Jammu and Kashmir Big Landed Estates Abolition Act (No.
XVII of Svt. 2007).
64E. Order No. 6-H of 1951, dated the 10th March, 1951, regarding
Resumption of Jagirs and other assignments of land revenue, etc.
 64F. The Jammu and Kashmir Restitution of Mortgaged Properties Act,
1976 (Act XIV of 1976).
64G. The Jammu and Kashmir Debtors' Relief Act, 1976 (Act XV of
1976).
(b ) Ent ri es 87 to 124, ins er ted by th e Con st itut ion (Thi rty -ninth
A me nd me nt) A ct , 1975, sha ll be r enum be re d a s en tr ie s 65 to 102
r es pe ct ive ly.
( c) Entr ie s 125 to 188 sh al l be r enu mbe re d a s e ntr ie s 103 to
166 re spe ct iv ely.
(25) TENTH SCHEDULE.
( a) fo r the bra ck et s, wo rds and f igur es "A rt ic le s 102(2) and
191(2 )", the br ac ke ts , w ord and figu re s "[A rt ic le 102(2 )]" sh al l be
sub st itut ed ;
(b) in cl aus e (a ) of p ar agr aph 1, th e wo rds "or th e
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly or, a s the c as e m ay be , e ith er Hou se of th e
L egi sl atu re of a St at e" sha ll be om itt ed ;
( c) in pa rag ra ph 2, —
(i) in sub-paragraph (1), in sub-clause (ii) of clause (b) of the
Explanation, the words and figures "or, as the case may be, article 188" shall
be omitted;
(ii) in sub-paragraph (3), the words and figures "or, as the case may be,
article 188" shall be omitted;
(iii) in sub-paragraph (4), the reference to the commencement of the
Constitution (Fifty-second Amendment) Act, 1985 shall be construed as a
reference to the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu
and Kashmir) Amendment Order, 1989;
(d ) in pa ra gr aph 5, th e w ord s "or th e Cha ir ma n or th e De puty
Ch ai rm an of the L egi sl at ive Coun ci l of a St at e or th e Spe ak er or
th e D eputy Spe ake r of the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of a St at e" sh al l
b e o mit ted ;
( e) in sub -pa ra gr aph (2) of par ag raph 6, the wo rds and
f igur es "or, a s the c as e m ay b e, proc ee ding s in th e L egi sl atu re of a
St at e wi thin the m ea ning of ar ti cl e 212’’ sh al l b e o mit ted ;
( f) in sub- pa rag ra ph (3 ) of p ar agr aph 8, th e word s and
f igur es "or, a s the c as e m ay b e, ar tic le 194," sh al l b e o mit te d.
 APPENDIX II
RE- STATE MEN T, WITH RE FEREN CE TO THE P RESE NT
TE XT OF THE CONST ITUT ION , OF THE
EX CE PTIO NS AND MODIFI CATIO NS
SU BJECT TO WHI CH THE CONSTI TUTI ON
APPL IES TO T HE S TAT E OF
JA MMU AN D KASHMIR
[Note.— The exceptions and modifications subject to which the Constitution applies
to the `State of Jammu and Kashmir are either those provided in the Constitution
(Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954 or those consequential to the non-
application to the State of Jammu and Kashmir of certain amendments to the
Constitution. All the exceptions and modifications which have a practical significance
are included in the re-statement which is only for facility of quick reference. For
ascertaining the exact position, reference will have to be made to the Constitution
(Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954 and to the text of the Constitution on
the 20th June, 1964, as amended by the subsequent amendments to the Constitution
mentioned in clause 2 of the said Order.]
(1) THE PREAMBLE.
( a) In th e f ir st pa rag ra ph, omi t "S OC IA LI ST SE CU LA R" ;
(b ) in th e p enult im at e pa ra gr aph, om it "and inte gri ty".
(2) PART I.
Ar tic le 3.—
(a) Add the following further proviso, namely:—
"Provided further that no Bill providing for increasing or diminishing the
area of the State of Jammu and Kashmir or altering the name or boundary of
that State shall be introduced in Parliament without the consent of the
Legislature of that State.";
(b) omit Explanation I and Explanation II.
(3) PART II.
(a ) Thi s Pa rt sha ll be de em ed to hav e be en appli ca bl e in
r el at ion to th e S ta te of Ja mm u and K as hm ir a s fro m the 26th day of
J anu ar y, 1950.
(b ) A rt ic le 7. — Add th e fo llo wing fur the r provis o, nam el y: —
"Provided further that nothing in this article shall apply to a permanent
resident of the State of Jammu and Kashmir who, after having so migrated to
the territory now included in Pakistan, returns to that territory of that State
under a permit for resettlement in that State or permanent return issued by or
under the authority of any law made by the Legislature of that State, and
every such person shall be deemed to be a citizen of India.".
(4) PART III.
(a ) Art ic le 13.— Re fe re nc es to the c om me nc em en t of the
Con st itut ion sh all be con st rue d as r ef er en ce s to the com me nc em en t
of the Con st itut ion (A ppli ca tion to Ja mm u and K as hm ir ) O rde r,
1954 (C. O. 48), i.e ., th e 14th day of May, 1954.
262
* * * * *
( c) A rt ic le 16.— In c la us e (3 ), r ef er en ce to th e St at e s ha ll be
con st rued a s not in clud ing a r ef er en ce to th e Sta te of J am mu a nd
Ka sh mi r.
(d ) A rti cl e 19.—
 (A) In clause (1),—
(i) in sub-clause (e), omit "and" at the end;
(ii) after sub-clause (e), insert the following clause, namely:—
"(f) to acquire, hold and dispose of property; and";
(B) in clause (5), for "sub-clauses (d) and (e)", substitute "sub-clauses (d),
(e) and (f)”.
( e) Ar ti cl e 22.— In cl au se s (4) a nd (7) , for "Pa rli am en t",
subs ti tute "th e Leg is la tur e of the St at e".
( f) Ar ti cl e 30.— Om it cl au se (1 A) .
(g ) A ft er a rt ic le 30, ins er t the fol low ing, nam el y: —
"Right to Prop er ty
31. Co mpul sor y acqu is ition of prop er ty . —(1 ) No pe rs on s ha ll be
d epriv ed of his prope rty s av e by autho ri ty of l aw.
(2) No prope rt y sha ll be co mpu lso rily ac quir ed or requ is ition ed
s av e for a publi c purpos e and sa ve by a utho rity of a la w whi ch provid es
fo r a cqui si tion or requ is ition ing of th e prope rt y for an a mount whi ch
m ay be fix ed by su ch l aw or wh ich ma y be d et er min ed in ac co rda nc e
w ith s uch princ ipl es and giv en in s uch ma nne r a s m ay be sp ec if ie d in
su ch la w; a nd no such l aw sh al l be ca ll ed in qu es tion in any cou rt on
th e ground th at the a moun t so f ixe d or de te rm in ed i s not ad equa te or
th at the who le or any pa rt of suc h a moun t i s to b e giv en othe rw is e than
in ca sh :
Provid ed th at in ma king a ny la w prov iding fo r the co mpul sory
a cqu is ition of any prope rty of an edu ca tion al in sti tution e st abl ish ed
a nd ad min is te re d by a m inor ity, r ef er re d to in cl aus e (1) of ar ti cl e 30,
th e St at e sh al l en su re that the am ount f ixed by or det er mi ned under
su ch la w for th e ac quis it ion of su ch prope rty i s su ch as would not
r es tr ic t or a brog at e the righ t guar ant ee d under th at cl au se .
(2 A) Whe re a l aw do es not provide fo r the tr an sf er of the
own er sh ip or r ight to pos se ss ion of any prope rt y to the St at e or to a
Co rpor at ion o wned or cont rol led by th e Sta te , it sha ll not b e d ee me d to
prov ide fo r th e com pul sory a cqui si tion or requ is ition ing of prop er ty,
not with st and ing th at it dep rive s any pe rs on of hi s prop er ty.
(2 B) No thing in sub -c la us e (f ) of c la us e (1) of ar ti cl e 19 sh al l
a ff ec t any suc h l aw a s i s r ef er re d to in cl au se (2 ).
* * * * *
(5) Nothing in clause 2 shall affect—
(a ) the provi sion s of a ny e xis ting l aw ; or
(b ) the provi sion s of a ny l aw w hic h th e Sta te m ay he re af te r m ak e
—
(i) for the purpose of imposing or levying any tax or penalty; or
(ii) for the promotion of public health or the prevention of danger to life or
property; or
(iii) with respect to property declared by law to be evacuee property.".
* * * * *
(h) Af te r ar ti cl e 31, o mit th e fo llo wing sub -he ading , n am el y:—
“ Saving of Ce rta in Laws ”
(i ) Ar ti cl e 31A. —
(A) In clause (1),—
 (i) for "article 14 or article 19", substitute "article 14, article 19 or article
31";
(ii) omit the first proviso to clause (1);
(iii) in the second proviso omit "further";
(B) in clause (2), for sub-clause (a), substitute the following sub-clause,
namely:—
'(a) "estate" shall mean land which is occupied or has been let for
agricultural purposes or for purposes subservient to agriculture, or for
pasture, and includes—
(i) sites of buildings and other structures on such land;
(ii) trees standing on such land;
(iii) forest land and wooded waste;
(iv) area covered by or fields floating over water;
(v) sites of jandars and gharats;
(vi) any jagir, inam, muafi or mukarrari or other similar grant,
but does not include—
(i) the site of any building in any town, or town area or
village abadi or any land appurtenant to any such building or site;
(ii) any land which is occupied as the site of a town or
village; or
(iii) any land reserved for building purposes in a municipality
or notified area or cantonment or town area or any area for which a
town planning scheme is sanctioned;'.
(j ) Ar ti cl e 31C.— This a rt ic le i s not app lic ab le to the St at e of Ja mm u
a nd K as hm ir.
(k ) A rt ic le 32.— O mi t c la us e (3) .
(l ) Ar ti cl e 35.—
(A) References to the commencement of the Constitution shall be construed as
references to the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and
Kashmir) Order, 1954 (C.O. 48), i.e., the 14th day of May, 1954;
(B) in clause (a) (i), omit "clause (3) of article 16, clause (3) of article 32";
(C) after clause ( ), add the following clause, namely:—
"(c) no law with respect to preventive detention made by the Legislature of
the State of Jammu and Kashmir, whether before or after the
commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir)
Order, 1954, shall be void on the ground that it is inconsistent with any of the
provisions of this Part, but any such law shall, to the extent of such
inconsistency, cease to have effect on the expiration of twenty-five years from
the commencement of the said Order, except as respects things done or omitted
to be done before the expiration thereof.".
(m ) A ft er a rt ic le 35, add the fo llow ing ar ti cl e, na me ly: —
"35A. Saving of laws with respect to permanent residents and their rights.—
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Constitution, no existing law in force in
the State of Jammu and Kashmir, and no law hereafter enacted by the Legislature of
the State,—
(a) defining the classes of persons who are, or shall be, permanent
residents of the State of Jammu and Kashmir; or
(b) conferring on such permanent residents any special rights and
privileges or imposing upon other persons any restrictions as respects—
 (i) employment under the State Government;
(ii) acquisition of immovable property in the State;
(iii) settlement in the State; or
(iv) right to scholarships and such other forms of aid as the State
Government may provide,
shall be void on the ground that it is inconsistent with or takes away or abridges
any rights conferred on the other citizens of India by any provision of this
Part.".
(5) PART IV.—This part is not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
(6) PART IVA.—This part is not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
(7) PART V.—
(a) A rti cl e 55.—
(A) For the purposes of this article, the population of the State of Jammu and
Kashmir shall be deemed to be sixty-three lakhs;
(B) in the Explanation omit the proviso.
(b) A rti cl e 81.— For cl au se s (2) and (3 ), subs ti tute th e follo wing
c la us es , nam el y: —
"(2) For th e purpo se s of sub -c la us e ( a) of cl au se (1 ), —
(a) there shall be allotted to the State six seats in the House of the
People;
(b) the State shall be divided into single-member territorial
constituencies by the Delimitation Commission constituted under the
Delimitation Act, 1972, in accordance with such procedure as the
Commission may deem fit;
(c) the constituencies shall, as far as practicable, be geographically
compact areas, and in delimiting them regard shall be had to physical
features, existing boundaries of administrative units, facilities of
communication and public convenience; and
(d) the constituencies into which the State is divided shall not comprise
the area under the occupation of Pakistan.
(3) Nothing in clause (2) shall affect the representation of the State in the
House of the People until the dissolution of the House existing on the date of
publication in the Gazette of India of the final order or orders of the Delimitation
Commission relating to the delimitation of parliamentary constituencies under
the Delimitation Act, 1972.
(4) (a) The Delimitation Commission shall associate with itself for the
purpose of assisting it in its duties in respect of the State, five persons who shall
be members of the House of the People representing the State.
(b) The persons to be so associated from the State shall be nominated by the
Speaker of the House of the People having due regard to the composition of the
House.
(c) The first nominations to be made under sub-clause (b) shall be made by
the Speaker of the House of the People within two months from the
commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Second
Amendment Order, 1974.
(d) None of the associate members shall have a right to vote or to sign any
decision of the Delimitation Commission.
(e) If owing to death or resignation, the office of an associate member falls
vacant, it shall be filled as soon as may be practicable by the Speaker of the
 House of the People and in accordance with the provisions of sub-clauses ( a) and
(b).".
(c ) A rti cl e 82.— O mi t th e se cond and thi rd provis os .
(d) Ar tic le 105.— In cl au se (3) , for "sha ll b e thos e of tha t Hou se and
of it s me mb er s and co mm it te es i mm ed ia te ly befo re th e com ing into
fo rc e of se ct ion 15 of the Con st itut ion ( Forty -fou rth Am en dm ent ) Ac t,
1978" sub st itut e " sha ll be thos e of th e Hou se of Co mm on s of th e
P ar lia me nt of th e U nit ed Kingdo m, and of it s m em be rs and co mm it te es ,
a t the co mm en ce me nt of this Con sti tution ".
(e ) For a rti cl e 132, subs titu te th e follo wing ar ti cl e, na me ly :—
'132. Appellate jurisdiction of Supreme Court in appeals from High Courts in
certain cases.—(1) An appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court from any judgment,
decree or final order of a High Court in the territory of India, whether in a civil,
criminal or other proceeding, if the High Court certifies that the case involves a
substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Constitution.
(2) Where the High Court has refused to give such a certificate, the Supreme
Court may, if it is satisfied that the case involves a substantial question of law as to
the interpretation of this Constitution, grant special leave to appeal from such
judgment, decree or final order.
(3) Where such a certificate is given, or such leave is granted, any party in the
case may appeal to the Supreme Court on the ground that any such question as
aforesaid has been wrongly decided and, with the leave of the Supreme Court, on any
other ground.
Explanation.—For the purposes of this article, the expression "final order"
includes an order deciding an issue which, if decided in favour of the appellant,
would be sufficient for the final disposal of the case.'.
(f ) Ar tic le 133.—
(A) In clause (1), omit "under article 134A";
(B) after clause (1), insert the following clause, namely:—
'(1 A) Th e provi sion s of se ct ion 3 of th e Con sti tution
( Thir ti eth A me nd me nt) Ac t, 1972, sh al l app ly in r el at ion to the
St at e of Ja mm u and K as hm ir sub je ct to the mod if ic at ion th at
r ef er en ce s the re in to "th is A ct ", "th e co mm en ce me nt of this
A ct ", "this A ct had not bee n p as se d" and "as a me nd ed by thi s
A ct " s ha ll be cons tru ed re sp ec ti ve ly a s r ef er en ce s to "the
Con st itut ion (A ppli ca tion to Ja mm u and K as hm ir ) S econd
A me nd me nt O rde r, 1974", "the com me nc em en t of th e sa id
O rde r" , "th e sa id Ord er h ad not be en ma de " a nd " as it s tand s
a ft er th e com me nc em en t of th e sa id Ord er ".'.
(g) A rti cl e 134.—
(A) In clause (1), in sub-clause (c), omit "under article 134A";
(B) in clause (2), after "Parliament may" insert "on the request of the
Legislature of the State".
(h) A rti cl es 134A, 135, 139 a nd 139 A.— The se a rt ic le s a re not
a ppli ca bl e to th e S ta te of Ja mm u and K as hm ir.
(i ) Ar tic le 145.— In c la us e (1) , o mit sub -c la us e ( c c ).
(j ) A rti cl e 150.— For "as the Pre si den t ma y, on th e adv ic e of the
Co mpt rol le r and A udito r- G en er al of Indi a, pre sc ri be" subs titu te "a s th e
Co mpt rol le r and A udito r- G en er al of Indi a ma y, wi th the app rova l of th e
P re sid ent pr es cr ib e".
(8) PART VI.
 (a ) Om it a rt ic le s 153 to 217, a rt ic le 219, ar ti cl e 221, a rt ic le s 223,
224, 224 A and 225, a rti cl es 227 to 233, a rti cl e 233A and a rt ic le s 234 to
237.
(b) Ar ti cl e 220.— Re fe re nc es to the co mm en ce me nt of th e
Con st itut ion sh all be con st rue d as r ef er en ce s to the com me nc em en t of
th e Con sti tution (App li ca tion to Ja mm u a nd Ka sh mi r) Am end me nt
O rde r, 1960, i.e ., the 26th Ja nua ry, 1960.
(c ) Ar ti cl e 222.— Af te r cl aus e (1 ), ins er t th e follo wing c la us e,
n am ely :—
"(1A) Every such transfer from the High Court of Jammu and Kashmir or to
that High Court shall be made after consultation with the Governor.".
(d) Art ic le 226.—
(A) Renumber clause (2) as clause (1A);
(B) omit clause (3);
(C) renumber clause (4) as clause (2); and in clause (2) as so renumbered, for
"this article" substitute "clause (1) or clause (1A)".
(9) PART VIII.— This part is not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
(10) PART X.— This part is not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
(11) PART XI.
(a) Art ic le 246.—
(A) in clause (1), for "clauses (2) and (3)" substitute "clause (2)";
(B) in clause (2), omit "Notwithstanding anything in clause (3),";
(C) omit clauses (3) and (4).
(b) Fo r a rt ic le 248, subs ti tute th e follo wing a rt ic le , n am el y:—
'248. Residuary powers of legislation.—Parliament has exclusive power to
make any law with respect to—
(a) prevention of activities involving terrorist acts directed towards
overawing the Government as by law established or striking terror in the
people or any section of the people or alienating any section of the people or
adversely affecting the harmony amongst different sections of the people;
(aa) prevention of other activities directed towards disclaiming,
questioning or disrupting the sovereignty and territorial integrity of India or
bringing about cession of a part of the territory of India or secession of a part
of the territory of India from the Union or causing insult to the Indian
National Flag, the Indian National Anthem and this Constitution; and
(b) taxes on—
(i) foreign travel by sea or air;
(ii) inland air travel;
(iii) postal articles, including money orders, phonograms and
telegrams.
Explanation.— In this article, "terrorist act" means any act or thing by
using bombs, dynamite or other explosive substances or inflammable
substances or firearms or other lethal weapons or poisons or noxious gases or
other chemicals or any other substances (whether biological or otherwise) of
a hazardous nature.'.
(bb ) A rti cl e 249, in c lau se (1), fo r " any m at te r enu me ra te d in the
St at e Li st sp ec if ied in the r es olut ion", subs titu te " any m at te r
sp ec if ie d in th e re solu tion, be ing a m at te r wh ich i s not enu me ra te d in
th e Union Li st or in th e Con cu rr ent Li st" .
 ( c) A rti cl e 250.— For "to any of th e m at te rs enu me ra te d in the
St at e Li st" sub sti tut e "al so to m at te rs not e num er at ed in the Un ion
Li st ".
(d ) Om it cl au se (d ).
( e) Ar tic le 253.— A dd th e follo wing provi so, na me ly :—
"Provided that after the commencement of the Constitution (Application to
Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954, no decision affecting the disposition of the
State of Jammu and Kashmir shall be made by the Government of India without
the consent of the Government of that State.".
( f) O mi t ar ti cl e 255.
(g ) Ar tic le 256.—R enu mbe r thi s a rt ic le a s c lau se (1) the re of,
and add the fol low ing new c la us e the re to, na me ly: —
"(2) The State of Jammu and Kashmir shall so exercise its executive
power as to facilitate the discharge by the Union of its duties and
responsibilities under the Constitution in relation to that State; and in
particular, the said State shall, if so required by the Union, acquire or
requisition property on behalf and at the expense of the Union, or if the
property belongs to the State, transfer it to the Union on such terms as may
be agreed, or in default of agreement, as may be determined by an arbitrator
appointed by the Chief Justice of India.".
(h ) A rti cl e 261.— In cl aus e (2 ), omi t " mad e by P ar lia me nt ".
(12) PART XII.
(a ) Ar tic le s 266, 282, 284, 298, 299 a nd 300. —In th es e ar ti cl es
r ef er en ce s to th e St at e or Sta te s sh al l b e c ons tru ed as not inc luding
r ef er en ce s to th e St at e of Ja mm u and K as hm ir ;
(b ) om it c la us e (2 ) of a rt ic le 267, ar ti cl e 273, c la us e (2 ) of a rt ic le
283 and ar tic le 290;
( c) Ar ti cl es 277 and 295.— In th es e a rti cl es re fe re nc es to th e
c om me nc em en t of the Con st itut ion sh al l be cons tru ed as re fe re nc es to
th e com me nc em en t of th e Cons titu tion (App lic at ion to J am mu and
K as hm ir ) Ord er, 1954, i. e ., the 14th d ay of M ay, 1954.
(d ) Om it the sub -h ead ing " C H A P T E R I V. — R I G H T TO P R O P E RT Y "
a nd a rt ic le 300A .
(13) PART XIII.
In a rti cl e 303, in c lau se (1), om it "by vi rtue of any en try re la ting
to tr ade a nd c om me rc e in a ny of th e Lis ts in the S even th S che dule ".
(14) PART XIV.
Ex ce pt in a rt ic le 312, re fe re nc e to "St at e" in thi s Pa rt doe s not
in clud e the St at e of J am mu and Ka sh mi r.
(15) PART XIVA.
This Part is not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
(16) PART XV.—
(a) Ar tic le 324.— In cl au se (1) , the re fe re nc e to the Cons titu tion
sh al l, in r el at ion to e le ct ion s to e ithe r H ous e of the L egi sl atu re of
J am mu and Ka sh mi r, be con st rued a s a re fe re nc e to the Con sti tution
of J am mu a nd K as hm ir.
(b) A rti cl es 325, 326 a nd 327. — In th es e ar ti cl es th e re fe re nc es to
a St at e sh al l b e c ons tru ed as not inc luding a re fe re nc e to the St at e of
J am mu and Ka sh mi r.
( c) Om it ar ti cl e 328.
 (d) A rti cl e 329.—
(A) Reference to a State shall be construed as not including a reference to the
State of Jammu and Kashmir;
(B) omit "or article 328".
(17) PART XVI. —
Original clause (a) omitted and clauses (b) and (c) relettered as clauses (a) and (b).
(a) Omit articles 331, 332, 333, 336 and 337.
(b) Articles 334 and 335.—References to the State or the States shall be
construed as not including references to the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
(c) Article 339, in clause (1), omit “the administration of the Scheduled Areas
and”.
(18) PART XVII. — The provisions of this Part shall apply to the State of Jammu and
Kashmir only in so far as they relate to—
(i) The official language of the Union;
(ii) the official language for communication between one State and another, or
between a State and the Union; and
(iii) The language of the proceedings in the Supreme Court.
(19) PART XVIII.
(a) For article 352, substitute the following article, namely :—
“352. Proclamation of Emergency.—(1) If the President is satisfied that a grave
emergency exists whereby the security of India or of any part of the territory
thereof is threatened, whether by war or external aggression or internal
disturbance, he may, by Proclamation, make a declaration to that effect.
(2) A proclamation issued under clause (1)—
(a) may be revoked by a subsequent Proclamation;
(b) shall be laid before each House of Parliament;
(c) shall cease to operate at the expiration of two months unless before
the expiration of that period it has been approved by resolutions of both
Houses of Parliament:
Provided that if any such Proclamation is issued at a time when the House of
the People has been dissolved or the dissolution of the House of the People takes
place during the period of two months referred to in sub-clause (c), and if a
resolution approving the Proclamation has been passed by the Council of States but
no resolution with respect to such Proclamation has been passed by the House of
the People before the expiration of that period, the Proclamation shall cease to
operate at the expiration of thirty days from the date on which the House of the
People first sits after its reconstitution unless before the expiration of the said
period of thirty days a resolution approving the Proclamation has been also passed
by the House of the people.
(3) A Proclamation of Emergency declaring that the security of India or of
any part of the territory thereof is threatened by war or by external aggression or
by internal disturbance may be made before the actual occurrence of war or of any
such aggression or disturbance if the President is satisfied that there is imminent
danger thereof.
(4) The power conferred on the President by this article shall include the
power to issue different Proclamations on different grounds, being war or external
aggression or internal disturbance or imminent danger of war or external
aggression or internal disturbance, whether or not there is a Proclamation already
issued by the President under clause (1) and such Proclamation is in operation.
(5) Notwithstanding anything in the Constitution,—
 (a) the satisfaction of the President mentioned in clause (1) and clause
(3) shall be final and conclusive and shall not be questioned in any court on
any ground;
(b) subject to the provisions of clause (2), neither the Supreme Court nor
any other Court shall have jurisdiction to entertain any question, on any
ground, regarding the validity of —
(i) a declaration made by Proclamation by the President to the
effect stated in clause (1); or
(ii) the continued operation of such Proclamation.
(6) No Proclamation of Emergency made on grounds only of internal
disturbance or imminent danger thereof shall have effect in relation to the State of
Jammu and Kashmir (except as respects article 354) unless—
(a) it is made at the request or with the concurrence of the Government
of that State; or
(b) where it has not been so made, it is applied subsequently by the
President to that State at the request or with the concurrence of the
Government of that State.”.
(b) Article 353.— Omit the proviso.
(c) Article 356.—
(A) In clause (1), reference to provisions or provisions of this Constitution
shall, in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir, be construed as including
references to provisions or provision of the Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir;
(B) in clause (4),—
(i) for the opening portion, substitute the following, namely:—
“A Proclamation so approved shall, unless revoked, cease to
operate on the expiration of a period of six months from the date of the
passing of the second of the resolutions approving the Proclamation
under clause (3)”;
(ii) after the second proviso, the following proviso shall be inserted,
namely :—
‘Provided also that in the case of the Proclamation issued under
clause (1) on the 18th day of July, 1990 with respect to the State of
Jammu and Kashmir, the reference in the fist proviso to this clause to
“three years” shall be construed as a reference to “seven years.’.
(C) for clause (5), substitute the following clause, namely :—
“(5) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, the satisfaction of
the President mentioned in clause (1) shall be final and conclusive and
shall not be questioned in any court on any ground.”.
(d) Article 357.— For clause (2), substitute the following clause, namely :—
“(2) Any law made in exercise of the power of the Legislature of the State by
Parliament or the President or other authority referred to in sub-clause (a) of
clause (1) which Parliament or the President or such other authority would not, but
for the issue of a Proclamation under article 356, have been competent to make
shall, to the extent of the incompetency, cease to have effect on the expiration of a
period of one year after the Proclamation has ceased to operate except as respects
things done or omitted to be done before the expiration of the said period, unless
the provisions which shall so cease to have effect are sooner repealed or re-enacted
with or without modification by Act of the appropriate Legislature.”.
(e) For article 358, substitute the following article, namely :—
 “358. Suspension of provisions of article 19 during emergencies.— While a
Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, nothing in article 19 shall restrict the
power of the State as defined in Part III to make any law or to take any executive
action which the State would but for the provisions contained in that Part be
competent to make or to take, but any law so made shall, to the extent of the
incompetency, cease to have effect as soon as the Proclamation ceases to operate,
except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the law so ceases to
have effect.”.
(f) Article 359, —
(A) in clause (1) omit “(except articles 20 and 21)”;
(B) in clause (1A),—
(i) omit “(except articles 20 and 21)”;
(ii) omit the proviso;
(C) omit clause (1B);
(D) in clause (2), omit the proviso.
(g) omit article 360.
(20) PART XIX.
(a) Article 361A.— This article is not applicable to the State of Jammu and
Kashmir.
(b) Omit article 365.
(c) Article 367.— After clause (3), add the following clause, namely :—
“(4) For the purposes of this Constitution as it applies in relation to the
State of Jammu and Kashmir —
(a) references to this Constitution or to the provisions thereof shall
be construed as references to the Constitution or the provisions thereof as
applied in relation to the said State;
(aa) references to the person for the time being recognised by the
President on the recommendation of the Legislative Assembly of the State
as the Sadar-i-Riyasat of Jammu and Kashmir, acting on the advice of the
Council of Ministers of the State for the time being in office, shall be
construed as references to the Governor of Jammu and Kashmir;
(b) references to the Government of the said State shall be construed
as including references to the Governor of Jammu and Kashmir acting on
the advice of his Council of Ministers:
Provided that in respect of any period prior to the 10th day of April,
1965, such references shall be construed as including references to the
Sadar-i-Riyasat acting on the advice of his Council of Ministers;
(c) references to a High Court shall include references to the High
Court of Jammu and Kashmir;
(d) references to the permanent residents of the said State shall be
construed as meaning persons who, before the commencement of the
Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954, were
recognised as State subjects under the laws in force in the State or who
are recognised by any law made by the Legislature of the State as
permanent residents of the State; and
(e) references to a Governor shall include references to the Governor
of Jammu and Kashmir :
Provided that in respect of any period prior to the 10th day of April,
1965, such references shall be construed as references to the person
recognised by the President as the Sadar-i-Riyasat of Jammu and
 Kashmir and as including references to any person recognised by the
President as being competent to exercise the powers of the Sadar-I-
Riyasat.
(21) PART XX.
Article 368.—
(a) in clause (2), add the following further proviso, namely:—
“Provided further that no such amendment shall have effect in relation
to the State of Jammu and Kashmir unless applied by order of the President
under clause (1) of article 370.”;
(b) omit clauses (4) and (5) and after clause (3) add the following clause,
namely :—
“(4) No law made by the Legislature of the State of Jammu and Kashmir
seeking to make any change in or in the effect of any provision of the
Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir relating to:—
(a) appointment, powers, functions, duties, emoluments,
allowances, privileges or immunities of the Governor; or
(b) superintendence, direction and control of elections by the
Election Commission of India, eligibility for inclusion in the electoral
rolls without discrimination, adult suffrage and composition of the
Legislative Council, being matters specified in sections 138, 139, 140
and 50 of the Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir,
shall have any effect unless such law has, after having been reserved for the
consideration of the President, received his assent.”.

(22) PART XXI.—

(a) Omit articles 369, 371, 371A, 372A, 373 and articles 376 to 378A and
392.
(b) Article 372.—
(A) Omit clauses (2) and (3) ;
(B) references to the laws in force in the territory of India shall include
references to hidayats, ailans, ishtihars, circulars, robkars, irshads,
yadashts, State Council Resolutions, Resolutions of the Constituent
Assembly, and other instruments having the force of law in the territory of
the State of Jammu and Kashmir;
(C) references to the commencement of the Constitution shall be
construed as references to the commencement of the Constitution
(Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order, 1954 (C.O.48), i.e., the 14th
day of May, 1954.
(c) Article 374. —
(A) Omit clauses (1), (2), (3) and (5);
(B) in clause (4), the reference to the authority functioning as the Privy
Council of a State shall be construed as a reference to the Advisory Board
constituted under the Jammu and Kashmir Constitution Act, Svt. 1996, and
references to the commencement of the Constitution shall be construed as
references to the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu
and Kashmir) Order, 1954, i.e., the 14th day of May, 1954.
(23) PART XXII.—Omit articles 394 and 395.
 (24) THIRD SCHEDULE.—Omit forms V,VI,VII and VIII.
(25) FIFTH SCHEDULE.—This Schedule is not applicable to the State of Jammu
and Kashmir,
(26) SIXTH SCHEDULE.—This Schedule is not applicable to the State of Jammu
and Kashmir.
(27) SEVENTH SCHEDULE.—
(a) List I —Union List:—
(A) Omit entry 2A;
(B) for entry 3, substitute the following entry, namely :—
“3. Administration of cantonments.”:
(C) omit entries 8, 9, 34 and 79;
(D) in entry 72, the reference to the States shall be construed.—
(i) in relation to appeals to the Supreme Court from any decision or
order of the High Court of the State of Jammu and Kashmir made in an
election petition whereby an election to either House of the Legislature of
that State has been called in question, as including a reference to the State
of Jammu and Kashmir;
(ii) in relation to other matters, as not including a reference to that
State;
(E) in entry 81, omit “Inter-State migration”;
(F) for entry 97, substitute the following entry, namely :—
‘97. Prevention of activities—
(a) involving terrorist acts directed towards overawing the
Government as by law established or striking terror in the people or any
section of the people or alienating any section of the people or adversely
affecting the harmony amongst different sections of the people;
(b) directed towards disclaiming, questioning or disrupting the
sovereignty and territorial integrity of India or bringing about cession of a
part of the territory of India or secession of a part of the territory of India
from the Union or causing insult to the Indian National flag, the Indian
National Anthem and this Constitution;
taxes on foreign travel by sea or air, on inland air travel and on postal articles,
including money orders, phonograms and telegrams.
Explanation.— In this entry, “terrorist act” has the same meaning as in the
Explanation to article 248.’.
(b) Omit List II—State List.
(c) List III— Concurrent List.—
(A) For entry 1, substitute the following entry, namely :—
“1. Criminal law (excluding offences against laws with respect to any of
the matters specified in List I and excluding the use of naval, military or air
forces or any other armed forces of the Union in aid of the civil power) in so
far as such criminal law relates to offences against laws with respect to any
of the matters specified in this List.”;
(B) for entry 2, substitute the following entry, namely:—
“2. Criminal procedure (including prevention of offences and
constitution and organisation of criminal courts, except the Supreme Court
and the High Court) in so far as it relates to,—
 (i) offences against laws with respect to any matters being
matters with respect to which Parliament has power to make laws;
and
(ii) administration of oaths and taking of affidavits by
diplomatic and consular officers in any foreign country.”;
(C) omit entry 3, entries 5 to 10 (both inclusive), entries 14, 15, 17, 20, 24,
27, 28, 29, 31, 32, 37, 38, 41 and 44;
(D) entries 11A, 17A, 17B, 20A and 33A are not applicable to the State of
Jammu and Kashmir;
( E) for entry 12, substitute the following entry, namely :—
“12. Evidence and oaths in so far as they relate to,—
(i) administration of oaths and taking of affidavits by
diplomatic and consular officers in any foreign country; and
(ii) any other matter being matters with respect to which
Parliament has power to make laws.”;
(F) for entry 13, substitute the following entry, namely :—
“13. Civil procedure in so far as it relates to administration of oaths and
taking of affidavits by diplomatic and consular officers in any foreign
country.”;
(G) for entry 25, substitute the following entry, namely :—
“25. Vocational and technical training of labour.”;
(H) for entry 30, substitute the following entry, namely:—
“30. Vital statistics in so far as they relate to births and deaths
including registration of births and deaths.”;
(I) for entry 42, substitute the following entry, namely:—
“42 Acquisition and requisitioning of property, so far as regards
acquisition of any property covered by entry 67 of List I or entry 40 of List
III or of any human work of art which has artistic or aesthetic value.”;
(J) in entry 45, for “List II or List III” substitute “this List”.
(28) NINTH SCHEDULE.—
(a) After entry 64, add the following entries, namely :—
“64A. The Jammu and Kashmir State Kuth Act (No. 1 of Svt.1978).
64B. The Jammu and Kashmir Tenancy Act (No. II of Svt. 1980).
64C. The Jammu and Kashmir Alienation of Land Act (No. V of Svt. 1995).
64D. The Jammu and Kashmir Big Landed Estates Abolition Act (No. XVII
of Svt. 2007).
64E. Order No. 6-H of 1951, dated the 10th March, 1951, regarding
Resumption of Jagirs and other assignments of land revenue, etc.
64F. The Jammu and Kashmir Restitution of Mortgaged Properties Act,
1976 (Act XIV of 1976).
64G. The Jammu and Kashmir Debtors’ Relief Act, 1976 (Act XV of
1976).”.
(b) entries 65 to 86 are not applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir;
(c) after entry 86, insert the following entry, namely:—
“87. The Representation of the People Act, 1951 (Central Act 43 of 1951),
the Representation of the People (Amendment) Act, 1974 (Central Act 58 of
1974) and the Election Laws (Amendment) Act, 1975 (Central Act 40 of 1975).”;
(d) after entry 91, insert the following entry, namely:—
 “92. The maintenance of Internal Security Act, 1971 (Central Act 26 of
1971).”;
(e) after entry 129, insert the following entry, namely :—
“130. The Prevention of Publication of Objectionable Matter Act, 1976
(Central Act 27 of 1976).”;
(f) after insertion of the entries 87, 92 and 130 as indicated above, renumber
entries 87 to 188 as entries 65 to 166 respectively.
(29) TENTH SCHEDULE.—
(a) for the brackets, words and figures “[Articles 102(2) and 191(2)]”, the
brackets, word and figures “[Article 102(2)]” shall be substituted;
(b) in clause (a) of paragraph 1, the words “or the Legislative Assembly or, as
the case may be, either House of the Legislature of a State” shall be omitted;
(c) in paragraph 2,—
(i) in sub-paragraph (1), in sub-clause (ii) of clause (b) of the
Explanation, the words and figures “or, as the case may be, article 188” shall
be omitted;
(ii) in sub-paragraph (3), the words and figures “or, as the case may be,
article 188” shall be omitted;
(iii) in sub-paragraph (4), the reference to the commencement of the
Constitution (Fifty-second Amendment) Act, 1985 shall be construed as a
reference to the commencement of the Constitution (Application to Jammu
and Kashmir) Amendment Order, 1989;
(d) in paragraph 5, the words “or the Chairman or the Deputy Chairman of the
Legislative Council of a State or the Speaker or the Deputy Speaker of the
Legislative Assembly of a State” shall be omitted;
(e) in sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 6, the words and figures “or, as the case
may be, proceedings in the Legislature of a State within the meaning of article
212” shall be omitted;
(f) in sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 8, the words and figures “or, as the case
may be, article 194,” shall be omitted.
 APPENDIX-III
EXTRACTS FROM THE CONSTITUTION (FORTY-FOURTH
AMENDMENT) ACT, 1978
* * * * *
*
1. Short title and commencement.— (1) * *
*
(2) It shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may, by notification in
the Official Gazette, appoint and different dates may be appointed for different provisions of
this Act.
* * * * *
*
3. Amendment of article 22.— In article 22 of the Constitution,—
(a) for clause (4), the following clause shall be substituted, namely:—
‘(4) No law providing for preventive detention shall authorise the detention of a
person for a longer period than two months unless an Advisory Board constituted in
accordance with the recommendations of the Chief Justice of the appropriate High
Court has reported before the expiration of the said period of two months that there is
in its opinion sufficient cause for such detention:
Provided that an Advisory Board shall consist of a Chairman and not less than
two other members, and the Chairman shall be a serving Judge of the appropriate
High Court and the other members shall be serving or retired Judges of any High
Court:
Provided further that nothing in this clause shall authorise the detention of any
person beyond the maximum period prescribed by any law made by Parliament under
sub-clause (a) of clause (7).
Explanation.— In this clause, “appropriate High Court” means,—
(i) in the case of the detention of a person in pursuance of an order of
detention made by the Government of India or an officer or authority
subordinate to that Government, the High Court for the Union territory of Delhi;
(ii) in the case of the detention of a person in pursuance of an order of
detention made by the Government of any State (other than a Union territory),
the High Court for that State; and
(iii) in the case of the detention of a person in pursuance of an order of
detention made by the administrator of a Union territory or an officer or
authority subordinate to such administrator, such High Court as may be
specified by or under any law made by Parliament in this behalf.’;
(b) in clause (7),—
(i) sub-clause (a) shall be omitted;
(ii) sub-clause (b) shall be re-lettered as sub-clause (a); and
(iii) sub-clause (c) shall be re-lettered as sub-clause (b) and in the sub-clause as
so re-lettered, for the words, brackets, letter and figure “sub-clause (a) of clause (4)” ,
the word, brackets and figure “clause (4)” shall be substituted.
* * * * *

APPENDIX-IV 278
 THE
CONSTITUTION (EIGHTY-
SIXTH AMENDMENT)
ACT, 2002
[12th December, 2002]

An Act further to amend the Constitution of India.

BE it enacted by Parliament in the Fifty-third year of the Republic of

India as follows:-
1. Short title and commencement.—(1) This Act may be called the Constitution
(Eighty-sixth Amendment) Act, 2002.
(2) It shall come into force on such date* as the Central Government may,
by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint.
2. Insertion of new article 21A.—After article 21 of the Constitution, the
following article shall be inserted, namely:--
“21A. Right to education.—The State shall provide free and compulsory
education to all children of the age of six to fourteen years in such manner as
the State may, by law, determine.”.
3. Substitution of new article for article 45.—For article 45 of the
Constitution, the following article shall be substituted, namely:--
“45. Provision for early childhood care and education to children below
the age of six years.—The State shall endeavour to provide early childhood
care and education for all children until they complete the age of six years.”.
4. Amendment of article 51A.—In article 51A of the Constitution, after clause (j),
the following clause shall be added, namely:--
“(k) who is a parent or guardian to provide opportunities for education to
his child or, as the case may be, ward between the ago of six and fourteen
years.”.

___________________________________________________________________
*Date yet to be notified.

279

APPENDIX-V
THE CONSTITUTION (EIGHTY-EIGHTH AMENDMENT)
ACT, 2003
[15th January, 2004.]

An Act further to amend the Constitution of India.

 BE it enacted by Parliament in the Fifty-fourth Year of the Republic of India as
follows:--

1. Short title and Commencement.—(1) This Act may be called the Constitution
(Eighty-eighth Amendment) Act, 2003.
(2) It shall come into force on such date* as the Central Government may, by
notification in the Official Gazette, appoint.
2. Insertion of new article 268A.—After article 268 of the Constitution, the
following article shall be inserted, namely:--
“268A. Service tax levied by Union and collected and appropriated by the
Union and the States.—(1) Taxes on services shall be levied by the Government of
India and such tax shall be collected and appropriated by the Government of
India and the States in the manner provided in clause (2).
(2) The proceeds in any financial year of any such tax levied in
accordance with the provisions of clause (1) shall be—
(a) collected by the Government of India and the States;
(b) appropriated by the Government of India and the States,
in accordance with such principles of collection and appropriation as may be
formulated by Parliament by law.”.
3. Amendment of article 270.—In article 270 of the Constitution, in clause (1),
for the words and figures “articles 268 and 269”, the words, figures and letter
“articles 268, 268A and 269” shall be substituted.
4. Amendment of Seventh Schedule.—In the Seventh Schedule to the
Constitution, in List I–Union List, after entry 92B, the following entry shall be
inserted, namely:--
“92C. Taxes on services.”.

_________________________________
*Date yet to be notified.

280

INDEX
ARTICL
E/SCHEDULE
A
ABOLITION —
of privy purses ................................................................................. 363A.
ACCOUNTS—
 Form of—of the Union and States.................................................. 150.
ACQUISITION—
of estates, etc., saving of laws providing for ................................. 31A.
of property, compulsory …………………………………………… Sch. VII, List III-42.
amount for—of any property of an educational institution
established and administered by a minority.............................. 30(1A).
ACTS—
Validation of certain—and Regulations....................................... 31B, Sch. IX.
ADAPTATION OF LAWS—See PRESIDENT.
ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE................................................. Sch. VII, List III-11A.
ADMINISTRATIVE RELATIONS between the
Union and States............................................................................... 256—262.
ADMINISTRATOR—
appointment of—for Union territory........................................... 239(1).
power of—of Union territory to promulgate Ordinances...........…239B.
ADMINISTRATOR-GENERAL...................................................... Sch. VII, List III-11.
ADMIRALTY jurisdiction VII, List I-95.
ADOPTION Sch. VII, List III-5.
ADULTERATION OF FOODSTUFFS, ETC.................................. Sch. VII, List III-18.
ADULT SUFFRAGE—See ELECTIONS.
ADVISORY BOARD—See PREVENTIVE DETENTION.
ADVOCATE-GENERAL—
appointment of.............................................................................. 165(1).
duties of.......................................................................................... 165(2).
qualifications for appointment of ................................................ 165(1).
remuneration, etc., of.................................................................... 165(3).
right of—to take part in proceedings of State Legislature.......... 177.
term of office of............................................................................. 165(3).
AERODROMES............................................................................... Sch. VII, List I-29.
definition of.................................................................................... 364(2).
regulation and organisation of air traffic and of......................... Sch. VII, List I-29.
special provision as to extension of laws to.................................. 364(1).
AERONAUTICAL EDUCATION, ETC.......................................... Sch. VII, List I-29.
AGRICULTURAL INCOME, definition of..................................... 366(1).
AGRICULTURAL INDEBTEDNESS, relief of............................... Sch. VII, List II-30.
AGRICULTURE............................................................................... Sch. VII, List II-14.
AGRICULTURE AND ANIMAL HUSBANDRY,
organisation of............................................................................... 48.
ALIENS............................................................................................. Sch. VII, List I-17.
ALL-INDIA SERVICES—See SERVICES.
AMMUNITION—See ARMS.

ANCIENT AND HISTORICAL MONUMENTS 281 AND

RECORDS...................................................................................... Sch. VII, List I-67.
ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS, territory of................... Sch. I.
ANDHRA PRADESH—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to............................... Sch. IV.
establishment of Central University in........................................ 371E.
special provision for the Legislative Assembly of........................ 378A.
special provisions with respect to the State of............................. 371D.
State of........................................................................................... Sch. I.
ANGLO-INDIANS—
definition of.................................................................................... 366(2).
educational grants for benefit of.................................................. 337.
special provisions re:—
appointment of—to certain services............................................. 336.
nomination of—to the House of the People.................................. 331.
 representation of—in State Legislative Assembly....................... 333.
special representation of—to cease after 60 years....................... 334.
ANIMALS—
prevention of cruelty to................................................................. Sch. VII, List III-17.
protection of wild—and birds....................................................... Sch. VII, List III-17B.
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENT—
before Parliament.......................................................................... 112.
before State Legislature................................................................ 202.
ARBITRATION................................................................................ Sch. VII, List III-13.
ARCHAEOLOGICAL SITES AND REMAINS—
of national importance.................................................................. Sch. VII, List I-67.
Others............................................................................................ Sch. VII, List III-40.
ARMED FORCES—
court or tribunal constituted under law relating to—High
Court has no power of superintendence over........................... 227(4).
deployment of armed forces or other forces of—, in any State
in aid of the civil power............................................................. Sch. VII, List I-2A.
Fundamental Rights : Parliament may restrict or abrogate, in
their application to.................................................................... 33.
Judgment, determination, sentence or order of court or
tribunal constituted under law relating to—Supreme Court
has no power to interfere........................................................ 136(2).
of Union ...................................................................................... Sch. VII, List I-2.
ARMS, FIREARMS, AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVES.......... Sch. VII, List I-5.
ARTICLE, definition of.................................................................... 366(3).
ARUNACHAL PRADESH—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to............................... Sch. IV.
special provision with respect to the State of............................... 371 H.
territory of..................................................................................... Sch. I.
ASSAM—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to............................... Sch. IV.
formation of an autonomous State in........................................... 244A.
special provision with respect to the State of............................... 371B.
State of........................................................................................... Sch. I.
ASSOCIATIONS, literary, scientific and religious......................... Sch. VII, List II-32.
ATOMIC ENERGY.......................................................................... Sch. VII, List I-6.
ATTORNEY-GENERAL—
appointment of.............................................................................. 76(1).
duties of.......................................................................................... 76(2).
right of audience in all courts of................................................... 76(3).
right of—to take part in proceedings in Parliament................... 88.
salary and allowances, etc., of....................................................... 76(4).
AUDIT OF UNION AND STATE ACCOUNTS.............................. Sch. VII, List I-76.
AUDITOR-GENERAL—See COMPTROLLER AND
AUDITOR-GENERAL
B
BACKWARD CLASSES—
Commission to investigate the conditions of.............................. 340.
making of special provisions for the advancement of............... 15(4).
reservation of appointments, etc., for........................................ 16(4).
BANKING......................................................................................... Sch. VII, List I-45.
BANKING CORPORATIONS......................................................... Sch. VII, List I-43.
BANKRUPTCY AND INSOLVENCY............................................. Sch. VII, List III-9.
BEACONS......................................................................................... Sch. VII, List I-26.
BETTING AND GAMBLING.......................................................... Sch. VII, List II-34.
BHARAT—See INDIA.
 BIHAR—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to............................... Sch. IV.
Legislative Council for.................................................................. 168.
State of........................................................................................... Sch. I.
BILLS—
affecting taxation in which States are interested, prior
recommendation of President.................................................. 274.
appropriation—
in Parliament............................................................................ 114.
in State Legislature................................................................... 204.
assent to—
by Governor.............................................................................. 200.
by President.............................................................................. 111.
financial—
special provisions as to—
in Parliament............................................................................ 117.
in State Legislature................................................................... 207.
introduction, passing and lapsing of—
in joint sitting.......................................................................... 100 & 108.
in Parliament.......................................................................... 107.
in State Legislature................................................................. 196.
Money—in Parliament—
definition of............................................................................. 110
procedure in respect of.......................................................... 109.
Money—in State Legislature—
BILLS—contd..
definition of.......................................................................... 199.
procedure in respect of........................................................ 198.
reservation of—by Governor for President....................... 201.
BILLS OF EXCHANGE—cheques, promissory notes, etc............. Sch. VII, List I-46.
BIRTHS AND DEATHS................................................................... Sch. VII, List III-30.
BOILERS.......................................................................................... Sch. VII, List III-37.
BONA VACANTIA, right to property accruing as .......................... 296.
BOOKS.............................................................................................. Sch. VII, List III-39.
BORROWING, definition of............................................................ 366(4).
See also FINANCE
BORSTAL INSTITUTIONS............................................................. Sch. VII, List II-4.
BRIDGES AND FERRIES............................................................... Sch. VII, List II-13.
BROADCASTING............................................................................ Sch. VII, List I-31.
BURIALS AND BURIAL GROUNDS............................................. Sch. VII, List II-10.
C
CANALS............................................................................................ Sch. VII, List II-17.
CANTONMENTS............................................................................. Sch. VII, List I-3.
CARRIAGE OF PASSENGERS AND GOODS—
by air, rail or sea............................................................................ Sch. VII, List I-30.
on inland waterways..................................................................... Sch. VII, List III-32.
CASES, TRANSFER OF—
relating to same question of law................................................... 139A.
CENSUS............................................................................................ Sch. VII, List I-69.
CERTIORARI
power of High Court to issue....................................................... 226.
CHANDIGARH, territory of............................................................ Sch. I.
CHARITIES...................................................................................... Sch. VII, List III-28.
CHHATTISGARH—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to ……………. ……… Sch. IV
State of ……………………………………………………………. Sch. I.
CHIEF JUSTICE—
of High Court—See HIGH COURT.
of Supreme Court—See SUPREME COURT.
CHIEF MINISTER—
appointment of.............................................................................. 164.
Council of Ministers,—is head of................................................. 163.
duty of—to furnish information, etc., to Governor..................... 167.
CHILDREN—
employment of—See FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS.
free and compulsory education for—State to provide............... 45.
CINEMAS......................................................................................... Sch. VII, List II-33.
CINEMATOGRAPH FILMS—
sanction of—for exhibition........................................................... Sch. VII, List I-60.
CITIZENS OF INDIA, persons voluntarily acquiring citizen-
ship of a foreign State, not to be .................................................. 9.
CITIZENSHIP.................................................................................. Sch. VII, List I-17.
at the commencement of the Constitution................................... 5.
CITIZENSHIP—contd.
Parliament to regulate—by law.................................................... 11.
right of—
continuance of............................................................................ 10.
of migrants from Pakistan........................................................ 6.
of migrants to Pakistan............................................................ 7.
of persons of Indian origin residing outside India.................. 8.
CIVIL CODE, uniform for all citizens............................................. 44.
CIVIL PROCEDURE....................................................................... Sch. VII, List III-13.
CLAUSE, definition of...................................................................... 366(5).
COLLECTIVE RESPONSIBILITY................................................ 75(3).
COLONIZATION............................................................................. Sch. VII, List II-18.
COMMERCE—See TRADE, COMMERCE, ETC.
COMMERCIAL MONOPOLIES, combines and trusts................. Sch. VII, List III-21.
COMMUNICATIONS—
posts and telegraphs, etc............................................................... Sch. VII, List I-31.
roads, municipal tramways, etc.................................................... Sch. VII, List II-13.
COMPTROLLER AND AUDITOR-GENERAL............................ Sch. VII, List I-75.
administrative expenses of—to be charged on the Consolidated
Fund of India.............................................................................. 148(6).
appointment of.............................................................................. 148(1).
audit reports by............................................................................. 151.
conditions of service, etc., of......................................................... 148(5).
duties and powers of...................................................................... 149.
ineligibility for future appointment of......................................... 148(4).
oath of office by............................................................................ 148(2).
power of—to give direction re: manner of keeping accounts..... 150.
removal from office of.................................................................. 148(1).
salary, etc., of................................................................................. 148(3), Sch. II, Pt. E.
transitional period, special provisions as to................................. 377.
CONCURRENT LIST...................................................................... Sch. VII, List III.
CONSOLIDATED FUND—
of India—See FINANCE.
of States—See FINANCE.
CONSTITUTION OF INDIA, the—
amendment of—power of Parliament to amend and
procedure therefor.................................................................... 368.
authoritative text of—, in the Hindi language............................ 394A.
commencement of......................................................................... 394.
interpretation of—, provisions of General Clauses Act to
 apply to....................................................................................... 367.
Short title...................................................................................... 393.
CONSULAR REPRESENTATION................................................. Sch. VII, List I-11.
CONTEMPT OF COURT—
of courts other than the Supreme Court..................................... Sch. VII, List III-14.
power of State to make laws relating to...................................... 19(2).
See also HIGH COURT and SUPREME COURT.

CONTINENTAL SHELF—
things lying in territorial waters or—vest in the Union.............. 297.
CONTINGENCY FUND—See FINANCE.
CONTRACTS—
by the Union or States to be made in the name of the President
or Governor................................................................................ 299.
other than those relating to agricultural land............................. Sch. VII, List III-7.
CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES........................................................ Sch. VII, List II-32.
CO-ORDINATION between States.................................................. 263.
COPYRIGHT.................................................................................... Sch. VII, List I-49.
CORPORATIONS—
incorporation, regulation and winding up—
of trading—, including banking, insurance and financial........ Sch. VII, List I-43.
of—, whether trading or not, with objects not confined to
one State...................................................................................... Sch. VII, List I-44.
of—, other than above, and universities.................................. Sch. VII, List II-32.
municipal...................................................................................... Sch. VII, List II-5.
CORPORATION TAX, definition of............................................... 366(6).
See also FINANCE.
CORRESPONDING—
Province, Indian State, State, etc., definition of......................... 366(7).
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES, State to promote.................................. 43.
COUNCIL OF MINISTERS—
for States—
advice to Governor by—. No court to enquire into ............... 163(3).
Chief Minister—See CHIEF MINISTER.
collective responsibility of............................................................. 164(2).
functions of.................................................................................... 163(1).
Ministers—
appointment of........................................................................ 164(1).
oath of office and secrecy by................................................... 164(3).
right of—to take part in the proceedings of either House..... 177.
salaries, etc., of........................................................................ 164(5), Sch. VII,
List II-40.
for the Union—
advice to President by—. No court to enquire into............... 74(2).
collective responsibility of....................................................... 75(3).
functions of.............................................................................. 74.
Ministers—
appointment of.......................................................................... 75(1).
oath of office and secrecy by.................................................... 75(4).
qualifications for the office of.................................................. 75(5).
right of—to take part in proceedings of either House............. 88.
salaries, etc., of................................................................................. 75(6), Sch. VII, List I-75.
Prime Minister—See PRIME MINISTER.
COUNCIL OF STATES—
allocation of seats in..................................................................... 80(2), Sch. IV.
 Chairman of—
not to preside while a resolution for his removal is under
consideration.......................................................................... 92.
salaries, etc., of........................................................................ 97, Sch. II, Part C,
Sch. VII, List I-73.
Vice-President of India to be ex officio................................. 64, 89(1).
composition of............................................................................... 80.
decision of—by majority............................................................... 100(1).
Deputy Chairman of—
acts for Chairman...................................................................... 91.
choosing of.................................................................................. 89(2).
not to preside while a resolution for his removal is under
consideration.............................................................................. 92.
removal from office of............................................................... 90(c).
resignation of office by............................................................... 90(b).
salaries, etc., of........................................................................... 97, Sch. II, Part C,
Sch. VII, List I-73.
vacation of office by................................................................... 90(a).
vote, casting................................................................................ 100.
duration of.................................................................................. 83(1).
quorum for a meeting of............................................................ 100(3) & (4).
rules of procedure...................................................................... 118.
secretarial staff of...................................................................... 98(1).
See also PARLIAMENT.
COURTS—
additional—, creation of.............................................................. 247.
continuance of functions.............................................................. 375.
jurisdiction and powers of—in respect of matters in List I……… Sch. VII, List I-95.
Other than High Courts and Supreme Court, constitution
and organisation of....................................................................... Sch, VII, List II-3.
other than Supreme Court, jurisdiction and powers of—
in respect of matters in Concurrent List.................................. Sch. VII, List III-46.
in respect of matters in State List............................................. Sch. VII, List II-65.
COURTS OF WARDS—
for estates of Rulers...................................................................... Sch. VII, List I-34.
for other estates............................................................................. Sch. VII, List II-22.
COWS, SLAUGHTER OF, State to prohibit.................................. 48.
CREMATIONS AND CREMATION GROUNDS.......................... Sch. VII, List II-10.
CRIMINAL PROCEDURE…………………………………………. Sch. VII, List III-2.
CRIMINAL LAW.............................................................................. Sch. VII, List III-1.
CURRENCY, COINAGE AND LEGAL TENDER......................... Sch. VII, List I-36.
CUSTOMS—
duties, See FINANCE.
frontiers, etc................................................................................... Sch. VII, List I-41.
D
DADRA AND NAGAR HAVELI, territory of................................. Sch. I.
DAMAN AND DIU, territory of....................................................... Sch. I.

DEBT—
definition of................................................................................... 366(8).
public—of the States.................................................................... Sch. VII, List II-43.
public—of the Union................................................................... Sch. VII, List I-35.
DEFENCE OF INDIA.................................................................. Sch. VII, List I-1.
industries necessary for the purpose of....................................... Sch. VII, List I-7.
preventive detention for reasons connected with............................ Sch. VII, List I-9.
DEFINITION OF—
 certain expressions....................................................................... 366.
“Consolidated Fund”—
of India.......................................................................................... 266(1).
of the State.................................................................................... 266(1).
“Contingency Fund”—
of India.................................................................................. 267(1).
of the State............................................................................. 267(2).
“Indian State”....................................................................... 363(2)(a).
“Money Bill”—
in State Legislature.................................................................. 199.
in Parliament........................................................................... 110.
“net proceeds”......................................................................... 279(1).
“Ruler”.................................................................................... 363(2)(b).
“Scheduled Areas”.................................................................. Sch. V, Part C, Para 6.
“State” for purposes of Part III.............................................. 12.
“State” for purposes of Part IV.............................................. 36.
DELHI—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to............................... Sch. IV.
territory of..................................................................................... Sch. I.
DEVASWOM FUND—
annual payments to...................................................................... 290A.
in the State of Kerala.................................................................. 290A.
in the State of Tamil Nadu........................................................... 290A.
DEVELOPMENT BOARDS—
establishment of separate—for parts of Maharashtra and
Gujarat...................................................................................... 371(2).
DIPLOMATIC REPRESENTATION............................................. Sch. VII, List I-11.
DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES OF STATE POLICY.......................... Part IV.
agriculture and animal husbandry, State to organise................ 48.
application of................................................................................ 37.
assistance in case of unemployment, old age, etc.,
State, to provide.......................................................................... 41.
Civil Code, uniform for all citizens, State to secure................... 44.
cottage industries, State to promote............................................ 43.
cows, etc., slaughter of, State to prohibit.................................... 48.
education, free and compulsory for children, State to
provide........................................................................................ 45.
equal justice and free legal aid.................................................... 39A.
international peace and security, etc., State to promote............. 51.

DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES OF STATE POLICY—contd..

judiciary, separation of, from executive, State to take
steps for...................................................................................... 50.
just and humane conditions of work, State to secure................. 42.
level of nutrition and standard of living, raising of, State to
regard as its primary duty......................................................... 47.
living wage, etc., for workers, State to secure............................. 43.
maternity relief, State to make provision for securing............... 42.
monuments, etc., State to protect................................................ 49.
participation of workers in management of industry................. 43A.
principles of policy to be followed by the State........................... 39.
prohibition of intoxicating drinks and drugs, State to
bring about................................................................................... 47.
right to work, to education and to public assistance in
cases of unemployment, etc., State to secure............................... 41.
saving of laws giving effect to certain.......................................... 31C.
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, etc., State to
 protect from social injustice and exploitation............................. 46.
the State, definition of, for the purposes of Part IV................... 36.
village panchayats, State to organise........................................... 40.
DISEASES AND PESTS—
prevention of extension of—from one State to another
Sch. VII, List III-29.
DISPLACED PERSONS, relief and rehabilitation of..................... Sch. VII, List III-27.
DISPUTES—
industrial and labour..................................................................... Sch. VII, List III-22.
DISQUALIFICATION—
decision on questions as to disqualifications of members............ 103 & 192.
DISTRICT BOARDS........................................................................ Sch. VII, List II-5.
DISTRICT JUDGES—
appointment of............................................................................... 233.
recruitment of persons other than—to judicial service................ 234.
validation of appointment, etc., of certain.................................... 233A.
DOUBLE JEOPARDY..................................................................... 20(2).
DIVORCE......................................................................................... Sch. VII, List III-5.
DRUGS.............................................................................................. Sch. VII, List III-19.
DUTIES—
Fundamental.................................................................................. 51A.
See also under FINANCE.
DUTY OF UNION—
to promote spread of Hindi language............................................ 351.
to protect States against aggression and disturbances................. 355.
E
EDUCATION.................................................................................... Sch. VII, List III-25.
free and compulsory—for children—
See DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES.
See also UNIVERSITY.
in mother-tongue in primary stage.............................................. 350A.
institutions for—
higher education, co-ordination and determination of
standards.................................................................................... Sch. VII, List I-66.
professional, vocational, etc., training...................................... Sch. VII, List I-65.
scientific and technical............................................................... Sch. VII, List I-64.
ELECTIONS..................................................................................... Part XV.
adult suffrage................................................................................. 326.
Election Commission......................................................................... 324, Sch. VII, List I-72.
Commissioners—
appointment of Chief Election and other Election...................324(2) & (3).
conditions of services, etc., of.................................................... 324(5).
Regional...................................................................................... 324(4).
removal from office of............................................................... 324(5) Provisos.
constitution of............................................................................ 324(2).
Governor to consult—on questions of disqualification of
a member of State Legislature.................................................. 192(2).
President to consult-on questions of disqualification of
a member of Parliament............................................................ 103(2).
staff of........................................................................................... 324(6).
superintendence, direction and control of elections to
vest in ........................................................................................ 324(1).
elections to Parliament and State Legislatures, power of
Parliament to make laws relating to ........................................ 327, Sch. VII, List I-72.
elections to State Legislatures, power of State Legislature
to make laws relating to........................................................... 328, Sch. VII, List II-
37.
 electoral matters, bar to interference by courts in..................... 329.
electoral roll, to be general........................................................... 325.
readjustment of territorial constituencies after each
census.......................................................................................... 82.
suffrage, adult................................................................................ 326.
ELECTRICITY, taxes on —See under FINANCE.
EMERGENCY—
financial—
directions to StateS in case of.................................................... 360(3).
proclamation in case of.............................................................. 360(1).
revocation, etc., of...................................................................... 360(2).
freedom of speech, etc., right to, suspension of provisions
re: during................................................................................. 358.
Fundamental rights, suspension of the enforcement of,
during..................................................................................... 359.
See also under FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS.
Proclamation of............................................................................ 352.
definition of................................................................................... 366(18).
duration of.................................................................................... 352(4) & (5).
effect of.......................................................................................... 353.
laying of—before each House of Parliament.............................. 352(4).
revocation of................................................................................ 352(2) & (7).
EMERGENCY PROVISIONS—
Proclamation of, in the case of failure of constitutional
machinery in a State..................................................................... 356.
duration of.................................................................................... 356(4).
laying of—before each House of Parliament.............................. 356(3).
legislative powers, exercise of, during......................................... 357.
revocation, variation, etc., of........................................................ 356(2).
provisions re: distribution of revenues, application of,
during.......................................................................................... 354.
EMPLOYMENT AND UNEMPLOYMENT.................................. Sch. VII, List III-23.
ENDOWMENTS, charitable and religious...................................... Sch. VII, List III-28.
ENEMY ALIEN—
no protection to—against arrest and detention.......................... 22(3).
ENTERTAINMENTS AND AMUSEMENTS................................. Sch. VII, List II-33.
ENTRUSTMENT OF STATE FUNCTIONS—on Union.............. 258A.
ENVIRONMENT, protection and improvement of........................ 48A.
EQUALITY—
of opportunity for public employment........................................ 16(3).
of status and opportunity, securing of right to, before law........ Preamble, 14.
See also FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS
ESCHEAT, property accruing by..................................................... 296.
ESSENTIAL SUPPLIES AND SERVICES, preventive detention
for maintenance of......................................................................... Sch. VII, List III-3.
ESTATE DUTY—
definition of.................................................................................... 366(9).
in respect of agricultural land...................................................... Sch. VII, List II-48.
in respect of other property.......................................................... Sch. VII, List I-87.
EVACUEE PROPERTY, custody, management and
disposal of..................................................................................... Sch. VII, List III-41.
EVIDENCE....................................................................................... Sch. VII, List III-12.
EXCISE, duties of. See under FINANCE.
EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONES................................................ 297.
EXECUTIVE POWER—UNION—STATES.................................. 298.
extent of executive power
power to carry on business ........................................................ 53, 154, 298.
 power to acquire property
power to carry on trade............................................................... 298.
EXISTING LAW, definition of......................................................... 366(10).
EXPLOSIVES................................................................................... Sch. VII, List I-5.
EXTRADITION................................................................................ Sch. VII, List I-18.
F
FACTORIES..................................................................................... Sch. VII, List III-36.
FAIRS—See MARKETS AND FAIRS.
FAMILY PLANNING—
Population control and.................................................................. Sch. VII, List III-20A.
FEDERAL COURT—
definition of................................................................................... 366(11).
provisions as to Judges of............................................................. 374(1).
provisions as to suits, etc., pending in........................................ 374(2).

FEES—
in respect of matters in Concurrent List excepting
courts fees..................................................................................... Sch. VII, . List III-47.
in respect of matters in State List excepting court fees.............. Sch. VII, List II-66.
in respect of matters in Union List excepting court fees............ Sch. VII, List I-96.
taken in courts other than Supreme Court................................. Sch. VII, List II-3.
taken in Supreme Court............................................................... Sch. VII, List I-77.
FINANCE—
adjustment in respect of certain expenses and pensions
between Union and States......................................................... 290.
annual financial statement— See ANNUAL FINANCIAL
STATEMENT.
annual payments to Devaswom Funds........................................ 290A.
Bill, financial—
in Parliament................................................................................. 117.
in State Legislature....................................................................... 207.
Bills, regarding taxation affecting States..................................... 274.
See also BILLLS.
Commission—
constitution of.......................................................................... 280(1).
duty of...................................................................................... 280(3).
powers of— , Parliament to determine.................................. 280(4).
qualifications for membership of............................................ 280(2).
recommendations of—to be laid before each
House of Parliament ............................................................ 281.
Consolidated Fund of India.................................................... 266.
borrowing on the security of................................................... 292.
custody, etc., of........................................................................ 283(1).
definition of.............................................................................. 266(1).
expenditure charged on........................................................... 112(3).
not subject to vote of Parliament............................................ 113(1).
Consolidated Fund of the States.................................................. 266.
borrowing on the security of................................................... 293.
custody, etc., of........................................................................ 283(2).
definition of ............................................................................. 266(1).
expenditure charged on........................................................... 202(3).
not subject to vote of Legislature............................................ 203(1).
Contingency Fund of India............................................................ 267(1)
custody, etc., of.......................................................................... 283(1).
Contingency Fund of States........................................................... 267(2).
custody, etc., of.......................................................................... 283(2).
 duties—
collected by Union and may be distributed between
Union and States...................................................................... 270.
in respect of succession to agricultural land.......................... Sch. VII, List II-47.
in respect of succession to property other than
agricultural land.................................................................. Sch. VII, List I-88.

FINANCE—contd.
levied by Union and collected and appropriated
by States................................................................................... 268.
of customs including export duties......................................... Sch. VII, List I-83.
of excise, on alcoholic liquors, opium, Indian hemp, etc....... Sch. VII, List II-51.
of excise, on tobacco, etc......................................................... Sch. VII, List I-84.
stamp, other than duties or fees collected by judicial

stamp....................................................................................... Sch. VII, List III-44.

stamp, rates of, in respect of bills of exchange, etc................ Sch. VII, List I-91.
surcharge on certain, for purposes of Union.......................... 271.
grants by the Union or States for public purposes................ 282.
grants by Union to certain States........................................... 275.
grants to certain States in lieu of export duty on jute and
jute products............................................................................ 273.
Interpretation of, for the purposes of Part XII,
"Finance Commission"...................................................... 264.
"net proceeds", etc., calculation of.................................... 279.
public account of India and the States.............................. 266(2).
custody, etc., of money credited to..................................... 283.
suitors' deposits and other moneys received by the public
servants and courts to be paid into.................................... 284.
revenues, distribution of, between the Union and the
States—
levied by the Union and shared with the States..................... 270.
levied by the Union but collected and appropriated by the
States................................................................................... 268.
on export of jute, etc., grant in lieu of, to certain States...... 273.
surcharge on, for purposes of Union, Parliament may
impose.................................................................................. 271.
sales tax, restriction as to imposition of................................. 286.
State taxation—
exemption from-in respect of water or electricity in certain
cases........................................................................................ 287-288.
exemption of Union property from........................................ 285.
supplementary grants—See SUPPLEMENTARY GRANTS.
tax—
c ap it at io n ............................................................................. S ch. V I I, L i st I I-
6 1.
corporation.............................................................................. Sch. VII, List I-85.
on advertisements in newspapers........................................... Sch. VII, List I-92.
on other advertisements.......................................................... Sch. VII, List II-55.
on agricultural income............................................................ Sch. VII, List II-46.
on animals and boats............................................................... Sch. VII, List II-58.
on capital value of assets, exclusive of agricultural land, of
individuals and companies and on capital of
companies............................................................................. Sch. VII, List I-86.
on consignment of goods......................................................... Sch. VII, List I-92B.
on consumption of sale of electricity...................................... Sch. VII, List II-53.
FINANCE—contd.
 on entry of goods into local areas........................................... Sch. VII, List II-52.
on goods and passengers carried by road or on inland
waterways................................................................................ Sch. VII, List II-56.
on income, definition of.............................. 366(29).
on income, other than agricultural income. . . Sch. VII, List I-82.
on lands and buildings................................ Sch. VII, List II-
49.

on luxuries, including taxes on entertainments,

amusements, betting and gambling.......... Sch. VII, List II-
62.

on mineral rights........................................ Sch. VII, List II-

50.
on professions, trades, callings and employments
...........................................................................276, Sch VII, List II-
60.
on railway fares and freights....................... Sch. VII, List I-89.
on sale or purchase of goods....................... Sch. VII, List II-
54,286,
Sch. VII,
List I-92A.
on sale or purchase of newspaper................ Sch. VII, List I-92.
on transactions in stock exchanges and futures
markets, other than stamp duties............ Sch. VII, List I-90.
on vehicles, suitable for use on roads, including
tramcars................................................. Sch. VII, List II-
57.
recovery of—in a State for claims arising outside
that State ............................................... Sch. VII, List III-
43.
terminal-on goods or passengers............................................ Sch. VII, List I-89.
taxation, definition of................................. 366(28).
taxes, etc., existing, levied by State Governments or
local authorities to continue notwithstanding that
they are mentioned in the Union List......... 277.
taxes not to be levied except by authority of law
........................................................................... 265.
taxes levied and collected by the Union but assigned
to the States…………………………………………… 269.
taxes,etc., existing, levied by the State Governments or
local authorities to continue notwithstanding
that they are mentioned in the Union List…………………289
Union taxation, exemption of State property and
income from............................................. 289.
FINANCE COMMISSION— See FINANCE.
FINANCIAL CORPORATIONS—See CORPORATIONS.
FISHERIES........................................................ Sch. VII, List II-
21.
FISHING AND FISHERIES beyond territorial waters Sch.
VII, List I-57.
FOREIGN—
exchange...................................................... Sch. VII, List I-36.
jurisdiction.................................................... Sch. VII, List I-16.
loans............................................................. Sch. VII, List I-37.
FOREIGN AFFAIRS.............................................. Sch. VII, List I-10.
 preventive detention for reasons connected with
...........................................................................Sch. VII, List I-9.
FOREIGN STATE, definition of............................. 367(3).
FORESTS.......................................................... 48A, Sch. VII,
List III-
17A.
FRATERNITY, promotion of................................. Preamble.
FREE LEGAL AID—
equal justice and—State to provide................. 39A.
FUNDAMENTAL DUTIES...................................... Part IVA.
FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS...................................... Part III.
cultural and educational rights—
protection of interests of minorities............. 29.
right of minorities to
establish and administer educational institutions
........................................................................... 30.
kirpans, wearing and carrying of, by Sikhs..... 25.
laws inconsistent with, or in derogation of—
State not to make..................................... 13(2).
to be void................................................. 13(1).
legislation to give effect to........................ 35.
power of Parliament to modify, in their application to
Armed Forces.......................................... 33.
protection against arrest and detention..... 22.
protection in respect of—
(i) conviction for offences;
(ii) being tried more than once for the same offence; and
(iii) appearing as a witness against himself. 20.
protection of life and personal liberty............. 21.
restriction on-while Martial Law is in force....... 34.
right against exploitation—
power of State to impose compulsory service for public
purposes....................................................... 23(2).
prohibition of employment of children in
factories, etc................................................. 24.
prohibition of traffic in human beings and forced labour. 23(1).
right of citizens—
to assemble peaceably................................ 19(1)(b) & (3).
to form associations................................... 19(1)(c) & (4).
to freedom of speech.................................. 19(1)(a) & (2).
to move throughout India............................ 19(1)(d) & (5).
to practise any profession........................... 19(1)(g) & (6).
to reside and settle anywhere in India......... 19(1)(e) & (5).
right to constitutional remedies..................... 32-35.
remedies for enforcement of—
by moving Supreme Court by appropriate
proceedings........................................... 32.
suspension of, during emergency............... 359.
See also under EMERGENCY.
right to equality—
abolition of titles...................................... 18.
FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS—contd.
See also under TITLES.
abolition of untouchability......................... 17.
equality before law.................................. 14.
 equality of opportunity in matters of public employment …
16.
power of State to make special provision for—
backward classes, Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes
15(4).
women and children..................................... 15(3).
prohibition of discrimination against any citizen on grounds
of religion, race, caste, sex or place of birth
........................................................................... 15(1).
right of citizen as to access to, and use of, public
place................................................... 15(2).
right to freedom of religion—
freedom as to attendance at religious
instruction or religious worship in certain
educational institutions.......................... 28.
freedom as to payment of taxes for promotion
of any particular religion........................ 27.
freedom of conscience and free profession,
practice and propagation of religion...... 25.
freedom to manage religious affairs........... 26.
the State, definition of, for purposes of Part III
...........................................................................12.
G
GAMBLING—See BETTING.
GAS AND GAS WORKS........................................ Sch. VII, List II-
25.
GENERAL CLAUSES ACT, provisions of, to apply to
interpretation of the Constitution................. 367.
GOA—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to Sch.
IV.
special provision with respect to the State of 371-
I.
territory of................................................. Sch. I.
GOODS—
carriage of—
by air, rail or sea, and by national waterways Sch.
VII, List I-30.
by inland waterways................................. Sch. VII, List III-
32.
taxes on—See under FINANCE.
definition of................................................... 366(12).
production, supply and distribution of............. Sch. VII, List II-
27.
standards of quality for—for export or inter-State
transport....................................................... Sch. VII, List I-51.
taxes on entry of—into a local area—See underFINANCE
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ACT—
repeal of 395.

Transition from provisions of—, President's power t o make

provisions for................................................ 392.
GOVERNORS..................................................... 153.
GOVERNORS—contd.
address by.................................................... 175-176.
allowances, etc., for....................................... 158.
annual financial statement,—to cause to be laid before the
 Legislature.................................................... 202(1).
appointment of.............................................. 155.
appointment of—as administrators for Union
territories.............................................................239(2).
Bills—
assent to................................................... 200.
reservation of—for the consideration of President
200.
common—for two or more States................. 153.
conditions of office of................................. 158.
Council of Ministers to aid and advise.......... 163.
decision of—on question as to disqualification of members
of Legislature............................................ 192(1).
discharge of the functions of—
on certain contingencies ………………………………… 160
discretionary power of............................ 163(1) & (2), Sch.
VI,
paras. 9 &
18.
emoluments, allowances, privileges and rights
in respect of eave of absence of.................. 158(3), Sch. II,
Part A,.................................................................
Sch. VII,
List I-75.
executive action of State Government to be
expressed in the name of....................... 166(1).
executive power of State to vest in............. 154.
legislative powers of.................................. 213.
See also under ORDINANCE.
oath or affirmation by.................................... 159.
power of—
to apply Part VI, Chapter VI, to magistrates. 237.
to appoint—
(i) Advocate General—See ADVOCATE-GENERAL.
(ii) member of State Legislative Assembly to fill
temporarily vacancies in the office of Speaker
...........................................................................180(1).
(iii) member of State Legislative Council to fill
vacancies for the office of Chairman. . . . 184(1).
(iv) members of Public Service Commission—See
PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION.
(v) Ministers—See COUNCIL OF MINISTERS.
to consult Election Commission in cases relating to
disqualification of a member of legislature. . 192(2).
to entrust State functions on Union Government
...........................................................................258A.
to frame regulations regarding conditions of service, etc.,
of Chairman and members of the State Public
Service Commission.............................. 318.
to frame rules—
GOVERNORS—contd.
regarding authentication of orders and other
instruments............................................... 166(2).
regarding convenient transaction of Government
business............................................... 166(3).

regarding procedure in respect of communications

 between the Houses of State Legislature 208(3).
regarding recruitment of officers, etc., for a High
Court..................................................229(1) Proviso.
regarding recruitment of secretarial staff of Houses
of Legislature....................................... 187(3).
to grant pardons, etc., and to suspend, remit or
commute sentences............................... 161.
to nominate Anglo-Indians to Legislative Assembly
...........................................................................333.
to nominate members to Legislative Council
...........................................................................171(3)(e) & 171(5).
protection of—from legal proceedings.............. 361.
qualifications for appointment as.................... 157.
recommendation of—
demand for a grant to be made on............ 203(3).
necessary for introduction of Money Bills. . 207.
to be regarded as matter of procedure...... 255.
resignation of office by.............................. 156(2).
right of—to address and send messages to the
Legislature.................................................. 175.
right of—to summon, prorogue and dissolve
Legislature.................................................. 174.
special address by........................................ 176.
special responsibility of................................ 371(2).
supplementary grants,—cause to be laid before
Legislature …………………………………………………….. 205(1)
term of office of....................................... 156.
GRAM SABHA.................................................... 243A.
GUARANTEE, definition of.................................. 366(13).
GUJARAT—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to. Sch. IV.
special responsibility of the Governor for establishment of
development boards................................... 371(2).
State of........................................................ Sch I.
H
HABEAS CORPUS—
power of High Court to issue.......................... 226.
HARYANA—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to. . Sch. IV.
State of........................................................ Sch. I.
HIGH COURTS, in the States............................... 214.
HIGH COURTS, in the State—contd..
administrative expenses of—to be charged on the
Consolidated Fund of the State....................... 229(3).
application of certain provisions relating to Supreme
Court to........................................................ 218.
Chief Justice—
acting—, appointment of...................................223.
appointment of—See Chief Justice and other Judges
below power of—
to appoint acting Judges............................. 224(2).
to appoint additional Judges....................... 224(1).
to appoint officers and servants of High Court
...........................................................................229(1).
to appoint retired Judges at sittings of High Courts
...........................................................................224(A).
 to be consulted regarding appointment of other
Judges...................................................... 217(1).
Chief Justice and other Judges—
age of retirement of................................... 217(1), 224(3).
appointment and conditions of office of....... 217, 224, 224A.
conduct of—not to be discussed—
in Parliament............................................. 121
in State Legislature.................................... 211.
determination of age of.............................. 217(3)
oath or affirmation by................................. 219.
prohibition of practice after ceasing to hold office
220.
qualifications for appointment as................ 217(2).
removal from office of................................. 217(1) Proviso
(b).
procedure regarding................................... 218.
resignation of office by............................... 217(1) Proviso
(a).
salaries, etc. of.......................................... 221, Sch.II,
Part
D, Para 10.
transfer of—from one High Court to another. 222.
vacation of office of.................................... 217(1) Proviso
(c).
constitution and organisation of.................. 216, Sch VII, List
I-78.
court of record........................................... 215.
definition of............................................... 366(14).
establishment of a common High Court for two or
more States............................................ 231.
for Union territories..................................... 241.
jurisdiction of............................................... 225.
extension of—to or exclusion from Union
territories.................................................... 230,Sch.VII,List I-
79.
Language in—See LANGUAGE.
officers of—appointment, etc., of................... 229.
power of—
to issue certain writs.................................. 226.
to punish for contempt............................... 215.
power of superintendence of....................... 227.
retirement of additional or acting Judge....... 224(3).
subordinate courts, control over, to vest in. . 235.
transfer of certain cases to......................... 228.
transitional period, provisions as to ............ 376.
HIGHWAYS, declared by Parliament to be national ......... Sch. VII, List I-23.
HIMACHAL PRADESH—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to. Sch. IV
State of............................................................ Sch. I.
HINDU RELIGIOUS INSTITUTION.......................... 25(2)(b).
HOSPITALS AND DISPENSARIES.......................... Sch. VII, List II-6.
hospitals, seamen's and marine...................... Sch. VII, List I-28.
HOUSE OF THE PEOPLE—
composition of............................................... 81.
decisions of—by majority................................ 100(1).
Deputy Speaker of—See SPEAKER
duration of.................................................... 83.
 Member of—See MEMBERS OF PARLIAMENT.
power of—to make rules of procedure............. 118(1).
quorum for a meeting of................................. 100(3).
representation (nomination) of Anglo-Indians in 331.
representation of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled
Tribes, etc. in................................................ 330.
representation of Union territories in.............. 81(1)(b).
Secretarial staff, appointment, etc., of............ 98.
Speaker and Deputy Speakers of—
casting vote of............................................. 100(1).
choosing of.................................................. 93.
not to preside while a resolution for removal from
office is under consideration........................... 96.
performance of duties of office of—
during the absence of................................... 95.
removal from office of................................... 94(c) & 96.
resignation of office by................................. 94(b).
salaries and allowances, etc., of.................... 97, Sch.VII, List.
1-73
& Sch. II,
Part C, Para 7.
vacation of office by..................................... 94(a).
voting in...................................................... 100.
I
IMPEACHMENT of President—See PRESIDENT
IMPROVEMENT TRUSTS...................................... Sch. VII, List II-5.
INDIA—
admission into, emigration and expulsion from.....
Sch. VII, List I-19.
a Union of States........................................... 1(1).
admission of new States into.......................... 2.
Bharat, the name of....................................... 1(1).
languages of.................................................. Sch. VIII.
security of..................................................... Sch. VII, List I-9.
territory of..................................................... 1(3).
INDIAN INDEPENDENCE ACT, 1947, the repeal of.. 395.
INDIAN POLICE SERVICES—See SERVICES
INDIAN STATE, definition of................................ 366(15).
INDUSTRIAL AND LABOUR DISPUTES................... Sch. VII, List III-
22.
INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES, concerning Union
employees.................................................... Sch. VII, List I-
61.
INDUSTRIAL MONOPOLIES, COMBINES AND
TRUSTS............................................................ Sch. VII, List III-
21.
INDUSTRIES—
declared by Parliament to be necessary
for defence or for prosecution of war............. Sch.
VII, List I-7.
other............................................................. Sch. VII, List II-
24.
under Union control........................................ Sch. VII, List I-
52.
participation of workers in management of..........
........................................................................... 43A.
 INFLAMMABLE LIQUIDS AND SUBSTANCES.......... Sch. VII, List I-
53.
INNS AND INN KEEPERS..................................... Sch. VII, List II-
31.
INQUIRIES, surveys and statistics—
connected with matters in List I...................... Sch. VII, List I-
94.
connected with matters in Lists II and III......... Sch. VII, List III-
45.
INSOLVENCY—See BANKRUPTCY
INSTITUTIONS—
charitable and religious.................................. Sch. VII, List III-
28.
imperial War Museum, Indian Museum, Indian
War Memorial, National Library, Victoria Memorial...……
Sch. VII, List I-62.
instructions in mother tongue......................... 350A.
Union and agencies, for purposes of technical
training, research, etc. ................................. Sch. VII, List I-65
& 66.
See also UNIVERSITIES
INSURANCE....................................................... Sch. VII, List I-
47.
INSURANCE CORPORATIONS—See under CORPORATIONS
INTELLIGENCE AND INVESTIGATION—
Central Bureau of.............................................. Sch. VII, List I-8.
INTER-STATE—
Council............................................................. 263.
river waters dispute....................................... 262.
trade or commerce........................................ 286.
INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS—
implementation of treaties, etc...................... Sch. VII, List I-
14.
legislation to give effect to............................. 253.
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCES, ETC.—
participation in—, and implementation of decisions
of............................................................... Sch. VII, List I-13.
INTERNATIONAL PEACE AND SECURITY, ETC.,
promotion of—See DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES.
INTERPRETATION—
of Constitution for Part V, Chapter IV and Part VI,
Chapter V..................................................... 147.
of Constitution in general............................... 367.
of “district judge” for Part VI, Chapter VI........ 236(a).
of “Finance Commission” for Part XII........... . 264.
of judicial service for Part VI, Chapter VI..........
236(b).
of “State” for Part VI.................................... 152.
of “State” for Part XIV.................................. 308.
of “State” for Schedule V.............................. Sch. V,Part A,
Para.1.
INTOXICATING DRINKS, ETC.—See PROHIBITION.
INTOXICATING LIQUORS, production, manufacture,
purchase, sale, etc., of................................ Sch. VII, List II-8.
INVENTIONS AND DESIGNS................................. Sch. VII, List I-
49.
 IRRIGATION, subject to entry 56 of Union List...... Sch. VII, List II-
17.
J
JAMMU AND KASHMIR—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to.......
........................................................................... Sch. IV.
State of......................................................... Sch. I.
temporary provisions with respect to.............. 370.
JHARKHAND—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to……………. Sch. IV
state of ……………………………………………………… Sch. I.
JOINT SITTING—Houses of Parliament................. 100,108.
JUDGES—
district—
appointment of............................................ 233(1).
definition of................................................. 236(a).
eligibility for appointment as........................ 233(2).
eligibility for appointment as—who are not citizens of
India.......................................................... 376.
validation of appointment, etc., of certain..... 233A.
High Court—See HIGH COURTS.
SUPREME COURT—See SUPREME COURT.
JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS, recognition of............... Sch. VII, List III-
12.
JUDICIAL SERVICE—
appointment to—of a State............................ 234.
definition of.................................................. 236(b).
JUDICIARY, separation of, from the executive—
See DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES
JURISDICTION—
of courts—
barred in disputes arising out of treaties,
agreements, etc., with Indian States......... 363.
barred in electoral matters......................... 329.
officers and members of Parliament not subject to
........................................................................... 122(2).
officers and members of State Legislature not
subject to................................................ 212(2)
JUSTICE—
administration of.......................................... Sch. VII,List III-
11A.
equal—and free legal aid............................... 39A.
social, economic and political, securing of....... Preamble, 38
K
KARNATAKA—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to. Sch. IV.
Legislative Council for....................................... 168.
State of....................................................... Sch. I.
KERALA—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to. Sch. IV.
State of—......................................................... Sch. I.
KIRPANS—See FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS
L
LABOUR—
disputes....................................................... Sch. VII, List III-
22.
 regulation of—in mines and oilfields............... Sch. VII, List I-
55.
vocational and technical training of................ Sch. VII, List III-
25.
welfare of..................................................... Sch. VII, List III-
24.
LAKSHADWEEP, territory of............................... Sch. I.
LAND, rights over land tenures, etc. .................. Sch. VII, List II-
18.
LAND, revenue, assessment and collection of,
maintenance of land records, etc.................... Sch. VII, List II-
45.
LANGUAGE—
enactment of laws relating to—, special provision
as to........................................................... 349.
facilities for instruction in mother tongue....... 350A.
Hindi, duty of Union to develop...................... 351.
linguistic minorities, special officer for............ 350B.
of authoritative text of bills, etc.................... 348(1)(b) &
348(3).
Authoritative text in Hindi language................ 394A.
Official—
Commission and Committee of Parliament on. 344.
English to continue for fifteen years as.......... 343(2).
for communications between Union and a State or
States inter se........................................ 346.
of a State.................................................. 345.
of the Union to be Hindi.............................. 343.
of Supreme Court and High Courts.............. 348.
spoken by a section of the population of a State,
special provisions as to......................... 347.
to be used in Parliament............................ 120.
to be used in representation for redress of
grievances.............................................. 350.
to be used in State Legislatures.................. 210.
LANGUAGES OF INDIA........................................ Sch. VIII.
LAWS—
existing—
continuance of............................................... 372(1).
definition of................................................... 366(10).
void, if inconsistent with provisions of Part III.. 13(1).
existing laws and laws providing for State monopolies,
saving of....................................................... 305.
imposing restrictions on right to freedom of
speech, etc.... 19(2) to
(6).
See also FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS
offences against—
relating to matters in List I............................. Sch. VII, List I-
93.
relating to matters in List II............................ Sch. VII, List II-
64.
recognition of................................................ Sch. VII, List III-
12.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS—suits and proceedings by or
against the Union and the States.................... 300.
 LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLIES—See the STATES.
LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL—See the STATES.
LEGISLATIVE RELATIONS between the Union
and the States.............................................. 245—255.
LIBERTY of thought, expression, belief, faith and
worship, securing of..................................... Preamble.
LIBRARIES—controlled by the States.................. Sch. VII, List II-
12
See also INSTITUTIONS.
LIGHTHOUSES................................................... Sch. VII, List I-
26.
LIMITATION....................................................... Sch. VII, List III-
13.
LINGUISTIC MINORITIES, special officer for.......... 350B.
LIVING WAGE TO WORKERS—see DIRECTIVE
PRINCIPLES.
LOAN, definition of............................................ 366(4)
LOCAL GOVERNMENT......................................... Sch. VII, List II-5.
LOTTERIES—organised by Government............... Sch. VII, List I-
40.
LUNACY AND MENTAL DEFICIENCY—lunatics
and mental deficients..................................... Sch. VII, List III-
16.
M
MADHYA PRADESH—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to. . Sch. IV.
Legislative Council for................................... 168.
State of....................................................... Sch. I.
MAHARASHTRA—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to. Sch. IV.
Legislative Council for.................................. 168
special responsibility of the Governor for establishment
of development boards................................. 371(2).
State of............................................................ Sch. I.
MAJOR PORTS................................................... Sch. VII, List I-
27.
definition of................................................. 364(2)(a).
special provision as to extension of laws to. . . 364(1).
MANDAMUS
Power of High Court to issue writ of.............. 226(1).
MANIPUR—
allocation of seatS in the Council of States to. Sch. IV.
special provision with respect to the State of. 371C.
State of....................................................... Sch. I.
MARITIME ZONES
lands, minerals and other valuable things within
territorial waters, continental shelf and resources of
the exclusive economic zones to vest in the Union
........................................................................... 297.
MARKETS AND FAIRS......................................... Sch. VII, List II-
28.
MARRIAGE........................................................ Sch. VII, List III-
5.
MARTIAL LAW, power of Parliament to indemnify for
acts done in areas under .............................. 34.
MEGHALAYA—
 allocation of seat in the Council of States to.... Sch. IV.
State of............................................................ Sch. I.
tribal areas in ............................................... Sch. VI.
MEMBERS OF PARLIAMENT—See under PARLIAMENT
MEMORIALS—See under INSTITUTIONS.
MERCANTILE MARINE, education and training for Sch. VII, List 1—
25.
METEOROLOGICAL ORGANISATIONS.................... Sch. VII, List 1—
68.
MIGRANTS TO AND FROM PAKISTAN—
See under CITIZENSHIP
MIGRATION, inter-State..................................... Sch. VII, List 1—
81.
MINES AND MINERALS—
regulation and development of—
under Union control....................................... Sch. VII, List I—
54.
in other case................................................. Sch. VII, List II—
23.
See also LABOUR.
MINISTERS—See COUNCIL OF MINISTERS.
MINORITIES, protection, etc., of—
See FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS.
See also SCHEDULED CASTES AND SCHEDULED TRIBES
MIZORAM—
allocation of seat in the Council of State to...... Sch. IV.
Special provision with respect to the State of. . 371 G.
territory of.................................................... Sch. I.
tribal areas in................................................ Sch. VI.
MINORS—infants and minors.............................. Sch. VII, List III-
5.
MONEY BILLS—See BILLS.
MONEY-LENDING AND MONEY-LENDERS.............. Sch. VII, List II-
30.
MONOPOLIES, saving of existing laws and laws
providing for State............................................ 305.
MONUMENTS—
ancient and historical—
of national importance................................... Sch. VII. List I—
67.
others........................................................... Sch. VII. List II—
12.
protection, etc., of—See DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES.
MUNICIPAL CORPORATIONS—See under
CORPORATIONS.
MUNICIPALITIES
audit of accounts of....................................... 243 Z.
composition of............................................... 243 R.
constitution and composition of wards committees
........................................................................... 243 S.
constitution of............................................... 243 Q.
definitions..................................................... 243P.
disqualifications for membership of................ 243V.
duration of.................................................... 243U.
elections to the............................................. 243ZA.
powers, authority and responsibilities of......... 243W and Sch.
XII.
 powers to impose taxes by, and funds of......... 243X.
reservation of seats....................................... 243T.
MUNICIPAL TRAMWAYS...................................... Sch. VII, List II-
13.
MUSEUMS—controlled by States......................... Sch. VII, List II-
12.
See also INSTITUTIONS.
N
NAGALAND—
allocation of seat in the Council of States to.... Sch. IV.
special provision with respect to the State of. . 371A.
State of......................................................... Sch. I.
NATIONAL INSTITUTIONS—See INSTITUTIONS.
NATURALISATION.............................................. Sch. VII, List 1—
17.
NET PROCEEDS, calculation of—See FINANCE.
NEWSPAPERS.................................................... Sch. VII, List III-
39.
NUMERALS for official purposes of Union............ 343(1).
O
OATHS.............................................................. Sch VII, List III-
12.
forms of—or affirmations................................ Sch. III.
OBLIGATIONS of Union and States, provisions
relating to, under the Constitution................. 294-295.
OFFICIAL LANGUAGE.......................................... 343.
Commission and Committee of Parliament on. . 344.
OFFICIAL TRUSTEES........................................... Sch. VII, List III-
11.
OIL—
oil fields and mineral oil resources, regulation
and development of....................................... Sch. VII, List I-
53.
regulation of labour and safety in mines and
oilfields......................................................... Sch. VII, List I-55.
OPIUM—
cultivation, manufacture and sale for export of Sch. VII, List I-59.
duties of excise on—See under FINANCE.
ORDINANCE—
Administrator's power to promulgate—during recess
of Union Territories Legislature..................... 239B.
Governor's power to promulgate—during recess of State
Legislature............................................... 213.
President's power to promulgate—during recess
of Parliament............................................ 123.
ORISSA—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to. . Sch.IV.
State of........................................................ Sch.I.
P
PANCHAYATS—
application to Union territories...................... 243L.
audit of accounts of....................................... 243J.

bar to interference by courts in electoral matters

........................................................................... 243O.
composition of............................................... 243C.
 Constitution of............................................... 243B.
constitution of Finance Commission to review
financial position........................................... 243-1 and
280(3)(bb).
continuance of existing laws........................... 243N.
definitions of................................................. 243
disqualifications for membership.................... 243F.
duration of.................................................... 243E.
elections to the ............................................. 243K.
gram sabha................................................... 243A.
maintenance and auditing of accounts............ 243J.
part not to apply to certain areas.................... 243M.
powers, authority and responsibilities............. 243G and Sch.
XI.
powers to impose taxes by, and funds of......... 243E.
reservation of seats........................................ 243D.
PARLIAMENT—
Acts of—lack of requirements as to recommendations
and previous sanctions not to invalidate.......... 255.
committees of and commissions appointed by,
attendance of persons and production of documents
before........................................................... Sch VII, List I-74.
composition of—
PARLIAMENT—contd.
the Council of States.................................... 80.
the House of the People............................... 81.
constitution of............................................... 79.
Council of States—See COUNCIL OF STATES.
dissolution of................................................ 85(2)(b).
duration of.................................................... 83.
expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of
India, not subject to vote of............................ 113(1).
other expenditure, subject to vote of.............. 113(2).
House of the People—See HOUSE OF THE PEOPLE.
Houses of—to meet twice every year............... 85(1).
Joint sitting................................................... 100 & 108.
language to be used in — See under LANGUAGE
laws made by—
extent of.................................................... 245(1).
to prevail over State laws in certain cases.... 251 & 254.
legislative procedure—
in respect of financial matters..................... 112 & 117.
in respect of Money Bills............................. 109.
in respect of votes on account, votes of credit and
exceptional grants...................................... 116.
with respect to estimates............................ 113.
Members of Parliament—
disqualifications for.................................... 102, Sch. X.
decision on question as to........................... 103.
oath or affirmation by................................. 99.
powers, privileges, etc., of.......................... 105, Sch.VII, List I-
74.
qualifications for........................................ 84.
salaries and allowances, etc., of.................. 106, Sch.VII, List I-
73.
vacation of seats by.................................... 101.
 voting in Houses of..................................... 100.
voting without making oath or affirmation, etc.
penalty for……………………………………………………. 104.
officers of—See COUNCIL OF STATES and HOUSE
OF THE PEOPLE.
power of—
to abolish or create Legislative Councils in States
........................................................................... 169.
to act notwithstanding vacancies and quorum
100.
to admit new States into the Union.............. 2.
to alter areas, boundaries or names of States 3.
to amend First and Fourth Schedules in certain
cases...................................................... 4.
to amend Fifth Schedule............................. Sch. V, Para 7.
to amend provisions of Constitution ........... 368.
to appoint authority for carrying out purposes of
PARLIAMENT—contd
articles 301-304............................................ 307.
to confer ancillary powers on Supreme Court... 140.
to confer jurisdiction on the Supreme Court to issue
certain writs................................................ 139.
.to confer powers of the Union on States in certain
cases........................................................... 258(2).
to constitute High Courts for Union territories. 241.
to create local Legislatures or Council of Ministers
or both for certain Union territories................ 239A.
to determine the salaries and allowances of Ministers 75(6).
to establish new States ................................. 2.
to extend functions of Public Service Commissions
321.
to extend its own duration in emergencies...... 83(2) Proviso.
to impose restrictions on freedom of trade, commerce,
or intercourse within the Union..................... 302.
to impose surcharge on certain duties and taxes for
purposes of the Union.................................. 271.
to legislate on matters in Concurrent List........ 246(2).
to legislate with respect to matters in State List—
in national interest.................................... 249(1).
during Emergency....................................... 250.
to legislate with respect to matters in State List
for two or more States by consent................ 252.
to legislate with respect to matters in Union List
........................................................................... 246(1).
to make laws regarding extension of or exclusion from the
jurisdiction of High Courts............................ 230.
to make laws to amend Scheduled Castes and Scheduled
Tribes Orders............................................... 341(2)& 342(2).
to make laws to give effect to international
agreements................................................. 253.
to make laws to give effect to provisions
regarding Fundamental Rights...................... 35.
to make laws with respect to elections to
legislatures................................................. 327.
to make laws with respect to trade
and commerce within a State and production,
 supply and distribution of certain
commodities during the first 5 years............. 369.
to make provisions regarding qualifications for
and powers of the members of the Finance
Commission................................................. 280(2)&(4).
to prescribe certain matters with respect to preventive
detention................................................. 22(7).
to prescribe requirements regarding residence for
employment under a State or local authority
16(3).
PARLIAMENT—contd.
to prescribe the manner of election of representatives
of Union territories to the Council of States
80(5).
to provide for adjudication of disputes relating to
waters of inter-State rivers and river-valleys 262.
to provide for creation of all-India services..... 312.
to provide for discharge of President's functions in
contingencies................................................ 70.
to provide for establishment of additional courts for
better administration of laws made by Parliament
........................................................................... 247.
to provide for establishment of Joint Public Service
Commission for two or more States................. 315.
to provide for the manner of enforcement of decrees
or orders of the Supreme Court...................... 142(1).
to provide for the use of English language or
Devanagari form of numerals, after 15 years. . 343(3).
to regulate its procedure in financial matters. . 119.
to regulate matters regarding election of President
and Vice-President........................................ 71(3).
to regulate the right of citizenship.................. 11.
to vary or revoke conditions of service of officers of
certain services............................................. 312A.
powers, privileges, etc., of.............................105(3), Sch. VII,
List I-74.
proceedings of—
courts not to enquire into validity of............. 122(1).
protection of publication of........................... 361A.
prorogation of.............................................. 85(2)(a).
quorum for a meeting of............................... 100(3).
residuary powers of legislation vest in........... 248, Sch. VII, List
I-97.
restriction on discussion in........................... 121.
rules of procedure, power of each House to make
...........................................................................118.
secretariat of Houses of................................ 98.
summoning of.............................................. 85(1).
PART, definition of............................................. 366(16).
passports...................................................... Sch. VII, List I-19.
PATENTS, INVENTIONS AND DESIGNS.................. Sch. VII, List I-49.
PENSIONS—
definition of................................................... 366(17).
payable by States.......................................... Sch. VII, List II-
42.
 payable by Union........................................... Sch. VII, List I-
71.
PETROLEUM AND PETROLEUM PRODUCTS........... Sch. VII, List I-
53.
PILGRIMAGES—
to places outside India................................... Sch. VII, List I-
20.
to other places.............................................. Sch. VII, List II-7.
PIRACIES AND CRIMES ON SEAS OR IN AIR—
offences against law of nations...................... Sch. VII, List I-
21.
PLANNING, economic and social......................... Sch. VII, List III-
20.
POISONS.......................................................... Sch. VII, List III-
19.
POLICE............................................................. Sch. VII, List II-2.
POLICE FORCE—
extension of powers and jurisdiction of —to areas
outside the State and to railway areas............ Sch. VII, List I-
80.
PONDICHERRY—
allocation of seat in the Council of States to.... Sch.IV.
creation of local Legislatures or
Council of Ministers, or both for.................. 239A.
territory of.................................................... Sch.I.
POPULATION CONTROL AND FAMILY PLANNING.... Sch. VII, List III-
20A.
PORTS—
declared by Parliament to be major................ Sch. VII, List I-
27.
other............................................................ Sch. Vll, List III-
31.
POST OFFICE SAVINGS BANK.............................. Sch. VII, List I-
39.
POST AND TELEGRAPHS..................................... Sch. VII, List I-
31.
POUNDS AND PREVENTION OF CATTLE TRESPASS Sch. VII, List II-
16.
PRESIDENT....................................................... 52.
address by.................................................... 86-87.
Annual Financial Statement, causes to be laid before
Parliament.................................................... 112(1).
appointments of—
Attorney-General—See ATTORNEY-GENERAL.
Chairman and members of Union and State Public
Service Commissions—See PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION.
Chief Justice and other Judges of—
High Courts—See HIGH COURTS.
Supreme Court—See SUPREME COURT.
Comptroller and Auditor-General—See COMPTROLLER
AND AUDITOR-GENERAL.
Governors of States—See GOVERNORS.
Prime Minister and other Ministers—See COUNCIL
OF MINISTERS.
Special Officer for linguistic minorities........... 350B.
Special Officer for Scheduled Castes—
See SCHEDULED CASTES.
 approval of—to rules regarding salaries, allowances,
leave or pensions of officers and servants of the
Supreme Court.......................................... 146(2) Proviso.
assent of—
to Bills—
general...................................................... 111.
of Parliament, amending the Constitution.. . . 368.
of State Legislature.................................... 201.
regarding imposition of taxes on water or electricity
PRESIDENT—contd.
in certain cases........................................ 288(2).
audit reports, causes to be laid before Parliament
........................................................................... 151(1).
conditions of office of …………………………………………… 59
consent of—necessary for acceptance of foreign
titles, presents, etc., by person serving under
the State...................................................... 18(3) & (4).
Contracts of the Union to be executed in the name of
........................................................................... 299(1).
Council of Ministers to aid and advise............. 74(1).
decision by—on questions as to disqualifications of
Members of Parliament.................................. 103(1).
defence forces, supreme command of, to vest in
53(2).
Election Commission, appointment of Chief Election
Commissioner and other Commissioners, etc.— See ELECTIONS.
election of..................................................... 54,Sch.VII, List I-
72.
eligibility for re-election................................. 57.
emoluments, allowances and privileges, etc., of
59(3), Sch.II, Part A,
Sch. VII,
List I-75.
executive action by the Union Government to be taken
in the name of............................................ 77(1).
Finance Commission, constitution, etc., by—See FINANCE.
impeachment of—procedure for...................... 61.
legislative powers of...................................... 123(1).
manner of election of..................................... 55.
matters relating to election of........................ 71.
messages, etc., of—to the Houses................... 86.
oath or affirmation by.................................... 60.
Ordinance making power of—See ORDINANCE.
to adapt laws............................................. 372 & 372A.
to apply laws with modifications to aerodromes and major
ports........................................................ 364.
to appoint acting Chairman of the Council of
States...................................................... 91(1).
to appoint acting Speaker of the House of the
People..................................................... 95(1).
to appoint a Commission to report on the
administration of Scheduled Areas and Welfare of
Scheduled Tribes...................................... 339.
to appoint a Commission to investigate the condition of
backward classes...................................... 340.
to authorise the use of Hindi during the 15 years
 period in addition to English and of Devanagari
numerals for official purposes of Union .. . . . 343(2) Proviso.
to call for information from the Prime Minister
regarding administration of Union affairs and
proposals for legislation........................... 78(b).
PRESIDENT—contd.
to constitute a Commission to report on official
language................................................. 344.
to consult Election Commission on questions regarding
disqualification of members of Parliament. 103(2).
to consult Supreme Court on questions of law or fact of
public importance.................................... 143.
to declare a State not to be a foreign State for a
specific purpose...................................... 367(3) Proviso.
to entrust Union functions to States in certain cases
........................................................................... 258(1).
to establish inter-State Council................... 263.
to grant pardons, etc., and to suspend, remit or
commute sentences in certain cases.......... 72.
to issue order for adaptation of existing laws
372(2).
to issue order for removal of difficulties during transitional
period...................................................... 392.
to issue orders in regard to grants from the Union to
certain States........................................... 275(2).
to issue Proclamation of Emergency—See EMERGENCY.
to make advances from Contingency Fund to meet
unforeseen expenditure........................... 267(1).
to make order in respect of persons under preventive
detention in certain cases........................ 373.
to make provision by order for continuance of taxes
on water or electricity involving river valley
projects under existing State Law.......... 288(1).
to make provisions regarding
discharge of Governor's functions in contingencies
........................................................................... 160.
to make regulations for Union Territories..... 240.
to make regulation s regarding conditions of service, etc.,
of the Chairman and members of the Union, State and
Joint Public Service Commissions.............. 318.
to make rules for consultation with the Union Public
Service Commission regarding appointment of
officials of Supreme Court......................... 146(1) Proviso.
to make rules regarding authentication of orders,
etc., made and executed in the name of the
President................................................ 77(2).
to make rules regarding conditions of service, etc., of
personnel of the Audit and Accounts Department
........................................................................... 148(5).
to make rules regarding dual membership of
Parliament and State Legislature............. 101(2).
to make rules regarding procedure at joint sittings of the
two Houses............................................ 118(3).
to make rules regarding recruitment and conditions of
service of secretarial staff of Houses of Parliament
98(2).
 PRESIDENT—contd.
to make rules regarding transactions of and allocation
among Ministers of business of the Government
........................................................................... 77(3).

to nominate Anglo-Indians to the House of

the People …………………………………………………. 331.

to nominate twelve members to the Council of
States..................................................... 80(1)(a).
to prescribe percentage of taxes on income for
distribution among States...................... 270.
to prescribe the manner of enforcement of orders,
etc., of the Supreme Court....................... 142(1).
to remove difficulties during transitional period
........................................................................... 392(1).
to specify Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes
in the States and Union territories............ 341-342.
to summon Houses of Parliament in joint sittings
........................................................................... 108.
to summon, prorogue and dissolve Parliament
85(2).
previous sanction of—
necessary for introducing a Bill in State Legislature,
imposing restrictions on trade, commerce and
intercourse among States...................... 304(b) Proviso.
to be regarded as matter of procedure. . . 255.
Protection of—from legal proceedings. . . . 361.
qualifications for office of............................... 58.
recommendation of—demand for a grant to be
made on..................................................... 113(3).
recommendation of—required for introduction of Bills—
(i) affecting taxation in which States are interested
274(1).
(ii) regarding financial matters.................... 117(1).
(iii) regarding formation of new States or alteration, etc.,
of boundaries of States.......................... 3 Proviso
recommendation to be regarded as matter of
procedure................................................... 255.
removal from office of.................................... 56(1) Proviso
(b).
resignation of office by................................... 56(1) proviso
(a).
supplementary grants, causes to be laid before Parliament ….
115(1).
term of office of............................................. 56.
vacancy in the office of, procedure for filling.... 62.
PREVENTIVE DETENTION—
Advisory Boards—
constitution of and reports by..................... 22(4) (a).
procedure to be followed by........................ 22(7)(c).

for reasons connected with the security of a State

........................................................................... Sch. VII, List III-
3.
 for reasons connected with the security of India
Sch. VII, List I-9.

PRESIDENT—contd.
period of detention—
not to exceed 3 months.............................. 22(4).
may exceed 3 months in certain circumstances
........................................................................... 22(4)(a) & (b).
maximum—may be prescribed by Parliament. . . 22(7) (a) & (b).
person detained under—
facts may not be communicated to—if against
public interest............................................... 22(6).
grounds of detention to be communicated to. . 22(5)
PRICE CONTROL................................................ Sch. VII, List III-
34.
PRIMARY EDUCATION in mother tongue.............. 350A.
PRIME MINISTER—
appointment of.............................................. 75(1).
duties of—as respects furnishing information to President 78.
is head of Council of Ministers...................... 74(1).
salary and allowances of................................
75(6),Sch.VII,List I-75.
PRINTING PRESSES............................................ Sch. VII, List III-
39.
PRISONERS subjected to preventive detention, removal
from one State to another............................. Sch. VII, List III-
4.
PRISONS........................................................... Sch. VII, List II-
4.
PROCLAMATION OF EMERGENCY, definition of.... . 366(18).
PROFESSIONS— legal, medical, etc..................... Sch. VII, List III-
26.
PROHIBITION of intoxicating drinks and drugs, State to
introduce— See DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES.
Power of High Court to issue writ of................... 226.
PROPERTY—
acquisition and requisitioning of.................... Sch. VII, List III-
42.
amount for acquisition of any—of an educational institution
established and administered by a minority. . . 30(1A).
no person to be deprived of—save by authority of law
300A.
succession to—, etc...................................... 294-295.
transfer of agricultural land.......................... Sch. VII, List II-
18.
transfer of—other than agricultural property. . Sch. VII, List III-
6.
PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION—
by single transferable vote:
election of members of State Legislative Council
........................................................................... 171(4).
election of President.................................... 55(3).
election of State representatives in the Council of States .
80(4).
election of Vice-President............................. 66(1).
PUBLIC acts and records, recognition of............. 261,Sch. VII,
 LIST III-12.
PUBLIC DEBT—
of the States— See DEBT.
of the Union—See DEBT.
PUBLIC HEALTH AND SANITATION....................... Sch. VII, List II-6.
PUBLIC NOTIFICATION, definition of.................... 366(19).
PUBLIC ORDER.................................................. Sch. VII, List II-1.
PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION—
annual report of........................................... 323.
Chairman and members of—
appointment of.......................................... 316(1) & (1A).
conditions of service of............................... 318.
eligibility for holding of offices after ceasing to be
members................................................. 319(b), (c) & (d).
eligibility for re-employment....................... 319.
ineligibility for re-appointment.................... 316(3).
removal from office of................................. 316(2) Proviso
(b).
removal or suspension from office of........... 317.
resignation by............................................ 316(2) Proviso
(a).
term of office of.......................................... 316(2).
expenses of—charged on the Consolidated Fund
........................................................................... 322.
functions..................................................... 320.
power to extend—of..................................... 321.
joint—for two or more States........................ 315(2).
of State....................................................... 315(1),Sch.VII,
List II-41.
transitional period, provisions as to.............. 378.
Union 315(1),Sch.VII,List-I-70. PUNJAB-

allocation of seats in the Council of States to. . Sch. IV.

State of Sch. I.

Q
QUARANTINE—
inter-State.................................................... Sch. VII, List I-81.
Port.............................................................. Sch. VII, List I-28.
QUO WARRANTO............................................. 32, 226.
R
RAILWAYS, definition of..................................... 366(20), Sch. VII,
List
I-22.
RAJASTHAN—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to. . Sch. IV.
State of......................................................... Sch. I.
RAJPRAMUKH.................................................... 361.
RECOGNITION of public acts, records and judicial
proceedings.................................................. Sch. VII, List III-
12.
REFORMATORIES............................................... Sch. II, List II-4.
REGISTRATION of deeds and documents............. Sch. VII, List III-6.
REGULATIONS—
validation of certain Acts and......................... 31B & Sch. IX.
 power of President to make—for Union territories
240.
RELIEF of the disabled and unemployable........... Sch. VII, List II-9.
RELIGIOUS ENDOWMENTS.................................. Sch. VII, List III-
28.
REPEALS........................................................... 395.
REPRESENTATION—See PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION.
RESERVE BANK OF INDIA................................... Sch. VII, List I-38.
RESTRICTION, reasonable, imposition of............. 19.
REVENUE, from Union property.......................... Sch. VII, List I-32.
RIVERS AND RIVER VALLEYS, regulation and
development of inter-State........................... Sch. VII, List I-56.
RULER—
definition of.................................................. 366(22).
privy purses, rights and privileges of—abolished
...........................................................................363A.
treaties, etc., of—with Government of India, no Court to
enquire into disputes regarding..................... 363.
S
SALT................................................................. Sch. VII, List I-
58.
SCHEDULE, definition of.................................... 366(23).
SCHEDULED AND TRIBAL AREAS......................... Part X.
Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes—
administration of........................................... 244, Sch. V.
annual report by Governor to the President..... Sch. V, Para. 3.
Commission to report on the administration of Scheduled
areas and the welfare of Scheduled Tribes 339.

definition of................................................... Sch. V, Para. 6.

executive power of State extends to............... Sch. V, Para. 2.
law applicable to............................................ Sch. V, Para. 5.
Tribes Advisory Council, establishment, etc., of Sch.
V, Para. 4.
Tribal Areas in Assam, Meghalaya and Mizoram Sch. VI, Para. 20.
administration of........................................... 244(2), Sch. VI.
application of Acts of Parliament and of the State
Legislature to ………………………………………………… Sch. VI,
Para. 12.
autonomous districts and regions in................ Sch. VI, Para. I.
Commission to report on the administration of Sch. VI, Para. 14.
estimated receipts and expenditure to be shown separately
in annual financial statements................... Sch. VI, Para. 13.
District Councils:
constitution of........................................... Sch. VI, Para. 2.
dissolution of Sch. VI, Para. 16.

district and regional funds, management by Sch. VI, Para. 7.

power of—
to constitute village councils or courts......... Sch. VI, Para. 4.
to establish primary schools, etc................. Sch. VI, Para. 6.
to impose taxes and collect revenues, etc.. . . Sch. VI, Para. 8.
to make laws.............................................. Sch. VI, Para. 3.
to make regulations for control of money-lending and
trading by non-tribals............................. Sch. VI, Para. 10.
power under C.P.C. and Cr. P.C. may be conferred on
........................................................................... Sch. VI, Para. 5.
 publication of laws, etc., made by................... Sch. VI, Para. 11.
share of royalties........................................... Sch. VI, Para.
9(1).
Regional Councils:
constitution of.............................................. Sch. VI, Para. 2.
dissolution of.............................................. Sch. VI, Para. 16.
district and regional funds, management by..... Sch. VI, Para. 7.
power of—
to constitute village councils or courts......... Sch. VI, Para. 4.
to impose taxes and collect revenues, etc.... Sch. VI, Para. 8.
to make laws.............................................. Sch. VI, Para. 3.
power under C.P.C. and Cr. P.C. may be conferred on
........................................................................... Sch. VI, Para. 5.
publication of laws etc., made by...................... Sch. VI, Para. 11.
transitional provisions.................................... Sch. VI, Para. 19.
Governor of Assam, Meghalaya and Mizoram, power of—
to administer the areas during transitional period
........................................................................... Sch. VI, Para. 19.
to alter, etc., areas inhabited by Scheduled Tribes
Sch.VI, Para.1(2) & (3).
to appoint a Commission to report on the administration
of autonomous areas................................ Sch. VI, Para. 14.
to approve rules made by Regional and District councils Sch.
VI, Para. 4(4).
to make rules for the management of District and
Regional Funds ................................. Sch. VI, Para.
7(2).
to determine share of royalty in case of dispute
........................................................................... Sch. VI, Para.
9(2).
to exclude application of Acts of Parliament and State
Legislature of Assam to autonomous area in that
State ..................................................... Sch.VI,Para.
12(1)(b).
to modify or withdraw powers conferred on District and
Regional Councils under the C.P.C. and Cr. P.C.
........................................................................... Sch. VI, Para.
5(2).
to order dissolution of a District or Regional Council
........................................................................... Sch. VI, Para. 16.
to order exclusion of areas from autonomous districts
Sch. VI, Para. 17.
to specify jurisdiction of High court in matters affecting
the autonomous areas.............................. Sch. VI, Para.
4(3).
to suspend acts or resolutions of District or Regional
Councils.................................................. Sch. VI, Para. 15.
SCHEDULED CASTES AND SCHEDULED TRIBES—
Claims of—to services and posts.................... 335.
Commission to report on the welfare of Scheduled Tribes…. 339.
definition of................................................. 366(24) & (25).
NATIONAL COMMISSION FOR SCHEDULED CASTES
338.
NATIONAL COMMISSION FOR SCHEDULED TRIBES…… 338A.
no bar to make special provisions for the advancement of….. 15.
notification................................................. 341(1) & 342(1).
President to specify....................................... 341-342.
 promotion of educational and economic interests of
........................................................................... 46.
reservation of seats for—
in the House of the People......................... 330.
in the State Legislative Assembly............... 332.
to cease after 60 years.............................. 334.
Special Minister for the welfare of—in certain States
........................................................................... 164(1) Proviso.
Special Officer—to be appointed by President………………. 338.
SECURITIES, definition of................................... 366(26).
SERVICES—
all-India services.......................................... Sch. VII, List I-
70.
conditions of service of persons serving
the Union or a State................................... 309.
continuance of functions.............................. 375.
creation of—common to the Union and the states
........................................................................... 312.
existing laws to continue to apply to—during transitional
period......................................................... 313.
Indian Administrative Service and Indian Police Service
to be ………………………………………………………….. 312(2).
power of Parliament to vary or revoke conditions of
service of officers of certain........................ 312A.
protection against dismissal, etc., of persons employed
in civil capacities under the Union or a State 311.
Public—
of the State............................................ Sch. VII, List II-
41.
of the Union............................................. Sch. VII, List I-
70.
tenure of office of persons serving the Union or
a State.................................................... 310.
transitional provisions................................... 313.
SHIPPING AND NAVIGATION—
maritime....................................................... Sch. VII, List I-
25.
on inland waterways Sch. VII, List III-32.

on national waterways................................... Sch. VII, List I-

24.
SIKKIM—
allocation of seat in the Council of States to.... Sch. IV.
special provision with respect to the Statesof 371F.

State of............................................................ Sch. I.

SOCIAL SECURITY AND SOCIAL INSURANCE......... Sch. VII, List III-
23.
SPEAKER—See HOUSE OF THE PEOPLE
SPORTS............................................................ Sch. VII, List II-
33.
STAMP DUTIES—See UNDER FINANCE.
STATE LEGISLATURE—
Acts of—, lack of requirements as to recommendations and
previous sanctions not to invaliadate............... 255.
Appropriation Bills.......................................... 204.
Bills, assent to—See GOVERNORS and PRESIDENT.
 Committees of, attendance of persons and production
of documents before power, privileges and immunities of.
Sch. VII, List II-39.
conduct of Supreme and High Court Judges, not to be
discussed in................................................. 211.
constitution of................................................ 168.
dissolution of.................................................. 174(2)(b).
duration of...................................................... 172.
expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of the State,
not subject to vote of..................................... 203(1).
other expenditure subject to vote of................. 203(2).
language in—See LANGUAGE
laws made by—, extent of................................. 245.
inoperative if repugnant to Union laws.............. 251—254.
legislative procedure........................................ 196—201.
regarding financial matters............................... 202—206.
regarding Money Bills....................................... 198.
regarding votes on account, votes of credit, etc. 206.
Members of—
disqualifications for..................................... 191, Sch. X.
decision on question as to............................ 192.
oath or affirmation by................................... 188.
privileges, etc.,of......................................... 194,Sch.VII,List
II-39.
qualifications for.......................................... 173.
resignation by............................................. 190(3)(b).
salaries and allowances of............................ 195,Sch.VII,List
II-38.
vacation of seats, etc. by.............................. 190.
voting, etc., by—without making oath or affirmation, etc. 193.

power of—
to act notwithstanding vacancies and quorum 189.
to extend the functions of the State Public Service
Commission.............................................. 321.
to make laws regarding—
Concurrent List...........................................
246(2),Sch.VII,List III.
elections to State Legislature....................... 328.
e st ab li s h me n t of a co nt in ge nc y F un d ........................... 2 67 (2 ).
P ro ce du re in f in an ci al m at te r s ........................................ 2 09
S ta te L i st ..............................................................................
2 46 (3 ), S c h. V II , L i st I I.
p ri vi le g es , e tc . , o f ................................................................. 1 94 (3 ) Sc h. V II,
List II-39
p ro ce ed in gs o f—
c ou rt s n ot t o qu es ti on va li di t y of ...................................... 2 12.
p ro te ct i on o f p ub li ca t io n of ............................................... 3 61A .
p ro ro ga ti on o f ......................................................................... 1 74 (2 )( a) .
q uo ru m i n .................................................................................. 1 89 (3 ).
r es tr i c t io n on di sc us si on i n ................................................ 2 11 .
r ul es of p ro ce du re ................................................................... 2 08.
s ec re ta r ia t o f ........................................................................... 1 87.
s pe ci al p ro vi si on w it h r es pe ct t o th e St at es of
M ah ar as ht r a an d G u ja ra t ..................................................... 3 71 (2 ).
s um mo ni ng o f .......................................................................... 1 74.
U n io n, re la t io ns w it h—
 a dm in is t r a t iv e ......................................................................... 2 56 —2 61.
l eg is la t i ve ................................................................................. 2 45 —2 55.
v ot in g i n H ou se s of ............................................................... 1 89.
S TAT E L I ST .................................................................................. S ch. V II , L is t I I.
S TAT E S ......................................................................................... A rt . 1 Sc h. I.
A dv oc at e- G e ne ra l— s ee A D V O C AT E -G E N E R A L
al te ra t i on o f a re as , et c. ....................................................... 3.
c o- o rd in at io n be tw ee n St at es : Pr es id en t' s pow er t o
a pp oi nt in te r- St at e C o un ci l ................................................ 2 63.
e ff ec t o f fa il ur e to c om pl y w it h, or to g iv e effe c t to ,
d ir ec t io ns g iv en b y U n io n ................................................. 3 65.
e xe cu ti ve ac ti on of —t o b e t ak en i n th e na me o f
G o ve rn or ................................................................................... 1 66 (1 ).
e xe cu ti ve po w e r o f— ex te nt o f .......................................... 1 62.
e xe cu ti ve po w e r o f— to ve st i n G ov er no r ...................... 1 54 (1 ).
f ai lu re o f co ns ti tu t i on a l ma ch in er y in ............................ 3 56.
fo rm at i on o f new St at es ....................................................... 3.
G ov er no r— se e G O V E R N O R S.
H i gh C ou rt — s ee H IG H C O U RT S.
L e gi sl at i ve A ss em bl y—
c om po si t io n of ................................................................... 1 70.
d is so lu t io n of ..................................................................... 1 74 (2 )( b) .
d ur at io n of ........................................................................... 1 72.
r ep re se nt a t io n of A n gl o- In di an s i n ............................. 3 33.
r ep re se nt a t io n of S ch ed ul ed C a st e a nd Sc he du le d
Tri be s in . .............................................................................. 3 32.
S pe ak er a nd D e pu ty Sp ea ke r of —
c as ti ng v ot e of ................................................................... 1 89 (1 ).
c ho os in g o f .......................................................................... 1 78.
n ot t o pr es id e w h il e a re so lu t io n fo r re mo va l is u nd er
c on si de ra t io n ..................................................................... 1 81.
p er fo rm an c e of du ti es o f o ff i ce o f, du ri ng t he
a bs en ce , e tc . , o f ............................................................... 1 80.
r em ov al f ro m o ff i ce o f .................................................... 1 79 (c )
re si gn at i on o f offi c e by ..................................................... 1 79 (b )
s al ar ie s a nd al lo w a nc es of .............................................. 1 86, Sc h. I I, Pa rt C ,
Para. 8 & Sch. VII,
List II-38.
v ac at io n o f offi c e of ........................................................... 1 79 (a ) .
L eg is la t iv e C ou nc il —
a bo li t io n or cr ea ti on o f ..................................................... 1 69.
C h ai rm an a nd D e pu ty C h ai rm an of —
c as ti ng v ot e of ...................................................................... 1 89 (1 ).
c ho os in g o f ............................................................................ 1 82.
n ot t o pr es id e w h il e a re so lu t io n fo r re mo va l is u nd er
c on si de ra t io n ....................................................................... 1 85.
p er fo rm an c e of du ti es o f o ff i ce o f, du ri ng h is
a bs en ce , e tc . .......................................................................... 1 84.
r em ov al f ro m o ff i ce o f ...................................................... 1 83 (c ) .
r es ig na t io n of o ff ic e b y ................................................... 1 83 (b ) .
S TAT E S — co nt d.
s al ar ie s a nd al lo w a nc es , et c, of ..................................... 1 86, Sc h. I I, Pa rt C
& S ch. V II , L is t II -
3 8.
v ac at io n o f offi c e of ........................................................... 1 83 (a ).
c om po si t io n of ...................................................................... 1 71.
d ur at io n of ............................................................................. 1 72 (2 ) .
 m on op ol ie s— s ee M O N O PO L I E S.
w e lf ar e of t he p eo pl e ......................................................... 3 8.
S TO C K E X C H A N G E S A N D FU T U R E S MA R K E T S ....... S ch. V II , L is t I - 48.
S U B O R D IN AT E C O U RT S, c on tr ol o ve r ............................. 2 35.
S U B - C L A U SE , de fi ni t io n of ................................................... 3 66 (2 7) .
S U C C E S S IO N to p ro pe rt y , a ss et s, ri gh ts , l ia bi l i t ie s
an d o bl ig at i on s ....................................................................... 2 94 - 29 5.
S U I T S an d p ro ce ed in gs b y o r a ga in st t he U n io n or t he
S t at es .......................................................................................... 3 00.
S U P P L E ME N TA RY G R A N T S—
pr oc ed ur e r el at in g to —
in P ar li am en t ...................................................................... 115 .
in S ta te L eg is la t ur e .......................................................... 2 05.
S U P R E M E C O U RT —
ad ho c J ud ge s of — th ei r a pp oi nt me n t, et c. .................. 1 27.
ad mi ni s t ra t i ve e xp en se s of —t o b e c ha rg ed on th e
C on so li da t ed F un d ........................................................... 1 46 (3 ).
ancillary powers of—, Parliament may confer on
...........................................................................140.
appointment of officers and servants of......... 146.
authorities to act in aid of............................ 144.
certificate for appeal to................................ 134A.
Chief Justice of—
acting, appointment of................................. 126.
appointment of—See JUDGES.
appointment of arbitrator by—regarding extra cost of
State administration.................................. 257(4), 258(3).
Constitution, organisation, jurisdiction and powers of
...........................................................................Sch. VII, List I-77.
court of record............................................. 129.
decision of—regarding doubts or disputes arising out of
the election of President or Vice-President of India
...........................................................................71.
enforcement of decrees and orders of........... 142(1).
enlargement of jurisdiction of....................... 138.
establishment and constitution of................. 124.
expenses of................................................. 146.
Federal Court—
Judges of—to become Judges of..................... 374(1).
powers and jurisdiction of—to be exercisable by
...........................................................................135.
suits, appeals and proceedings pending in—, to be
removed to.................................................. 374(2).
grant of special leave by—to appeal.............. 136.
Judges of—
SUPREME COURT—contd.
ad hoc......................................................... 127.
age of retirement of..................................... 124(2).
appointment of............................................ 124(2).
conduct of—not to be discussed in Parliament or
State Legislature.......................................... 121, 211.
determination of age of................................. 124(2A).
disqualification of—for pleading or acting in any
court, etc...................................................... 124(7).
oath or affirmations by................................... 124(6).
privileges, allowances, etc., of........................ 125(2)
 qualifications for appointment of.................... 124(3).
removal from office of.................................... 124(2) Proviso
(b).
salaries and allowances of.............................. 125(1),
Sch.II,Part D.
Para 9.
Jurisdiction of—
advisory..................................................... 143.
appellate—
in cases involving interpretation of the Constitution 132.
in civil matters........................................ 133.
in criminal matters.................................. 134.
original......................................................... 131.
language of—See LANGUAGE
law declared by—binding on all courts............. 141.
power of—
to issue writs for enforcement of Fundamental Rights
...........................................................................32.
to punish for contempt............................... 129.
to review its own judgment......................... 137.
Privy Councils in Part B States, proceedings pending in,
to be removed to........................................ 374(4).
retired Judges of—attendance at sittings of... . . 128.
rules of.......................................................... 145.
seat of........................................................... 130.
special leave by............................................. 136.
SURVEYS OF INDIA......................................... Sch. VII, List 1-
68.
T
TAMIL NADU—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to Sch.
IV.
State of..................................................... Sch. I.
TAX ON INCOME definition of.......................... 366(29).
TAX ON SALE OR PURCHASE, definition of...... 366(29A).
TAXATION definition of..................................... 366(28).
TAXES—See FINANCE
TELEGRAPHS AND TELEPHONES......................... Sch. VII, List 1-
131.
TEMPORARY, TRANSITIONAL AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS
(PART XXI)—
relating to—
Comptroller and Auditor-General................. 377.
Judges of—
High Courts................................................... 376.
Federal Court................................................ 374.
Laws—
adaptation of existing................................. 372(2). 372A.
continuance of existing............................... 372(1).
legal proceedings pending in—
Federal Court........................................... 374(2).
His Majesty in Council.............................. 374(3).
Privy Councils of Part B States.................. 374(4).
power of Parliament to make laws with respect to certain
matters in the State List................................ 369.
power of the President—
 to make order in respect of persons under preventive
detention............................................... 373.
to remove difficulties................................ 392.
Public Service Commission............................. 378.
State of Andhra Pradesh................................ 371D.
State of Arunachal Pradesh............................ 371H.
State of Assam.............................................. 371B.
State of Goa.................................................. 371.I.
State of Gujarat............................................. 371(2).
State of Jammu and Kashmir........................... 370.
State of Maharashtra..................................... 371(2).
State of Manipur............................................ 371C.
State of Mizoram........................................... 371G.
State of Nagaland.......................................... 371A.
State of Sikkim.............................................. 371F.
TERRITORIAL WATERS, things lying in, or continental
shelf, vest in the Union................................. 297.
THEATRES AND DRAMATIC PERFORMANCES...... Sch. VII, List II-
33.
TITLES—
abolition of.................................................. 18.
citizens of India not to accept—from any foreign State
18(2).
servants of State not to accept—presents, etc.,
from foreign State except with President's consent
...........................................................................18(3) & (4).
State not to confer—except military or academic
distinction................................................ 18(1).
TOLLS.............................................................. Sch. VII, List II-
59.
TRADE AND COMMERCE—
inter-State................................................... Sch. VII, List I-42.
relating to products of industries controlled by Union
...........................................................................Sch. VII, List III-33.
restrictions on legislative powers................... 303.
with foreign countries.................................... Sch. VII, List I-41.
within a State............................................... Sch. VII. List II-
26.
TRADE, COMMERCE AND INTERCOURSE—
freedom of.................................................... 301—303.
power to carry on—etc................................... 298
power to impose restrictions on—
of State Legislature....................................... 304.
of Parliament................................................ 302.
TRADE MARKS AND MERCHANDISE MARKS.......... Sch. VII, List I-49.
TRADE REPRESENTATION................................... Sch. VII, List I-11.
TRADE UNIONS.................................................. Sch. VII, List III-
22.
TRADING CORPORATION—See CORPORATIONS.
TRANSFER OF PROPERTY other than agricultural
land.............................................................. Sch. VII, List III-6.
TREASURE TROVE.............................................. Sch. VII, List II-
44.
TRIBES, Nomadic and Migratory......................... Sch. VII, List III-
15.
TRIBUNALS—
 Administrative.............................................. 323A.
for other matters........................................... 323B.
TRIPURA—
allocation of seat in the council of State to...... Sch. IV.
State of........................................................ Sch. I.
TRUSTS AND TRUSTEES..................................... Sch. VII, List III-
10.
official trustees............................................. Sch. VII, List III-
11.
U
UNEMPLOYMENT, assistance in case of, by the State
...........................................................................41.
UNION—
admission into—or establishment of new States in
...........................................................................2.
deployment of armed forces or other forces of the—in any
State in aid of the civil power....................... Sch. VII, List I-2A.
directions by—effect of failure by the States to comply
with or to give effect to................................. 365.
duty of—to protect States against external aggression and
internal disturbances................................... 355.
exemption of—property from State taxation.... 285.
executive power of —extent of....................... 73
executive power of—vests in the President..... 53(1).
Hindi, official language of.............................. 343.
jurisdiction of—in relation to territories
outside India................................................ 260.
name and territory of—See INDIA.
property of................................................... Sch. VII, List I-32.
relations between the States and—
administrative............................................ 256—261.
co-ordination.............................................. 263.
legislative.................................................. 245—255.

restrictions on legislative powers of—

and of the States with regard to trade
and commerce............................................ 303.
suits and proceedings by or against................ 300.
UNION LIST....................................................... Sch. VII, List I.
UNION PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION................. 315.
UNION TERRITORIES—
administration of........................................... 239.
definition of.................................................. 366(30).
High Courts for.............................................. 241.
power of Administrator to promulgate
Ordinances for.............................................. 239B.
power of President to make regulations for..... 240.
UNITED NATIONS ORGANISATION........................ Sch. VII, List I-12.
UNIVERSITIES
Aligarh......................................................... Sch. VII, List I-
63.
Benaras........................................................ Sch. VII, List I-
63.
Delhi............................................................ Sch. VII, List I-
63.
 in Andhra Pradesh......................................... Sch. VII, List I-
63.
of national importance.................................... Sch. VII, List I-
63.
others........................................................... Sch. VII, List I-
63.
UNTOUCHABILITY, abolition of............................ 17.
UTTARANCHAL—
Allocation of seats in the Council of States to ……………. Sch. IV.
State of ……………………………………………………….. Sch. I.
UTTAR PRADESH—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to. . Sch. IV.
Legislative Council for................................... 168.
State of........................................................ Sch. I.
V
VAGRANCY........................................................ Sch. VII, List III-
15.
VALIDATION of certain Acts and Regulations about
acquisition of estates.................................... 31B and Sch. IX.
VEHICLES, MECHANICALLY PROPELLED............... Sch. VII, List III-
35.
VETERINARY training and practice, preservation of
stock, etc...................................................... Sch. VII, List II-
15.
VICE-PRESIDENT OF INDIA................................. 63.
conditions of office of.................................... 66(2) and (4).
election of.................................................... 66. Sch.VII,List I-
72.
is ex-officio Chairman of the Council of States. 64.
matters relating to election of......................... 71.
oath or affirmation by..................................... 69.
qualifications for election as........................... 66(3).
removal from office of..................................... 67 Proviso (b).
resignation of office by................................... 67 Proviso (a).
salaries, etc., of............................................. Sch. II. Part C.
term of office of............................................. 67.
to act, etc., as President in case of vacancy in President's
office........................................................... 65.
vacancy in the office of.................................... 68.
VILLAGE PANCHAYATS, organisation of,
by the State................................................... 40.
VISAS............................................................... Sch. VII, List I-
19.
VOTE—
Single transferable with proportional representation—
See PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION.
VOTING ON GRANTS—
on account and of credit, etc.—
by House of the People.................................. 116.
by State Legislative Assembly........................ 206.
W
WAR AND PEACE...............................................Sch. VII, List I-1,
7& 15.
WATER—
disputes relating to—, of Inter-State rivers and river
valleys......................................................... 262.
 water supplies. irrigation, etc....................... Sch. VII, List II-
17.
WATERWAYS—
declared by Parliament to be National........... Sch. VII, List I-
24.
inland.......................................................... Sch. VII, List II-
13.
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES—
establishment of standards of........................ Sch. VII, List I-
50.
WEST BENGAL—
allocation of seats in the Council of States to. . Sch. IV.
State of........................................................ Sch. I.
WILD ANIMALS AND BIRDS, protection of............ Sch. VII,List III-
17B.
WILD LIFE, safeguarding of................................ 48A.
WILLS, intestacy and succession........................ Sch. VII. List III-
5.
WIRELESS......................................................... Sch. VII. List I-
31.
WORKERS—
participation of—in management of industry.... 43A.
WORKS, LANDS AND BUILDINGS of the State....... Sch. VII, List II-
35.
WORKS, naval, military and air force works........ Sch. VII, List I-4.
WRONGS, actionable......................................... Sch. VII, List III-
8.